annual progralll review - fermilab | technical publications
TRANSCRIPT
Fermi National Accelerator Laboratory
Annual Progralll Review
01991
Operated by Universities Research Association, Inc. Under contract with the United States Department of Energy
1991 Fermilab Annual Program Review
Fermi National Accelerator Laboratorv I
Batavia, Illinois
Operated by Cniversities Research Association, Inc. Cnder contract with the United States Department of Energy
FOREWORD
This book is submitted as a written adjunct to the Annual DOE High Energy Physics Program Review of Fermilab, scheduled this year for April 10-12, 1991. In it are described the functions and activities of the various Laboratory areas plus statements of plans and goals for the coming year.
The Review Committee as we understand it as this goes to press consists of:
DOE Members
T. S. Bhatia
G. R. Charlton
R. A. Conaway
R. H. DeLorenzo
E. C. Fowler
M. W. Gettner
D .. T. Goldman
W.N. Hess
J. Kaugerts
J. E. Mandula
A. E. Mravca
J. R. O'Fallon
s. E. Traczyk
R. M. Woods
Review Committee
Organization
DOE Hdqs.
DOE Hdqs.
DOE Hdqs.
DOE Hdqs.
DOE Hdqs.
DOE Hdqs.
DOE CH
DOE Hdqs.
DOE Hdqs.
DOE Hdqs.
DOE CH/BAO
DOE Hdqs.
DOE Hdqs.
DOE Hdqs.
1 Consultants Organization
G. Goldhaber LBL
P. L. Morton SLAC
T. A. O'Halloran U. of Illinois
R. P. Thun U. of Michigan
T. L. Trueman BNL
Jeffrey A. Appel Drasko Jovanovic Stephen Pordes
3/13/91 J.A.A.
FERlllLAB ANNUAL HIGH ENERGY PHYSICS PROGRAM REVIEW
April 10, 1991
8:30 - 9:00
9:00 - 9:20
9:20 - 9:40
9:40 - 10:00
10:00 - 10:20
10:20 - 10:35 10:35 - 10:50
10:50 - 11:05
11:05 - 11:25
1 1 : 2 5 - 11 : 40 11:40 - 11:55 11 :55 - 12:20
12:20- 1:15 1:15-3:15
Comitium. Wilson Hall 2SE
Executive Session
9r0ptn.tton and Bud&et Allocation
Welcome and Overview ................................................................... John Peoples Laboratory Accelerator Division:
Mission. Organization & Budget.. .............................................. Gerry Dugan Research Division:
Mission. Organization & Budget ....................................... Peter Garbincius Computing Division:
Mission, Organization & Budget.. .................................................. Tom Nash Break Business Services Section:
Mission, Organization & Budget ..................................................... Jim Finks Laboratory Services Section:
Mission, Organization & Budget.. ...................................... Chuck Marofske Technical Support Section:
Mission, Organization & Budget .............................................. Frank Turkot GPP and GPE Projects ................................................................. Dennis Theriot Summary of 91, 92, 93 Budgets ................................................. Ken Stanfield Discussion
(and opportunity for questions about the organization of the Lab) Lunch Tour (Linac, A Zero. E-665)
3:15 - 3:35 3:35 - 3:55 3:55 - 4:15 4:15 - 4:35 4:35 - 4:55 4:55 - 5: 15 5: 15 - 5:45 5:45 - 7:00
7:00 April 11, 1991
8:30 - 9:00 9:00 - 9:20 9:20 - 9:50
9:50 - 10:20 10:20 - 10:35 10:35 - 10:55 10:55 - 11:15 11:15 - 11:35 11:35 - 11:55 11 :55 - 12:25
12:25 - 1:25 1:25 - 1:45 1:45 - 2:05 2:05 - 2:25 2:25 - 2:45 2:45 - 3:00 3:00 - 3:20 3:20 - 3:40 3:40 - 3:55 3:55 - 4:10 4:10 - 4:45 4:45 - 5:45
April 12. 1991 8:30 - 12:00 12:00 - 1:00
1:00 - 2:00
Physics Results Electroweak Physics ....................... .......................... Cathy Newman-Holmes Top and Particle Searches ................................................................... G. P Yeh Beauty Physics ...................................................................................... Paul Tipton Charm and Charmonium Physics ................................................. Lee Lueking QCD and A De:per1dence .......................................................... Brenna Flaugher Kaan and Hyperon Physics ......................................................... Gina Rameika Executive Session Poster Session and Cocktails - 15th Floor - North Crossover Dinner - 15 Floor - South Crossover
Laboratory Projects Accelerator - Current F.T. & Next Collider Runs ............. Mike Harrison Linac Upgrade ......................................................................................... Bob Noble Main Injector ................................................................................... Steve Holmes Status of Fixed Target & Major Initiatives ..................... Peter Garbincius Break CDF Upgrade ....................................................................................... Bob Kephart D Zero - Upgrade ................................................................ Hugh Montgomery Research Division Detector R&D ........................................... Dave Anderson ACPMAPs and Future Computer R&D ........................................... Tom Nash Test Beam Results. Procedures and Plans ............................. Carlos Hojvat Lunch Physics Department .................................................................. Stephen Pordes Theory Department ......................................................................... Bill Bardeen Theoretical Astrophysics ............................................................. Mike Turner Experimental Astrophysics ............................................................... Rich Kron Break Solenoidal Detector Collaboration at Fermilab .......................... Dan Green Educa.tton l'rograins ............................................................... Marjorte Bardeen Environment. Safety & Health: Internal Assessment .......... KenStanfield Environment. Safety & Health: ES&H Section Programs . Don Cossairt Long Term Future and Closing Remarks ................................. John Peoples Executive Session
Executive Session Working Lunch Closing Discussions
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section 1 Director's Overview and Program Summary ................. 1
Section 2 Bt1<l~E!t ~t11IlIIlel.r)' ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 2
Section 3 A I t D. . . 3 cce er a or 1 v1s1on ........................................................ .
Section 4 R h D. . . 4 esearc 1 v1s1on ............................................................ .
-- Section 5 Pli.31sics ~~ti<>Il .•.......•......•............................•....•.•..••••...•. 5
Section 6 C t . o· · · a ompu 1ng 1v1s1on ........................................................ .
Section 7 Technical Support Section .............................................. 7
Section 8 G&A Departments ........................................................... 8
Section 9 Outreach Programs .......................................................... 9
DIRECTOR'S OVERVIEW AND PROGRAM SUMMARY
Directors Overview ............................................................................ 1-0 .1
The 1990 Run - Schedule and Experiments .................................. 1-1.1
Experiment Status Reports .............................................................. 1-2.1
Fermilab and International Activities .............................................. 1-3.1
.:It:. -:y:a Section 1
Director's Overview and Program Summary
-
-
-
-
Overview fer the Annual !Program Review
April 10-12, 1991
John Peoples, Director
This overview, like Gaul, is divided into three parts. First I will disruss last year and the next two
years, then I will describe the prospects for the program for the next several years, and finally Fermilab
in the year 2000 and beyond.
Let me begin my remarks by recounting what we accomplished in the past year.
Part I:
April 1990 - April 1991: A time of Production and Challenges
A year ago last April, the fixed target operations had been in progress for two months. A few
experiments were in full data-taking mode and as the months went by the number of experiments
taking data steadily increased. The run continued to the end of August when accelerator operations
were interrupted to install twenty-six of the thirty-six superconducting magnets that form the two new
low f3 insertions at BO and DO.
In terms of the criteria that we used to judge our accomplishments in the past, it was an
enormously successful run. The number of hours of delivered beam, the total number of hours that
experiments took data, and the quality of the data taken exceeded anything done previously with the
Tevatron. Eleven experiments obtained publishable data and another five experiments carried out
major tests in anticipation of taking data in 1991. Ten other 'test' experiments including detector tests
for SSC generic R&D, the test of a vertex detector for CLEO, the calibration of Zeus calorimeter
modules, and evaluation and calibration of detector assemblies for CDF and DO took data. These
twenty-six activities certainly constitute a record for the Tevatron fixed target program.
1-0.1
The data taken during the 1987-88 fixed target run and the 1988-89 Collider run presented
an enormous challenge to the Co"1)uting Division. As of today, the initial stage of the reduction of all
of these data is complete. This stage, event reconstruction, transforms the raw electronic data into
particle momenta and particle types and makes a very heavy demand on raw computing power. The
challenge was met by substantially expanding the size and number of the microprocessor 'farms'.
Today we have more than 1000 Mips of computing power in farms and we expect to add another
1700 Mips in the next thirty days. The growth will need to continue next year if we are to handle the
data from the 1990-91 fixed-target run and the 1992 Collider run in a timely way. Monte Carlo
calculations have also made extensive use of the computing farms. Calculations that involve a stream
of single events, whether they be real or simulated, are very well suited to the massive parallel
computing that we have developed at Fermilab. The next stages of analysis, the stages in which
physics is done, lead to a different set of demands. The challenge is to provide physicists with rapid
retrieval of information from the huge data files that were created in the reconstruction stage. A
number of innovative solutions to the challenge have been proposed and I am confident that we will
succeed in meeting it.
The Computing Division made a major contribution to our productivity through their facilities
which made it possible for CDF to carry out the physics analysis of 1988-89 data for the preparation of
30 papers. These papers contain all of the very important results obtained by CDF from the 1988-89
Collider run such as the greatest lower bound on the mass of the top quark and a precise
measurement of the mass of the W. Both the CDF collaboration and the Computing Division deserve
a lot of credit for these accomplishments. While the number of publications based on fixed-target
data taken in 1987-1988 is not yet as spectacular, the large number of high quality conference reports
given on the preliminary analysis during the past year leads me to believe that the results will be
important. The Program of the April meeting of the American Physical Society gives another measure
of our productivity. There are thirty-seven contributed papers and seven invited papers based on
experiments at Fermilab.
The data acquired in 1990 together with the data that will be obtained by fixed-target
experiments in 1991 will be roughly an order of magnitude greater than the 1987-88 run. At the time,
Leon Lederman described that run as the best ever and showed pictures of some of the thirty-five
thousand reels of nine-track tapes as evidence of the harvest. If the 1990-91 data were recorded the
1-0.2
same way, we simply would not have had room to store the tapes. To meet the data acquisition and
storage requirements of the 1990-91 run, the Computing Division has integrated a new medium,
8mm video cassette cartidges, into both data-acquisition systems and the central computing facilities.
The Research Division did an immense amount in the past year. They installed eight major
experiments (683, 690, 760, 761, 773, 791, 799, 800) and partially installed two other experiments
(771 and 789). Major subsystems of these last two experiments were tested in beams during 1990.
In addition, the ten detector tests, some of which are bigger than a typical fixed-target experiment,
were installed. A major upgrade of the experimental area controls system has been underway for four
years. The intent of these changes is to replace aging equipment with modem technology so that the
operation of beam lines and experiments becomes more efficient. This effort, although incomplete,
has helped position the Laboratory and the experimenters for a superb period of data-taking in 1991.
The Research Division has also been busy preparing CDF and DO for the 1992 Collider run.
The construction of the DO detector and the first phase of the upgrade of CDF will be completed early
in FY 1992. The integration of major subsystems into the DO detector has been underway for nearly
nine months. The central tracking chambers, the vertex detector, and the TRD are installed on the
detector platfonn, as is the central calorimeter. The central calorimeter is cold and full of liquid argon. A
cosmic ray run that is testing all of the major subsystems except the end cap calorimeters began early
in January. While the estimated completion date has slipped by four months to October, the detector
is a reality now that more than haH of the subsystems are in place in the DO Assembly Building and the
remainder are nearing completion at various locations. The CDF detector will have a su.bstantially
improved muon system and a silicon vertex detector for the next Collider run. When DO becomes
fully operational, there will be two very powerful detectors to search for the top quark and anything
else that may be lurking just beyond the mass scale of the W and Z. Both CDF and DO will be capable
of significantly improving the precision of the measurements of the W mass and width. The most
precise numbers for these quantities were produced by CDF from its 1988-89 data sample.
This year was also a year of building for the Accelerator Division. They made significant
progress on the first two phases of our luminosity upgrade program. All thirty-six superconducting
quadrupoles for the two new low p insertions at BO and DO were built and tested. Twenty-six of these
were installed this fall and are now in use in the Tevatron. The ten remaining magnets are to be
installed at DO in the space that the slow extraction equipment now occupies and thus cannot be
1-0.3
installed until the fixed-target run ends. Ten of the electrostatic separators, the devices needed to
generate the counter rotating helical orbits that intersect only at BO and DO, were installed this fall.
We plan to install more this spring.
Major improvements were made to the controls system. The PDP-11's that have served
since 19n as operator console drivers and data gathering front ends are being replaced by work-
stations and 32 bit microprocessors respectively. The creation and control of separate helical orbits
for the protons and antiprotons depend critically on the additional capability that the improved controls
system provides. All of this hardware together with a large amount of new software was used to
commission the •new· T evatron Collider. I say ·new· because these are the first major changes to the
Tevatron since it was commissioned in 1983. During January and February 1991, we gained extensive experience with the new low p insertion at BO and the ten separators. The Accelerator
Division has demonstrated that protons can be injected on to helical orbits and then remain there throughout acceleration and the low p squeeze. What remains to be demonstrated is that this can be
done with antiprotons and protons simultaneously. Hopefully, this demonstration will come soon.
The Physics Section has been busy too. Apart from building and installing apparatus for
virtually every fixed-target experiment, the budget crisis resulted in the assignment of techncians to
CDF for the first time. At DO, all 165 chambers of the muon detection system have been checked out
and some 140 have been installed. In terms of facilities, the Section is using its personnel and
technical resources for the construction of calorimeters using scintillating-fiber technology for CDF
and the SOC.
The Challenge of the 1991 Budget
Unfortunately, we have had to weather a continuous succession of fiscal problems since late
September. Fermilab's FY 1991 budget was reduced by $8,680,000 when Congress reduced the Appropriation for High Energy and Nuclear Physics by $50,000,000. This significantly slowed the
pace of the completion of CDF and DO. The reduction in funding caused us to postpone the ordering
of some electronics for DO and off-line computing for CDF and DO until FY 1992. The struggle over
the FY 1991 budget in Congress caused a severe cut-back in all operations from the beginning of
August to the end of November. The real possibility that the Laboratory would have to close on a few
days notice during this time was utterly demoralizing and caused a rapid increase in the number of
1-0.4
senior technicians and engineers leaving for the SSC. The budget reduction made it impossible to
replace the people who left let alone to add people to make up for the time lost .
As another result, essentially no funds have been allocated in FY 1991 for the upgrade of
CDF and DO and the next round of fixed-target experiments. This will seriously delay the completion
of the upgrades of CDF and DO.
This year's budget reduction also caused a major redirection of effort. In September we
decided not to renew the contracts of temporary people for CDF and DO when their terms came to an
end. Technicians from the Physics Section and Technical Support were assigned to DO and CDF to
replace these people. The support for the fixed-target program has declined because of these steps;
the support for CDF and DO is also beginning to decline. At the beginning of October, the T & M task
force was reduced to 40 from its normal size of 100 people because of the financial crisis. Because
the amount of installation work remaining for the present round of fixed-target experiments is quite
small, the T & M work force has not been returned to its normal level. It has been allowed to increase
to 55 to handle SSC work and the shielding (see later). Many desirable things are being left undone.
By making these changes, however, it was not necessary to lay off any regular Laboratory employees.
The Laboratory staff remained constant at 2300 people for lhe past six months after a period
of sustained growth. The growth was needed to maintain the pace of construction of DO, CDF and the
Accelerator improvements, and the installation of the fixed-target experiments. In addition, we have
had to add people to keep our contribution to the SSC magnet program on schedule. While the
growth occurred in the face of a declining budget for the research program, it reflects the change in
the balance between the costs of large procurements and the costs of assembling, installing and
using the equipment. The shift in emphasis from hardware to software has also contributed to this
growth.
In the future, I envisage a modest expansion of the Computing and Accelerator Divisions.
The former is needed because we must reduce the four-five year interval between the completion of
data acquisition and the publication of results based on that data. The latter must increase to keep the
Linac and Main Injector on schedule. We must also allocate more funds for additional Environment,
Safety and Health personnel. At the same time, there will be a gradual contraction of the Research
Division and the Physics Section.
1-0.5
In September, we advised the DOE that we planned to reduce the Laboratory staff by 1·00
people in order to bring our costs into balance with our budget. We have not done this because it
would have created an enormous delay in our program. Instead we chose to defer the start of the
upgrades of CDF and DO until FY 1992.
The Shielding Challenge
Earty in December we found a problem which will delay the start of fixed-target operations; we
discovered that in many places the earth and steel shielding does not meet Fermilab's radiation
guidelines. Under normal operating conditions, any radiation release from the beam is safely many
orders of magnitude below our guidelines. Our guidelines, however, are designed to cover the
unlikely case of the entire beam of one of the accelerators striking a beam pipe or a magnet. Even
though this situation is highly unlikely, it is not impossible. For that reason, I felt that we were obliged
to bring the shielding up to our standards before restarting accelerator operations for the fixed-target
program.
At my request, the Research Division and the Accelerator Division initiated the first thorough
review of the shielding over all current accelerators and beam lines. Unfortunately, when the Fermilab
radiation guidelines were revised around 1980 to include criteria for the maximum allowable radiation
releases due to a single pulse of mis-steered beam or for a fault condition that might persist for one
hour, we failed to review the shielding. In the course of our present review, we learned that our
methods of controlling and understanding the shielding through "as built drawings" and permits for
modifications were not adequate. This has been changed and we now have an adequate method of
controlling the shielding in place. Since mid-January we have been adding earth and iron where
needed. In instances where this was not feasible, the areas have been fenced to warn the public of a
possible hazard. The shielding designs have been defined by the Accelerator and Research
Divisions based on criteria provided by the Senior Laboratory Safety Officer; the plan to augment the
shielding is being drawn up by Construction Engineering Services. The whole project has been co-
ordinated by the Associate Director for Technology.
1-0.6
Additions to the shielding are well underway in the experimental areas and the accelerators.
In spite of the delay, I plan to schedule a full five month period of operation for the Meson, Muon, and
Proton areas. Because the experiments and tests in the Neutrino area do not need a full five months,
it may be possible to achieve all their objectives in a shorter period of time. A year ago I had hoped
that the objectives of the fixed-target program would be completed by the end of May and on that
basis I envisioned the Collider program starting in September or October. The present delay is a
severe disappointment, but we are making good use of this time.
While waiting for beam, the fixed-target collaborations are analyzing and understanding the
data that they took in 1990. Most experiments have started operating and fine-tuning their detectors
without beam. The new experiments and the experiments that were partially installed at the end of
August 1990 are using this time to complete their installation. They will be in a far better position to
achieve their objectives than if we had started on January 14. DO certainly needed the time to
complete its detector.
Not only has the shielding problem caused a disruption of the schedule, it has had a serious
financial impact. We estimate that the direct cost of the shielding improvements will exceed $1.5 million and the indirect costs incurred by keeping the Tevatron cold while waiting to restart ope1ations
will cost another $900,000. The fact that we will run in the summer to achieve our goals will add more
to our running costs. Finally, the 9% rate increase awarded to Commonwealth Edison in March will
make our financial situation still more difficult.
The Challenges of Environment, Safety and Health Compliance
In the near term, we face another critical challenge that will affect the research productivity of
the Laboratory. We are obliged to follow the Secretary of Energy's directive that we carry out our
operations in strict compliance with the State and Federal Laws and DOE Orders that govern the
environment of the Laboratory and the safety and health of the people who work at and visit the
Laboratory. While we have not been operating an unsafe Laboratory, there is room for improvement.
We can and should reduce the risks. As an example of our lack of compliance, we do not have a state
permit to discharge warm water from the magnets into our cooling ponds. This is not an enviromental
hazard, but the permit needs to be obtained.
1-0.7
Over the past six months, a team headed by the Deputy Director has carried out an internal
assessment of our Enviroment, Safety and Health programs as part of our preparations for a Tiger
T earn Visit. Their report shows that we will have to make some real changes if we are to have the
programs needed to achieve the Secretary's goals. The changes are not big, but if we make them
without careful thought our productivity will suffer.
While this issue has a cost component, it is too early to predict how it will affect the Research
Program. We will certainly have to add people in the areas of Environment, Safety & Health and many
physicists and engineers will have to devote more time to these matters. We are prepared to do it.
Let me now tum to the program for the two years after the 1991 fixed-target run.
The Schedule of Activities for FY 1992 and FY 1993
The start up of the Collider for the 1992 run should be straightforward because we were able
to schedule nearly six weeks of Collider commissioning during December and January. Since
February, Accelerator operations have been restricted to shielding studies.
Early in 1992, we will start a long Collider run that will either lead to the discovery of the top
quark if Its mass is less than 160 GeVJc2, or clearly show that it lies beyond that value. So that we can
keep track of collider runs in a simple way let me call this Collider run "1" because it will be the first time
that CDF and DO will be taking data together. This run will continue until the summer of 1993 with an
interruption of three to five months beginning in August of 1992 during which the Linac will be
converted from 200 MeV to 400 MeV. We also plan to lower the temperature of the Tevatron magnets
by 0.5 Kelvins, thereby allowing the energy to be raised to 1000 GeV/beam. This latter step. is
somewhat uncertain because we do not know how many magnets will need to be replaced and
replacing magnets is time consuming. (It is also my hope that lowering the temperature will increase
the fixed-target beam energy to 900 GeV.) We hope to deliver 25 pb-1 to both CDF and DO prior to
the Linac energy upgrade and then to deliver 50 pb-1 per detector after the upgrade. The new Linac
should make it possible to double the peak luminosity.
While the problems I discussed are real clouds in the future, the forecast suggests that there
will also be periods of brilliant sunshine. The 1990-1991 fixed-target run will provide a harvest of
superb results. The promise of physics from CDF and DO has only grown brighter in the past year.
1-0.8
CDF and DO will be the most powerful detectors in the world operating at the best collider in the world.
We cani miss. It is only a matter of time before an important discovery is made.
Let me now go to Part II of this overview and describe Fermllab Ill, our overall plan for the
next five years.
Part II:
Fermilab Ill: 1992 - 1997
Fermllab Ill is our plan to give the U.S. High Energy Physics community the opportunity to
expand the frontiers of knowledge of elementary particles at home, in the United States. This plan was
strongly endorsed by HEPAP in April of 1990 and was subsequently embraced by the Department of
Energy.
The goals of Fermllab Ill are as follows:
1) Increase the luminosity of the Tevatron Collider beyond 5 x 1031 cm-2sec-1 so
that an initial exploration of the mass scale between 100 GeV/c2 and 500 GeV/c2 can be made.
2) Upgrade the CDF and DO detectors so that they can operate efficiently at luminosities
in excess of 5 x 1031 cm-2 sec-1 and thus allow the CDF and DO collaborations to discover the top
quark if its mass lies between 90 GeV/c2 and 250 Gev1c2-.
3) Substantially improve the capability of detectors in the fixed-target program so that
we can significantly extend the details of our knowledge of quarks, leptons and their interactions.
4) Provide 120 GeV test beams in the fixed-target areas during Collider operation.
The path to achieve the first two goals has been clearly defined, while the path to the third
goal will not become clear until the data from the current round of fixed-target experiments are
analyzed and understood. The fourth goal can be achieved only if the Main Injector is built.
The increase of the Linac energy from 200 MeV to 400 MeV and the replacement of the Main
Ring with the Main Injector are steps to the first goal. We are in the middle of the second year of
1-0.9
construction of the Linac Upgrade. You will learn that it is on budget and schedule. As I noted ear1ier,
we plan to use it in the fall of 1992. The FY 1992 budget request for the Linac is sufficient to
complete the upgrade in the summer of 1992. Soon after the new Linac is operational, we expect to
be able to increase the collider luminosity to 1031cm·2sec·1.
The Main Injector project was finally placed in the FY 1992 Congressional Budget Request
for $43.5 million after three years of intense effort. During the winter and spring of 1990, a subpanel of
HEPAP reviewed the plans for the U.S. High Energy Physics Research Program for the 1990's. This
subpanel "reaffirmed that the highest priority in the U.S. HEP program is swift construction of the SSC
and appropriate preparation for its optimal utilization". Then the subpanel "assigned highest priority in
the base program to the immediate commencement and speedy completion of construction of the
Tevatron Main Injector at Fermilab". While HEPAP made this recommendation in the context of a
constant budget at the 1990 level, the $32.5 million reduction in the FY 1991 High Energy budget
made by Congress in November has the effect of making the Main Injector an add-on.
From my perspective, it was fortunate that the Illinois Congressional Delegation was able to
persuade the Administration to put the Main Injector back into the FY 1992 Congressional Budget
Request after OMB had removed it. The Main Injector now has the full support of DOE to go with the
full support of the U.S. High Energy Physics community.
While the budget war was being fought, we made excellent technical progress on the Linac
Upgrade and the Main Injector. A year ago we were awarded an Illinois Challenge Grant of $2.2 million
to carry out an environmental assessment and prepare a preliminary design of the conventional
construction of the Main Injector. We have selected Fluor Daniel to be the Architect-Engineer for the
work to be funded with the Challenge Grant. Considerable effort was made to finish details of the
conceptual design. In particular, the accelerator design of the beam lines that link the Main Injector to
the Accelerator complex was completed and this will allow the design of the beam line tunnels to
proceed. If Congress appropriates the $43.5 million requested for FY 1992, we expect to break
ground in the spring of 1992. Our work on the Main Injector has not been restricted to design. The
first prototype Main Injector dipole was completed and tested. It met all specifications and we are
pleased with the field quality at all fields.
We have begun to define the scope of our second goal, the upgrading of CDF and DO to use
a luminosity of greater than 5 x 1031 cm·2 sec·1. The CDF and DO collaborations have submitted
1-0.10
their upgrade plans to the Laboratory. Each has prepared an extensively detailed proposal for
upgrading its detectors. Each experiment has requested somewhat more than $30 million of
equipment funds for their improvements, a figure which does not include the full cost of the labor that
Fermilab roost provide to carry out these upgrades. When one takes into consideration that the $8.7
million cut in the FY 1991 budget is' a permanent reduction in the base budget, the upgrades cannot
be carried out within the schedule given to the HEPAP subpanel last year. It appears that the work will
require at least an additional year.
While the CDF proposal for upgrading their detector follows the lines that they first developed
in 1985, the DO proposal has taken a rather different turn. They have proposed to add a solenoidal
magnet to their detector for Collider run 3 in order to pursue the detection of B decays. CDF has
already demonstrated the ability to detect B decays.
For Collider run 2, in 1995, the number of bunches of protons and antiprotons will increase
from six to thirty-six. This will reduce the minimum time between crossings to 400 ns. It should be
possible to increase the luminosity to 1.5 x 1031 cm-2 sec-1. CDF and DO will need to make
substantial improvements in their front end electronics, trigger systems, and data acquisition systems
to handle the increased event rate and exploit the increased luminosity efficiently. The luminosity
limitations of their tracking detectors are being studied carefully; it is not known whether these
detectors will limit the operating luminosity. DO proposes to replace its tracking chambers with
scintillating fibers and silicon. Eventually, both detectors will have radiation hard silicon vertex trackers
capable of selecting B decays in the hadron debris. The real gain in detector performance required
for Collider run 2 will be the ability to record a far larger number of events rather than the ability to
handle a higher peak luminosity. With the larger number of bunches, the average number of visible
interactions per crossing will actually decline from 1.5 to 0.25. It will be possible to record a much
larger fraction of the 45 µbarn B cross section in run 2 than in Collider run 1.
Since it will take at least three years of equipment funds (92, 93 and 94) to make CDF and DO
ready, Collider run 2 cannot start before the end of FY 1994. It is possible that the start of this run will
have to be delayed into FY 1995 to allow the purchase of data acquisition equipment with FY 1995
funds. Because the integrated luminosity in Collider run 2 will increase significantly, the top quark will
either be discovered or the mystery of its mass will grow more interesting.
1-0.11
We have provisionally decided to allocate one third of the equipment funds for detectors and
computing to fixed-target experiments over the next six years (1992 - 1997). At the moment, these
experiments are receiving a rruch smaller fraction. On the basis of our current understanding, it will
take all of FY 1992 and FY 1993 to prepare the approved fixed-target experiments for beam. Two of
these experiments were approved more than two years ago and a third is a CP violation experiment
that was approved in June of 1989. Any additional experiments will have to use existing detectors. I
believe that our program can accommodate at most eight fixed-target experiments. This issue will be
studied extensively by the Physics Advisory Committee (PAC) in their three-day meeting in April, and
again at the week-long meeting in June. The PAC will also provide me advice needed to define the
scope of the CDF and DO upgrade for Collider run 2.
While the uncertainty in the budgets for FY 1994 through FY 1996 make it difficult to predict
when Collider run 3 will occur, our plans make it the first run with the Main Injector. The upgrades of
CDF and DO will not be complete until 1997 unless there is a substantial increase in equipment funds.
Both experiments will probably need to replace their tracking systems to cope with a luminosity
greater then 5 x 1031 cm·2 sec·1. Once the luminosity reaches that level and CDF and DO can exploit
it fully, the top will be found if it hasni been found already - or the mystery will deepen.
These are not the only interests of the Collider program. The success of CDF in detecting B
decays has led to a careful re-examination of the capabilities needed to study B decays in collider
experiments. The Laboratory will participate in the development of the technology of silicon vertex
detectors and the associated electronics in order to assure ourselves that the appropriate technology
will be ready in 1998. Until last year, this work was done in two separate efforts: one by CDF and an
R&D effort by the BCD collaboration. The FY 1991 budget cut and the costs of the shielding
improvements and electrical power stopped our work on this R&D. These efforts have to be
augmented in 1992 and beyond, although their focus may be limited to making vertex detectors for
CDF and DO. Hopefully, the results of any successful R&D efforts carried out by BCD will be
incorporated into the CDF and DO detectors. It is my desire to have Fermilab work closely with other
laboratories and universities involved in the development of vertex detectors for hadron colliders.
The third goal of Fermllab Ill is to create a fixed-target program with a smaller number of
experiments operating with substantially more powerful detectors. The aims of the fixed-target
program will include highly detailed measurement of the properties of charm particles. The bread and
1-0.12
butter of charm physics at Fermilab is likely to include the measurement of the form factors associated
with semi leptonic decays, precision measurements of lifetimes, and the spectroscopy of meson and
baryon states. Fermilab experiments should be uniquely qualified for the search for rare decays of the
Ds and Dd and their mixing with the CP conjugate states.
The fixed-target program will include further efforts to search for direct CP violation in the
neutral K system by measuring e'/e and searching for rare decays of the ~ that could violate CP. This
series of experiments is already well laid out and their accomplishment has high priority.
The program may include separate measurement of the Bu. Bs. and Bd lifetimes and
improved measurements of structure functions. It should also include a search for vµ to Vt
oscillations. This is a long shot, but it is a step in trying to understand the growing mysteries
surrounding the neutrinos. For the next five years the fixed-target program has exceptional
opportunities to make significant contributions to the details of the standard model and it also has a
shot at doing something spectacular.
Specific proposals for new fixed-target experiments are not as advanced as the proposals for
the CDF and DO upgrades. The reasons are understandable. Very few collaborations can write a
sensible proposal until the data from the 1990-91 fixed-target run have been analyzed. The beam
intensities and interaction rates of present experiments make strong demands on detectors and
computing capabilities. Until the experience of working under those conditions has been assimilated,
it is not clear how to propose an experiment that is ten times better.
Finally, I want to stress the role of the Theoretical Physics Department and the Theoretical
Astrophysics Department here. They are an important part of the intellectual life of Fermilab. They are
important because they are strong groups. My intention is to keep them strong because they are
among the elements that I see in Fermilab after the year 2000 when the SSC turns on. One might ask
how do they fill the service role. They do this in two ways; first they have created an effective nucleus
for a visiting center for theorists from universities interested in a broad range of theoretical particle and
astrophysics problems, as well as the boundary between the two specialties. Second, they give most
of the academic lecture series, an important component of the training of graduate students and post
docs who are at Fermilab for extended periods of time. Lastly, they are an objective source of advice
in my formulation of the plans for the post-SSC Fermilab.
1-0.13
Such input is crucial. Fennllab Ill will continue with some minor changes until the end of the
decade but it will not sustain Fermilab in the 21st century. This brings me to the final section of this
overview.
Part Ill:
Fermilab 2000
We are now making plans for the time when the SSC begins operation near the end of the
decade. Since I need a way to distinguish this period from the 1990's, let me call this plan Fennllab
2000 even though we expect to have some of it in place by 1998. Some of the pieces have already
been identified. When the high energy frontier moves to the SSC, Fermilab woni be left behind.
Roughly two years ago, I encouraged the physicists at the Laboratory to organize a group that would
allow Fermilab to participate in the construction of one of the SSC detectors. A Fermilab group was
organized in time to develop a detector design at the 1989 Breckenridge Summer Study. This work,
done in collaboration with university groups from CDF and DO, suggested that a scintillator based
calorimeter and a scintillator fiber tracker are viable options. The Fermilab group and many of their
university colleagues on CDF and DO joined the collaboration that became the Solenoid Detector
Collaboration, or SOC. Under George Trilling's leadership, the SOC has been approved by the SSC to
prepare a full proposal. I expect that Fermilab will have a major role in that effort. Already about 25% of
the Laboratory experimental physicists have signed up to participate in the design, construction, and
use of SOC. While these people are not working full time on SOC, they are contributing to the design
of the calorimeter, the solenoid, and the data acquisition system. It is likely that a significant fraction of
the Laboratory's technical staff will become engaged in the design and construction of the
calorimeter, and perhaps other subsystems. Since the CDF collaboration is the largest single source
of physicists for the SOC collaboration, Fermilab is likely to be a major resource for these physicists
throughout the 1990's and remain a resource for the midwestem groups on SOC after the year 2000.
In a truly new direction during the past year, the Laboratory formed a small Experimental Astro-
physics Group in the Computing Division and has committed itself to an experimental program in
astrophysics. The first effort will be to participate in "A Digital Sky Survey of the Northern Galactic Cap"
with the University of Chicago, Princeton University and the Institute for Advanced Study. The aim of
1-0.14
this project is to undertake a photometric and spectroscopic survey of galaxies, a survey which is of
unprecedented size in terms of the number of objects and the amount of data recorded for each
object.
Fermilab is interested in this project because it touches on a most fundamental question: what
caused the Universe to be the way it is? The simplest models of gravitational clustering in an initially
homogeneous expanding Universe do not match the presently observed large-scale structure. As
the proposal states: ·Problems are found when one tries to explain simultaneously the strong
amplitude of the cluster-cluster correlation and the break in the galaxy-galaxy correlation at roughly
1 oh-1 MpC, the homogeneity of the microwave background and the existence of galaxies and
clusters is at very early epochs (Z>3.5), large voids and superclusters at a scale of 1 ooh-1 MpC and
the clustering characteristics of quasars and quasar absorption lines.· There are fundamental
questions that this survey can address: On what scale is dark matter distributed? Does dark matter
reside mostly in clusters (-3h-1 MpC), in superclusters (-2oh-1 MpC), in its own unlimited large-scale
structures, or is dark matter distributed uniformly? What fraction of the mass of the Universe is dark
matter? We have often argued that particle physics and astrophysics become one science as one
looks back at the first 1 o-23 second. So far we have used a dedicated microscope, the accelerator, to
look back in time; now we are proposing to use a dedicated telescope.
We were attracted to this project by our Theoretical Astrophysics Group. The University of
Chicago was looking for a partner to help with the acquisition and management of 1 O terabytes of data.
We think that they came to the right place and I have found that there is a lot of technology that we can
learn from the astronomers that can help us in particle physics. The street runs both ways. I believe
that we can help Chicago and Princeton in a way that no university can. The project meets my criteria;
we are making a University-based research effort possible with our facilities, we bring a unique blend
of skills to the table, and it is good science. If this project is successful, there will be other
opportunities that will meet these criteria.
When the year 2000 rolls around, the Tevatron, the Main Injector, and the Antiproton source
will constitute a superb accelerator complex. While the SSC and LHC will best our energy, the
Fermilab accelerators will be able to address some important physics questions that the SSC cannot
address or that it will choose not to address in its first decade of operation. Do neutrinos have a mass?
Can a neutrino in one generation evolve into a neutrino of a different generation? The Main Injector
1-0.15
will make it possible to build very intense muon-neutrino beams. These beams can be used to extend the limits on vµ to v't mixing to cosmologically interesting masses (10 eV) and mixing angles. A
neutrino experiment with a more intense high-energy beam offers the prospect of a very accurate
measurement of sin28w and of nucleon structure functions. During the past year, a group of Fermilab
staff and Interested users, led by Bill Reay of Ohio State University, prepared a conceptual design
report entitled Neutrino Physics after the Main Injector Upgrade. It not only outlines the rich
possibilities but it gives a first realistic oost estimate. By the year 2000 Fermilab will also have the best
neutral K beams in the worid. The usable intensity from decays will be limited by detector technology
not by the beam. The energies of these beams will be ideal for observing CP violation in rare decays
as well as for measuring the classical CP violating parameters of the 2n and 3n decays. During the
past year, Bruce Winstein of the University of Chicago led a group of Fermilab staff and interested
users who explored the possibilities for Kaon physics with the Main Injector. Their work is summarized
in a report entitled Kaons at the Main Injector. Like the report on neutrinos, it provides an excellent
view of the possibilities as well as a realistic oost estimate.
We now realize that we may be able to find evidence for CP violation in the decays of B
mesons produced in the Tevatron Collider. CDF has demonstrated that they can detect decays such
as B0~ J/''f K 00 and B± ~ JfV K±. These decay modes, when observed in conjunction with the s
semileptonic decays of the other B, are sensitive to CP violation. If detector technology can be
advanced far enough in the next three years to demonstrate that a full range of B physics can be done
at the Collider, including a sensitive search for CP violation, then Fermilab will build a dedicated B
detector for the Tevatron. Since the final design of this detector cannot be started until the data from
the 1992-93 collider run is analyzed, we do not plan to call for proposals until after 1993. In the
meantime CDF and DO will be the platforms for demonstrating that rare B decays can be detected
efficiently in the presence of the large debris of hadrons that accompany a 2 TeV pp collision.
Because the production cross section for Bs mesons is only a factor of five or ten small than
for Bci mesons, the T evatron collider has the potential for studying mixing in their decays. The cross
section for Be mesons is likely to be large enough so that decays of these mesons may be
observable. These are particles that cannot be produced with e+e- B factories working at the l' (4S).
Finally, rare decays such as the flavor changing neutral current decay of the Bci meson intoµ+µ- may
1-0.16
be studied. There will clearly be a place for Tevatron Collider B experiments if the detection
technology can be developed.
The goal of demonstrating that B's can be detected efficiently, however, will not be allowed to
interfere with the exploration of the,mass region from 100 Gevtc2 to 500 GeV/c2. The primary target
in that region will be the top quark although it might not be the most interesting object. Nevertheless,
by 1997 or 1998, the original goals of CDF and DO will be accomplished and the time will be ripe to
install a new detector dedicated to detecting rare decays of B's.
The Tevatron will have a great future if the Ferrnllab Ill upgrade is funded. In closing I want
to point out that in 1982 we promised that the Tevatron Collider would reach a luminosity of 1 o30cm-
2sec-1. We achieved that in 1988, and by 1989 we achieved twice our goal. I am confident that, in
the future, we will deliver what we promise if we receive the funding we are requesting.
1-0.17
Experiments wbich took Beam durin& 1990
Aptjproton Accumulator E-760 Charmonium Formation in Proton-antiproton collisions - data
Proton Area E-761 E-781 E-771 E-687 E-791 E-774 T-797 T-798 T-807
Radiative Decay of Hyperons - completed Study of Charmed Baryons - tests Beauty production by Protons - tests Photoproduction of Charm - data Hadroproduction of Charm & Beauty - test data Electron Beam-dump - completed Fine-Grained Electromagnetic Calorimetry - tests Prototype Synchrotron-Radiation Detector - tests Warm Heavy-liquid Calorimetry - tests
Neutrino Area E-740 (DO) DO detector - tests and calibration E-690 Study of Charm Production - test data E-782 T-790 T-821 E-665 T-817
Meson Area E-789 E-704 E-773 E-706 E-672 E-741(CDF) T-784 T-795
Muon Scattering in the Tohoku Bubble Chamber - completed Zeus at HERA - calibration Neutron Background measurements - data Tevatron Muon Scattering - data Silicon Microstrip Detectors (Cornell) - tests
Charmless Beauty Production - test data Polarized Beam - completed Measurement of Relative Phase of 11 +· and 11 00 - tests Direct Photon Production by Hadrons - data Di muon Production (with E-706) - data CDF Detector - calibration and tests Research for the B.C.D. - tests Warm Liquid Calorimetry - tests
1-1 • 1
Beams and Major Experiments during 1990
Month ACC
January 1990
February
March 760
April
May
June
July
Auoust
September
October
November
December
PB
687
774
6~3 774 ENO
Proton Area
PE PC
761
791
l 'ENO)
PW
771 •
EJlternal Proton Beams
Neutrino Area
~ NM NE NK ME
782
665
END) 789
610 ~-
1-1 • 3
MP
704
Meson Area
MC
END ''~
MB MW MT
706 672
Comments
Accelerator Shutdown
800GeV Filled
Taroet Run
Accelerator Shutdown
FERMILAB SCHEDULE (Preliminary) May, 1990
FY FY90 FY91
y 1990 1991 M J J J A s 0 N D J M A M J J A s 0 N D
A c
MW 706 / 672 s 706/672 706 0 c E I M MT c p N 775,795,BCD R&D p c E s L D MC L F A T 773 / 799 E
R T F c T A A I 0 MP s A A T L 0 L T s c L N N
ME A test c 0 D L T R A I R E L A T D D NW T l 740 0
& I w z E -' u R 0 E ; s R .... NK/NT p T 790 R . T L N e Ul u t E 0
NE u 0 690 R & p D w A , T R u
I N A 0 NM 665 N s E D L B ~ 771
A PW T test s E 771 test N L
u r .S D I D N PC test A T 800 I u s
PE E D 791 T
791 test u s I D PB 687/774 E 683 I s E AC 760* 760* s
• Also Pbar-source improvement and studies
t:~f{~ Beam commissioning I Startup
Fiscal Year
Calendar Year
Coll ider
Tevatron FT(800GeV) MI - FT
I (120GeV) ..... . Accelerator :,~ °' studies & % shutdown :~~:·
02/11/91 DRAFT LONG-RANGE SCHEDULE
(For Preparation of the 1993 Budget Request, WPAS, Only)
90 91
CoRlder Studies Coll Ider Startup
92 93
Cold Compressor Installation
Unac Upgrade
COF& DO roll ·In
Installation of Separators and BO and DO Low Beta Region
94 95
Change-over from Main Ring to
Main ln;ector
96
Main Injector Startup
Experiment Status Reports
E-605 Study of Leptons & Hadrons Near the Kinematic Limits ............... 1-2.1 E-621 A Measurement of the CP Violation Parameter '1+-o·······················l-2.5 E-632 An Exposure of the 15' Bubble Chamber ....................................... 1-2.7 E-653 Study of Charm & Beauty Using Hadronic Production ................... 1-2.11 E-665 Muon Scattering with Hadron Detection •••.....•......••....•••......•............. 1-2.15 E-667 Multiparticle Production ....................................................................... 1-2.19 E-672 Study of Hadronic Final States ........................................................ 1-2.21 E-683 Photoprod uction of High P, Jets ........................................................ 1-2. 25 E-687 Photoproduction of Charm and Beauty .............................. ~ .............. 1-2.29 E-690 Study of Charm and Bottom Production .......................................... 1-2.33 E-691 Charm Production with the Tagged Photon Spectrometer ............... 1-2.35 E-704 Experiments with the Polarized Beam Facility ................................. 1-2.41 E-705 A Study of Charmonium & Direct Photon Production .................... 1-2.45 E-706 A Comprehensive Study of Direct Photon Production ..................... 1-2.49 E-710 Measurements of Elastic Scattering & Total Cross Section ............. 1-2.53 E-711 A Study of the Angular & Energy Dependence ............................... 1-2.57 E-713 Search for Highly Ionizing Particles ................................................... 1-2.59 E-731 A Precision Measurement of the CP Violation Parameter (e'/e) .... 1-2.61 E-733 The Study of High Energy Neutrino Interactions ............................. 1-2.65 E-735 Search for Quark-Gluon Plasma in pp Collisions .............................. 1-2.69 E-740 Study of Events in pp Collisions at 2 TeV in t.he D~ Detector .... 1-2.73 E-741 Collider Detector at Fermilab ............................................................. 1-2. 75 E-743 Charm Production in pp Collision with LEBC-FMPS at 1 TeV .... 1-2.81 E-744/770 Neutrino Physics at the Tevatron ...................................................... 1-2.83 E-745 Neutrino Experiment ............................................................................ 1-2.80 E-754 E-756 E-760 E-761 E-769 E-771 E-772 E-773
Crystal Channeling Test in M-Bottom ............................................... 1-2.93 Magnetic Moment of the Omega Hyperon ......................................... 1-2.95 Investigating the Formation of Charmonium States .......................... 1-2.99 An Electroweak Enigma: Hyperon Radiative Decays ...................••. 1-2.103 Pion and Kaon Production of Charm & Charm-Strange States ...... 1-2.109 Beauty Production by Protons ............................................................ 1-2.111 Measurement of the Quark-Antiquark Sea in Nuclei ........................ 1-2.115 Measurements of the Phase Difference 'loo - 'I+- ............................... 1-2.119
1-2.a
E-774 E-775 E-778 E-781 E-782 E-784 E-789 E-790 E-791 E-792 E-793 E-795 T-797 T-789 E-799 E-800 E-802 E-807 T-816 T-817 T-821 T-841
Electron Beam Dump Particle Search ................................................ 1-2.123 Collider Detector at Fermilab ............................................................. 1-2.125 An Experimental Study of the SSC Magnet Aperture Criterion ..... 1-2.127 Study of Charm Baryon Physics ........................................................ 1-2.129 Muon Exposure in the Tohoku High Resolution Bubble Chamber .1-2.133 Research & Development for the Bottom Collider Detector ............ 1-2.135 1>-Quark Mesons and Baryons ............................................................. 1-2.137 ZEUS Calibration Tests ....................................................................... 1-2.143 Hadroproduction of Charm and Beauty ............................................. 1-2.145 Fragmentation Products ....................................................................... 1-2.149 Emulsion Exposure to Protons of Energies Close to 1000 Ge V ...... 1-2.151 Test of e/h Compensation for Warm Liquid Calorimetry ................ 1-2.153 Fine-Grained Electromagnetic Calorimetry .................................... : ..... 1-2.155 Test of a Prototype Synchrotron-Radiation Detector ........................ 1-2.157 A Search for the Rare Decay KL + r>e+e· ....................................... 1-2.159 A Precision Measurement of the Omega Minus Magnetic Moment.1-2.161 Deep In.elastic Muon In.teractions ........................................................ 1-2.165 Warm Heavy Liquid Calorimetry ........................................................ 1-2.167 SSC Muon Detector Subsystem Beam Test ....................................... 1-2.169 Silicon Strip Detector Test .................................................................. 1-2.171 Neutron Measurements at NW A ......................................................... 1-2.173 Beam Test of Scintillator Calorimeter Prototypes ............................. 1-2.175
1-2.b
•
~
I I\)
.l 0
rlmSTEEL
SM 12 MAGNET
..l 10
SM3 MAGtET
l v
111111 ...... CERENt<OV ·I
t&JON PROPORTIONAL
TUBE
I :. I :• !!!!~ .. =1 1111 =====:::;ir~----
:1~ 11 :1 ~
I ·: I~· I •· I .~ I _?. I f, I :·~ I ;.•
MULTISTEP PROPORTIONAL WIRE CHAMBER
PLAN VIEW E-605
ELECTRON HADRON
CALORIMETERS
~SHIELDING f~~\~I ABSORBER
~ ~ L J_ 20 30 40 50 Meters
ELEVATK>N SECTION E-605 · · · · · · · · DRIFT CHAMBER
- · - ·- PROPORTIONAL CHAMBER - - - -- COUNTER BANK
E-605 (McCarthy) Study of Leptons and Hadrons Near the Kinematic Limits
CERN (Switzerland), Columbia, Fermilab, KEK (Japan), Kyoto (Japan), Saclay (France), SUNY I Stony Brook, Washington
I Status: Data Analysis I
The goal of this experiment is to study lepton and hadron production (both singles and pairs) for particles produced with very high transverse momentum. Any massive hadron or lepton resonance can be studied with excellent resolution. In addition, the experiment will study many QCD predictions deriving from the internal quark structure of hadrons. Particle ratios, lepton yields and A-dependence of high PT yields provide important probes into the detailed dynamics of quarks in nucleons.
The apparatus consists of a wide-aperture magnetic spectrometer in which the first active electronic detectors are protected from the copious low energy fluxes from the production target by a magnetic field of 8.9 GeV transverse kick. A momentum reanalysis in a large .9 Ge V transverse kick spectrometer magnet provides excellent background rejection. Proportional wire chambers and drift chambers are used to trace particle trajectories. Calorimetry is performed using lead-scintillator and steel-scintillator arrays. The spectrometer includes a large aperture ring imaging Cerenkov counter capable of full hadron identification from 100 GeV/c to 250 GeV/c. We propose to take approximately 1012 protons/pulse at both 400 GeV/c arid 800 GeV/c on both solid metal targets and also a LH2/LD2 target. This will enable us to unravel the quark structure of hadrons in a much larger range of fractional quark momentum and quark type than previous experiments.
For the FY 1985 run, an absorber and high-rate drift chamber was added at the exit of the first spectrometer magnet. This will allow a search for dimuon resonances above 8 GeV mass with the highest possible luminosity.
E-605 had substantial data runs at 400 Ge V in 1982 and 1984 and at 800 GeV in 1984 and 1985. Data analysis continued until 1990, with the final publication of the remaining results expected to be in 1991. Meanwhile, the E-605 mass-focussing spectrometer has been modified, used for experiment E-772 in 1987, and continues to be used by experiment E-789 for data-taking in 1990 and 1991.
E-605 publications:
R. W. Fast et al., IEEE Trans. Magnetics MAG-17, 1903 (1981), "14.4 m Large Aperture Analysis Magnet with Aluminum Coils".
1-2. 1
J. Hanson et al., IEEE Trans. Nucl. Sci. NS-28, 514 (1981), "A study of some properties which determine the resolution of a lead-scintillator sandwich electromagnetic shower detector".
Y. Sakai et al., IEEE Trans. Nucl. Sci. NS-28, 528 (1981), "Longitudinal shower development in a lead-scintillator calorimeter as a tool to separate pions and electrons at 10-50 Ge V energies".
G. Coutrakon et al., IEEE Trans. Nucl. Sci. NS-29, 323 (1982), "Identification of 200 GeV/c Particles Using a Ring-Imaging Cherenk.ov Detector".
R. Bouclier et al., Nucl. Instrum. Methods .2.ilil., 403 (1983), "Progress in Cherenkov Ring Imaging, Part 1".
Ph. Mangeot et al., Nucl. Instrum. Methods 2..!n, 79 (1983), "Progress in Cherenkov Ring Imaging, Part 2".
M. Adams et al., Nucl. Instrum. Methods 2.11, 237 (1983), "Pi/Kip identifi-cation with a large-aperture ring-imaging Cherenk.ov".
H. Glass et al., IEEE Trans. Nucl. Sci. NS-30, 30 (1983), "Construction and Operation of a Large Ring-Imaging Cerenkov Detector".
J. A Crittenden et al., IEEE Trans. Nucl. Sci. NS-31, 1028 (1984), "A data acquisition system for elementary particle physics".
Y. B. Hsiung et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. fifi., 457 (1985), "A-dependence of the inclusive production of hadrons with high transverse momenta".
H. Glass et al., IEEE Trans. Nucl. Sci. NS-32, 692 (1985), "Identification of High Transverse-Momentum Hadrons with a Ring-Imaging Cerenkov Counter".
R. Gray and J. P. Rutherfoord, Nucl. Instrum. and Methods, A244, 440 (1986), "A clocked, fast-electronics trigger for high-energy physics".
Y. B. Hsiung et al., Nucl. Instrum. Methods, A245, 338 (1986), "Use of a parallel pipelined, event processor in a massive-dimuon experiment".
J. A. Crittenden et al., Phys. Rev. D.li, 2584 (1986), "Inclusive hadronic production cross sections measured in proton-nucleus collisions at .../s = 27.4
. GeV". .,
R.L. McCarthy et al., Nucl. Instr. and Meth. A2.i8., 69 (1986), "Identification of Large-Transverse-Momentum Hadrons using a Ring-Imaging Cherenkov Counter."
C. N. Brown et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. fil, 2101 (1986), "A New Limit on Axion Production in 800 GeV Hadronic Showers".
1-2.2
D. E. Jaffe et al., Phys. Rev. ll.3..8., 1016 (1988), "High-transverse-momentum hadron-hadron correlat~ons in -Vs= 38.8 GeV proton-proton interactions".
Robert E. Plaag and J. P. Rutherfoord, Nucl. Instr. and Meth. A21a. 177 (1988), "A Large High-Speed Memory Buffer for High Energy Physics Data".
D. E. Jaffe et al., Phys. Rev. D.iQ., 2777 (1989), "High-transverse-momentum single-hadron production in pp and pd collisions at -Vs= 27.4 and 38.8 GeV".
T. Yoshida et al., Phys .. Rev. Jlaa, 3516 (1989), "High resolution measurement of massive-dielectron production in 800-Ge V proton-beryllium collisions".
C. N. Brown et al., Phys. Rev. Lett . .6.3., 2637 (1989), "Dimuon production in 800 Ge V proton-nucleus collisions".
E-605 articles currently in preparation:
G. Moreno et al., accepted for publication by PRD, "Dimuon production in proton-copper collisions at "1s=38.8 GeV".
P. B. Straub et al., submitted to PRL, "Nuclear Dependence of High-Xt Hadron and High-Tau Hadron Pair Production in p-A Inteactions at "1s=38.8 GeV"
P. B. Straub et al., submitted to PRL, "Particle Ratios of High-Xt Hadrons in p-A Interactions at "1s=38.8 GeV."
P. B. Straub et al., to be published in PRD, "High-Pt particle production and dihadron production at 800 GeV".
J.P. Rutherfoord et al., to be published in PRD, "Upsilon production dynamics at 800 GeV".
E-605 theses: George Coutrakon, SUNY Stony Brook Anna Peisert, Univ. of Geneva Henry Glass, SUNY Stony Brook Yoshi Sakai, Kyoto Univ. Jim Crittenden, Columbia Univ. Yee-Bob Hsiung, Columbia Univ. Dave Jaffe, SUNY Stony Brook Bob Plaag, Univ. of Washington Takuo Yoshida, Kyoto Univ. Richard Gray, Univ. of Washington Gerardo Moreno, CINVESTAV, Mexico Bruce Straub, Univ. of Washington
1-2.3
.... I
I\) . s::
Vacuum Decay Region
E-621
New Pb Glass Blocks go above 8 below Magnet Aperture
'--y---J MWPC's
Analysis Magnet
I I I I I I I I I I
C2
Pb Glass Array
-
-
.,#.
E-621 (Thomson) A Measurement of the CP Violation Parameter 11+-<>
Michigan, Minnesota, Rutgers
l Status: Data Analysis I
We have proposed to measure Tl +-o by measuring the interference between K~ and K~ decays to 1t+1t·1to near the kaon production target. This
interference is dependent on the proper lifetime of the kaons, so that accurate knowledge of the detector's acceptance, as a function of the longitudinal position of decay vertices, is crucial to the measurement. We want to measure this acceptance by also taking data with a separate target 20 meters upstream of the usual hyperon production target. Then the falling proper lifetime exponential will damp out all contributions to the three pion decay rate except that from the K~. Comparison of observed decays with the exp (-tltL) K~
behavior will tell us the detector acceptance much more accurately than we could calculate it by Monte Carlo techniques. Using this method we hope ultimately to reach an accuracy of 0(11) = .25 'Tl+-·
The apparatus we are using is the Vee spectrometer of the Neutral Hyperon group, with approximately the same configuration as for E-619.
In the latter half of the 1984 running period we carried out a test run, where we collected about 200,000 Kna decays. This data is under analysis and should yield a measurement of Tl+-o to an accuracy of ±.007. The main portion of our data was collected in the 1985 running period, and is still under analysis.
"Search for CP Symmetry Violation in the 3-Pion Decay Mode of the K-Zero Meson," Nancy Lee Grossman, Thesis, University of Minnesota .
1-2.5
I I\.) . 0\
kl ............. _
....... -··••«--
... ...,. ..... ". a1t1-.r .w-·--uw•••
[-632 fCR"ILAI IS" llll8l.C <HA111£1
... , - 01..,..•Pt"•
-
·-
E-632 (Morrison I Peters) An Exposure of the 15' Bubble Chamber with a Neon-Hydrogen Mixture to a Wideband Neutrino Beam from the Tevatron
Birmingham (England), UC I Berkeley, CERN (Switzerland), Fermi/ab, Hawaii, IHEP/Serpukhov (USSR), IIT, Imperial College (England), ITEP (CJSSR), Jammu (India), Libre (Belgi,um), MPI (Germany), Moscow State (USSR),
Oxford (England), Panjab (India), Rutgers, Saclay (France), Stevens, Tufts
I Status: Data Analysis I
The experiment E-632 is to study interactions of a quad-triplet neutrino beam of the Tevatron in the 15-foot bubble chamber filled with a neon-hydrogen mixture. The main aim of the experiment is exploratory - to search for new particles or new effects in a new energy range. A second major goal is to study like-sign dileptons in theµµ mode since previous results at lower energies give the only major experimental deviation from the Standard Model. A third major aim is the study of neutral current interactions by using the Internal Picket Fence to identify such events. Many other physics topics, such as coherent production, will be simultaneously studied. In addition to the three conventional cameras of 500 micron resolution, high resolution for studying short-lived particles has been achieved using a holographic system giving 100 micron resolution in part of the chamber. The bubble chamber has been equipped with four new planes of counters. Two of them, called the Internal Picket Fence (!PF), are close to the chamber but covering the upstream and downstream directions - these have allowed the timing of events by assigning hits to the ends of tracks hitting the chamber wall. The other two planes of counters with absorber in between them and the chamber serve as the External Muon Identifier (EM!). The dimuon events have been selected using the four planes of counters.
A) PUBLICATIONS 1984 to 1989
1. H. Bjelkhagen et al., NIM .220... 300 (1984), "Test of High Resolution Two-beam Holography in a Model of the Big European Bubble Chamber."
2. . P. Nailor, Photonics Applied to Nuclear Physics; 2 Nucleophot, Strasbourg (1984) pg. 83, "HOLRED - a Machine to Reproduce and Photograph Real Images from Holograms Taken in the 15-foot Bubble Chamber at Fermilab."
3. M. W. Peters and R. J. Cence, ibid pg 95, "Design, Testing and Construction of a Holographic Measuring Machine."
4. G. Harigel et al., ibid pg 72, "Pulse Stretching in a Q-switched Ruby Laser for Bubble Chamber Holography."
1-2.7
5. P. Marage (E-632 Collaboration), Proc. of 12th Intl. Conf. on Neutrino • Physics and Astrophysics, Sendai, Japan (1986), "Hadronic Component in Neutrino Interactions."
6. H. Akbari and H. Bjelkhagen, SPIE fil 7 (1986) (Society of Photo-Optical Instrumentation Engineers), "Holography in the 15-foot Bubble Chamber at Fermilab."
7. G. Harigel et al., Applied Optics, 2.Q 4102 (1986), "Pulse Stretching in a Q-switched Ruby Laser for Bubble Chamber Holography."
8. G. G. Harigel (E-632 Collaboration), NIM, A257 614 (1987), "Holography in the 15-foot Bubble Chamber."
9. J. K. Hawkins and W. A. Williams, Proc. Intl. Conf. on Lasers - 86, STS Press McLean, VA. (1987) pg. 553, "Laser Pulse Stretching Via Enhanced Closed Loop Control with Slow Q-switching".
10. P. Marage (E-632 Collaboration), Proc. of 13th Intl. Conf. on Neutrino Physics and Astrophysics, Tufts Univ. Medford, Mass. (1988), "Coherent Production of Pi Mesons by Charged Current Interactions of Neutrinos and Antineutrinos on Neon Nuclei at the Tevatron."
11. G. Harigel (E-632 Collaboration), NIM A279 249 (1989), "Holography in the 15-foot Bubble Chamber," also in proc. of Workshop "Physics at UNK" Protvino, 20-24 March 1989.
12. M. Aderholz et al., NIM, A284 311 (1989), "HOLRED, a Machine for the Replay of Holograms Made in a Large Bubble Chamber."
13. R. N aon, H. Bjelkhagen, R. Burnstein and L. Voyvodic, NIM, A283 244 (1989), "A System for Viewing Holograms."
14. M. Aderholz et al., Phys. 'Rev. Letters, Qa ·2349 (1989), "Coherent Production of Pi Mesons by Charged Current Interactions of Neutrinos and Antineutrinos on Neon Nuclei at the Tevatron."
B. PUBLICATIONS 1990
15. V. Jain et al., Phys. Rev. Dil 2057 (1990), "Di-Muon Production by Neutrinos in the Fermilab 15-foot Bubble Chamber at the Tevatron."
16. L. Verluyten et al., NIM A292 313 (1990), "Laser Pulse Stretching Via Enhanced Closed Loop Control with Slow Q-switching."
17. L. Verluyten et al., NIM~ 571 (1990), "Monitoring of a High-Powered Ruby Pulsed Laser."
18. H. Bingham et al., NIM A2fil 364 (1990), "Holography of Particle Tracks in the Fermilab 15-foot Bubble Chamber."
1-2 .8
-
-
-
C.THESES
H. Akbari, Tufts University (1987), "High Resolution Imaging of Particle Interactions in a Large Bubble Chamber Using Holographic Techniques."
V. Jain, University of Hawaii (1988), "Di-Muon Production by 0 - 600 GeV Neutrinos in the Fermilab 15-foot Bubble Chamber."
P.R. Nailor, Imperial College, London, (1989), "Holographic Reconstruction of Tracks in Large Volume Bubble Chambers."
Douglas F. DeProspo, Rutgers University, NJ, (1990), "Charged Current Neutral Strange Particle Production in Neutrino-Neon Collisions in the 15-ft Bubble Chamber at the Fermilab Tevatron."
1-2.9
E-653
Drift Cha•ber1
8Mlft .,
D.C.\\ ~ ~ a .... ••
__. ~ I ) I\) . ....
RF Hou .. ---""' 0
27 SS0'1 and T·O·F Muon
Emulsion Tor9et Hodo1cope Hodo1eope1
• • • •
-
.....
-
E-653 (Reay) Study of Charm and Beauty Using Hadronic Production in a Hybrid Emulsion Spectrometer
Aichi (Japan), UC/Davis, Carnegie-Mellon, Chonnam National (Korea), Fermilab, Gifu (Japan), Gyeongsang National (Korea), Kiuki (Japan),
KQ/)e (Japan), Korea (Korea), Nagoya (Japan), Nagoya Inst. of Tech. (Japan), Ohio State, Okayama (Japan), Oklahoma, Osaka City (Japan), Osaka Sci. Ed. Inst. (Japan), Toho (Japan), Utsunomiya (Japan), Won Kwang (Korea)
I Status: Data Analysis I
Scientists from Japan, Korea, and the United States have formed a collaboration to perform E-653, a study of hadronic production of charm and beauty using a hybrid emulsion spectrometer.
Emulsion has an order of magnitude better spatial resolution than other particle detection devices: lifetimes between 0.05 and 10 pico-seconds can be accessed and in most cases the direction of the decaying particle can be measured to better than one milliradian. This enables -identifying neutral decay products not only by mass-fitting but also by PT balance about the parent direction. The downstream spectrometer will be used both to locate decays in th~ emulsion and analyze their products.
Silicon microstrip detectors iocate vertices with an accuracy of 10 microns rms transverse to and 200 microns rms along the beam direction. Vector drift chambers with 80 micron rms resolution and 600 micron two-track separation momentum analyze all charged particles with a production angle less than 200 milliradians. Additional apparatus includes a time-of-flight hodoscope with 1tK (1tP) separation up to 4 (7) GeV, a liquid argon electromagnetic calorimeter with 1 mm resolution and 8 mm two-shower separation, a hadron calorimeter and a complete muon toroid spectrometer. The F ASTBUS data-recording system handles both emulsion running and extensions to high-rate all-electronic efforts.
Triggers consist of one or more penetrating muons coming from interactions in the emulsion; further PL and PT cuts from on-line processing of muon spectrometer data may be applied before writing data onto magnetic tape. Off-line, software-predicted secondary vertices containing the muon will be searched for in the emulsion, where a factor of twenty rejection against secondary interactions can be realized by requiring charge balance and absence of dark tracks from nuclear breakup. A variety of methods have been employed to reduce the per event scanning time below 6 minutes; up to 100,000 events can be searched for in the emulsion. Monte Carlo studies indicate that unbiased associated decay vertices can be software-predicted and found in the emulsion with an overall efficiency of better than 80%.
1:-2.11
E-653 studied hadroproduction of heavy quarks in an 800 GeV/c proton exposure in 1985 and a much more sensitive 600 GeV x- exposure in 1987. Results from the proton exposure which have been submitted for publication include study of the branching rates of no semimuonic decays, and cross section measurements and production characteristics of no and n+ pair and single decays. Other work in progress includes the measurement of form factors and polarization of n+ ~ K* µv decays, and observation of ns ~ <l>µv.
In 1987 this US-Japan-Korea collaboration took 107 muon triggers from 600 GeV incident pions. Events with three or more reconstructed secondary vertices, one of which is the source of a high PT muon, are a clean signal of beauty and its subsequent decay to charm. Eight such events have been observed so far in the E-653 data. The estimated yield from the completed data is 15 to 20 b pairs by late 1991.
From a sample of this size, b cross section and lifetime information can be obtained, as well as details of the production mechanism. The b lifetime measurements will be the first done where the charged and neutral b's can be visually distinguished. It will be very interesting to see if the CLEO measurement of equal (within 20%) charged and neutral b lifetimes is verified byE-653.
1-2.12
..... I
I\) . .....
SW T
SCALE (m) I 0
' • 1 ' ' 5
SVW 7mx3mVetoCooolerWall BT 4 Beam Tagging, Slalk>n 4 PB T 0.1ln x 0.13m MWPC 6 Pins SBT 0.13m x 0.18111 Scintillation Countef Array TAR 1m l~ + l~ + Said Targets SNC Neutron Scintillators CVM CERN Vertex Magnet voe vertex Drill Chcvnbers, 16 Planes PCV 2.8m x 1m MWPC, 6 Pins . CO 144 Cel Tlveshold Cefenkov Cruller
FERMILAB E665 MUON SPECTROMETER
CCM PCF PTM
I 10
DCA
Cl 58 Cell Threshold Cerenkov Counter TOF 4.2m x 1.6m Scri~llajoo TOF Arrays PTA 2m x 2m Prop. Tube Arrays, 4 Planes PC 2mx2mMWPC, 12~ CCM Chicago Cyclotron Magnet PCF 2m x 1m MWPC, 15 Planes PSC 0.13m x 0.1ln Small Angle MWPCs, 8 Plirles
DCB CAL ABF p A
SSA SUM SVS SPM
PSA 0.13mx0.1lnSmal~MWPCs,8Planes SSA 0.13m x 0.13m Scintillation Counter Array SUM 7m x 3m Scintilation Counter Array CAL 3m x 3m EM Shower calorimeter ABF 7m x 3m x 3m Iron Absorber SVS 0.23m x 0.3m Scinlilatioo Coooter Array PTM 7m x 3m Prop. Tube Arrays, 8 Planes SPM 7m x 3m Sdnlilation Cooolef ArrCffS
PHI
DCA 4m x 2m Drill Chambers, 8 PIMes RICH Ring Imaging CelenkoY Counter DCB 6m x 2m Drift Chambers, 8 Planes
PHI 0.025m x 0.025m rf Phase lock Scintillation Counters ABC 0.9m Coocrete AbsOfbers
-
E-665 (Geesaman) Muon Scatt.ering with Hadron Detection
ANL, UC I San Diego, Fermilab, Freiburg (Germany), Harvard, Illinois/Chicago, !NP-Krakow (Poland), LLNL, Maryland, MIT,
Max-Planck (Germany), Northwestern, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Washington, Wuppertal (Germany), Yale
I Status: Data-Takingf
The experiment studies the interactions of muons with average beam energies up to 500 GeV in various targets and with the capability of making detailed measurements of the hadrons that emerge from the collision vertex. To this end, the collaboration has combined two large magnets, the CERN Vertex Magnet (CVM) and the Chicago Cyclotron Magnet in a spectrometer that is as powerful as any known. We use this spectrometer in two basic, arid for the most part complementary, ways to explore:
1) The properties of hadrons emerging from deep inelastic muon collisions in hydrogen and heavy nuclei. It is possible to study single quark fragmentation · and jet physics in the same CM energy range as e+e-annihilation experiments which directly observe gluon radiation. In deep inelastic muon scattering, the fragmentation of the current and diquark jets (not seen in e+e·) can be measured relative to the precise knowledge of the exchanged virtual photon direction. By studying the A dependence of these phenomena, we expect to learn new things about the propagation of quarks in nuclear matter · and to use the nucleus as a length scale to study nonperturbative quantum chromodynamics.
2) Complementing the fragmentation studies are studies of the deep inelastic structure functions on the same nucleon and nuclear targets. Although the targets are relatively thin, the high incident muon energy makes this experiment particularly suited to the study of structure functions at small Xbj (<0.02). This region is of great interest in the study of nucleon structure. Here, all experiments are limited by kinematics rather than rates, and the increased muon energy available at Fermilab automatically increases the available kinematic range.
The experiment took data for the first time during 1987-88 using deuterium, hydrogen and xenon targets. In 1990 the apparatus was supplemented with a tracking system of drift chambers inside the CVM to improve the pattern recognition capabilities and resolution of the spectrometer. With a new target system, allowing targets to be changed every 60 seconds, muon interactions in hydrogen, deuterium, carbon, calcium and lead were studied. During the 1991 fixed target run, higher luminosity studies of hydrogen and deuterium will focus on the structure of events with the highest total hadronic energies yet available in lepton-nucleon scattering experiments.
1-2. 15
Efforts in 1990 focused on continued analysis of the 1987-1988 data and the successful run concentrating on the A dependence of deep inelastic scattering.
Eight students have completed their Ph.D. theses on the 1987-1988 data run in the past year:
Perry Anthony, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Bose-Einstein Correlations in Deep-Inelastic Muon Scattering.
M. Erdmann, University of Freiburg, Lifetime of the Colored Proton in Muon-Proton Scattering.
Stephen Magill, University of Illinois- Chicago, Xe/D2 Cross Section Ratio from Muon Scattering at 490 GeV/c.
Douglas G. Michael, Harvard University, A Study of Transverse Momentum and Jets using Forward Hadrons and Photons in Deep Inelastic Muon Scattering at 490 GeV.
Stephen 0. Day, University of Maryland, Charged Hadron Multiplicities in 490 Ge V ·Deep Inelastic Muon Scattering.
Erik Ramberg, University of Maryland, Neutral Pion and Eta Production in Deep Inelastic Muon Scattering at 490 Ge V.
James J. Ryan, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Particle Production in Deep Inelastic Muon Scattering
Alexander Salvarani, University of California - San Diego, Xe/D2 Ratio of Charged Hadron Distributions from Muon Scattering at 490 Ge V /c.
A typical result showing the extended kinematic .range of this experiment is shown in the figure, which displays the Xbj dependence of the ratio of deep inelastic cross sections of xenon to deuterium, compared to previous results from CERN. We find that the ratio of cross sections does not saturate until at least x values below 0.002. Several publications are being drafted based on the results of the 1987-1988 run.
The 1990 run accumulated data with an order of magnitude more statistics at low x compared to the figure and with better control of the relative systematic errors by frequent interchange of the targets. The new vertex drift chambers provide information on the target fragmentation region for each event which was not possible with the streamer chamber used in the 1987-1988 run. Neutron counters were also added in the backward hemisphere to study the energy transfer to the nuclear targets in deep inelastic scattering. Production analysis of this data will- begin in early 1991.
1-2. 16
cr(A)/cr(D) I £665 preliminary data I 1.1 ,.,....,..,.,..,.,M"-___ --r---r-rT-rMrr--r---r--"T-T-~----~
1
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
• E665 <axe/a o> Q1> 0.1 GcV2 r---,--+---+-4--J.--_. v > 40GeV y < 0.15 0.001<x8 .<0.2 ~ Q
•• .001
0 NA28 (F2cJFi D)
.01
2 2 .2<Q <8GeV lO<v< 150GeV .002 < XBf .17
.1
Figure i. The xnj dependence of the xcnon/dculerium cross section ratio. (E665 data, solid squares) and the Calcium/ deu-terium structure functions (NA28 data, open circles). The esti-mated systematic ·errors arc 8%. (E665) and 6% (NA28). Only statistical errors arc shown for the E665 data.
1-2 . 11
-
E-667 (Wolter) Multiparticle Production in Pion-Nucleus lnt.eractions at 525 GeV
Krakow (Poland), Lebedev (USSR), Louisiana State, Tashkent (USSR)
I Status: Data Analysis I
This experiment will study the multiparticle production in negative pion-nucleus interactions at the energy of 525 GeV, by means of nuclear emulsion technique.
Until now we have done three emulsion exposures to negative pion beams at Fermilab, namely, E-339, E-574 and E-667 at 200, 300 and 525 GeV respectively. The experimental results from E-339 and E-57 4 have already been published.
E-667 is an extension of our previous studies to the highest possible negative pion beam energy. We will study a dependence of the charged particle multiplicity and angular distributions of produced particles on the energy of the projectile and the mass number of the target nucleus.
Central collisions of negative pions with the heavy components of nuclear emulsion, i.e. silver and bromine nuclei, will also be studied to deterniine the characteristics of small impact parameter collisions, and, by comparison with negative pion - nucleon collisions, the dependence of the interaction process on the mean number of intranuclear collisions.
Other phenomena of interest in this experiment include particle correlations and non-statistical fluctuations in pseudorapidity distribution of charged secondary particles.
Total and topological cross-sections for coherent diffractive dissociation of pions on emulsion nuclei will be extracted and the energy dependence of the multiplicity distributions of charged particles in the coherent reactions studied.
In August of 1990 we exposed five nuclear emulsion stacks to the pion beam at the energy of 525 GeV. Emulsion pellicles were oriented parallel to the pion beam. The density of primary pion tracks accumulated by each emulsion stack was about 20000 per square centimeter. The development of emulsion pellicles was done in JINR-Dubna, USSR. We plan to measure about three thousand pion-nucleus interactions, selected under minimum bias conditions in along the primary track scanning.
1-2. 19
.... I
I\) . I\) 0
...
Hadron Shield
-I G ~ -.
PW C's
l Forward Calorimeter
M WEST SPECTROMETER
Target Region
JI PWC' s
II Triger Hodoecopea
-
-
E-672 (Zieminski) Study of Hadronic Final States in Association with High Mass Dimuons
Fermilab, !HEP I Serpukhov (USSR), Illinois I Chicago, Indiana, Louisville, Michigan I Flint
I Status: Data-Takingl
The aim of the E-672 experiment is to study production of particles produced in association with vector mesons (including J/'lf) and high mass dimuon pairs. The experiment shares the MW beam line, magnetic spectrometer and calorimetry with the E-706 experiment. The dimuon detector is located downstream of the forward hadronic calorimeter and consists of a toroid magnet, 6 PWC's with 3 or 4 planes each, two scintillator hodoscopes used in the dimuon pretrigger and pretrigger and trigger processors.
E-672 is an open geometry dimuon experiment. The geometrical acceptance for dimuon pairs produced in hA collisions at 530 GeV/c is approximately 20% and has a maximum for Feynman x = 0.25. The physics goals include studies of hadrons and gammas produced in association with dimuons and a study of A-dependence of J/'lf and Drell-Yan pair production with proton and pion beams. Multiplicities and momenta of hadronic particles are measured in almost the entire phase space region and those for photons in the 45° - 135° range of c.m. polar angle. The correlation between dimuon momenta and associated secondaries sets new constraints for understanding mechanisms for dimuon production. In particular single photons observed in the liquid argon calorimeter (LAC) together with J/'lf should provide information on production of x states. The expected x mass resolution is 25 MeV/c2 for Ey > 8 GeV. We expect to observe one x particle per 10 recorded Jl'lf'S. The silicon strip detector (SSD-E706) is used to search for B~ J/'lf + X decays (we expect one separable B decay per 1500 JhJ/s).
The first test/physics run of the experiment took place in 1987 /88. Approximately 2000 J/'lf's were recorded and successfully reconstructed under various running conditions. A paper on the A-dependence was published PR 00.. 1 (90). Another paper on properties of J/'lf production in x- Be and pBe collisions at 530 GeV/c is ready for publication.
During the 1990 run we collected 5 million triggers with the 530 GeV/c 1t-beam incident on Be and Cu targets. All triggers were processed through the off-line reconstruction. This gave us over 350,000 events with both muons originating from the target. The sample includes 10,000 reconstructed J/'41 events with J/'lf mass resolution of 70 MeV/c2. The quality of the data is far superior compared to the 1987/88 run due to extra tracking chambers, new SSD planes and reading out the LAC data without zero suppression.
1-2.21
The last E-672 run, 5 months long, will take place in 1991. We will run with 530 GeV/c and 800 GeV/c protons incident on H, Be and Cu targets.
1:--2.22
•
•
•
..
•
•
..
"'
•
•
•
•
•
•
.... I
l\.l . l\.l ~
Veto Counters
Shielding
0
FERM/LAB £683 APPARATUS
Mognel
OC's
Tr•a.porter
I I 20
•
I 40
ffi1 For word
Colorimeter
60ft.
E-683 (Corcoran) Photoproduction of High Pt Jets
Ball State, Fermilab, Houston, Iowa, Lehigh, Maryland, Michigan, Rice, Texas I Austin, Vanderbilt, Wisconsin
I Status: Test Stage I
This experiment will study the photoproduction of high Pt jets in the Wide Band Photon Beam of the Tevatron. The QCD processes of interest are QCD Compton scattering yq-+ gq (which dominates at high Xt), and quark-gluon fusion yq-+ gq. These processes are very distinctive, with the photon coupling as a point particle, giving all its energy to the two high-pt jets, and producing no beam jet. The three-jet topology allows the separation of the direct-coupling processes from vector-meson-dominance-type processes, which produce the four-jet topology familiar in pp and 7tp interactions. Due to the lack of a beam jet and the large energy in the parton-parton frame, these jet events are expected to be very clean compared to jets produced in a 7t or p beam. We will measure the cross sections of both three-jet and four-jet events as functions of Xt, Pt. and y, and compare to QCD calculations. Full second-order calculations for these processes have been done by Jeff Owens at FSU.
Photoproduction of jets has a number of interesting features. The QCD Compton process is especially interesting and unique, since the gluon jet appears at the lowest order, well separated from the quark jet. Also, the angular distribution of the Compton process allows a separation of quark and gluon jets, allowing comparisons of their fragmentations. The quark-gluon fusion process probes the gluon structure function of the proton, and the four-jet events probe the high-x structure function of the photon.
The A-dependence of jet production from nuclei is of interest. The photon can produce partons deep inside a nucleus, allowing one to study the propagation of partons through nuclear matter. A photon beam is a clean probe of such processes. Also, in regions where the Compton diagram dominates, differences in propagation of quarks and gluons through nuclear matter might be observed.
Other processes which can be studied in this experiment include a higher-twist process, yq-+ (7t,p) + q, and QED Compton scattering, yq -+ yq. Confirmation of higher-twist processes is an important test of higher order effects in QCD. The A-dependence of the QED Compton process is an especially clean way to study the propagation of partons through nuclear matter-.
Photons in the momentum range 200 to 500 GeV/c will be tagged with a momentum uncertainty of about 2%. A plan view of the apparatus is shown in the accompanying figure. It consists of a wide-angle magnetic
1-2.25
spectrometer, the main calorimeter array, and a forward calorimeter. The spectrometer is comprised of an SCM-105 magnet with 20 planes of drift chambers and PWC's. The main calorimeter is segmented in area and depth and consists of 528 modules. An electromagnetic shower detector (not shown) will be added to distinguish between single photons and 7t0 's. The forward calorimeter will measure the energy flow in the region from 0cm = 0° to about 30°. Most of this equipment has already been used in E-609, where it performed quite well.
1-2.26
•
•
•
•
•
..
•
..
•
•
•
•
•
..
•
ee .. n
_. Ma1att I
I\)
Tar1•I .l . "' 00
l
Tarctt Re1lon
Silicoa Micro.Strips
T•r1et ' Trl11er C•••ters
3 ft.
1 Cerenkov Outer O•ter Couaters Electro••1•etlc Muon f'\.. C•l•rlmehr Counters'
~ ~ ~ M .. <t 2~
Cerenkov ff•dron Muon Counter C•lorl•eter Fiiters
Trl11er Hodo1cope
Inner Electro••1netlc Calorimeter Inner Muo•j Hodo1cope
Beam Calorimeter
its r1.
E-687 (Butler) Phot.oproductionofCharmandB
UC I Davis, Colorado, Fermilab, Illinois, INFN I Frascati (Italy), INFN I Milano (Italy), Milqno (Italy), North Carolina, Northwestern,
Notre Dame, Pavia (Italy), Puerto Rico
I Status: Data-Takingl
E·687 is a photoproductiol). experiment in the Wide·Band Photon Beam. Interactions of photons whose . energies are typically above 200 GeV are analyzed in a multiparticle spectrometer. The physics goal of the experiment is to reconstruct large samples .of particles containing heavy quarks, charm and bottom, in order to study the dynamics of heavy quark photoproduction, to carry out detailed studies of the weak decays of channed mesons and baryons, to study the decays of charmed mesons and baryons, to study the decays of particles containing B·quarks, and to study J/psi photoproduction. The spectrometer consists of two latge analysis magnets, each having 30" x 50" aperture and transverse momentum kicks of up to 1 GeV/c; an 8400 element silicon microstrip detector with pitch varying from 25 microns to 100 microns; a system of proportional chambers with 13,500 wires of 2 and 3 mm spacing; three atmospheric gas Cerenkov counters each having about 100 cells; two electromagnetic calorimeters for photon reconstruction and electron identification; a · gas hadron calorimeter for triggering, total energy measurement and neutral hadron reconstruction; and a muon identification system consisting of scintillation counters and proportional tubes.
In the first run of the experiment, in 1987 /88, over 70 million events were collected. These are now being analyzed. Examples of charm signals from this running period are shown in the accompanying figure. For the 1990 run, a beam tagging system was installed which measures the incident electron energy to be~ter than 2%. The inner electromagnetic calorimeter was replaced with a scintillating fiber calorimeter. A new high speed data acquisition system, based on the Fermilab PANDA system, was installed. In the first half of the run approximately 300 ~illion events were collected. It is hoped that another 300 million events will be recorded in 1991, which should lead to samples of reconstructed charm df greater than 10s.
1-2.29
• ..
a •am ·1 b) . t
! 09 , scm II"-> - ]
3:1•,..• ... 2aD
0 l .0 :J :.a :.g - -. J
~ ..... 1.a :.7 , .. . .. a l- t c) ,_ o• ->Ka ,. .. -
0 , .. 1.7 1.a 1.a 3 u
30 .,,. .. .,,-..,,.i:rr-
20 e)
1 0
0 f-1-1-=;;-~-.:::;:......lll 1. 7 1. 9 2.1 1.7 t.a 1.e 2~0
Fiprc 2~ Examples of charm signals obnrTed in EHT including: a) D* - K2r b) D 0 - K3•, c) D° - Kr, d) At - pKr, e) D+ and Dt' - fl0 r+- , and f) [JO - -lr.
1- 2 . 30
l :
..... I
N w N
0 I
10 20
E-690
30
r h· JL
l
I 40 50 FEET
E690 (Knapp) Study of Charm and Bottom Production
Columbia, Fermilab, Guanajuato (Mexico), Massachusetts, Texas A&M
I Status: Data-Taking!
The primary purpose of this experiment is a detailed accurate study of the production and decay of charm and bottom particles. We will concentrate on fully reconstructed events, for which all final state particles have been accurately reconstructed. We observe a wide range of topologies with excellent resolution and acceptance and with few ambiguous particle identities. Assuming that CC production represents at least l0-3 of hadron interactions at Tevatron energies, we expect more than 104 CC per hour, fully reconstructed and isolated from backgrounds. For BB a production level of l0-6 should still permit several BB per hour, fully reconstructed and isolated.
The experiment measures charged particles with a two-magnet spectrometer using drin chambers with small cells. Particle identities are established with time-of-flight counters and segmented Cerenkov counters, some of whose cells will eventually be ring imaging. Photons and neutral hadrons will be observed with finely segmented calorimeters. This detector can measure complicated reactions, accurately and efficiently, at rates above 106 interactions per second. The readout electronics, including pipelined digital computation hardware, permits detailed numerical reconstruction of 105 events per second with little deadtime. A distributed hierarchy of trigger decisions can select any subset of raw data and calculations for transfer to an online computer and its tape drive. ·
The high rate capability of the detector and its associated event reconstruction hardware permit rare phenomena to be studied with high statistics, with trigger specificity and complexity normally reserved for tedious offiine analysis. During each hour of data acquisition, the detector should be "live" for more than 109 interactions, and providing detailed numerical analysis of 108 events. Charm production reactions, if adequately measured, are highly constrained and readily isolated, but with multiparticle kinematic signatures well beyond the scope of traditional fast trigger logic.
We require a beam capable of providing a few 107 particles/sec of up to full accelerator energy. We measure the direction and momentum of the beam particle, and will eventually provide beam particle identification.
1-2.33
-I N . l..U t
Recoil Detector
E-691
~ Hadromalar ""-- EM (SUC)
Drift Chambers
1 mater t----i
E-691 (Witherell) Charm Production with the Tagged Photon Spectrometer
UC I Santa Barbara, Carleton (Canada), CBPF (Brazil), Colorado, Fermilab, NRC (Canada), Oklahoma, Sao Paulo (Brazil), Toronto (Canada)
I Status: Data Analysis I
While E-691 completed its data-taking in 1985, members of the collaboration continue to obtain interesting physics results from the 100 million event data set. Many of the measurements by E-691 dominate the world averages of relevant parameters. Over the past several years, the papers in refereed journals have covered topics relating to tests of the Standard Model, determination of the mechanisms of the electroweak decay of charm particles, QCD measurements, etc. Physics results are still coming out at a prolific rate.
The first publication from E-691 was of the A-dependence of J/v photoproduction. This data was taken in a special closed geometry period at the end of the run. Precision measurements of the lifetimes of charm mesons and the lowest mass charm baryon, from data taken with the standard open geometry spectrometer used during most of the run, followed soon after. These lifetime measurements, along with a wealth of branching ratios, serve as the basis of understanding the dynamics of charm quark decay, selecting among spectator, W exchange, annihilation and penguin diagrams in the hadronic decay sector. The measurements in the semileptonic domain include the first full Dalitz plot analysis in terms of all the kinematic variables available. This has become possible only with the size of the data set and good signal to background obtained after event selection.
Tests of the Standard Model have included searches for DO-00 mixing and flavor changing neutral currents in leptonic decays of DO's.
The above open charm results derive from the observed decays in the experiment. The most copious signals have been used to study the production mechanism, dominated by photon-gluon fusion. From the data, interpreted with next to leading order calculations recently available, E-691 has been able to determine such fundamental parameters as the mass of the charm quark and has made the most direct determination of the distribution of gluons in nucleons.
All the above physics information has come from an upgraded version of the original Tagged Photon Spectometer (TPS). The most significant upgrade was the introduction of 9 silicon microstrip detectors downstream of a 5 cm beryllium target. These detectors, each with 50 micron-wide detector elements, supplied the capability of resolving the decay vertex from the primary production point of long-lived charm particles. This permitted events with charm particles to be selected from the much more copious, but less interesting background events. In addition, by using only those tracks which
1-2.35
came from the decay vertex, the combinatoric background was enormously reduced.
Additional upgrades to the TPS included improvements in tracking (with six additional planes of drift chambers) and improvements in particle identification. The trigger for the experiment was a very general high-Et trigger. This allowed accumulation of data for the wide variety of physics which has come out of the experiment. The Tevatron itself provided upgraded capability relative to earlier experiments. The higher energy allowed greater photon fluxes in the incident beam and the improved spill duty factor allowed collection of the formerly unprecedented amount of data. Finally, the experiment benefitted from the availability of the first ACP farm of microprocessors which significantly sped up the reconstruction of raw data to allow results with the full data set.
Journal Publications
1. "Experimental Study of the A Dependence of J/'¥ Photoproduction," M.D. Sokoloff, et al. Phys. Rev. Lett. fil, 3003 (1986).
2. "Measurement of the D+ and DO Lifetimes," J.C. Anjos, et al. Phys. Rev. Lett . .58.. 311 (1987).
3. "Measurement of the Ds+ Lifetimes," J.C. Anjos, et al. Phys. Rev. Lett . .58., 1818 (1987).
4. "Measurement of Ds± Decays and Cabibbo-Suppressed D± Decays," J.C. Anjos, et al. Phys. Rev. Lett . .6.Q., 897 (1988).
5. "Study of DO-DO Mixing," J.C. Anjos, et al. Phys. Rev. Lett. fill, 1239 (1988).
6. "Measurement of the Ac+ Lifetime," J.C. Anjos, et al. Phys. Rev. Lett. 00, 1379 (1988).
7. "Measurement of the DO, D+, and Ds+ Lifetimes," J.R. Raab, et al. Phys. Rev. naz, 2391 (1988).
8. "Measurement of Ds± and D± Decays to Nonstrange States," J.C. Anjos, et al., Phys. Rev. Lett . .62, 125 (1989).
9. "Charm Photoproduction," J.C. Anjos, et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 22,, 513 (1989).
10. "Experimental Study of the Semileptonic Decay D+ --+ i(*oe+ve," J.C. Anjos, et al., Phys. Rev. Lett . .62. 722 (1989).
11. "Study of the Semileptonic Decay Mode DO ~ K-e+ve," J.C. Anjos, et al. Phys. Rev. Lett . .62. 1587 (1989).
12. "Observation of Excited Charmed Mesons," J.C. Anjos, et al. Phys. Rev. Lett . .62. 1717 (1989).
13. "Observation of l:c0 ~ Ac+1t- Decays," J.C. Anjos, et al. Phys. Rev. Lett . .62. 1721 (1989).
14. "A Study of Ds± and D± Decays into Four-Body Final States Including T\1t± and C07t±," J.C. Anjos, et al. Phys. Lett. 22a. 267 (1989).
15. "D-Mesons," R. Morrison and M. Witherell, Ann. Rev. of Nuc. & Part. Sci.,~. 183 (1989).
16. "Study of Decays of the Ac+," J.C. Anjos, et al. Phys. Rev. IM.l. 801 (1990).
17. "Study of Ds+ ~ <1>e+v and the Absolute Ds+ ~ <1>1t+ Branching Fraction," J.C. Anjos, et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. Qi, 2885 (1990).
18. "A Study of the Decays D+ ~ K01t+ and Ds+ ~KOK+," J.C. Anjos et al., Phys. Rev. D41, 2705 (1990).
19. "Photon Gluon Fusion Analysis of Charm Photoproduction," J. C .. Anjos, et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. fiQ, 2503 (1990).
20. "Measurement of the Form Factors in D+ ~ K*ev Decay," J. C. Anjos, et al., Phys. Rev. Lett . .Qti, 2630 (1990).
21. "Experimental Results on the Decays D ~ K41t," J.C. Anjos et al., Phys. Rev. D42, 2414 (1990).
Ph.D. Theses
1. Johannes Raab, UCSB, "Measurement of the Lifetimes of the D-Mesons" (1987).
2. Thomas Browder, UCSB, "A Study of DO-DO Mixing" (1988).
3. Scott Menary, Toronto, "Observation of Excited Charmed Mesons" (1989).
4. Gregory Punkar, UCSB, "~easurements of Ds+ Decays and Cabibbo-Suppressed D+ Decays" (1989).
5. Mark Gibney, Colorado, "Photoproduction of Charmed Baryons" (1989).
1-2.37
Additional theses_ based on E-691 data are being worked on by
Audrius Stundzia, Toronto David Schmidt, UCSB Dan Sperka, UCSB Tony Shoup, Cincinnatti Bill Ross, Yale Jean Duboscq, UCSB Jenny Huber, UCSB
Papers In Publication Process
1. "A Study of the Decay Ds+--+ rt'7t+" (Phys. Rev. Brief Report).
2. "Some Cabibbo-Suppressed Decays of the no Meson," Fermilab Pub-90/183-E (Phys. Rev. Brief Report).
Conference Papers In Preparation As Articles (Expected Journal)
1. "Measurement of the Decay Modes no--+ 1t+1t- and K+K-" (Phys. Rev. Brief Report).
There are about eight additional analyses underway, which should produce at least five separate journal articles. These are in the areas of semileptonic decay, multibody D meson decays, resonant structure in D --+ K1t1t decay modes, photoproduction of charmonium, rare leptonic decay modes, and decays of charmed baryons.
1-2.38
E-704
Vl
PCllllll___.., IMIOt
PC 8,9 H4 ()( '
H81,2 H8l PC\ s
PCll
~ \~DR ffjPCZf /PCl4
~
-t-'V-t r .. •c J1 i1 • . GS
I N URGCT • MSOl t . .z= MSO l PClO H84 0 I VJ;
------ --- ---
[;.;::'1 -c
l• H86
•
E-704 (Yokosawa) Experiments with the Polarized Beam Facility
ANL, Fermilab, Hiroshima (Japan), !HEP I Serpukhov (USSR), Iowa, Kyoto (Japan), Kyoto Sangyo (Japan), Kyoto/ Education (Japan), LANL,
LAPP I Annecy (France), Northwestern, Univ. of Occup. & Enu. Health (Japan), Rice, Saclay (France), Trieste (Italy), Udine (Italy)
I Status: Data Analysis I
Experiment 581, Construction of a Polarized Beam Facility and Measurement of the Beam Polarization by Polarimeters, has obtained initial data on the properties of the new polarized beam.
Completion of a 200-GeV/c conventional-magnet beam line allowed observation of polarized protons and polarized antiprotons from decaying lambdas and antilambdas, respectively. A beam tagging system and two polarimeters, using the Primakoff effect and Coulomb-nuclear interference, measured the beam polarization during the 1987-1988 TeV-II period. Measured beam polarization was consistent with the designed value.
Experiment 704, the Integrated Proposal on First Round Experiments with the Polarized Beam Facility, constitutes a proposal to simultaneously perform substantial parts of previously proposed Experiments 674, 676, 677 and 678. The first 1200 hours of beam time for E-704 were allocated as follows:
1) First 300 hours for Ao-LT0 t(pp) including tuning. 2) 300 hours for AO'I,Tot(pp)
The experimenters intend to explore the spin dependence of the interactions in a global way using a straightforward experim~mt which measures the difference in pp and pp total cross sections between the states with helicities of target and beam parallel and antiparallel. Experience shows that an accuracy of± 100 microbams can easily be achieved. A longitudinally-polarized proton target in a superconducting solenoid was used with the polarized beam during the 1990 fixed-target period. The data are being analyzed.
3) 600 hours for simultaneous measurements using a hydrogen target for AN in large-p.i.1to, large-x 1t's, lambda and sigma-zero production.
Studies of the inclusive production of neutral pions around xp = 0 and large p.i.ofneutral and charged pions at large x, and of A0 (K0 ) and L0 at large XF were carried out simultaneously. These measurements investigate the spin effects as a function of XF and P.1.. Interpretation of the polarization of A0
and 1:0 produced inclusively from an unpolarized initial state has given rise to extensive discussion about the origin of this polarization. It is expected that information on spin transfer from initial to final states in these reactions will
1-2.41
enlighten the debate. The data are being analyzed and some preliminary results are available.
Elements of the existing polarization monitor were used in conjunction with new detectors in E-704. Two large calorimeters, each consisting of 500 lead-glass cells, detected photons from the x 0 -decay. The magnetic spectrometer with proportional and drift chamber systems observed the x± and A0 and .r.0 decay products.
The technique for measuring single spin asymmetries in hadron production was considerably improved over the previous experiments since the polarized beam allowed the use of a liquid hydrogen target.
1-2.42
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
-
..
---
-
E-705 FERMILAB HIGH INTENSITY LABORATORY SPECTROMETER
,.,
TARGET----
~~/
/ \~
P'C3
1-2.44
'~ .
\: "~ ..... ~:. "'"' El EC TAOMAQN£ TIC OETECTOA MA• AAAAV
SATURATED AVALANCHE TU8£ HOOOSCOP'E
•
•
•
•
•
E-705 (Cox) A Study of Channonium and Direct Photon Production by 300 GeV/c Antiproton, Proton, and Pi+· Beams
South Alabama, Arizona. Athens (Greece), Duke, Fermilab, INFN I Florence (Italy), McGill (Canada), Nanjing (PRC), Northwestern,
Prairie View A&M, Shandong (PRC), SSCL, Virginia
I Status: Data Analysis I
E-705 constructed and commissioned a large aperture spectrometer to study direct photon and charmonium production using 300 GeV/c Jt+- and p+-beams in the High Intensity Laboratory in the Proton West Area. The unique features of this spectrometer include a high resolution electromagnetic shower detector constructed from scintillation glass. The good electromagnetic energy resolution for photons should allow the separation of the closely spaced charmonium states which are detected through their
decay modes. Comparison of the production of direct photons and charmonium states using different beam types should allow the separation of yy and qq ·components of the production process. The high resolution, high statistics measurements of the chi states will allow the determination of the decay angular distributions of the charmonium states yielding more information on the production processes.
In 1990, E-705 completed a massive amount of data analysis, processing between December 1, 1989 and October l, 1990, over 6,000 data tapes with both dimuon and direct photon triggers. This work continued the 1989 activity in which the E-705 analysis code was tuned up by a complete analysis of approximately fifteen percent of the data. In addition, 1,500 calibration and test tapes were processed and studied to obtain the final constants for the experiment. Finally, the bulk of a pass II analysis was completed before October 1, 1990, with only a segment of the direct photon triggers still remaining to be pushed through the complete pass I and II process by the end of 1990. This massive data reduction effort leaves only the E-705 diphoton triggers yet to be processed.
The final step of analysis of Jfw data was accomplished in 1990 and total and differential cross sections for production of J/\lf'S by 300 GeV/c protons, anti protons, and 1t+- have been obtained from a sample of greater than 30,000 J/v's. Studies of v' production and decay have also been accomplished with observations in the dimuon and J/v 1t+1t· decay modes. The J/v 1t+Jt· mass spectrum is under examination in a search for evidences of exotic states. The determination of the various charmonium state production cross sections is
1-2.45
presently awaiting the final photon reconstruction code which is being tuned to achieve maximum photon resolution.
The direct photon analysis has proceeded in parallel; both yfrcO and absolute direct photon XF and Pt differential cross sections have been determined for 1t+- Li interactions out to Pt of 7 GeV/c. Structure functions for the 1t+- have been determined with a pronounced prejudice toward a soft gluon distribution (Duke-Owens set II). The analysis of the proton and antiproton data is underway.
1-2.46
... I
I\) . z:: 00
Hadron Shield
-m
Ek.aromagnctic PWC's Liquid Argon
v
Calorimclet
I I I I
Analysis SlraW I Hadronic Magnet Tubt.1 : Liquid Argon
I Cal . j4 9.0 m-__,~.. onmeter I I
t Beam Toroid nm.,
M WEST SPECTROMETER
l&3 CID.... u D- Sd CID walca SOtmtpid cm- • SOtmtpil.m
lSCID ti
Target Region
~ PWC's
.-E-706 (Slattery) A Comprehensive Study of Direct Photon Production
in Hadron Induced Collisions
UC I Davis, Delhi (India), Fermilab, Michigan State, Northeastern, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania State, Pittsburgh, Rochester
I Status: Data-Takingl
Fermilab E-706 is a second generation fixed target experiment designed and constructed to carry out a comprehensive study of events containing high transverse momentum direct photons produced in hadrpnic interactions. At the lowest order, the two diagrams contributing to direct photon production are the QCD Compton diagram q + g ~ q + y and the quark-antiquark annihilation diagram q + ci -+ g + y. Next to leading order QCD calculations are now available for both inclusive direct photon cross sections and for direct photon plus jet production.
The physics goals of E-706 include measurement of the gluon structure function of the nucleon as well as the gluonic content of mesons (n·, n+, and perhaps charged kaons). The E-706 meson data is at a significantly higher ..Js (31 GeV) than all previous experiments, which are clustered together at similar -.Js (23 Ge V). ·The study of the production of direct photon plus jet events (including 1Y production) will provide sensitive tests of next to leading order QCD predictions. The direct photon data will also be employed for quark and gluon fragmentation studies.
The MWest spectrometer is a large acceptance sophisticated multiparticle spectrometer. The MWest beamline includes muon spoilers and a differential Cerenkov counter. Upstream of the target are several veto walls and hadron shielding to minimize the impact of beam related muons incident upon the spectrometer. Upstream of the target are six planes of silicon strip detectors, each of 50 µm pitch. The use of several nuclear targets (hydrogen, beryllium, and copper) will also allow an investigation of the nuclear dependence of direct photon production. Immediately downstream of the target is a pair of silicon strip detectors, which have 25 µm pitch in the central region and 50 µm pitch on the outer edges. Following that are eight additional silicon strip planes of 50 µm pitch. The large aperture conventional analysis magnet provides a transverse momentum (PT) impulse of 450 MeV/c to charged tracks. Downstream of the analysis magnet are four proportional wire chambers, each containing four planes with 2.54 mm pitch. There are also two straw tube drift chambers, each with four planes in each of two views. The straw tube chamber resolutions are 300 µm per plane and 250 µm per plane respectively. The finely segmented and focussed electromagnetic lead and liquid argon calorimeter has a radius of 1.6 m and is located 9 m downstream of the target. The full width at half maximum of the reconstructed· high PT x0 ·mass peak is 8 MeV/c2, and the corresponding value
1-2.49
for the 11 is 20 MeV/c2. A large steel and liquid argon hadron calorimeter is located behind the electromagnetic calorimeter. An iron and scintillator calorimeter covers the forward cone passing through a central hole in the liquid argon calorimeters. Downstream of the forward calorimeter is a muon identification system. The spectrometer triggers upon high PT electromagnetic showers detected in the electromagnetic liquid argon calorimeter.
The MWest spectrometer was commissioned during the 1987-1988 fixed target run. Data was recorded using both positive and negative 530 GeV beams. Additional 530 Ge V data as well as 800 Ge V incident primary proton data will be recorded during the 1990-1991 fixed target run. The large and unique high quality direct photon data samples accumulated by E-706 will provide the statistical and systematic precision necessary to perform a detailed investigation of QCD hadronic structure and dynamics.
The MWest spectrometer was first exposed to beam during the 1987-1988 fix~d target run. In addition to commissioning the spectrometer, approximately 5 million physics quality triggers were recorded during that run using positive and negative 530 GeV beam on copper and beryllium targets. Thirteen students have completed their Ph.D. research based upon that data sample, and two more students will finish soon. These students have investigated a wide variety of topics including spectrometer performance, neutral pion production at low transverse momentum, neutral pion and eta production at high transverse momentum, direct photon production at high transverse momentum, recoiling event structure in high transverse momentum events, fragmentation properties of strange particles produced in high transverse momentum hadronic interactions, neutral pion pair production, characteristics of forward energy production, and leading particle production at 800 GeV. Preliminary results have been presented in a wide variety of forums. Most recently, presentations have been made at the 1990 DPF meeting (Houston, Texas), the XXVth Rencontres de Moriond (Les Arcs, France), and the XXVth International Conference on High Energy Physics (Singapore).
Prior to the 1990-91 fixed target run, the MWest beamline was revised to accomodate transmission of primary proton beam as well as to improve the beamline transmission efficiency. An additional veto wall and a neutron absorber was also added to increase the trigger livetime. A beam hodoscope was assembled and installed to accommodate the anticipated higher beam intensities. The tracking system was enhanced by the addition of two more silicon strip detector planes (which have 25 µm strips in their central regions) upstream of the analysis magnet, and two straw tube drift chambers downstream of the analysis magnet. The higher level components of the liquid argon readout system were replaced with a new FASTBUS based readout system which allowed for increased parallelism, and consequently increased livetime. This change also resulted in the elimination of a low pulse height threshold on the LAC readout, which improves the sensitivity of the detector to low energy photons. The number of readout channels in the Forward Calorimeter was also increased for enhanced performance.
1-2.50
--
-
-
During the 1990 fixed target run, about 30 million physics quality triggers generated by negative 530 GeV beam incident on beryllium and copper targets were recorded. This data increases our negative 530 GeV statistics by more than a factor of 15.
A 0.02 interaction length liquid hydrogen target has been designed, installed, and tested for use during the 1991 fixed target running. During 1991, we anticipate accumulating large data samples using 800 Ge V primary proton beam incident on hydrogen, beryllium, and copper as well as 530 GeV secondary positive beam incident upon the same targets.
It is expected that at least twelve more graduate students will complete their Ph.D. research using the data accumulated during the 1990-91 fixed target run. The large acceptance MWest multiparticle spectometer has performed well, and the unique direct photon data acquired by E-706 will provide insight into hadronic structure and QCD dynamics.
1-2.51
Vmun II a.N
JmD"k SideV1"
/ Detector Scinttti.tton Counter8 Tevatron Tevatron L.oeatton and Drift cn.rnoers ~ Oipotes (1 of 4) /""-.. ! I / eo
p p •
~zsm zsm~ 91m 124m
E-710
1-2.52
E-710 (Orear I Rubinstein) Measurements of Elastic Scattering and Total Cross Sections at the Fermilab pp Collider
Bologna (Italy), Cornell, Fermilab, George Mason, Maryland, Northwestern
I Status: Data Analysis I
The goal of this experiment is to measure the pp total cross section, the logarithmic slope of the elastic scattering distribution, and p (the ratio of the real to imaginary part of the forward scattering amplitude) at energies from -Vs = 300 to 1800 GeV. Preliminary results at{;::; 1800 were obtained in the 1987 Collider run, and final data during the 1988/89 Collider run.
The experiment was located around the Tevatron EO pp interaction point. Detectors (scintillation counters and high precision drift chambers) for registering small angle scattering in the vertical plane were located in "Roman Pots," thin-walled re-entrant vessels which could be moved remotely, allowing the detectors to be placed close to the circulating beams. A pair of these pots was symmetrically placed, one above and one below the circulating beams. There were four such pairs, one each at the two ends of the 50m EO straight section, and the others located about lOOm from EO at the D47 and E14 locations in the Tevatron lattice. The beam optics were such that the effective distances to these latter pairs were about 80m in the vertical plane, allowing detection of scattering at very small angles. Located around the EO straight section beam pipe were 48 scintillation counters and 16 small drift chambers used to measure the total inelastic counting rate.
The experiment covered a It I range from the Coulomb region to 0.01 (GeV/c)2 at{;= 300 and to 0.6 (GeV/c)2 at~= 1800. Data was normalized with use of the total interaction rate measured using all of the detectors; a second method of normalization, using the known Coulomb scattering cross
· section, will also be attempted.
Data taking was completed in May 1989, and analysis has been underway since then, concentrating on the ..JS= 1.8 TeV data. Among the results obtained so far are
O'y = 72.1±3.3mb; O'el = 16.6±1.6mb; O'single diffraction= ll.7±2.3mb
logarithmic slope of elastic scattering= 16.3±0.3(GeV I cr2, constant over the
range 0.034 ~ ltJ ~ 0.65 (GeV I c)2•
Current analysis efforts are on determining p, the ratio of the real to imaginary part of the fo"".'ard scattering amplitude, and on the data taken at .fS =300, 546 and 1020 GeV.
1-2.53
Theses
M. Bertani, R. Mondardini, I. Veronesi (Bologna); D. Dimitroyannis (Maryland); C. Guss (Northwestern).
Publications
N. A. Amos et al Nucl. Instr. Meth. A252, 263 (1986); Phys. Rev. Lett . .6.l, 525 (1988); Phys. Rev. Lett. ,63, 2784 (1989); Phys. Lett.~. 158 (1990); Phys. Lett. B.2il. 127 (1990).
Major Conference Reports
Colliders to Supercolliders, Madison, 1987; APS Particles and Fields, Storrs, 1988; International Europhysics Conference on HEP, Madrid, 1989; International Conference on Elastic and Diffractive Scattering, Northwestern, 1989; Physics in Collision, Duke, 1990.
1-2.54
E-711
e
• • • • • ..
e · .. • • • • •
1-2.56
-
-
-· , . ---· -
- -.
E-711 (Levinthal) A Study of the Angular and Energy Dependence of Constituent Scattering Through Measurements of the Reaction
p + N -+ h1 + h2 + X
Argonne, Fermilab, Florida State, Michigan
I Status: Data Analysis I
The experiment will use a primary proton beam and nuclear targets to measure the reaction p + N -+ hi + h2 + X where hi and h2 are both high transverse momentum hadrons - roughly back-to-back in the pN center .of mass system. By determining the angular distribution and mass dependence of the cross-section of the di-hadron system, the experiment will extract the angular and energy dependence of the underlying hard constituent scattering. The experiment will trigger on events containing two high transverse momentum hadrons using a hadron calorimeter and uses a magnetic spectrometer to measure the charge and obtain the momenta of the two hadrons with good resolution. The apparatus is designed to take interaction rates of up to 5 x 107 by using the spectrometer magnet to sweep most of the low transverse momentum particles away from the active region of the apparatus.
E-711 completed its data taking in February of 1988. Since that time, three doctoral theses have been written and accepted:
1) The Atomic Weight Dependence and Mass Cross Sections of Massive Pair Production in Proton-Nucleus Collisions at 800 GeV/c by Kathy Turner Streets (Florida State University)
2)
3)
An Experimental Determination of the Average Fraction of Jet Momentum Carried by the Leading Hadrons Produced at Large Transverse Momenta by G. Boca (Florida State University)
Mass and Angular Distributions of Charged Dihadron Production by Mary Anne Cummings (University of Michigan)
Two papers have been accepted for publication in the literature:
Streets et al., Atomic-Weight Dependence of the Production of Hadron Pairs by 800 GeV/c Hadrons on Nuclear Targets, accepted by P.R.L.
Boca et al., Average Fraction of Jet Momentum carried by High Pt Leading Hadrons, accepted by Zeitschrift Fur Physik, C.
1-2 .57
-
-
,,,..
-
E-718 (Price) Search for ffighly Ionizing Particles
UC/ Berkeley, Harvard
I Status: Data Analysis I
We propose to use thin arrays of plastic track detectors, covering a large solid angle, to search in pp collisions for new particles with ionization rate greater than that of a minimum ionizing particle with charge 20e. The large center-of-mass energy available for particle production and the special features of plastic track detectors will permit a search for particles with masses much greater than can be produced at other accelerators.
The arrays will contain two types of ·detectors - CR-39 and Rodyne polycarbonate film outside the vacuum system, and UG-5 phosphate glass inside the vacuum system - which have been calibrated with heavy ion beams.
We have shown that CR-39 has a higher charge resolution than that of any other detector of comparable thickness and a sensitivity adequate to detect magnetic monopoles with f3 as low as -10-2 and charged particles with Z/13 as low as -10. The background of spallation recoil tracks produced by interactions of stray hadrons in the plastic is 10-2 as great in Rodyne as in CR-39. Thus, although it is sensitive only to particles with Z/(3 > -60, Rodyne serves as a useful complement to CR-39 if the stray hadron background is high.
The UG-5 detectors, though not as sensitive as CR-39, function well inside the vacuum system without outgassing, and enable the monopole search to be extended down to very short-range monopoles. Negative results from the run in spring 1987 have been published. During a second run in 1988/1989, it is hoped that a facto·r of ten increase in luminosity can be achieved.
Publications
"Search for Highly Ionizing Particles at the Fermilab Proton-Antiproton Collider," P. B. Price et al, Phys. Rev. Lett. fill, 2523 (1987).
"High-luminosity Search for Highly Ionizing Particles at the Fermilab Collider," P. B. Price, Jing Guiru and K. Kinoshita, Phys. Rev. Lett . .M,, 149 (1990).
1-2.59
-I I\)
°' 0
SWUPING ,::,·;; VETO I
IEAMS _......_-""
I 110
• •
I IZO
I IJO
PHOTON V£TOIS
I 140
E-731
I· I 150 160
DISTANCE FMM PRODUCTION TARGET l•t
I 110 180 190
-
--
-
E-731 (Winst:ein) A Precision Measurement of the CP Violation Pa.ram.et.er ( e' /£) in the Neutral Kaon Syst.em
Chicago, Elmhurst, Fermilab, Princeton, Saclay
I Status: Data Analysis I
The goal of this experiment is a measurement of the ratio of the CP nonconservation parameters, e'/E, in the K°K0 system to a precision of ± .0007.
So far the only manifestations of CP nonconservation are a result of a lack of time symmetry in the ~S .. ±2 processes K0
H K 0• This experiment
addresses the issue as to whether the CP nonconservation is confined to a ~S =
2 interaction (the superweak model) or has a ~S = 1 component, as naturally arises in, for example, the Kobayashi-Maskawa model. Although there is considerable uncertainty in the predictions for the size of e' le, this measurement would severely constrain the models and, if non-zero, would give an important new "handle" on the phenomenon of CP nonconservation.
The experiment makes use of a double beam whereby both KL and Ks decays are studied simultaneously: a thick B4C regenerator is placed in one of the beams to provide a Ks component and the regenerator is alternated from beam to beam to reduce the effects of any detector asymmetries. In this manner, about 3 x 105 KL -4 21t0 events have been collected along with about 106 Ks -4 21t0 "normalizing" events; then about 3 x 105 KL -4 1t+1t- events have been collected with about 106 Ks -4 1t•1c ones.
For this effort, a new neutral beam has been constructed which takes full advantage of the 800 GeV primary protons and the superior duty cycle of the Tevatron to provide a factor of five higher usable KL flux in the 100 GeV/c region than ever before at Fermilab. Attention has also been paid to significantly reducing other sources of background which traditionally plague high sensitivity neutral kaon experiments: soft neutrons and photons.
The neutral final state is detected with an 800 element l.9m diameter lead glass array while the 1t+1t- are detected with a 2000 sense wire high rate drift chamber spectrometer. Triggering in the neutral mode is effected by counting clusters in t~e lead glass. The most serious background, KL -4 3 1t0 is greatly reduced by means of several anticoincidence planes designed to detect extra gammas outside the solid angle of the lead glass. Inelastic regeneration is significantly reduced 'by means of hodoscope planes within the regenerator to detect the production of secondaries.
1-2.61
E-731 finished data-taking in February 1988. The data statistics were as follows: 300K KL °""21t0 events, 370K KL°"" 1t+1t- events, and IM each of Ks °"" 21t0 and Ks °"" 1t+1t-. Several results have been published based on a 20% subset of the data. The value of Re( e' /E) obtained from the 20% subset is -0 .0003 ± 0.0014 ± 0.0006.
Subsequent to the announcement of the above results, the remaining 80% data have been condensed and closely studied. We expect to announce the Re( e' IE ) result for the complete data set during the summer of 1991.
New Limits on KL,S""" 1t0 e+e-, Phys. Rev. Lett . .6.J., 2661 (1988).
A Search for KL °""1t0 YY, Phys. Rev. Lett . .fia, 28 (1989).
A Determination of Re( E' /E) by the Simultaneous Detection of the Four K1,s °"" 1t1t Decay Modes, Phys. Rev. Lett. 64, 1491 (1990).
New Limit on KL°"" 1t0 e+e-, Phys. Rev. D41, 3546 (1990).
Test of CPT Symmetry Through a· Determination of the Difference in the Phases of lloo and Tl+- in K """ 21t Decays, Phys. Rev. Lett.·£1, 2974 (1990) .
Determination of Re( E' /E) by the Simultaneous Detection of the Four KL ,S °"" 1t1t Decay Modes, Thesis, J. Ritchie Patterson.
CPT Symmetry of Neutral Kaons: An Experimental Test, Thesis, Magnus Karlsson.
Search for the Decay KL°"" 1t0 YY, Thesis, Vaia Papadimitriou.
1-2.62
•
..
•
•
•
•
•
E-733
Mil•----- 40•·----...... ~------60' ------~ MUON SPECTROMETER TARGET-CALORIMETER
24' OIA. '• TOROIDS
12' DIA. '' TOROIDS M '111' ACRYLIC SCINT1LLATOR VETO
1• 1~ a~ .... ,.....,.u..1..1.4..u..iu..i..i..u..i..ic~-'-l..,l..l.,l..U.~..U...u..L...,..,,
38 MOOUL£S I 12'• 12' DR"T PL.ANES
4
8 24'' x 24'' DR9'T PL.ANES
CHAMBER
2
37 PROPORTIONAL. PL.ANES eoe FL.ASH CHAMBER PLANES 340 TONS SANO/ STEEL. SK>T
l 8 11 ~__.,._.,..._.......,_,.._+--+--~
1-2 . 64
--
-
-
-
-
-
E-738 (Brock) The Study of High Energy Neutrino Interactions with the Tevatron Quadrupole Triplet Beam
Fermi/ab, Florida, MIT, Michigan State
I Status: Data Analysis I
The goal of this experiment is to study neutrino interactions in the first neutrino beam to be produced at the Tevatron. The detector for this experiment is the 300 ton Flash-Chamber Proportional-Tube Calorimeter constructed by the Fermilab, MIT, Michigan State Collaboration in Lab C. The primary feature of this detector is the fine-grain sampling which allows for the measurement of the direction of hadron showers. Shower energy at the Tevatron will be determined by measuring the pulse height in the proportional tubes and muon momenta will be determined by large drift planes which are in the 12' and 24' toroidal magnets downstream of the calorimeter. The layout of the detector is shown on the accompanying figure.
The physics of interest in this new regime (beyond the establishment of well-known behavior such as scaling) involves a number of reactions which have been hinted at in lower energy experiments.
1. Same-sign dimuon production. All previous high energy experiments have seen evidence of sa:me-sign dimuon production beyond that expected from background or theory. A characteristic of these observations seems to be the indication of a threshold, suggesting that higher energy would be useful in further studies. Of great interest will be the study of the missing transverse energy and possible correlations of that energy with the muons and hadron shower. This experiment can contribute to this puzzle because of the good angular resolution for hadron showers.
2. Weak neutral currents. Because of the ability of this detector to measure the energy and direction of the hadron shower, information about weak neutral ·currents can be gained in new energy regimes which will allow for comparisons of neutral current models and a measurement of the Weinberg Angle.
The following are topics under analysis:
1. Sin20w. Preliminary results on the extraction of the Weinberg angle have been presented. We were able to show that, for a restricted fiducial volume, the measurable quantity R is
R = 0.305 ± 0.006
1-2.65
where the error is a combination of statistical and systematic errors in roughly equal amounts. The early indications are that this leads to a Weinberg angle of
Sin20w = 0.235 ± 0.009
where the uncertainty includes only the experimental uncertainties. This uncertainty is roughly equal to that of the previous combination of the Lab E published results. We expect to be able to reduce these uncertainties by roughly 50% and we are presently occupied in the analysis which will lead to that reduction.
2. Charged currents. The determination of charged current structure functions will use all of the charged current data taken in this device throughout its lifetime. This will include roughly 25,000 events from E-594 plus, hopefully, 100,000 events from E-733. While this sample does not compete with the enormous statistics of Lab E, we have all learned the importance over the last ten years of multiple measurement of these quantities from different experiments. The lever-arm in Q2 with the unpublished E-594 data will be substantial.
This analysis has been slowed up by the item that always makes neutrino structure function analyses difficult: hadron energy calibratfon. In the Lab C detector, this has always been a problem due to the digital nature of the device and the sensitivity of it to the climatic changes inherent in a nine-month run. It is for that reason that we always insisted on continuous calibration beams between each pair of neutrino pings and that has saved this analysis.
3. Dimuons. We have already finished one analysis, and are now extending this analysis into the 1987 run. A comparison of data (which will be about 1,000 opposite sign dimuons) with GEISHA for shower shapes (longitudinal and lateral) from hadrons of 35-400 GeV as well as the muon production from showers of a given energy are interesting in their own right"s and we are collecting this information for publication now. There is no better detector in the world for such fine details of shower topologies than ours and this will be an important ingredient in any future simulation for the design of a Tevatron or SSC (or LHC?) detector.
4. WIMPs. Here the task was to measure the time of events which occur in the detector relative to the RF clock. Events which fall between buckets would be a signal for heavy penetrating objects. We have successfully measured the timing resolution of the scintillator which we installed before the last run to be about 1 nsec, as we predicted. This leads us to a lower mass limit of about 500-1000 MeV/c2. We are now using the muons from charged current events (which we can time-sum accurately when they cleanly strike a scintillator) to calibrate the measurement of the time of hadron showers. Since we have multiple measurements of the time of each event, we can do this. We presently
1-2.66 •
-
-
-
-
-
are close to 1 nsec for these types of events as well, although the final bit is difficult.
Once this is accomplished we can, in a model-independent fashion, set a limit on any physics reaction (heavy leptons, WIMPs, SUSY, ??) by pattern-recognizing the characteristics of the event and setting a CL based on seeing no events(?) within a window.
Published paper:
"Hadron Showers in a Low-Density Fine-Grained Flash Chamber Calorimeter," NIM A218, 447 (1989).
Thesis:
"Opposite-Sign Dimuon Production in High Energy Neutrino-Nucleon Interactions," Boris Strongin, MIT.
1-2.67
-
-
-
--
E·735 (Gutay) Search for Quark-Gluon PJamia in pp Collisions at ~s =1.8 TeV
Duke, Fermilab, Iowa State, Notre Dame, Purdue, Wisconsin
I Status: Data Analysis I
Two proposed signatures of the formation of quark-gluon plasma (QGP) are a transition in the Pt vs Ne curve (rise, plateau, and 2nd rise) and an increase in strangeness production with Ne. To look for these signatures, E-735 proposed to measure charged multiplicity (Ne ) over most of 4Jt and measure Pt and particle type for charged tracks emitted in the central collision region. To carry out the measurements the experiment consisted basically of two parts: ( 1) a central detector surrounding the interaction point in the CO intersection hall to count charged particles from the pp collisions and (2) ·a spectrometer at the side to identify and momentum analyze a sample of charged tracks at small pseudo-rapidity. A minimum bias trigger required hits in forward and backward TOF counters surrounding the beampipe.
E-735 has published 3 PRL papers and presented data at many conferences based on analysis of data from the first run (see following publication list). The first paper presented a Pt vs Ne curve which showed a rise, a plateau and hints of a second rise. The second paper showed that lambda Pt and production increased substantially from ISR energies. The 3rd paper presented several aspects of Jt, K and p production: Kht , p/Jt ratios vs N c and vs pt, and Pt vs Ne for each particle type. Although none of these results prove QGP formation, they place important constraints on QGP and other multiparticle production models. Current analysis efforts involve using data from the much higher statistics second run. The analysis in the first three papers will be repeated but with great effort to reduce systematic errors. Extensive Monte Carlo simulations are underway to understand detector acceptance. In addition to these studies, analysis is being done in several other areas. Hanbury-Brown and Twiss correlation studies are being used to obtain radii of the interaction volume. Production of cp's, KO's, cascades and omegas is being studied. TOF and dE/dx measurements are being used in searches for anti-d and anti-t. Charged particle multiplicity distributions and intermittancy studies are underway as well. Low energy photon production measured with a Na! array in the spectrometer room is being analyzed. It is expected that in the next several months, several more papers will be released showing results of these analyses. Six graduate students obtained Phd's based on analysis of the data from the first run. Currently eight graduate students are analyzing the second run data.
In the first run (1187-5/87), we obtained 5 million triggers to tape and 150k tracks in the spectrometer. In the second run (7/88-6/89), there were 15
1-2.69
million triggers to tape and 800k tracks in the spectrometer. Higher luminosity and track requirement in the trigger gave a higher track/trigger ratio. Some data was taken also at beam energies of 150 GeV, 273 GeV and 500 GeV.
Refereed Papers
1. T. Alexopoulos et al.,"MASS IDENTIFIED PARTICLE YIELDS IN ANTIPROTON-PROTON COLLISIONS AT .../s =1.8 TeV," Phys. Rev. Lett . .6i., 991 (1990).
2. s. Banerjee et al.,"LAMBDAO AND ANTI-LAMBDAO PRODUCTION FROM PROTON - ANTI-PROTON COLLISIONS AT .../s =1.8 TeV', Phys. Rev. Lett. ~. 12 (1989).
3. T. Alexopoulos et al., "MULTIPLICITY DEPENDENCE OF THE TRANSVERSE MOMENTUM SPECTRUM FOR CENTRALLY PRODUCED HADRONS IN ANTIPROTON-PROTON COLLISIONS AT .../s =1.8 TeV', Phys. Rev. Lett. 2Q., 1622, (1988).
Theses
1. s. Banerjee, Notre Dame, "MULTIPLICITY CORRELATIONS IN PROTON-ANTIPROTON COLLISIONS AT .../s =1.8 TeV'.
2. P. Beery, Notre Dame,"TWO PARTICLE BOSE-EINSTEIN CORRELATIONS AT ..Js =1.8 TeV"
3. T. G. Carter, Duke,"PHOTON PRODUCTION FROM PROTON-ANTIPROTON COLLISIONS AT .../s =1.8 TeV'
4. T. McMahon, Purdue, "PHASE TRANSITION, THERMODYNAMICS AND TRANSVERSE MOMENTUM SPECTRA OF MASS IDENTIFIED HADRONS IN 1.8 TeV CENTER OF MASS PROTON-ANTIPROTON COLLISIONS"
5. A. P. McManus, Notre Dame, "INCLUSIVE CHARGED PARTICLE PRODUCTION IN PROTON-ANTIPROTON COLLISIONS AT ..Js =1.8 TeV'
6. D. Wesson, Duke, "LAMBDAO AND ANTI-LAMBDAO PRODUCTION IN PROTON-ANTIPROTON COLLISIONS AT .../s =1.8 TeV'
Sample of Conference Talks given by E-735
1. F. Turkot,"A QUARK-GLUON PLASMA SEARCH IN pp AT{; =1.8 TeV". Invited talk presented at the Quark Matter '90 Conference in Menton, France, May 7-11, 1990.
1-2.10
--
-
-
-
-
2. N. Porile, "SEARCH FOR QUARK-GLUON PLASMA IN PP COLLISIONS AT....[; =1.8 TeV". Talk given at "Rio de Janeiro International Workshop of Relativistic Aspects of Nuclear Physics", Aug. 28-30, 1989.
3. L. Gutay, "DECONFINEMENT SIGNATURE, MASS DEPENDENCE OF TRANSVERSE FLOW AND TIME EVOLUTION IN ANTIPROTON-PROTON COLLISIONS AT Vs =1.8 TeV." Talk present at the "6th Nordic Meeting on Nuclear Physics", Korpervik, Norway, Aug.10-15, 1989. Published Physica Scripta Vol. T32, 122-125, 1990.
4. C. Findeisen, "THE SEARCH FOR QUARK - GLUON PLASMA AT E-735." Invited talk given at the "3rd Les Rencontres de Physique de la Vallee d'Aoste", La Thuile, Aosta Valley, Italy, February 26 - March 4, 1989.
5. S. Stampke, "MEASUREMENT OF Pt AS A FUNCTION OF Ne AT THE FNAL pp COLLIDER." Invited talk given at Hadronic Matter in Collision '88 Conference, Tuscon, Arizona 6-12 October 1988.
6. c.s. Lindsey, ""RECENT RESULTS FROM E-735: SEARCH FOR QUARK-GLUON-PLASMA IN pp COLLISIONS AT{; =1.8 TeV." Invited talk at Quark Matter '88 Conf., Lenox, Massachusetts, Sept. 25-30, 1988, Nuc. Phys. Vol. M.9..8.,181-192 (1989).
1-2.71
I I\)
~ I\)
•
E-7'40
R- HRQ HYE - (HOft
•
--
-
-
--
-
-
E-740 (Grannis) Study of Events in jjp Collisions at 2 TeV in the DO Detector
Arizona, BNL, Brown, UC/Riverside, Columbia, Fermilab, Florida State, Florida, Hawaii, IHEP/Serpukhov (USSR), Indiana, LBL, Maryland,
Michigan State, Michigan, NYU, Northern Illinois, Northwestern, Rochester, Saclay (France), SUNY/ Stony Brook, Texas A&M, Yale
I Status: No Data Yeti
The experiment will study the properties of 2 TeV pp collisions with particular emphasis on measurement and identification of leptons (electrons and muons), high transverse momentum jets, and missing energy. Goals of the experiment include the search for and study of the top quark, high statistics studies of the W and Z bosons enabling precision measurements of their masses, widths and production properties; study of high PT multijet and single photon production for testing QCD; studies of bottom quark state production and searches for new phenomena beyond the standard model such as new quark generations, heavy leptons, supersymmetric particles, technicolor particles, or quark compositeness.
The proposed detector incorporates three main systems: a central detector, uranium-liquid argon calorimetry over nearly 41t solid angle, and a magnetized iron muon spectrometer. The central detector comprises a vertex detector, a multicell transition radiation detector for electron identification, and outer drift chambers in three sections covering down to 5° with respect to the beams. There is no central magnetic field. The calorimetry is divided into three angular regions and has a projective tower geometry with 50,000 readout channels. Multiple depth segmentation of the combined EM and hadronic calorimeter is made for enhanced identification of electrons. Energy resolution for hadrons is expected to be 45%/..JE with excellent calibration control. The muon system will measure muon momenta to within about 20% up to several hundred GeV/c for angles above 30 with respect to the beams. Five iron toroids provide the field with position and angle measurements given by corresponding sets of proportional drift tubes.
1-2.73
•
-I N . ~ .&::
f OA \./A RO MAGNE TI ZED STEEL TOROIDS )
~ LO\./ BETA OUAOS --·
• •
CENTRAL DETEC TOR )
-I
. ;
/
26 .2 meters
FOR\./AAO ELECTROMAGNETIC ANO HAORONIC CALORIMETERS
E-74.l
HACK \./ ARO Ell CTfiUM ArJll( Tl C ANO HAOAONI C CAL OR f~ETf RS
BACK\./ARO MAGNETIZED STEEL TOROIDS
-
-
-
-
-
-
E-741 (Shochet I Tollestrup) Collider Detector at Fermilab
ANL, Brandeis, Chicago, Fennilab, Harvard, Illinois, INFN I Frascati (Italy), INFN I Pisa (Italy), Johns Hopkins, KEK (Japan), LBL, Michigan,
Pennsylvania, Purdue, Rochester, Rockefeller, Rutgers, Texas A&M, Tsukuba (Japan), Tufts, Wisconsin
I Status: Data Analysis I
The Collider Detector at Fermilab (CDF) is a general purpose detector system designed to explore the physics of 2 TeV proton-antiproton collisions made possible by the Tevatron I Project. It consists of a central magnetic detector that covers the angular range 100 to 1700 with respect to the incident proton direction and two forward/backward detectors that cover the ranges 2° to 10° and 170° to 178°, respectively. The basic goals of the detector include: 1) the measurement of electromagnetic and hadronic energy flow in fine bins of rapidity and azimuthal angle over the entire angular range of CDF with uniform granularity using systems of shower counters and hadron calorimeters, 2) measurements of the directions of charged particles to angles as close to the incident beam directions as technically possible, 3) momentum analysis of charged particles over the angular range 150 to 165°, and 4) identification and momentum analysis of muons over the angular ranges 3° to 16°, 56° to 124°, and 1640 to 1770.
The major detector components are:
1. Central detector solenoid magnet with ~uperconducting coil.
2. Charged particle tracking system organized into a central tracking .chamber for momentum analysis, and a vertex time projection chamber to find event topologies.
3. Electromagnetic shower counters covering the full angular acceptance of CDF for identifying photons and electrons. There are three subsystems of shower counters, Central, End Plug, and Forward.
4. Hadron calorimeters backing up the shower counters. In addition to the three regions covered by the shower counters, the end wall of the solenoid magnet is instrumented with hadron calorimeters.
5. Muon detectors. The central muon system is behind the central hadron
6.
calorimeters; the forward system includes magnetized iron toroids for momentum measurements.
Front-end, trigger, and data acquisition electronics systems and online computers for selecting events, recording data, and monitoring all of the detector systems.
7. Beamline equipment including luminosity monitors.
1- 2 .75
In the 1987 commissioning run, 33nb-1 of integrated luminosity were accumulated. The first major physics run was June 1988 to May 1989, and a total of 4.7 pb-1 was accumulated on tape. The full CDF detector was in place for this entire run, including the full Level 3 trigger system of ACP processors. The detector and data acquisition system coped well with the delivered peak luminosities of 2xl030cm-2sec-1 -- a rate which was twice the design luminosity of the Tevatron Collider. About 5500 9-track tapes were written. Initial processing took place on two systems of 65 ACP nodes each; the final processing of all the data was done on the two ACP systems augmented by a third system of micro VAX nodes.
1990 has seen continued activity in analysis of the 1988-89 data. A total of 18 papers on CDF results have been published in Physical Review Letters, and seven more have been submitted for publication. At conferences around the world, 48 talks have been presented, and 10 talks will be given at the 1991 Washington APS meeting. There are 71 graduate students currently working on CDF, and a total of 30 have submitted theses for their degrees on CDF data.
The following physics topics are in various stages of completion from the 1988-89 data: ·
1. From samples of zO~µ+µ- and zO~e+e- the mass of the zo has been measured to be M(Z0)=90.9 ± 0.3(stat.+syst.) ± 0.2(scale)GeV/c2.
2. From samples of W ± ~ µ ± v and W± ~ e ± v the mass of the W has been measured to be M(W)=79.91±0.39 GeV/c2. The value of sin20w is thus determined to be 0.232 ± 0.008.
3. A search for the top quark through the decay channel: tf~e+jets. The existence of a standard-model top quark is excluded in the mass range 40 to 77 GeV/c2 at the 95% confidence level.
4. A search for the top quark or fourth-generation b quark (b') through the decay channel: tf ~eµ. The existence of a standard-model top quark or b' in the mass range 28 to 72 GeV/c2 is excluded at the 95% confidence level.
5.
6.
Further analysis of other di-lepton signatures has been done, e.g. tf ~ e+e-, ~ µ+µ-, and ~ e+softµ. A preHminary combined result of all di-lepton modes places a lower limit of 89 GeV/c2 on the top mass.
We have measured R=[a•B(W~ev)]/[a•B(Z~ee)], the cross-section-branching-fraction ratio, to be R=l0.2 ±0.8(stat.) ± 0.4(syst.). Combining this with other measurements, we find the width of the W to be r(W)=2.19 ± 0.20 GeV.
1-2,76
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
-
-.
-
-
-
7. From a measurement of the forward-backward asymmetry in the decay zO~e+e·, we have determined sin2Sw = 0.228 ± 0.015 ± .002(syst.). (Preliminary result.)
8. We have put 95% confidence lower limits on the masses of a heavy W or a heavy Z at 480 GeV/c2 and 380 GeV/c2, respectively. (Preliminary result.)
9. We have measured a•B for w~ ev = 2.19 ± 0.04(stat.) ± 0.2l(syst.) nb and a•B for z~ e+e- = 0.209 ± 0.013(stat.) ± 0.017(syst.) nb.
10. We have measured the pp~e+e· spectrum (Drell Yan) and set limits on quark compositeness at the 2 TeV level.
11. We have studied lepton universality by comparing the a•B for W~ev with w~ T:V.
12. We have searched for a light Higgs Boson in the process zo~zO+HO with the HO decaying to two light charged particles (e+e· ,µ +µ -,1t+1t· ). At the 95% confidence level the existence of such a particle with standard model couplings is excluded in most of the mass range below 1 Ge V /c2.
13. We have measured the transverse momentum distributions of the electro-weak gauge bosons.
14. We have measured the transverse energy distribution (ET) of jets out to a ET of 400 GeV and a limit on quark compositeness A* ~ 950 GeV.
15. We studied 2 jet invariant mass distributions to search/set limits on axigluons and strong dynamical symmetry breaking models such as technicolor.
16. We examined 3 jet distributions for differences due to initial states. This allows fits to the fractions of events resulting from qq, qg, and gg initial states.
17. We performed detailed comparisons of jet shapes and cross sections with new theoretical QCD predictions performed at next-to-leading order.
18. We examined the global properties of the highest transverse energy events seen at the Tevatron Collider.
19. We measured the direct photon cross section and angular distribution, and compared it to new, more precise theoretical calculations. Measurements of 11 and p production are in progress.
1-2.77
20. The inclusive Pr spectrum of B decays has been measured. Observation of Do~ K1t from B~evD confirms that at high Pr the inclusive electron Pr spectrum (with W's removed) is well described as dominantly due to B decay.
21. We have observed exclusive B decays B± ~J/'\jf+K± and B0~J/'\jf+K0*.
22. The branching ratio for B~ ~µ+µ-is measured to be <3.2xl0-6 (at 90% C.L.).
23. The missing ET search for SUSY (supersymmetry) particles has been extended, and no evidence for their existence is found at masses up to 150 GeV.
1-2.78
I I\)
00 0
E-743
J
;>
~ E l c.
~ j LE9C B - ~· -
II · II ... 0 ~- -....l'; -A·-1 I ., Ill ..,<• I
m o
~ .... " E: . ;> ~ ·J .
... , ·- - ···· --() ~==:, '~" -----------· -Ge -------· ..,.,.,, .. ..,. _____ .., ... ,
XZ plr111e ,, f 2 U 01 M IC lf .... '"" .. . ~·'·
-., .. ,, --· -+- + - 1- · I
0 -1-- · 1- f- ·f ·- -f - I - I i ·--f- t--·· I - I -+- I - -+-.. - -1-1 ~--+---41 · -i - I I·
5 10 15 20 25 z m melers 110t fh -
C'flU• • ••
I· ·+·· 1 -J ()
--
-
-
-
-
E-743 (Reucroft) Charm Production in pp Collisions with LEBC-FMPS at 1 TeV
Aachen. (Germany), IHEP I Berlin. (Germany), CERN (Switzerland), Strasbourg (France), Duke, Fermilab, Florida State, Kansas, L'Etat (Belgium), Libre (Belgium), LPNHE (France), Michigan State, Michigan, Northeastern,
Notre Dame, Tata (India), Vanderbilt, Vienna (Austria)
I Status: Data Analysis I
We will study open charm production in proton-proton collisions at -1 TeV using the CERN hydrogen LExan Bubble Chamber (LEBC) as a vertex detector and the Fermilab Multiparticle-Spectrometer (FMPS) in the MT beam line.
Our measured charm cross sections at this highest available proton energy will be compared with those from CERN experiment NA27 at 400 Ge V using the same vertex detector and interaction trigger to determine the energy dependence of charm production. We will collect a clean, large (-1000 events) charm particle sample and anticipate seeing a few hadroproduced beauty events.
The NA27 run was completed at CERN in June 1984. More than three million triggers were collected for NA27 corresponding to a sensitivity in excess of 50 evt/µb. LEBC, its trigger system and its kicker magnet system have now been brought to Fermilab and are presently being installed. The transition radiation detector (TRD) used at CERN for NA27 has also been brought to Fermilab and is being installed at FMPS. Along with the TRD, a long helium Cerenkov detector and short nitrogen Cerenkov detector will provide charged particle identification.
The E-743 collaboration is improving the tracking characteristics of FMPS by the addition of a new MWPC station and two proportional wire tube arrays.
With 500 hours of MT at 105 protons/sand in a 15 s spill with a repetition of 1 spill/min the 1985 running period, the experiment will be accomplished in a dwell time of three months exclusive of setting up.
1- 2.81
I I\) . 00 I\)
T,..-Y c:MT :
1 Mn-· } 111._IACM 14 -TIU.IT- 10fAL tw I 11 - 1 .._. •Ill IUTll
ue [ NEUTRINO (£T£CTOR
.. o ''* ,..,..., 410 "* loaC>tO ....... ,
E-74L~/770
, ........... , .... ,, • ...,, a..-• I K•TIUAfOM
I · I .... lfHl "-AHi }
140 •-(ACM fOfAL f* I
I I I
KM.I o ... , _ _..., _ __,, ....
' 0 , ••
-
-
-
-
-
-
E-744 / 770 (Merritt I Smith) Neutrino Physics at the Tevatron
Chicago, Columbia, Fermilab, Rochester, Wisconsin
f Status: Data Analysis f
The apparatus consists of a 650 ton iron target instrumented as a calorimeter with high density tracking, and a toroid system for momentum measurement of the muon.
In the first Quadrupole Triplet neutrino run (E-744) 1.7 million charged current events were accumulated during 1985, and in the second run (E-770), finished in February, 1988, about 1.9 million charged current events were accumulated. Recent results include:
1.
2. 3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Gross-Llewellyn Smith Sum Rule: 2.661 ± .029 (stat.) ± .076 (syst). (Measurement of the number of valence quarks). O'v I O'v: .511 ± .002 (stat.) ± .005 (syst) up to Ev= 600 GeV. Preliminary measurements of F2 and xF3 and results on the slopes of xF3 that show low-x behavior consistent with QCD.
Strange quark content of the nucleon: 11, = 0.057 ~:~and the
Kobayashi-Maskawa (KM) matrix element IVcd I = 0.220 ~:g~~ from opposite sign dimuons. The data are consistent with the slow rescaling hypothesis of charm production in v .N scattering and yield a value of
the charm quark mass parameter me= 1.31 :8:fs GeV/c2.
We exclude a NHL in the Vµ + N ~ µ- + x channel with mass between 0.5 and 2.5 GeV/c2 for coupling to muons below l0-4 of Fermi strength, depending on the lepton mass. The prompt rate of same sign dimuon production with respect to single muon production: (1.0 ± 0.7) x l0-4 from a sample of 101 neutrino and 15 antineutrino same sign dimuons in the energy range 30-600 GeV. A measurement of inverse muon decay of (.131 ± .015)% with respect to charged current events in the energy range 30-600 GeV. A limit on wrong - sign neutrino - induced single muon production of 1.6 x 10-4 at 90% CL per charged current event. Hadron Shower Punchthi-ough and Muon Production by Hadrons of 40, 70 and 100 GeV.
1-2 . 83
E-744 & E-770 Publications in Refereed Journals
1. Hadron Shower Punchthrough for Incident Hadrons of Momentum 15, 25, 50, 100, 200, 300 GeV/c, F.S. Merritt et al., Nucl. Inst. Meth. A245:27 (1986).
2. A Search for Neutral Heavy Leptons in v"- N Interactions, S.R. Mishra et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. fil!,1397 (1987).
3. Neutrino Production of Same Sign Dimuons, B.A. Schumm et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. ,00, 1618 (1988).
4. Inverse Muon Decay and Neutrino Dimuon Production at the Tevatron, S.R. Mishra et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. Qa,132 (1989).
5. A Study of Wrong Sign Single Muon Production in v"-N Interactions, S.R. Mishra et al., Z. Phys. C44, 187 (1989).
6. Neutrino Production of Opposite Sign Dimuons at Tevatron Energies, C. Foudas et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. fil, 1207 (1990).
7. Hadron Shower Penetration and Muon Production by Hadrons at 40, 70 and 100 GeV, P.H. Sandler et al., Phys. Rev. IM,£, 759 (1990).
8. Calibration of the CCFR Target Calorimeter, W.K. Sakumoto et al., Nucl. Inst. and Meth. A2,M, 179 (1990).
9. Inverse Muon Decay, v + e ~ µ- + v at the Fermilab Tevatron, S. R. " . Mishra et al., Accepted for publication in Phys. Lett. B, 1990.
10. A Study of the Space-Time Structure of the Weak Current in v-N Interactions, S. R. Mishra et al., Submitted for Publication in Phys. Lett. B., 1990.
11. Measuring Muon Momenta with the CCFR Neutrino Detector, B. J. King et al., Submitted to Nucl. Inst. Meth., 1990.
E-744 & E-770 Publications in Conference Proceedings
1. Flash ADC Readout of Hadron Showers in Drift Chambers, K.T. Bachmann et al. in Proceedings of the Gas Calorimetry Workshop, Fermilab (1985).
2. Production of the Same Sign Dimuons by 0-800 GeV Neutrinos and Antineutrinos, M. Oreglia et al., in Proceedings, 1987 DPF Meeting, Salt Lake City, UT (1987).
3. Measurement of Same Sign Dimuon Production in High Energy Neutrino Interactions, K.W. Merritt et al., in Proceedings, Lake Louise Winter Institute: Electroweak Interactions, Lake Louise, Canada (1987).
4. Neutrino Production of Like Sign Dimuons, H. Schellmann et al., in Proceedings, Les Rencontres de Physique de la Vallee d'Aoste: Results and Perspectives in Particle Physics, Italy (1987).
5. Neutrino Production of Same Sign Dimuons at the Tevatron, H.S. Budd et al., in Proceedings of the 22nd Rencontres de Moriond: Hadrons, Quarks, and Gluons, Les Arcs, France (1987).
6. Measurement of Same Sign Dimuon Production in High-Energy Neutrino Interactions, M. J. Lamm et al., Proceedings of the 18th Int. Symp. on Multiparticle Dynamics, Tashkent, USSR, (1987).
1-2.84
..
•
..
..
•
..
•
7. Neutrino Production of Same Sign Dimuons, W.H. Smith et al., in Proceedings of the 1987 SLAC Summer Institute on Particle Physics, Stanford, CA (1988).
8. Neutrino Production of Opposite-Sign Dimuons at the Tevatron, A. Bodek et al., in Proceedings of the XVIII Rencontres de Moriond, March 13-19, 1988, Les Arcs, France.
9. Neutrino Production of Opposite-Sign Dimuons at the Tevatron, H. Budd et al .• in Proceedings of the Lake Louise Institute, Canada (1988).
10. Neutrino Production of Charm at FNAL E-744. H. Schellman et al., Proceedings of the SLAC Summer Inst. on Particle Physics, Stanford, (1988).
11. Neutrino Produced Opposite-Sign Dimuon Production at the FNAL Tevatron, W.K. Sakumoto et al., Proceedings of the 1988 DPF Conference, Storrs, CN, (1988).
12. Measurement of the Strange Quark Sea from Neutrino Dimuon Production at the Tevatron by the CCFR Collaboration, M.J. Oreglia et al., Proceedings of the 24th International Conference on High Energy Physics, Munich, Germany, (1988).
13. Electroweak Processes Observed in Neutrino Scattering by the CCFR Collaboration, M.J. Oreglia et al., Proceedings of the 24th International Conference on High Energy Physics, Munich, Germany, (1988).
14. Inverse Muon Decay and Neutrino Dimuon Production at the Tevatron, S.R. Mishra et al., presented at 12th Int. Workshop on Weak Interactions and Neutrinos, Ginosar, Israel (Apr. 9-14, 1989).
15. Recent Results from the CCFR Collaboration: Measurements of
v11e ~ µ-v.&v
11N ~ µ-µ+X at Tevatron Energies, S.R. Mishra et al.,
presented at 14th Rencontres de Moriond, March, 1989. 16. A Search for Neutral Heavy Leptons in v11 - N Interacti~ns, P. de Barbaro
et al., presented at 25th Rencontres de Moriond, January, 1990. · 17. A Precision Measurement of the Gross-Llewellyn Smith Sum Rule in v11
- N scattering at the Fermilab Tevatron, W. C. Leung et al., presented at 25th Rencontres de Moriond, January, 1990.
18. Nucleon Structure Functions from v11 - Fe Scattering at the Tevatron, P. Z. Quintas et al., presented at Workshop on Parton Distribution Functions, Fermilab, May, 1990.
19. Nucleon Structure Functions from v11 - Fe Scattering at the Tevatron, W. H. Smith et al., presented at Neutrino 1990, CERN, Switzerland, June, 1990.
20. Comparison of Hadronic Shower Punchthrough and TeV Muon dE/dx with Calculations, H. Budd et al., presented at Advanced Technology and Particle Physics, Como-Villa Olmo, June, 1990.
E-744 & E-770 Theses
1. B.A. Schumm, U. Chicago, Like Sign Dimuons, 1988. 2. K. Bachmann, Columbia U., Like Sign Dimuons, 1988.
1-2.85
3. C. Foudas, Columbia U., Opposite Sign Dimuons, 1989. 4. W. Leung, Columbia U., Structure Functions, exp. 1990. 5. P. Quintas, Columbia U., Structure Functions, exp. 1990. 6. P. deBarbaro, U. Rochester, Rare Phenomena, exp. 1990. 7. W. Lefmann, Columbia U., Rare Phenomena, exp. 1990. 8. P. Sandler, U. Wisconsin, Hadron Punchthrough, Dimuons, exp.
1990. 9. S. Rabinowitz, Columbia U., Opposite Sign Dimuons exp. 1990.
10. W. Seligman, Columbia U., Structure Functions exp. 1991. 11. B. King, Columbia U., Measurement of Sin20w exp. 1991. 12. C. Arroyo, Columbia U., Measurement of Sin20w, exp. 1991. 13. T. Kinne!, U. Wisconsin., Measurement of Primordial PT. exp. 1991.
1-2.86
E-745
. ' I ' I
o-
1- 2 .88
:;c:csc: ?~ -:
OP .SP.C-l HOOOSCCP! -2
OC-1,.., 6
CRIS : S
OC-7 _,LO
?we--. ~SC-l
:RON-l
:.sc-2 . J
P'tlC-2 OP.SP.C-2
tRON-2
l.SC-4 , 5
?WC-4
-
-
E-745 (Kitagaki) Neutrino Experiment Using the One-Met.er ffigh-Resolution Bubble Chamber
Brown, Fermilab, IHEP I Beijing (PRC), Indi,ana, MIT, Nagoya (Japan), ORNL, Tennessee, Tohoku (Japan), Tohoku Gakuin (Japan)
I Status: Data Analysis I
E-745 is the muon neutrino experiment using the Tohoku high-resolution one-meter freon bubble chamber. High spatial resolution of -70 µm is obtained by the holographic optics. Physics aims are (a) studies of neutrino interactions in the high Q2 region, (b) studies of charm and heavy quarks, and (c) new phenomena, e.g. tau neutrino events.
During the 1985 and 1987 fixed-target runs, 200,000 and 360,000 pictures were taken, respectively. All events have been analyzed and physics analysis is underway.
Publications
"A .New Method to . Investigate the Nuclear Effect in Leptonic Interactions," T . Kitagaki et al., Proceedings Int. Conf. on Neutrino Physics and Astrophysics, Boston, June 1988.
"A New Method to Investigate the Nuclear Effect in Leptonic Interactions," T. Kitagaki et al., Phys. Lett . .Blli. 281 (1988).
"Results from Holographic Analysis in E-745 (vµ - v't oscillation limit)," New Directions in Neutrino Physics at Fermilab, Fermilab, September 1988.
"A Technique for Long Duration Q-Switching of a Ruby Pulse Laser," T. Kitagaki et al., Nucl. Inst. and Meth., A2Qfi, 461 (1988).
"A High Resolution Holographic Freon Bubble Chamber for the Fermilab High Energy Neutrino Experiment," T. Kitagaki et al., Nucl. Inst. and Meth. A.28..1. 8 (1989).
"Results from FNAL E-745 on Neutrino-Nuclear Interactions (EMC Effect and Hadron Formation)," T. Kitagaki et al., Topical Conference on Elect ronuclear Physics, SLAC, January 19~9.
Theses
"3-Jet Analysis, E-745," K. Furuno, Ph.D. Thesis, Tohoku University, March 1987.
"High Energy Neutrino Interactions, E-745," J. Harton, Ph.D. Thesis, MIT, May 1988.
1:-2.89
"Vector Meson Production, E-745," J. Shimony, Ph.D. Thesis, University of Tennessee, June 1988.
"Strange Particle Production, E-745," K. De, Ph.D. Thesis, Brown University, June 1988.
"vµ - v't Oscillation Limit, E-745," H. Suzuki, Master Thesis, Tohoku University, March 1989.
"Gluon Jet Analysis, E-745," M. Sasaki, Ph.D. Thesis, Tohoku University, March 1990.
"Bose-Einstein Effect, E-745," H. Kawamoto, Master Thesis, Tohoku University, March 1990.
1-2.90
•
•
•
•
E-754 (Sun) Crystal Channeling Tests in M-Bottom Including Focussing with Deformed Crystals and Studies of High Z Crystals
Fermilab, General Electric R&D Center, Sandia, SSCL, SU"NY I Afbany
I St.atus: No Data Yet I
This experiment consists of several tests on channeling in the M-Bottom line. These tests are needed for the prospective applications of channeling to particle physics experiments and accelerator beam designs.
Examples of the tests that are under consideration include:
• Crystal focussing element - our results from E-660 demonstrate that silicon crystals could be elastically deformed and still used for channeling. We are studying means to compress a silicon crystal differentially in a direction perpendicular to a crystal plane and expect that charged particles channeled between the deformed planes will come to a focus.
• The second test is for channeling in single crystals with higher Z (atomic number) than silicon, such as tungsten, cadmium telluride (CdTe) and germanium. These high Z crystals are needed to provide stronger fields for bending and other applications.
This set up is also needed for alignment if other direct applications of bent crystals are planned such as the one previously installed in NE.
1-2.93
_. I
I\) . \0 J::."
lead Glass & lead scintillator blocks "l '"'.
J:1 ®rt l:j ·~">; ·-.;:
2rmi Pik:h MWPC's
FIOi Veto (not Installed)
Counters
Silk: on -z- Strip Oeteciors
Hyperon Magnet
Multiplk:ity Counter Momentum Analyzing
Magnets
2mm Pitch tMtflC
\ p
/ Counters
lead Glass & lead scintillator blocks
Plan View of E756 Spectrometer (not to scale)
• •
E-756 (Luk) Magnetic Moment of the Omega Hyperon
Fermilab, Michigan, Minnesota, Rutgers, Washington
I Status: Data Analysis I
· Baryon magnetic moments play an important role in probing the structure of hadrons. Fermilab experiments have contributed significantly in determining the magnetic moments of the hyperons. At Fermilab energies, hyperons are copiously produced and typically have a mean decay distance of several meters in the laboratory. The magnetic moments of these hyperons are measured .by means of spin precession.
The omega minus hyperon, o-, is a unique hadron made up of three strange quarks with parallel spin. In the broken SU(6) quark model, the lambda hyperon magnetic moment is just the strange quark magnetic moment whereas the omega minus magnetic moment, µn- is three times larger, or -1.83 nuclear magnetons (n.m.). However, corrections used in refined theoretical models can destroy the equality between the lambda and the strange quark magnetic moments. Consequently, µQ- may well be the most direct measurement o( the strange quark magnetic moment. Prior to E-756, µQ- was not known experimentally.
E-756 was carried out in the Proton Center beamline. The plan view of the spectrometer is shown in the figure. After the negatively charged beam was produced either by protons or a neutral hyperon beam, it was then momentum selected by a · 7 .3 m-long sweeping magnet, Ml, with a curved channel inside. Ml was also employed to precess the spin of the hyperons if they were polarized. The field integral of the magnet could be set to a value between 0 and 26 T-m. After exiting from the magnetic channel, the decay products of the hyperons were detected by a spectrometer which was 67 m long and 1.3 m wide. The spectrometer consisted of eight planes of silicon strip detectors, three 1 mm wire spacing multiwire proportional chambers and six 2 mm pitch MWPC's and scintillation counters used for triggering purposes. Photons from the decays were detected by two electromagnetic calorimeters made up of lead glass and lead-scintillator blocks. The momentum analyzing magnet, M2, had a transverse kick of 1.5 GeV/c. The magnetic fields of Ml and M2 were reversed when positively charged hyperons were studied. A mass resolution of 3 Me V/c2 was achieved at the mass of Q-.
Approximately 100,000 o- 's, 6 million a-·s, 2,000 o+•s and 70,000 ,:.+• s produced by 800 GeV protons on a beryllium target were detected. Another sample of 25,000 polarized o- 's and 1.5 million s- 's created by a polarized neutral beam incident on a copper target at 0 mrad was also collected.
1-2.95
Data taking of E-756 was completed in the 1987-1988 fixed target run. Approximately 0.2 billion triggers were logged onto magnetic tapes. Data crunching for three charged track events was done in 1989, yielding the world's largest samples of.:.-, n- , .:.+and n+. In 1990, all single track events were also processed.
To date, the most intriguing result from E-756 is the discovery of non-zero ,s+ production polarization. Models that explain hyperon polarization predict no polarization for a+ and n-. Indeed, with more than 100,000 events at <xp=0.46 and <Pt>=0.89 GeVtc, we found that the average n- polarization was -0.01±0.010±0.010, as shown in Figure 1. But we measured a mean ,::+ polarization of 0.097±0.012±0.009 at <xr-0.39 and <Pt>=0.76 GeV/c, comparable to that of a- (see Figure 2). With this polarized sample of ,s+'s, the magnetic
·moment of an antihyperon was determined for the first time. The magnitude of the .:.+magnetic moment, 0.657±0.028±0.020 n.m., is consistent with that of .::- , as required by CPT invariance.
The polarization of a - and n- produced by a polarized neutral hyperon beam is shown in Figure 3. The magnitude of the polarization increases as a function of the hyperon momentum. In addition, the µ:::-and µo- were found to be 0.670±0.022±0.018 n.m. and -2.08±0.15±0.13 n.m. respectively.
Publications
1. "Production Polarization and Magnetic Moment of g+ Antihyperons Produced by 800 GeV/c Protons," P. M. Ho, K. B. Luk et al., Phys. Rev. Lett . .65, 1713 (1990).
2. "A Preliminary Measurement of the Polarization of Hyperons Produced by 800 GeV Protons," J. Duryea et al., to be published in Proc. of the DPF Meeting, Houston, World Scientific Publications (1990).
3. "Production Polarization and Magnetic Moment of 3+ and n- Hyperons: Preliminary Results From FNAL E-756," K. B. Luk et al., to be published in Proc. of the 9th Internat. Symp. on High Energy Spin Phys., Bonn, Germany (1990).
Theses
1. "Omega Minus Polarization and Magnetic Moment", H. T. Diehl, Ph. D. thesis, Rutgers University (1990).
2. "Production Polarization and Magnetic Moment of .::+ Antihyperons Produced by 800 GeV/c Protons," P. M. Ho, Ph. D. thesis, University of Michigan (1990).
1,..-2. 96
O.l
~ . 0.0
.2 ' ! §! ~ -0.1 - 2 0 ·c • ~ tlS •
~ • -0.2 .. 0 -• • . • • a • -0.3 • I
300 400 soo Momentum (GeV/c)
Figure 1. Polarization of a· and a· produced by protons.
0.1
0.0
.~ ~ % ~, t ~ -0.1 ! ·5
&. "t • . 4000.V -0.2 -
0 - 8000.V -c a+sooeev -0.3
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 Pt (GeV~)
Figure 2. Polarization of a· and ~· produced by protons.
0.0
... . ~ • . ..!. h .
.§ -0.l -
~ ~ • ! •
·5 •
f • ;f -0.2 •o ::· -4'° A .. •• .
-IOOOA -• a · -4'°A
. o a· -IOOOA -03 .
200 300 400 soo Momentum (GcV/c)
Figure 3. Polarization of a· and a· produced by polarized neutral hyperons. 1- 2 .97
OUTZR TRACKING CJIAMRSR
E-760 Apparatus
INTERACTION POINT \
i:.4:t:!:~~~~~
INNER TRACJCJNG CB•MBEJI&
LUMINOSITY' MONITOR (NOT SHOWN)
t----1aa---i
1-2.98
\
FORWARD CALORIMETE!l
FORWAJU> STKA.W TUBES
E-760 (Cester) Investigation of the Formation of Charmonium States Using the Antiprot.on Accumulator Ring
Fermi/ab, INFN & University of Ferrara (Italy), INFN & University of Genova (Italy), UC I Irvine, Northwestern, Pennsylvania State, INFN & University of Turin (Italy)
l Status: Data-TakingJ
Experiment E-760 studies charmonium states (''l',"l'',Tlc•T\c·Xo.1•2 , 1P1)
formed in pp collisions. A cooled antiproton beam of 1.5xl011 p's circulating in Fermilab's Antiproton Accumulator ring interacts with a high density ( -1Q14 atoms/cm2) hydrogen molecular cluster jet. The excellent definition of the energy of the initial state {L\mc.m. = .2 MeV/c2) allows us to study the masses and widths of the charmonium states with a resolution much better than the one achieved in e+e· colliders. With an expected luminosity of 1Q31cm· 2sec·l we expect a sizeable number of events·, e.g. a systematic search for the missing 1P1 state, by measuring the inclusive production of 'II is expected to yield 750 events of the type pp-+ lpl-+ 'II+ X. We will also search for narrow charmonium states above the 'II" that are forbidden to decay to charmed particles due to spin/parity. Finally, we intend to study the interference between the pp elastic scattering amplitude and the resonant amplitude pp-+
Tlc-+ PP · The detector consists of a central electromagnetic calorimeter, in the
form of a forward located cylindrical array of 1280 lead glass blocks. It is augmented in the forward direction by a planar electromagnetic calorimeter. Inside the cylindrical central calorimeter a segmented threshold Cerenkov counter is located, to further assist in the eht separation. To the inside and outside of this Cerenkov counter cylindrical wire chambers allow for a measurement of the direction of charged particles. The detector has been designed to detect charmonium states through their electromagnetic decays (e.g. pp-+ x-+ 'lfY-+ e+e· y, pp-+ 11c-+ YY). Particular attention has been paid to the suppression of the most troublesome background process pp-+ 7t0 7t0 -+ yyyy.
E-760 took its first data with the complete apparatus for 10 weeks in summer 1990. Stacking rates of up to 1 milliamp/hour were achieved and the experiment ran at a peak luminosity of 8 x 1031/cm2. The antiproton beam was cooled to L\p/p = 2 x 10·4 which allowed sub-MeV widths of charmonium states to be measured directly for the first time. The energy scans performed at the J 1'¥,X1X2 and '¥' found remarkably clean signals and demonstrated the capability of the detector and the antiproton source. The experiment program will now concentrate on searching for the lpl and the 'Tlc', measuring the 'Tlc
1-2.99
width precisely, measuring the rf decay rates of the XoX2 states and searching for the undiscovered D states.
1-2 .100
150
- ~100 z w - > w
50
R704
3500
E760 SEPTEMBER 1990
R704
3520 3540 3560 MASS MeV/c2
1- 2 .1 01
UJ
0 0 0 0 0
1• •• ,. ·1- .. I_! -'II i I i v. s. .
~ t ·+· ~.. .. -IQ ,...... ~
•
•
• ,, • 0 I'
c e • a. • ·=
1-2 . 102
E-761 (Vorobyov) An Electroweak Enigma: Hyperon Radiative Decays
Bristol (Great Britain), CBPF (Brazil), Fermilab, IHEP I Beijing (PRC), Iowa, ITEP I Moscow (USSR), LNPI (USSR), Rio de Janeiro (Brazil),
Sao Paulo (Brazil), Yale
I Status: Data Analysis l
This experiment will probe the structure of the electroweak interaction and has two main goals. The first is to measure the asymmetry parameter for the electroweak decay :E+-+ p y and verify its branching ratio. The second goal will be to measure, or set new upper limits for, the branching ratio of the electroweak decays--+ :E-y . Since the s- are expected to be polarized, information on the asymmetry parameter may also be available.
We will use the Proton Center polarized charged hyperon beam and a new very high resolution spectrometer. The same channel as used for E715 will allow us to utilize secondary momenta hyperons of up to 350 GeV/c. However to get the needed excellent momentum resolution of the hyperon beam, we will require a primary proton beam of very small size so that a target of 0.5 mm width in the bend plane can be used. This small target size combined with silicon strip detectors to determine the hyperon trajectory should allow a determination of the hyperon momentum to =0.15 %. The momentum vector of the decay baryon (p from};+~ py or _};- from s - -+ i:- 'Y) will be determined by a proportional chamber spectrometer consisting of three BM 109 magnets . The spectrometer high resolution will allow us to distinguish the single photon decay mode from the much more copious competing rc 0 decay mode. For the decay s- -+ L- y the lever arms of the
' decay spectrometer will be shortened from what is shown in the diagram to allow a measurement of the :::- direction before it decays.
The position of the 'Y will be measured to about 1.0 mm by first converting them and then using a transition radiation detector (TRD) to measure the direction of the fast forward electrons. Following the TRD a lead glass array will measure the total electromagnetic energy. Thus the full momentum vector will be measured for the incident hyperon and all of the radiative decay products providing excellent kinematic identification.
We feel that the 1990 fixed target run allowed us to gather sufficient data to reach all of the above goals. In addition we have data with which we can:
Compare dcr/dt for :E+ and anti (L+) production Compare dcr/dt for:::- and anti(:::- ) production Measure the polarization as a function oft for :E+ and anti (L•)
production
1-2. 103
Make a precise measurement of I:+ magnetic moment Measure the anti (I:+) magnetic moment (if it is polarized) Measure the anti (I:+-+ P'Y) rate Measure the I:+ magnetic moment using crystal channeling
Shown in the figure is a histogram with all of the I:+-+ PY data taken during the run. The minimum photon trigger was used here. Note the size of the sample (>106 events in some bins) and the clear signal at the photon mass. The second histogram shows a subset of the above with information from the TRD and lead glass/BGO calorimeter incorporated.
Preliminary data will be presented shortly.
1-2.104
E761 FULL PASS! SIGMA CONFIG DATA 1/26/Ql
6 10
5 10
4 10
3
I:+ ~ P 7t0 48M
F
10 3 - 30 - 20 - 1 o o 1 o 20 30 40 50 aq o -
N=47827896. H= 603 MM2 RECOILING AGAINST PROTON CGEV/C)
204M TRIGGERS ANALYSED
1-2 .1 05
E761 - Radiative Hyperon Decay: l:+ ~ Py 100
80
60
40
20
,., n
0 llbr! Lj iU I
-0.02
n.. I '-1
I 0
I I I
0.02
panial onlinc analysis -250 evenu = present world sample = ~1 of experiment's dala
Backsround (SOOx) is Lr-+ Pra
,,.,_ ..... _ ._ Very preliminary r•SU!t•
,,.. - .............. ..... ---··--·~ ----,,..
·--0 •• • .... ....
n I I ,- ~ ,{--if\, I I l 0.04 0.06
Recoiling Neutral Mass (trd cut) i-2 . 106
_. I
N . _. 0 co
E-769
TAGGED PHlTON SPECTROMETER E769
SMO 'S
MMiNET
ORtf'T ~RS -;;::a....--m.m•
• I
E-769 (Appel) Pion and Kaon Production of Charm and Charm-Strange States
CBPF (Brazil), Fermilab, Mississippi, Northeastern, SSCL, Toronto (Canada), Tufts, Wisconsin, Yale
I Status: Data Analysis I
E-769 is an experiment to measure the properties of hadronic charm production using the Tagged Photon Spectrometer facility. It measures the flavor, x, Pt and A dependences of this process at the same time and in a single apparatus. High statistics lifetime measurements of several charm states are expected.
The experiment collected its data during the 1987-88 fixed-target running period, recording interactions of 250 Ge V beams of identified pions, kaons and protons. The beam was incident on a foil target assembly with four materials: beryllium, aluminum, copper and tungsten, segmented in the beam direction. The total data set consists of about 400 million triggers with about 200 million each of negative beam events (85% pi, 15% kaon) and positive beam events (40% pi, 30% kaon and 30% proton).
The Tagged Photon Spectrometer is a large acceptance, high resolution magnetic spectrometer. It is equipped with electromagnetic and hadronic calorimetry, Cerenkov particle identification and silicon microstrip detectors (SMD's) for vertex reconstruction. The spectrometer is augmented by a beam DISC Cerenkov counter, a new beam transition radiation detector (TRD) and new planes of beam defining SMD's and PWC's.
Preliminary results from the experiment have been presented at several conferences and the first results based on the full data sample are in preparation for submission to refereed journals. Twelve Ph.D. students are working on theses based on the data from this experiment.
1-2.109
High Intensity Lab E771 Spectrometer
1~2.110
-
E-771 (Cox) Beauty Production by Protons
South Alabama, Athens (Greece), Brown, UC I Berkeley, UCLA, Dubna (USSR), Duke, Fermilab, Houston, Lecce (Italy), MIT, McGill (Canada), Nanjing (PRC),
Northwestern, Pavia (Italy), Pennsylvania, Prairie View A&M, SSCL, Shandong (PRC), Vanier (Canada), Virginia
I Status: Test Stage I
The presence of muons in final states produced in hadronic interactions has proved to be a valuable indicator that interesting hard physics processes have taken place. Experiment E-771 will use both high Pt single muons and high-mass muon pairs as a signature that events are possible beauty production candidates. These muons provide a mechanism for selecting the relatively rare beauty production from interactions due to the total cross section. We will use the high rate E-705 spectrometer which has already functioned well in Experiments E-537 and E-705 to detect and measure beauty hadron decays which result in a final state containing either type of muon signature. This experiment will use the primary proton beam from the Tevatron at the maximum energy available at the time of execution of the experiment. The spectrometer is being augmented by the addition of a silicon tracker for the first run. For later runs, a RICH (Ring Imaging Cerenkov) will be added. The present P-West High Intensity Laboratory secondary beam has been upgraded by addition of sufficient bending power to allow the transport of the 800 to 925 GeV/c primary proton beam to the experiment target. The eventual aim of the experiment is operation at greater than 107 interactions per second, allowing the accumulation of several thousand reconstructed or partially reconstructed B decays.
The reactions to be studied are the following:
A. pW ~ BB+X
B or B ~ 'I'+ anything
'~µ+µ-B. pW ~ B0 B0 +X
I 1... anything
I - h. ~ µ-+v + anyt mg
E-771 took major steps forward during the 1990 Spring/Summer run of the Fermilab fixed target program. While only a limited amount of equipment was available, the experimenters accomplished several significant things in an extensive engineering run:
1. The commissioning of the new 800 GeV/c extracted beam with attenuation system in P-West.
1-2.111
2. Complete reconditioning and rebuilding of most equipment from E-705.
3. Modification of the electronics for the E-771 EM detector.
4. Operation of beam region PWC's at rates up to 2xl06 interactions per second (beams of greater than 108 protons per second).
5. Operation of new fast DA using Baumbaugh buffers.
6. First operation of a few planes of the E-771 silicon detector with new silicon amplifiers and post-amp comparators to reconstruct beam tracks and study efficiencies of silicon.
7. Installation and testing of "mini" pad chamber PWC's with higher level muon trigger electronics together with the first full size pad chamber.
8. Installation and testing of all muon detector Resistive Plate Chamber planes.
9. Measurement of first level trigger rates.
This extensive testing of various detector components coupled with the progress by Fermilab toward completion of the new silicon fast electronic readout for the silicon and PWC systems for E-771 in 1991, provides a good foundation for further progress on E-771 in the 1991 Fermilab fixed-target run.
1:-2.112
•
•
•
..,
•
_. I
I\) . _. _. J::
.1. 0
rzzlJSTEEL
.i 10
E-772 t.tJON
SM3 PROPORTIONAL MAGt£T TUBE
m~=il~~i CE~N«>V lli~a~! d ~ thl :!i1 • l!I ~I - I ~ ===:=;;r::.__---( MULTISTEP
PROPORTIONAL WIRE CHAMBER
PLAN VIEW
~SHIELDING
.i ..L 20 30
ELECTRON HADRON
CALORIMETERS
r..~:;:~I AISORBER
.L. 40
j_
50 Meters ELEVATION SECTION
· · · · · · · · DRIFT CHMa:R
- · - ·- PROPORTIONAL CHAMBER - - - -- COUNTER BANK
-
--
--
-
E-772 (Moss) Measurement of the Quark-Antiquark Sea in Nuclei
Case Western Reserve, Fermilab, Illinois I Chicago, LANL, Northern Illinois, Rutgers, South Carolina, SUNY I Stony Brook, Texas I Austin, Washington
I Status: Data Analysis I
We propose a precise measurement of the A dependence of Drell-Yan dimuon production in 900 GeV proton interactions with deuterium and calcium targets using the E-605 spectrometer. Emphasis will be placed on the kinematic region M > 4 GeV and xp > 0.2, where one is most sensitive to the annihilation of beam valence quarks with target antiquarks. Such measurements will be very sensitive to the A dependence of the target sea quark distribution in the range 0.05 < x2 < 0.3, and hence provide important clues about the origin of the EMC (European Muon Collaboration) effect, and unique information on the general issue of quark distributions in nuclear matter. ·
The experiment will be performed using a modified version of the E-605 spectrometer. The high resolution properties of the spectrometer will allow simultaneous measurement of muon pairs from the upsilon resonances as well as from the Drell-Yan continuum. Analysis of the A dependence of resonance production should provide unique information about nuclear effects on the gluon structure function. ·
The Nevis transport/trigger processor system, which had been refurbished during the previous year, is ideally suited to recording high-rate muon pair data, thus allowing one to achieve superior statistical precision during the 1987 fixed-target running period. We hope to reduce the target-to-target absolute normalization errors to the level of 1 % or better through a combination of beam, target, and dead-time monitoring. Data was taken during the 1987 fixed target running period and the analysis of the data at Fermilab and LANL was finished in 1990. The final publication is now in preparation.
J. C. Gursky et al., Nucl. Instr. and Meth. A2.S,2, 62 (1989), "Precision Nuclear Targets for Drell-Y an Cross Section Measurements at 800 Ge V".
D. M. Kaplan et al., Phys. Rev. lli.l, 2334 (1990), "Production of Low-Mass Dihadrons in 800 GeV pW Interactions".
R. Guo et al., Phys. Rev. D.il. 2924 (1990), "Improved Limit on Axion Production in 800 GeV Hadronic Showers".
D. M. Alde et al., Phys. Rev. Lett . .6,i, 2479 (1990), "Nuclear Dependence of Dimuon Production at 800 GeV/c".
1-2.11 5
D. M. Alde et al., Phys. Rev. Lett . .6..6,, 133 (1991), "A Dependence of J/Psi and Psi' Production at 800 GeV/c".
E-772 articles currently in preparation:
D. M. Aide et al., submitted to PRL, "Nuclear Dependence of the Production of Upsilon Resonances at 800 GeV".
M-J Wang et al., to be published in PRD, "Nuclear Effects in Dimuon Production at 800 GeV/c".
E-772 theses: Ming-Jer Wang, Case Western Univ. (Masters theses, Northern Illinois Univ.: Rhungsheng Guo, Tony Jackson)
1-2.116 •
.... I
I\) . .... .... 00
E713: • - • (elevation view) ... .,
BM109 magnet Separator · ag et m n Photon vetoes
b le Dou b ea m
I I
-
s tream Up rege nerator
I I 110
-~ Photon
vetoes Downstream
~ regenerator -
-I .._
..__ Vacuum window
I i/ -
Photon vetoes
'--
Vacuum windows
-
8 meters
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 120 130 140 150 160
Meters from MC targ11t
Photon veto ·
100040 magnet
TRD
""
Drift chambers
I I I 170
µfilter
Scintillator "B" Bank
I
0
"Back" anti
dimuon tri ho~: scope
I lead glass
I I 180
\ µ hodoscope
-
-
E-773 (Gollin) Measurement of the Phase Difference Between 1100 and 11+. to a Precision of 1J'JJJ
Chicago, Elmhurst, Fermilab, Illinois, Rutgers
I Status: Test Stage I
The ratios of the amplitudes for KL and Ks to decay into pairs of pions are
The magnitudes of 1100 and 11+-' measured by Fermilab E-731, are nearly identical. Given the approximate equality of I Ttoo I and I 11._I, CPT conservation requires 6<p, the phase difference between Ttoo and Tl+-• to be at most a fraction of a degree. The value listed by the Particle Data Group is (2 ± 5)0; the goal of E-773 is to measure 6<p to an accuracy of 1/20.
To avoid systematic uncertainties associated with imperfect knowledge of kaon beam flux, detector acceptance, and resolution smearing effects, the experiment measures !t1t decays using a double beam technique similar to that employed by E-731. One beam passes through a thin regenerator at the start of the fiducial decay volume, while the other beam traverses a thick regenerator 12 meters further upstream. The separation is chosen to make the 1to1to decay rate inside the decay volume insensitive to 6<p for Ks from the upstream regenerator, and maximally sensitive to 6<p for Ks from the downstream regenerator. The regenerators switch beams between beam spills. Data are recorded simultaneously for 1to1to and 1t+1t" decays in both beams. The double ratio of rates,
R = r 00(upstream)/r 00(downstream) r +-<upstream) Ir+- (downstream)
differs from unity by about 0. 7% per degree of 6q>. "Upstream" and "downstream" refer to the beams containing regenerators in the upstream and downstream positions.
The E-773 detector is shown in the accompanying figure. It is similar to the E-731 detector downstream of the two regenerators, with the addition of a transition radiation detector after the last drift chamber and a dimuon trigger hodoscope after the muon filter. Both regenerators are solid scintillator to reduce backgrounds from inelastic Ks production. The 1to1to final states are measured in an 804-element lead glass array, while the 7t+n· decays are detected in a 2000-channel drift chamber spectrometer. The neutral mode trigger requires four photons to strike the lead glass array;. the glass and chambers are the same as those used by E-731.
1-2. 11 9
We expect to record more than 300,000 K ~ 1t1t decays from each beam, yielding a measurement accuracy of 1120 for ~<p.
Systematic uncertainties limit the precision of an E-731-style experiment which measures the phase difference between 1100 and Tl+- to be about 1.5 degrees. Sources of systematic error include the different decay z distributions of KL and Ks, resolution effects, and ignorance of the value of e'. Most of these problems are avoided by E-773, which has a pair of Ks beams created by regenerators spaced along the beam direction by about 12 meters. The relative thicknesses and separations of the regenerators are tuned to produce decay spectra which are nearly identical inside the fiducial decay volume for both beams. The estimated statistical error for the 1991 run is about 0.4°; the systematic uncertainty should be less than 0.2°.
The E-773 spectrometer is based on the E-731 detector with modifications and new hardware as appropriate. To reduce possible backgrounds from inelastic Ks production, E-773 uses solid scintillator regenerators which switch beams after every machine spill. The downstream regenerator was built by the Chicago group, the upstream regenerator by the Fermilab group. Moving machines, controllers, and additional lead/lucite photon antis near the regenerators were built in Urbana. These were installed in 1990 and tested during short engineering runs before the summer shutdown. A TRD and recirculating Xenon gas system were built by the Chicago and Fermilab groups. The system is partially installed; data from the engineering runs show that the TRD's work as expected. A track processor to veto Kea decays is under construction at the University of Chicago. Elements of the processor will be used in E-773's trigger; more will be available for E-799's first run. A dimuon trigger hodoscope and logic box, built in Urbana, were installed in December for use in forming a 1t0µ +µ- trigger.
E-773 took data in test runs in May and August, 1990. We brought all detector systems online that were needed to record K ~ 1t1t decays and wrote data to study trigger rates, beam alignment, regenerator performance, detector noise, and 1t1t yields. We are working with the tapes written during the test runs; analysis software for E-731 has been converted to describe the E-773 detector. Shown in the figure are plots of the 1t1t mass from 25 tapes written during the August test run.
We have been replacing our PDP-11 data acquisition system with one based on PANDA; the new DA system is nearly finished. The higher rate capability of the PANDA system will improve the statistical power of the ultimate E-773 data set. We are looking forward to writing physics data during the 1991 run.
1-2.120
E773 mass plots, 25 tapes from 8/90 test run
tO 1•003 ( nlr,.a 1 39~
....... 0.48$0 llllS 0.213:1£-01
0 .4 0 .5 0 .6
0 0 K mass, upstream regenerator 7t 1t
10 1.3(!01 £nlrlo1 2372 -" 0 .•161 RMS C.1424(-0 1
10 2 yY\._ ~~ I (..~
10
().A;\ r 'f "'Y"
L i,)O
0.4 0 .5 0.6
+ -K mass, upstream regenerator 1t 1t
10 1~()4
Cnvln 1~7
W.o" 0.•923 RIIS 0~2£-01
0 .4 0 .5 0 .6
0 0 K mass, downstream regenerator 7t 1t
10..,)- 10 1J002 i: Eti11;.1 .:!354 c Mee" 0.•982 I- RIAS 0 .111 £-0 1
10 2l ""'" «,.
i l Jt-""" (>( '\./ -'- 'l. }O
10 c:
0 .4 0 .5 0 .6
+ -K mass, downstream regenerator 1t 1t
ll Ill -> ! -.. ~ Ill ..a w
\ \
\
\ _
I "' '-,. , I AJW.YSIS l
'
UGlllT "
' '\. ""i ., "" '·J
'
I i·
Tit I GGllt COUltl'lll
x
x
x
E-774
x
x
x
I J' . l - 1 .. .
I
.. ' ' ' '
'\.
ORI n CHAMB!Jt U
Dain CHAMHll 11
VETO COUNTER l ...... ~~--·~-~-~--~-T!lt ___ CA_A~_.olt __ IM_~------------------
1-2 . 122
E-774 (Crisler) Electron Beam Du.mp Particle Search
Fermilab, Illinois, INP I Krakow (Poland), Northeastern
I Statwa: Data Analysis I
The purpose of Experiment 774 is to search for light, neutral, short-lived particles that couple to the electron. Interest in the existence of such objects has recently been stimulated by the anomalous electron-positron pair production seen in heavy ion collisions at the GSI. These coincident electron-positron pairs occur with approximately equal lab energies, consistent with the production and subsequent decay of a neutral particle of mass 1.8 MeV/c2. While the simplest models for this particle seem to be excluded by recent experiments, its existence has not yet been conclusively ruled out, and the debate over the 1.8 MeV particle has focussed our attention on a region of mass/lifetime where similar objects may exist and yet would not have been seen.
Experiment 774 will exploit the high energy and flux available in the new Wide Band Electron Beam to probe this unexplored region. The search will be performed by positioning a neutral decay spectrometer downstream from the electron dump of the Wide Band Beam. A neutral particle coupled to the electron will be produced in the dump by a bremsstrahlung-like process and will be observed by its decay in flight if its flight path is longer than the beam dump. The sensitivity of this method to short-lived particles is determined by the energy of the beam and the length of the beam dump. By using a short tungsten beam dump and the highest available beam energy, E-77 4 will extend the region of search by more than an order of magnitude beyond existing limits.
The E-774 apparatus consists of an active beam dump calorimeter followed by an evacuated decay volume, a simple magnetic momentum spectrometer, and trigger calorimeters. Upstream from the beam dump, a synchrotron radiation detector will be used to tag the electrons in the beam.
During the 1987 -88 fixed-target run, E-77 4 completed engineering tests and obtained a preliminary data sample representing 1 % of our proposed beam on target. The experiment, using a 275 GeV electron beam, was sensitive to particles up to 10 MeV/c? in mass and down to 4xl0-16 sec in lifetime. None was found. The results exclude any such particle with mass below 4.1 MeV/c2.
Publications
"Search for Short-lived Particles Produced in an Electron Beam Dump," A. Bross et al ., submitted to Phys. Rev. Lett.
"Scintillating Fiber Ribbon - Tungsten Calorimeter," A. Bross et al., Nuclear Instruments and Methods A286, 69 (1990).
1-2., 23
-I I\) . -
FORWARD MAGNETIZED S rEEL TOAO!OS )
l OW BET A OU ADS ·- _.,.
CENTRAL DETECT OR -
' ... .
26 . 2 me t ers
FOR~ARO ELECTROMAGNETI C ANO HAORONI C CALORIMET ERS
E-775
BACKWARD ELEC THOMAGllE TI C ( ANO HAORONI C CAL OR JMC TfRS
BACKWARD MA GNETI ZED STEEL TOROIDS
-
-
-
-
....
·-
E-775 / 775A / 775B (Shochet I Tollestrup) Collider Detector at Fermilab
ANL. Brandeis. UCLA, Chicago. Duke. Fermilab, Harvard, Illinois, INFN /Frascati (Italy), INFN I Pisa (Italy), Johns Hopkins,
KEK (Japan), LBL, Michigan, MIT, Osaka City (Japan), Padova (Italy), Pennsylvania, Pittsburgh, Purdue, Rochester, Rockefeller, Rutgers, SSCL,
Texas A&M, Tsukuba (Japan), Tufts, Wisconsin
I Status: No Data Yet I
The Collider Detector at Fermilab (CDF) is a general purpose detector system designed to explore the physics of 2 TeV proton-antiproton collisions made possible by the Tevatron I project. It consists of a central magnetic detector that covers the angular range of 10° to 170° with respect to the incident proton direction and two forward/backward detectors that cover the ranges 2° to 100 and 1100 to 178°, respectively. The basic goals of the detector include: 1) the measurement of electromagentic and· hadronic energy flow in fine bins of rapidity and azimuthal angle over the entire angular range of CDF with uniform granularity using systems of shower counters and hadron calorimeters, 2) measurements of the directions of charged particles to angles as close to the incident beam directions as technically possible, 3) momentum analysis of charged particles over the angular range 15°to165°. and 4) identification and momentum analysis of muons over the angular ranges 3° to 16°, 400 t.o 1400, and 1640 t.o 1110.
The major detector components are:
1. Central detector solenoid magnet with superconducting coil.
2. Charged particle tracking system organized into a central tracking chamber for momentum analysis, an upgraded set of vertex time projection chambers to find event topologies, and precision silicon vertex detectors.
3. Electromagnetic shower counters covering the full angular acceptance of CDF for identifying photons and electrons. There are three subsystems of shower counters, Central, End Plug, and Forward.
4. Hadron calorimeters backing up the shower counters. In addition to the three regions covered by the shower counters, the end wall of the solenoid magnet is instrumented with hadron calorimeters.
5. Muon detectors. The central muon system is behind the central and endwall hadron calorimeters; the forward system includes magnetized iron toroids for momentum measurements .
6. Front-end, trigger, and data acquisition electronics systems and online computers for selecting events, recording data, and monitoring all of the detector systems.
7. Beaml~ne equipment including luminosity monitors. 1-2 .125
-
·-
-
E-778 (Gerig I Talman) An Experimental Study of the SSC Magnet Aperture Criterion
CERN (Switzerland), Cornell, Fermilab, Houston, SLAC, SSCL
· I Status: Data Analysis I
The field quality specification of the main bending magnets in the SSC is based on the imposition of bounds to the departure from linear behavior in the oscillation of single particles about their closed orbits. This is physically reasonable, and has the advantage that it can be applied to accelerator designs using any of a number of existing computer codes. One of several parameters in the specification is "smear." If the betatron oscillations of a particle are linear, and if there is no coupling between the two transverse degrees of freedom, then the horizontal and vertical oscillation amplitudes are constants of the motion. A plot, from turn to turn, of one amplitude versus the other will yield a single point. In general, magnetic field nonlinearities lead to gradual (on the betatron wavelength scale) changes in transverse amplitudes, and the single point of the tum-by-turn plot develops into an area. Smear is the fractional excursion in the size of this area.
The Tevatron normally exhibits excellent linear behavior. Strong sextupoles are deliberately turned on during the experiment in order to introduce phase space distortions at up to the 20% level, at amplitudes of 5 millimeters. Experimental data taken in 1989 show good agreement between measurement and prediction of the nonlinear deviation of phase space motion. They also confirm that the Tevatron performs satisfactorily when its optics are distorted beyond the SSC design specification.
The most recent data talcing run, in January 1991, concentrated on two beam dynamics topics which are natural extensions of the original definition of E-778 as a study of the SSC Magnet Aperture Criterion. The first topic is the effect that tune modulation has upon the persistent tum-by-turn signal that results when part of a kicked proton beam is trapped inside a resonance island. The data taken are being compared with a detailed theoretical model of expected behavior that is parameterized by only two numbers, the local slope of tune with amplitude, and the island tune. The second topic is a phenomenological investigation into the effect of nonlinearities, in the presence or absence of resonances, on the diffusion rate as a function of oscillation amplitude. The goal is to fit the observed evolution of beam intensity and profile, when the beam has been kicked near an artificially introduced boundary, with an empirically derived diffusion function.
It is not expected that E-778 will request any more data talcing run time.
1-2. 127
E-781
NO SCALE ..... l Vertft Chdtr A ISO XY :.."': hO IY llO r
--~ 'r~ I I ( 11\1 £11111 ! i
I lllCH
-- ----- --- ------- --------- ·- --· --· ---------- --- ---- -- ------1> § I I I § I
---- ------ --- ------ --------- -- -- --- ---------- --- ---- --- -----~
I t I
. " J J.
' ' 1
I l
I .. . l !
~ ··-------------·- -------- --------~ -- ----------------
1-2. 128
§ • I l
---------- ----------~
-
.....
-
E-781 (Russ) Study of Charm Baryon Physics
Bristol (England), Carnegie-Mellon, CBPF (Brazil), CNPq (Brazil), Fermilab, IHEP I Beijing (PRC), Iowa, ITEP (USSR), LNPI (USSR),
llochester, Sao Paulo (Brazil), Tel Aviv (Israel), Washington
I Status: No Data Yet I
The study of charm baryons has lagged behind the recent progress in charm meson physics. The production of baryons by electron colliders or photon beams is small compared to meson production. Sample sizes of charm baryons comprise tens of events, compared to the thousands of events in the dominant decay modes of charm mesons. Because hadronic production of charm remains a difficult experimental challenge, current generation experiments have tended to run "open" triggers. The charm states produced are preponderantly charm mesons near x = 0, the dominant cross section in all hadronic processes. The design philosophy for E-781 is to use the fact that for all known baryons, the baryon/meson ratio increases dramatically at large x. The overall charm production cross section decreases, of course, but a good charm trigger can produce an enriched sample of charm baryons.
The charm trigger for E-781 is based on impact parameter, to provide a topology-independent trigger. All charm particles have a finite decay length, albeit short. A high resolution tracking device close to the target can select charm candidates on the basis of one or more tracks with a sufficiently large miss distance from the primary interaction point. Such a trigger is now conceivable because of recent advances in VLSI readout of silicon strip detectors and tremendous improvement in the online computer power available to an experiment. The spectrometer, shown in the accompanying figure, deploys a number of existing chambers and neutral particle detectors as well as the new silicon strip and pixel devices and the Ring-Imaging Cerenkov counter. By using VLSI amplifiers, E-781 can afford to make a vertex detector with 20 micron strips, totalling 50,000 channels of readout. This allows one to achieve 8-10 micron track spatial precision, and the large-x condition boosts all interesting tracks to high momentum (> 30 GeV) to minimize multiple Coulomb scattering errors. The computational trigger for E-781 is expected to give a charm enrichment factor at large x of at least 100.
The physics questions for a charm baryon study have to do with both production and decay mechanisms. In charm baryon decays, the charm quark may decay or interact through exchange mechanisms with the light quarks. The exchange mechanisms are not suppressed by helicity considerations as they are in meson decays. A rich spectrum of two-body resonances may dominate the final states. Do they? The discovery of resonance-dominance of charm meson final states was a surprise, and the study of decay modes in baryons is an important goal ·of E-781. Such a study requires good particle identification and also good photon detection. We have both. Comparison of non-leptonic and semi-leptonic modes is also important. The transition radiation detector in front of the Ring-Imaging Cerenkov is a
1-2 . 129
clean tag on electrons. From a theoretical point of view, understanding the ordering of the decay rates of the four different stable charm baryons will give useful insight into which of the several competing decay mechanisms dominates these states.
Strong interaction physics can be studied in the production of charm baryons. The observation of a Pt-dependent polarization in the production of strange baryons has led to a resurgence of interest in spin-effects at high energies. What happens with charm baryons? E-781 will measure polarizations. There is evidence for leading production of charm baryons from some experiments, but this is not universally observed. E-781 will do a detailed x-dependence measurement of charm baryon production from several different incident beams.
The physics potential of the experiment touches many little-known areas of heavy quark physics. The focus on baryons is especially appropriate for a hadron machine. The experiment asks for 1200 hours of data-taking time following 400 hours of setup. Initial tests were done in the 1990 fixed-target run.
1-2.130
=
~ = 0 :: =i
(') s ----
cEL
·z-1
__ b~---
~
DC
-5
~
DC
-6
u -••
•m-1
.::::: _
___ _
V
eto
OC
-7
OC
-8
Bea
m-2
Bub
ble C
ham
h.r,
28.
5kG
Tri~Barnl;-----+--~_j,~
Tri
J·E
--r--f-J--;~~_J:__.
Tri
r·B -
-+--
-&.-
.1..
...1
1
Lead
Wal
l
J...f.=
::::!f=
;=::J
.1,.,..
...LJI -------
DC-1
- = =
-O
C-2
------
==-Tr
ic-A
PT
C·l
O
C-3
"Trir
-G
::::::::::::--. PT
C-2
I lk
< '' <
k <
II< <
!------=
::::
::::
~
PTC
-'
... M
uon
Mac
net..
llk
G
S..
m-M
uon
PTC-
S Ho
dOllC
ope-
1
----------------
PTC-
6
PTC
-7
Hod
oeco
pe·2
PTC-
a
rri
I -..
..,A
00
N
-;:/:.'
= ;,;:.::.
.:::l.
;.,.:.;
:;::.,
E-782 (Kit.agaki) Muon Exposure in the Tohoku ffigh Resolution Bubble Chamber
Brown, Fermilab, IHEP I Beijing (PRC), MIT, ORNL, Sensyu (Japan), Sugiyama Jogakuin (Japan), Tennessee,
Tohoku Gakuin (Japan), Tohoku (Japan)
I Status: Data Analysis I
E-782 is a muon experiment using the Tohoku High-Resolution One-Meter Freon Bubble Chamber. A four-month run in 1990 yielded 330,000 usable pictures and 13,000 inelastic muon events (v > 4 GeV, Q2 > Q2min. in a good fiducial volume).
Unique features of this experiment are to see vertices with high resolution optics and to take low Q2 data down to Q2min with small systematic bias. Physics aims are:
1.
2.
3 .
4.
5.
Structure function in the low Q2 region down to Q2 -0.01 GeV2 with small systematic uncertainty.
Production of vector mesons, strange particles and charm particles in a wide range ofQ2 down to Q2 -0.01 GeY2.
Energy dependence of meson-baryon pair production in charm and strange channels.
Comparison of neutrino interactions and muon interactions in the same 4x detector.
EMC effect. The new tagging method developed in E-7 45, using the nuclear debris, will be applied on the muon interactions.
6. Formation of hadrons.
Film analysis is well underway at Tohoku, Tohoku Gakuin, Sensyu and Tennessee. Approximately one-third of the film will be analyzed in 1990 and the first publication will occur in early 1992.
1-2.133
E-784 (l.ockyer) Research and Development for the Bottom Collider Det.ect.or
UC/ Davis, Fermi/ab, Florida, Houston, IIT, Iowa, Los Andes (Colombia), Northeastern, Northern Illinois, Ohio State,
Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Prairie View A&M, Princeton, Puerto Rico, San Francisco de Quito (Ecuador), Yale
I Status: No Data Yeti
We have recently submitted a Letter of Intent to inaugurate a study of B physics at the Tevatron Collider with the goal of observing the strongest signals for CP violation in the B-'B system. This experiment combines a rich physics program for the 1990's with the opportunity for development of detector technology needed in the SSC era. The program is ambitious and is not a direct extension of any existing experiment. We propose here to begin research and development of several critical detector systems as a means of dedicating our efforts towards the B-physics program prior to the approval of the full experiment.
At the present time, bench tests and beam tests of parts of the experiment have been approved.
1-2 .135
~
I I\) . ~
w
"'
Electromagnetic Calorimeter
Si I icon Ring-Imaging \ SVert:x t SU3 Analyzing Cherenkov Counter Hadronic Calorimeter pee re>11e er Station 1 Magnet {
~~,=,~~,~~~~=~ _ J +E21e+------l~-=3111fEEtl 8 H-----SM12 Analyzing Magnet Tsi.tion 2 ---~tat ion 3) - Muon Detectors
I - - - I 0
I - - - I - - - I - - - I - - - I - - - I -10 20 30
E789 SCHEMATIC (PLAN VIEW)
I - - - I 40
- I 50 meters
-
-
-
-
E-789 (Kaplan I Peng) b-Quark Mesons and Baryons
Abilene Christian, Chicago, Fermilab, IHEP (Taiwan), LANL, LBL, Northern Illinois, South Carolina
I Status: Test Stage l
E-789 will study charmless two-body two-prong decays of neutral b-quark hadrons. Sensitivity to inclusive beauty decays to JAf and to two-prong decays of charm will also be achieved. Charmless dihadronic beauty decays
are of particular interest for several reasons: 1) Since they are sensitive to the Kobayashi-Maskawa matrix element for b ~ u conversion, their observation (or non-observation) can help determine whether the Kobayashi-Maskawa (six-quark) approach to K° CP-violation is valid; 2) They offer a possible avenue to the study of CP violation in the B system, since they are predicted to have relatively large CF-violating contributions; 3) The rate of b ~ u conversion is highly uncertain at present: it could vary by an order of magnitude and still be consistent with the results of the CLEO group.
Under plausible assumptions for beauty production cross sections and branching ratios to two hadrons, E-789 should record several hundred such decays per 1015 interactions, enough to measure the lifetime of the Bd and possibly to discover the Bs and Ab and measure their lifetimes and masses. These measurements are essential to evaluating the suitability of dihadronic decays for the study of CF-violation in the B system. In addition to dihadronic beauty and charm decays, E-789 will have . excellent sensitivity to dileptonic modes, allowing limits of order 10-7 to be set on their branching ratios. These sensitivities should be achieved by the end of the 1993-94 fixed-target run.
E-789 is an exploratory effort to address this physics using the existing MEast beamline and upgraded E-6051772 spectrometer. This spectrometer, shown in the accompanying figure, uses two large analysis magnets and 23 planes of scintillation-counter hodoscopes and wire chambers to measure charged-particle tracks passing above and below a central beam dump. Particles are identified by electromagnetic and hadronic calorimeters, muon detectors, and a ring-imaging Cherenkov counter. An array of silicon microstrip detectors pinpoints the vertices of two-prong beauty decays to < lmm in z. Since the average decay distance for the decays accepted by the downstream spectrometer is 1.0 cm (for a 1.1 x 10-12 sec B lifetime), a vertex cut 0.7 cm downstream of the mm-long target will retain - half of these decays while greatly suppressing the copious background of dihadrons produced in the target. This suppression, combined with the excellent predicted mass
1-2 .1 37
resolution of - 0.1% at 5.3 GeV, will ensure adequate signal-to-background ratio for measurement of branching ratios as small as -l0-6.
The E-605/772 spectrometer has demonstrated its suitability over several years for high-precision measurements at high luminosity and high counting rates. Such measurements require not only high-rate particle detectors but also high-rate data acquisition and sophisticated triggering capability. These are furnished by the Nevis Labs Data Transport and hardware trigger processor systems, which have been suitably upgraded for the beauty running. The upgraded data acquisition system is capable of recording = 50 megabytes per beam spill on 8mm tape cassettes. The upgraded trigger processor reconstructs the decay vertex using information from the silicon microstrip detectors, providing on-line suppression of non-heavy-quark triggers by up to an order of magnitude.
E-789 had its first run in the Spring and Summer of 1990. This was a low-intensity test run at a low-mass spectrometer setting optimized for charm, for the purpose of tuning up apparatus and analysis software and studying low-multiplicity charm decays. Sufficient data were taken to see n° ~K1C at the few-hundred-event level and, by prescaling the dihadron triggers and raising the beam intensity by a factor of 30, to search for dileptonic n° decays at the l0-5 level. As expected, trigger rate was the dominant limitation on beam intensity; upgrades of our trigger processor and data acquisition systems (now in progress) should permit up to two orders of magnitude increase in interaction rate in the 1991 run. Data were also taken on the nuclear dependence of single hadrons and pairs at intermediate Pt and mass, which constitute important backgrounds for E-789, and on the nuclear dependence of Jlw production in the small-XF region (complementing the E-772 data sample). We also devoted several shifts to studying rates at the beauty setting, confirming the feasibility of running at> 53MHz interaction rate. The trigger rate at the beauty setting was higher than originally estimated, due to accidental hadron pairs; this will limit our beauty sensitivity in the 1991 run to branching ratios - l0-5. We intend. to push for sensitivity at the l0-6 level in the 1993-94 run. Analysis of the 1990 data is in progress. We have observed a J/w peak and an°~ K7rpeak. Then mass resolution is dominated by particle-ID ambiguity, which will be alleviated in the 1991 run through use of the RICH.
During the 1990 run detector delivery problems and the insufficient availability of electronics prevented the installation of the full vertex spectrometer; data were taken using eight silicon planes measuring in y (the magnetic-bend direction) and two stereo planes, with some 5,000 channels instrumented with new Fermilab preamplifiers plus multiwire-proportional-chamber electronics recycled from E-6051772. All sixteen silicon-strip detectors have now been delivered by Micron Semiconductor. We are building new electronics to substitute for the unavailable Fermilab discriminator/ delay/encoder system, comprising 10,000 channels of high-speed discriminator and latch; delay will be provided by existing multiconductor ribbon cable. Construction of the latches is complete. Assembly of the discriminator and
1-2.138
•
"
•
"
-
-
-
-
cable-driver modules is in progress, with installation at Fermilab expected to begin in February 1991.
Progress has been made in returning the RICH (unused since 1984) to operation. Since the RICH photon detectors operate in the vacuum ultraviolet, the radiator gas must have oxygen and H20 contamination well below 1 ppm. Much work was required on the radiator gas system to eliminate leaks, and also on the system for monitoring gas transparency. To optimize the RICH performance at the energies typical of charm and beauty decay products, we will need to add 10-20% of argon to the radiator gas. The RICH gas purification system used in 1983-84 was intended for pure helium and was unable to purify argon. We tested various alternative gas purification approaches in 1990, finally settling on titanium getter pumps, which are now installed and working. Much work went into bringing up the new RICH ADC system, consisting of LeCroy 1885 FASTBUS ADCs with a custom interface to our data acquisition system. This ADC system imposed a deadtime limitation of 1 ms/event. We are decreasing the RICH readout deadtime by a factor of four by installing three additional FASTBUS crates and increasing the number of ADC modules. By the end of the 1990 run all RICH subsystems were operational, and we are confident that the RICH will operate successfully during the 1991 run.
The E-605/772 trigger processor was substantially upgraded for E-789. To the existing track processor, which finds tracks in the wire chambers downstream of the main analyzing magnet, was added a vertex processor, which finds tracks in the silicon detectors, providing the capability to trigger on decay vertices. In addition, some modification of the track processor was necessitated by the replacement of the E-6051772 MWPC's with drift chambers. The track processor was used successfully in the 1990 data-taking. The vertex processor has now been fully assembled and is undergoing final system tests in preparation for use in the 1991 run. Monte Carlo simulations of the trigger processor's algorithms yield estimates of its background rejection in the range 5 to 20, depending on interaction rate.
The data-acquisition-system upgrade has two parts: replacing our existing 4-megabyte fast buffer memory' with a 64-megabyte buffer and replacing the 9-track tape output medium with 8mm videotape. The new system, housed in VME, incorporates several 68020 microprocessors, two high-speed and two bulk memory modules, and four Exabyte 8mm tape drives with Rimfire controller. Software for the 68020's is under development and is partially based on code obtained from the Computing Division. We expect to have this system available for use before beam becomes available.
E-789 has been the subject of several talks and papersl-9. One M.S. thesis on E-789 (by NIU Student C. Lee) has been completed.10
1-2.139
1. D. M. Kaplan, J. C. Peng, G. S. Abrams and I. E. Stockdale, "Backgrounds to the Detection of Two-Body Hadronic B Decays," Proceedings of the Workshop on High Sensitivity Beauty Physics at Fermilab (1987), pp. 301-306.
2. J. C. Peng et al., "Feasibility of Detecting B ~ h+h- in a Fixed-Target Experiment," Proceedings of the International Conference on Medium and High Energy Physics, May 23-27, 1988, Taipei, Taiwan, World Scientific, New Jersey, 1989.
3. D. M. Kaplan, "Prospects for High-Lumino·sity Rare B-Decay Experiments," Fermilab Publication FN-526 (1989).
4. D. M. Aide, "Prospects for B Physics on Fermilab Experiment E-789," Proceedings of HADRON 89, International Conference on Hadron Spectroscopy, .Ajaccio, France, September, 1989, Edition Frontieres (in press).
5. C. S. Mishra et al., "Performance of a Silicon Microstrip Detector in a High Radiation Environment," FERMILAB-Conf-90/107, Proceedings of the 15th APS Division of Particles and Fields General Meeting (DPF90), Houston, January 3-6,1990.
6. C. S. Mishra, et al., "Dilepton and Dihadron Production in Proton-Nucleus Collisions at 800 GeV," FERMTIAB-Conf-90/100-E, Proceedings of the XXVth Rencontres de Moriond, High Energy Hadronic Interactions, Les Arcs, March 1990.
7. J. S. Kapustinsky et al., "Operation of Silicon Microstrip Detectors in a High Radiation Environment," FERMILAB- Conf-90/214-E, Proceedings of the Symposium on Detector Research and Development for the SSC, Fort Worth, October 1990.
8. D. M. Kaplan, "Issues for High-Luminosity Fixed-Target Rare-B-Decay Experiments," FERMILAB-Conf-90/257E, to appear in Proceedings of the 1990 Snowmass Summer Study.
9. C. Lee et al., "A Parallel Pipelined Dataflow Trigger Processor," presented at the 1990·IEEE Nuclear Science Symposium, Arlington, VA, October 1990, to appear in IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science.
10. C. Lee, "A Parallel Pipelined Dataflow Trigger Processor," M.S. thesis, Northern Illinois University Electrical Engineering Department, December 1990.
1-2.140
..
•
..
"
•
•
"'
•
-
-
E-790 (Sciulli) ZEUS Calibration Tests
ANL, Columbia, Iowa, Louisiana State, Ohi-0 State, Pennsylvania State, VPI, Wisconsin
I Status: Data-Takingl
The physics of lepton-nucleon scattering requires accurate measurement of nucleon structure functions. For the charged current processes, only the hadronic jet from the struck quark is observable. The measured energy and angle of this jet are used to obtain the relevant parameters, such as x and Q2. Over essentially the entire kinematic plane, the resolution in these reconstructed quantities is dominated by the resolution in the jet energy measurement.
The ZEUS collaboration has adopted precise resolution for jets as a principal goal. For this reason, we have converged on a design incorporating compensated calorimetry. It utilizes depleted uranium (DU) and scintillator as the inert and active media, respectively. The geometry has been chosen such that the fractional energy resolution on single hadrons will be .35/'1E. Combining this with an EMC resolution of .16!'1E and an equal mean response for photons (electrons) and hadrons (7f./e = 1) will give a jet resolution ·of about .32NE. Early calculations predicted that this resolution would be achievable with a DU cell thickness of 3.2 mm and a scintillator thickness of 2.5 mm. The U.S. participants are committed to such a design, and are designing and constructing 34 Barrel Sectors, which are modularized into approximately 6000 subtowers.
It is important that the first modules be examined carefully in a test beam as soon as possible after successful assembly and mechanical testing. A measurement showing that the targeted resolution is achieved would indicate
. that the uniformity issues have been correctly addressed. In the longer term, it is our opinion that small differences in production may give small differences in calibration from tower to tower. Hence, it seems judicious to plan to calibrate each tower of the calorimeter to ensure that this, presently the most precise of all colliding beam calorimeters, is not limited by calibration uncertainty.
Some data was taken in the 1990 fixed-target running period; additional data will be obtained in 1991.
1-2.143
TAGGED PHOTON SPECTROMETER E791
. ..... I
I\) . ..... .i:: .i::
·- SMD"S - - - PWC '5
CALORIMETERS t tAOAON IC -----.....
EM (5LIC)~ .. --...._
DRIFT CHAMBERS '\ 04 ----
CERENKOV COUNTERS C2~
WALi
\_KAON WALL
DRIFT CliAMBERS 03,03'
MAGNET
MAGNE T ' ·, ( ll ~ I f· T Cl IAMI ll ·1 ~·;
'-. Ill
-
-
E-791 (Appel I Purohit) Hadroproduction of Charm and Beauty
UC I Santa Cruz, CBPF (Brazil), Cincinnatti, Fermilab, IIT, Mississippi, Ohio State, Princeton, Rio de Janeiro (Brazil),
Tel Aviu (Israel), Tufts, Wisconsin, Yale
I Status: Data-Takingl
E-791 aims to break new ground in charm and beauty physics. Located in the Tagged Photon Laboratory it has a 500 GeV/c 1t" beam incident on a foil target. Charm and beauty events are selected by a high-ET trigger made possible by the segmented nature of the electromagnetic and hadronic calorimeters. The detector has 23 planes of high-resolution silicon strip devices followed by 37 planes of drift-chambers and PWC's. Two Cerenkov detectors and a muon wall are used with the calorimeters to identify particle types. The experime~t will run for 2 x 106 spill seconds and write to tape 9 billion events, of which 125 million will contain charm. Extrapolating from the analysis experience of E-691 and E-769 using the same detector we know that about 100,000 charm events will be fully reconstructed (10 x E-691's sample of 10,000 fully reconstructed charm events). It should be possible to reconstruct a couple of hundreds of beauty events partially and a few tens ofB events fully.
, While several features of charm decays are now understood (the pattern
of lifetimes, the small contributions from exchange, annihilation and color-suppressed diagrams) there remain several open questions. These include the degree to which two-body decays dominate, the role of final state interactions and, of course, the pattern of lifetimes of the charm-strange baryons. E-791, being a very high statistics as well as open geometry experiment, is ideal for observing rare branching ratios into fully charged modes and has good background rejection for y and 7to modes.
Semileptonic and leptonic modes of charm particle decay are of particular interest because they probe the weak charm decay vertex without the complications of final-state interactions. E-691 had marginal sensitivity to 1tev and ~ev decays and E-791 will have important results there. Branching ratio measurements for even the copious modes are currently at the 10% level and will be improved. E-791 has good sensitivity to n; and A; semileptonic
decays, will measure form-factors and polarization effects in these decays and will search for purely leptonic decays such as n; -+-rfv't' and D+-+ µ+vµ.
D0-D0 mixing is predicted to be unobservably small in the Standard Model, but Wolfenstein has shown the standard quark-box-diagram calculations to be unreliable and predicts that mixing could be as large as 0.5%. This is the current level at which it is ruled out; hence E-791's factor-of-
1-2.145
ten increase in statistics explores an interesting new region. The higher statistics will also allow precision studies of charm hadroproduction. The experiment's sample of partially reconstructed B mesons should be sufficient to extract the total ho production cross-section, and to separately measure the charged and neutral B lifetimes.
E-791 is simultaneously exploring challenging new technologies. The vast number of reconstructed events is made possible by fast front-end electronics (<40 µs readout times), fast data acquisition and high-speed writing to 8 mm tape (10 Mbyte/sec). The second phase of the experiment emphasizing B physics has been given a new proposal number, P-829.
1-2.146
-
E-792 (Aleklett I Sihver) Fragmentation Products from the Reaction 800 GeV p + 197 Au
Oregon State, Uppsala (Sweden)
I Status: Data Analysis I
This experiment will help to · try and understand the reaction mechanisms in relativistic pA and AA collisions, and ·will give data to compare to our previous 1.45 A Ge V 16Q + 197 Au and 60 and 200 A Ge V 16Q + 238u experiments.
Data taking was completed in 1988.
1-2. 1 49
-
-
E-793 (Lord) Emulsion Exposure to Protons of Energies Close to 1000 GeV
Kazakh State/Alma-Ata (USSR), Washington Natural Philosophy Institute, Washington
I Status: No Data Yet I
It is proposed to carry out an experiment in which protons of energies close to 1,000 GeV bombard emulsion nuclei and 10 micrometer diameter tungsten targets. The objective will be to determine if the quark-gluon phase of matter can be produced in proton collisions. Collisions with very small tungsten targets will make it possible to observe the possible decay of the quark-gluon matter for times of the order of tQ-14 seconds. Central collisions will be examined but also detailed studies will be made of diffractive collisions with tungsten. There is some evidence that diffractive collisions might be important in the production of quark-gluon states.
1-2.151
-
E-795 (Pripstein) Test of Electron/Hadron Compensation for Warm Liquid Calorimetry
Alabama, UC I Berkeley, CERN (Switzerland), College de France (France), Fermilab, Harvard, Kyoto (Japan),
LAPP I Annecy (France), LBL, Saclay (France)
I Status: Data-Taking I
We wish to test a sampling hadron calorimeter using 2,2,4,4-tetramethyl pentane ("TMP") as the active medium. The main objective of the test is to identify one or more combinations of plate composition, plate thickness, and electric field that will produce near equality in hadron and electron response, as predicted by Wigmans.
Some data was taken in the 1990 fixed-target running period; additional data will be obtained in 1991.
1-2.153
-
-
T-797 (Gustafson I Thun) Fine-Grained Electromagnetic Calorimetry
Michigan
I Status: Data Analysis I
We propose to develop proportional wire detectors with short G; 20 ns) signal collection times. Specifically, for our first detector we plan to construct a prototype of a fine-sampling electromagnetic calorimeter which could be used for the simultaneous measurements of energy and particle direction. Such a detector might find application in the interior of a large muon-oriented spectrometer. Although we necessarily pick a specific prototype detector, what we will learn will have broad "generic" applicability to any tracking or calorimetric device based on fast proportional tubes.
Data-taking was completed in the· 1990 fixed-target running period.
1- 2 . 155
T-798 (Cushman I Rusack) Test of a Prot.otype Synchrotron-Radiation Detect.or
Rockefeller, Yale
l Status: Data Analysis I
E-798 installed the detector in the tagged photon beam line in March 1990 and completed data taking on May 2.
The detector consisted of a lead scintillating fiber sandwich, 2 radiation lengths thick, read out with image intensifier chains and CCD's. The total number of 0.5 mm fibers was 10,000 arranged in 48 layers. The sensitive area of the detector was 10 cm by 35 cm and upstream of the detector was placed a 1.8m 2.5T magnet.
Data were taken with electrons with energies between 25 Ge V and 200 GeV and pions with an energy of 50 GeV. Approximately 25,000 events were taken at each setting. The early development of the electromagentic showers could be studied and compared against the energy deposited by pions traversing the detector. In addition, when the magnet was turned on, the synchrotron radiation generated by the electrons could be clearly seen in the detector.
Since the completion of data taking the analysis has been underway at both Yale and Rockefeller Universities. Preliminary results have been presented at the Fort Worth conference and the IEEE conference in Washington.
A detailed paper is in preparation.
1-2.157
..... I
N
\JI OJ
UPSTREftM DECRY VOLUME
E-799
B,C HOOOSC:DPES~.!fill l~LEHO VALL · ~ LEHO GLASS
HNHLIZINli RGNET~
OOVNSTRERM DECRY VOLUME
......
PtllTDN VETOES
I HOLE CHLORIME.TER 1.
H0005CDP7
._11_1 a __ ~1_12_0 __ ~11_30 _ _ _..1L-1 t.t0 ____ 1_1 s_a __ _..._11_60 _ _ _..1_1 _10 _ _ ~1 _1o_a _ _ p90
DISTANCE FROM PRODUCTION TARGET < m ) <icheaactlic of the dt!tector in the tteson Center beaH1line . lle11s ·Jithell ed with boxes 11re new equii-1e11t. lhe 'lri99er
E-799 (Wah I Yamanaka) A Search for the Rare Decay KL-> x<>e+e·
UCLA, Chicago, Elmhurst, Fermilab, Illinois, Rutgers
I Status: No Data Yet I
The goal of this experiment is to search for the rare decay KL -> 7toe+e· with a sensitivity of -lxl0-11. This decay is interesting because the standard model predicts that in this decay the direct CP violating component is as large as the indirect CP violating component (e'/e -1). Theoretical predictions of the branching ratio range from 0.4xl0-12 to 0.6xl0-9, whereas the current experimental limits on the branching ratio are: <7.5xl0-9 (E-731) and <6xl0-9 (BNL E-845, unpublished).
The experiment will utilize the existing E-731/E-773 beamline (MC) and apparatus. New detector systems for E-799 are a transition radiation detector (TRD) for better 7tfe rejection to reduce background, and a high rate, radiation hard, electromagnetic calorimeter to increase the acceptance by filling the beam holes in the existing lead glass array.
The experiment will be executed in two phases; a two month run in 1991 (Phase I) and a five month run in the following fixed target period (Phase II). Phases I and II will have a single event sensitivity of -2x10-10 and -lxl0-11 , r~spectively. Phase I will serve as a test run to check the performance of the TRD, and to choose the best material for the beam hole calorimeter. Phase II will have a higher kaon beam flux, and will run longer.
Besides KL -> rc0 e+e-, the experiment has a sensitivity to other rare decays. In Phase ll, we expect to record -4xl03 KL-> x0"('(, -1000 7t0 -> e+e·, and -4xl04 KL-> e+e·y events. Measuring the currently unknown KL-> 7t0 Y'(
decay rate will help to determine the CP conserving component of the KL -> 7toe+e· amplitude.
1-2.159
-I I\) . -°' 0
Neutral Collimator (B2) Momentum Analyzing
~ Charged Collimator (Hyperon Magnet)
2mm MWPC's
lmmMWPC's ~
~, I
Silicon Strip Detectors
Scintillation Counters
Multiplicity Counter
, ___ ......_
2mm MWPC's
Drift / Cham'r
Plan View of E800 Spectrometer (not to scale)
p
K
•
E-800 (Johns/ Rameika) A Precision Measurement of the Omega Minus Magnetic Moment
Arizona, Fermilab, Michigan, Minnesota
I Status: No Data Yet I
The goal of E-800 is to measure the magnetic moment of the n- to 0.04 nuclear magnetons or better. This experiment uses the spin transfer technique of E-756 to produce the initial sample of polarized Q·'s. A precise measurement of the n- magnetic moment will provide valuable input to models of how quarks combine into hadrons.
Baryon magnetic moments play a fundamental role in improving our understanding of the behavior of quarks in hadrons. The simplest quark models correctly give the baryon magnetic moments to within 10% of the experimental data which are measured to better than 2%. The Q- is the simplest accessible three quark system. In the naive quark model, the n-magnetic moment is just three times the A magnetic moment which is assumed equal to the strange quark magnetic moment. More sophisticated quark models which include such effects as configuration mixing and pion contributions cannot accommodate ·the precise hyperon moment measurements without the introduction of numerous parameters.
We expect the O- magnetic moment to be an excellent system in which to distinguish these more refined models. The simple structure of the n- of three identical, spin aligned, relatively heavy quarks should make the o- more amenable to calculation than the other hyperons. Furthermore, we expect the n- to give the most unambiguous measurement of the magnetic moment of the strange quark.
The magnetic moment of the n- is determined by measuring the spin precession of a polarized sample of Q·'s. Data from E-756 show that O·'s produced by protons have little if any polarization. Instead of producing Q·'s directly, we will use 800 GeV protons to produce a secondary neutral beam of polarized A's and E's which is used to produce a tertiary beam of polarized O·'s. These Q·'s are polarized via spin transfer from the polarized strange quark in the neutral hyperon beam. The o- polarization is found by measuring the polarization of the daughter A's which is determined by the angular distribution of the proton in the A rest frame.
The spectrometer is located in the P-Center beamline and is shown in the figure. It consists of a set of silicon strip detectors and 1 mm multiwire proportional chambers which help reconstruct the o- decay, and a set of lmm
1-2.16 1
and 2mm multiwire proportional chambers on either side of a spectrometer magnet to determine the charge and momentum of the decay products.
1-2.162
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
E-802 (Chatterjee I Ghosh) Deep Inelastic Muon Int.eractions with Nuclear Targets and an Emulsion Telescope
Fermilab, Jadavpur (India)
· I Status: No Data Yet I
We plan to carry out an emulsion experiment. the objectives of which are to study muon interactions in the deep inelastic region to obtain new information on the EMC effect and deep inelastic structure functions of different specific targets.
In the first stage we propose to expose stacks of G5 nuclear emulsion plates to the main muon beam and this will enable us to determine the structure functions in two types of targets usually available within emulsion itself - light (A=14) and heavy (A=94) groups of nuclei. We also can expose emulsion plates loaded with specific suitable targets to resolve the ambiguity of identifying the exact target.
In the second ~tage we propose to use an emulsion telescope technique which consists of a number of elementary emulsion telescope detectors around a target module in a telescope arrangement which will be exposed perpendicularly to the muon beam. The elementary detectors will be made of 200 mm plastic sheets coated on both sides with 60 mm G5 emulsion layers. whereas the target module will be made of 100 mm thick sheets of different targets separated by elementary detectors. The whole system will be exposed under a magnetic field and fiducial rays will be marked on the emulsion during radiation.
It is expected that. beside the usual 41t acceptance, this experimental set up will provide 1 % momentum resolution over the entire momentum region and mean angular resolution of 2 mrad and 0.04 mrad for transverse and longitudinal angles respectively.
1-2.165
T-807 (Teige) Warm Heavy Liquid Calorimetry
Rutgers
I Status: Data Analysis I
We propose to measure the resolution and linearity of an electromagnetic calorimeter using a warm. short radiation length liquid as a radiator. We have identified a liquid with radiation length and transmission properties similar to lead glass. A liquid has the property that it can be purified or replaced without disassembling the detector. It is also suspected that it will be intrinsically more radiation hard than lead glass or crystalline detectors since the radiation damage associated with the solid state is avoided. If this material proves suitable. it will be possible to achieve the energy resolution of lead glass without the difficulties associated with radiation damage and its implied calibration drift.. The expense of casting and polishing will be avoided and it will be possible to construct "seamless" calorimeters in nearly any required geometry.
Data-taking was completed in the 1990 fixed-target running period.
1:-2.167
_.. I
I\) . _. CT\ ())
SI 21 • ••I
Beam s2 .............. '--
y z OC I DC2
53 I
z DC3
T816 Setup CPlan V1ew>
4 •I
z y OCS DC6
5
-
5
96" -- -
"' P»3 PMT
) N2 Cherenkov Counter
I Magnetizable Iron
DC Multisample Drift Chambers Three 2.75" wide cells per chamber Six sense w ires per cell
S1,S3,S4 52,55
l"xl " Scintillators S"xS" Scintillators
48"
-
-
T·816 (Lubatti) SSC Muon Detect.or Subsyst.em Beam Test
Colorado~ Fermilab, Illinois, Maryland, Osaka City (Japan), Rochester, Temple, Tufts, Washington, Wisconsin
I Status: No Data Yet I
These tests are designed to study the problems associated with tracking extremely high energy muons through absorbers and test Cerenkov triggers. At SSC energies the detection of muons will be complicated by associated electromagnetic radiation generated in the absorber. Further, the large neutron background especially in the forward muon detector may present a problem for scintillator triggers. The main aim of this test is to measure the charged particles which · accompany a muon downstream of an absorber. Monte Carlo code has been developed to calculate these processes. However, it is crucial that the Monte Carlo representation of the low energy electron components associated with high energy muons be reliable. This low energy region is of little intrinsic interest and is generally disposed of by imposing a low energy cutoff on both electrons and photons. Precisely because this region is commonly ignored, these tests are designed to confirm the detailed Monte Carlo predictions by direct observations.
The prioritized goals of the 199~ test are:
1. Studying the number, energy and angular distribution of charged particles emerging from the absorbers along with muons and their dependence on muon energy, the type of material, material thickness, etc. This allows us to tune the Monte Carlo which we will use for designing the SSC muon system.
2. Studying the efficiency Qf muon track reconstruction and the smearing of the resolution due to secondary, accompanying charged particles for different types .of tracking devices.
3. Test Cerenkov triggers.
The apparatus consists of six multi-sampling drift chambers arranged as shown in the figure. Trigger counters define the muon as it enters and leaves the detector. A passive absorber consisting of 17 inches of iron simulates the SSC muon absorber. We also have provisions for inserting 10 inches of magnetizable iron in order to determine its effect. The chambers have 0.001 in aluminized Kapton windows. Various materials (Al, G-10, ... )in thicknesses simulating drift cell walls will be placed at the entrance of DC4. Downstream of the muon measuring stations there is a large gas Cerenkov counter. The multi-sampling proportional chamber consists of three cells, each cell is 2.75 inches wide (drift distance 1.375 inches) with six anode wires per cell. FASTBUS multi-hit TDC's (LeCroy 1879) will be used for digitizing the drift time. The data acquisition system uses a VAX 3500 and data is recorded on 8 mm tapes.
1-2.169
T-817 (Alexander) Silicon Strip Detector Test
UC I Santa Barbara, Cornell
I Status: Data Analysis I
The purpose of the T-817 beam test is to perform a study of double-sided silicon strip detectors. The object of the test is to study signal behavior and measure position resolution on both sides of several prototype double-sided silicon detectors. The results of the test will bear on the design of silicon detectors for the CLEO experiment at Cornell.
Data-taking was completed in the 1990 fixed-target running period.
1-2.111
I I\) .
....... ... . ..... , .. .. . ··········· ... ... ... .. ... ........ ··········· .· .. ... .... . ... ... .. .. .. ··········· ···········
..
. .. .
... .. .. . ... .. .. . ......... .. .... .
onn~r Spha~s /
Liquid Scintillator Counters
. .. .. ......... .. ....... ..... ...... , .. ... ... .. ...... ........ . ... .. .. ... .. ...
. .. ························· .. .. . ...... , ............... .. ....... .. .... . ······································ ······································ .. . .. .... .. .. ........ .... . .. .......... ······································ . ........ ..... . .. ..... . .. ... .. ... . ... .
DO
DO Tl!sl Calorim~l(r
Tl!st Calorim(ltr
B(am
~ Beam
(Not 10 Scale:)
Plan Views of E82 I Detector Configurations
• • • I I I I I I I I I •
T-821 (Johns) Neutron Measurements atNWA
Arizona, Ball State, Fermilab, Michigan, Minnesota, Northern Illinois, Rice
I Status: Data· Taking I
As part of the research and development program to build a muon detector system for the SDC solenoidal detector at the SSC, E-821 will investigate possible problems associated with Me V neutrons escaping passive absorbers such as calorimeters. Using two different types of neutron detectors we will measure the flux and energy spectrum of low energy neutrons produced in hadronic showers in the DO test calorimeter and in the NW A beam stop. Low energy neutrons leak out of these volumes due to the rapidly falling inelastic cross section below 1 MeV. These measurements will be made
. as a function of the incident beam energy, material and depth of the absorber, · and location with respect to the hadronic shower axis.
Measurements of the flux and energy spectrum of neutrons after a given number of absorption lengths are important in design considerations for level 1 and level 2 muon triggers at the SSC. For example, in studying the effectiveness of scintillator as a level 1 muon trigger there is concern that in the high interaction rate environment of the SSC a neutron sea will exist giving. rise to an unacceptable number of accidentals. For a level 2 trigger in which tracks in the muon detector are linked to tracks in the inner tracker detector, there is worry that neutrons may cause an unacceptably high number of false hits or tracks especially in the more forward regions. The neutron question is also important for designers of the inner tracker elements which need be concerned with radiation damage from neutrons in silicon detectors and front end electronics as well as with the effect of neutrons on straw tubes with hydrocarbon components. Systematic data on the flux and energy spectrum of neutrons arising from hadronic showers will also serve as a benchmark to test hadronic shower Monte-Carlos.
For neutron detection E-821 uses six liquid scintillation counters and eight Bonner spheres of varying diameters. The figure shows two placements · of the counters used in making neutron flux and energy measurements, one behind the DO test calorimeter and the other within the iron beam stop. The DO test calorimeter is a uranium/steel liquid argon calorimeter approximately seven interaction lengths in depth. The NWA beam stop consists of 18 interaction lengths of iron segmented in such a way as to enable measurements in increments of 2.5 interaction lengths. The pion beam used is tunable from 10 to 150 GeV.
1-2.173
T-841 (Price) Beam Test of Scintillator Calorimeter PrOtotypes
ANL, Fermilab, Iowa State, LBL, Northeastern, Purdue, Rochester, Rockefeller, Saclay (France), South Carolina,
VP!, Westinghouse, Wisconsin, Yale
I Status: No Data Yet I
We are developing a compensating scintillator-plate calorimeter system for use in a general purpose magnetic detector at the SSC. The calorimeters under development make use of lead absorber material in the electromagnetic (EMC) section and either lead, iron, or a combination of the two in the hadronic (HAC) section. The sensitive material is sheets of plastic scintillator, with embedded plastic fiber wavelength shifters. The wavelength shifter fibers are collected together for each segment of a tower comprising a logical signal, led to the back of the calorimeter, and connected to a photomultiplier tube.
We are also exploring the utility of position-sensitive pre-shower and shower-maximum detectors (PS/SM). The detectors which will be built for these tests will consist of 1.0 mm diameter fibers arranged in three stereo views. These will be placed at different depths in the electromagnetic calorimeter to study correlations between the signals in the calorimeter and those in the PS/SM detectors.
We plan to test four calorimeter devices: a) one EMC prototype section; b) one HAC prototype section; c) a "hanging file" calorimeter that will permit flexible testing of many combinations of absorber and scintillator materials; and d) a scintillating fiber position sensitive detector for preshower and shower maximum tests.
Our plans for 1991 running focus on a) demonstration of the embedded fiber readout system; b) systematic study of the compensation properties of various combinations of iron, lead, and scintillator; c) determination of the radiation hardness of the EMC, which will receive the heaviest radiation dose in SSC running; d) measurement of e/h and resolution for an iron and iroru1ead based hadronic calorimeter prototype; e) first trials of front-end electronics concepts for readout and triggering of scintillator calorimetry at speeds appropriate for use at SSC; f) studies of the correlations between signals seen in the pre-shower and shower-maximum detector and the calorimeter; g) studies of the degradation of the pre-shower and shower-maximum performance with low-Z material placed in front of the calorimeter (equivalent to a solenoidal magnet inside the calorimeter); and h) evaluation of readout technologies appropriate for pre-shower and shower-maximum detectors in the SSC.
t-2.175
Fermilab and International Activities
Fermilab opens its doors to scientists from all over the world with the criteria for acceptance of a
research proposal to use the facilities being the scientific merit and technical competence of the
proposal. In the presently approved experiment program, there are 875 physicists and students from
82 U.S. institutions together with 295 physicists and students from 44 non-U.S. institutions located in
18 different countries. Of the 27 active experiments at Fermilab, 20 have collaborators from foreign
institutions.
Among the countries with the largest participation in the program are Italy, Japan, the U.S.S.R
and the Peoples Republic of China. Physicists from the first two countries have made and are
continuing to make major contributions to CDF: the latter two countries are making significant
contributions to DO. All but the Japanese are also deeply involved in the fixed-target program.
For a number of years, Fermilab has been actively involved in encouraging the development of
physics, and especially high energy particle physics, in Latin and South America. Four groups of
particle physics experimenters (two from Brazil and one each from Colombia and Mexico) have been
formed with assistance from Fermilab, and all are participating in experiments here. The laboratory has
administered grants of $300,000 (NSF) and $100,000 (DOE). Students from Latin America have
obtained their Ph.D.'s on research performed here under Fermilab supervisors and several
electronics engineers from Latin American institutions have come to work with the advanced facilities
available here. Many Fermilab staff members have visited Latin American institutions for seminars,
collaboration meetings and workshops. Since the early 1980's, Fermilab has co-sponsored
conferences in Latin America, including the highly successful series of Symposia on Pan American
Collaboration in Experimental Physics.
There are formal agreements between the U.S. and the governments of Japan, the Peoples
Republic of China and the U.S.S.R. on cooperation in high energy physics. Meetings of the
coordinating committees for these agreements are held annually; many of their activities involve
Fermilab experiments or accelerator projects.
1-3.1
.ft. "" Section 2
Budget Summary
-
-
-
--
N . 0 I ....
BUDGET OFFICE
FERMILAB FUNDING AND COST STATISTICS
APRIL 1991
. 0 I
""'
FERMI LAB
TOTAL FUNDING: FY 1968 THROUGH FY 1992
j m THEN YEAR DOLLARS • FY 1991 DOLLARS
(SM)
350 -.-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-
0
68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 FlscalY•
Budget Olllcl! :\115191
FERMILAB IQIAL BIHD.IHQ
(BA: In lhoulands)
Flscal Year Operating Equipment Plant Total Total Then Yem Oolara Constant Dollllra: FYllO
1992: Congressional 165,995 31,500 62,223 259,718 248,231 Budget Request
1991: Current Budget 158, 186 30,032 24,334 212,552 212,552 1990: 161,536 29,860 15,383 20&,n9 216,987 1989 163,740 31,860 13,545 209,145 228,512 1988 151,299 27,841 20,314 199,454 228,188 1987 138,482 28,450 16,584 183,516 215,284 1986 119,737 33,095 19,539 172,371 208,768 1985 122,827 28,140 41,906 192,873 241,397 1984 113,520 27,250 41,571 182,341 234,906 1983 107,973 24,120 43,882 175,975 237,514
1982 88,615 18,450 33,546 140,611 200,393 N 1981 79,194 17,000 24,932 121,126 185,623 . 0 1980 71,052 13,500 19,406 103,958 179,200 I w
1979 58,616 11,630 17,300 87,546 171,462
1978 61,760 23,150 3,704 88,814 193,457
19n 54,758 10,500 3,125 88,383 182,872
1976 TQ 10,783 2,300 330 13,413 31,965
1976 49,190 10,200 1,290 60,680 155,853
1975 41,378 12,000 -6,500 46,878 129,767
1974 33,235 15,134 10,152 58,521 181,305
1973 23,473 16,072 42,864 82,409 266,298
1972 16,041 7,420 45,801 69,262 235,642
1971 10,643 7,550 60,000 78,193 278,337
1970 7,800 4,000 69,955 81,755 317,567
1969 4,310 980 13,649 18,939 80,090
1966 1,892 269 7,579 9,740 44,264
Total: All Years 2,018,035 462,303 848,414 3,124,752 5,084,410
Note: Total Funding Includes all B&R categories • e.g. KA, KC, KT, HA, WB, WN, etc.
a.,.. ontee :wt11t1
FERMI LAB TOTAL FUNDING BY CATEGORY: FY1980 THROUGH FY1992
(BA; $ In lhousands; then year dollars)
OPERATING J.aU mg .ml 1922 ~"
l::fl!Jl::f Et:IEBGX fl::fVSIQS .,..,...,.,
FERMI 70,551 78,922 88,290 107,633 113,018 118,133 112,229 128,870 137,419 147,022 155,943 154,458 183,400 SSC 0 0 0 0 0 8,120 5,504 5,045 7,08IJ 12,188 0 0 0 RESEARCH SUPPORT (KA-01-02) 100 210 252 242 o406 538 500 883 723 783 1,482 1,350 nla
TOTAL 70,651 79,132 88,542 107,875 113,422 122,791 118,233 134,598 145,222 159,973 157,405 155,808 183,400
HQH tll~tl EHEBGX fl:tXSIQS NON HEP INVENTORY 347 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
N WORK FOB OTHERS 1,410 3,461 5,700 3,267 2,307 0 0 . ALL OTHER 54 82 73 98 98 38 94 423 3n 500 1,824 2,378 2,595 0 I TOTAL NON HEP 401 62 73 98 98 38 1,504 3,884 e,on 3,787 4,131 2,378 2,595 -!:-
TOTAL OPERATING 71,052 79,194 88,615 107,973 113,520 122,827 119,737 138,482 151,299 183,740 181,538 158,188 165,995
EOUlfMEHT
INCLUDED IN FIN PLAN 13,500 17,000 18,450 23,600 26,450 27,540 32.m 27,500 25,253 29,Sn 25,835 29,679 31,500 DISTRIBUTION TO UNIVERSITIES 520 800 600 318 950 2,588 21283 41263 353 0
TOTAL EQUIPMENT 13,500 17,000 18,450 24,120 27,250 28,140 33,095 28,450 27,841 31,860 29,898 30,032 31,500
fLAril
HIGH ENERGY PHYSICS 19,408 24,100 32,341 42,959 40,587 41,600 19,338 15,766 20,094 12,700 15,183 23,053 61,363 IN HOUSE ENERGY MG! & OTHER 832 1,205 923 984 308 201 818 220 845 220 1,281 860
TOTAL PLANT 19,408 24,932 33,548 43,882 41,571 41,908 19,539 18,584 20,314 13,545 15,383 24,334 82,223
TOTAL FERMILAB 103,958 121,126 140,611 175,975 182,341 192,873 172,371 183,518 199,454 209,145 208,817 212,552 259,718
FERMI LAB
FERMI OPERATING: FY1980 THROUGH FY1992
(SM) I f1!J THEN YEAR DOLLARS • FY 1991 CONSTANT
180
160
140
120
N . 100 0 I
V1
80
60
40
20
0
1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986
Budget Olllce 3115191
FISCAL YEAR 1980 1981 1982 1983
THEN YEAR DOLLARS 70,551 78,922 88,290 107,633
N . 0 FY 1991 CONSTANT 126,015 124,090 128,299 146,724 I DOLLARS (j\
FERMILAB
HIGH ENERGY PHYSICS FERMI OPERATING
(BA; $ i"l lhousands)
1984 1985 1986
113,016 116, 133 112,229
146,698 146,225 136,531
1987
. 128,870
151,474
1988 1989 1990 1991 1991 Cunnl ~ .. lludgtl lludgtl.....,...
137,419 147,022 155,943 154,458 163,400
151,060 161,008 164,052 154,4!58 151,513
N . 0 I
""'
($M)
FERMI LAB HIGH ENERGY PHYSICS OPERATING
COMPARISON OF OVERHEAD WITH DIRECT PROGRAM Constant Dollar: FY91 Bue Year
j m ovERHEAD • DIRECT PROGRAM I 140 ,-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
100
80
60
40
20
0
1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991
Budg@t Olllce 3115191
N . 0 I
CXl
FISCAL YEAR 1980 1981 1982
THEN YEAR DOLLARS
DIRECT PROGRAM• 56,006 62,346 66,725
OVERHEAD 14,545 16,576 21,565
TOTAL 70,551 78,922 88,290
FY 1990 CONSTANT DOLLARS
DIRECT PROGRAM 100,035 98,027 96,962
OVERHEAD 25,980 26,063 31,337
TOTAL 126,015 124,090 128,299
FERMI LAB HIGH ENERGY PHYSICS OPERATING COMPARISON OF OVERHEAD Willi
DIRECT PROGRAM (BA: S in lhousands)
1983 1984 1985 1986
81,383 86,880 94,128 87,612
26,250 26,136 28,125 30,121
107,633 113,016 122,253 117,733
110,940 112,n2 118,518 106,583
35,784 33,925 35,413 36,643
146,724 146,698 153,931 143,227
1987 1988
103,069 111,672
30,846 32,827
133,915 144,499
121,147 126,821
36,256 37,280
157,404 164,101
• Includes SSC funding, power, and Inventory ; excludes Physics Research (KA 01-02, University funding In Fermi's ftnenclal plan)
1989 1990 1991 1992 Curren! Congre11lonlll
Budget Burlo•I Rtquelt
124,400 121,235 120,593 124,075
34,790 34,773 34,080 41,315
159,190 156,008 154,653 165,390
136,234 127,539 120,593 118,846
38,100 36,581 34,060 39,574
174,334 164,120 154,653 158,420
Budg9t OlllDe 311!1191
(SM)
FERMILAB
LABORATORY PERSONNEL COST BY FUND TYPE Constant Dollars: FY91 Base Year
I ·PLANT l!!I EQUIPMENT 121 OPERATING •TOTAL
120 ,.-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
N . 0 I
80
'° 60
40
20
0
1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 Flscat Ynr
BudgetOfflce 311&191
FERMI LAB LABORATORY PERSONNEL COST
BY FUND TYPE ( S in lhousands)
FISCAL YEAR 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 Current
THEN YEAR OOLLARS Projeclion
OPERATING Cost 37,291 45,313 48,500 57,600 58,407 65,685 73,032 78,611 85,091 92, 120 104,434 106,445 'Yo of Total 64.1% 64.4% 80.2% 85.8% 77.1% 79.5% 87.7% 93.6% 96.4% 95.3% 97.5% 93.5%
EQUIPMENT Cost 3,806 4,510 4,000 3,015 5,168 6,526 5,239 4,587 2,787 4,157 1,733 5,100 'Yo of Total 8.6% 8.4% 6.9% 4.5% 6.8% 7.9% 6.3% 5.5% 3.2% 4.3% 1.6% 4.5%
N PLANT . Cost 3,248 3,870 7,450 6,485 12,202 10,390 4,975 764 396 385 098 2,350 0 I 'Yo of Total 7.3% 7.2% 12.9% 9.7% 16.1% 12.8% 6.0% 0.9% 0.4% 0.4% 0.9% 2.1% .....
0
TOTAL COST 44,345 53,693 57,950 67,100 75,777 82,601 83,248 83,962 88,274 96,642 107,165 113,895
FY 1991 CONSTANT OOLLARS
OPERATING 88,607 71,248 67,572 78,519 75,814 82,705 88,848 92,399 96,834 100,884 109,865 106,445
EQUIPMENT 5,962 8,481 5,454 3,964 8,498 8,022 8,252 5,315 3,135 4,509 1,806 5,100
PLANT 5,213 5,693 10,319 8,882 15,642 12,931 8,011 901 449 394 1,034 2,350
TOTAL COST 77,782 83,420 83,345 91,148 97,954 103,858 101,110 96,814 100,218 105,787 112,704 113,895
lludQel OIRce 311111111
FERMI LAB TOTAL FUNDING BY CATEGORY: FY1980 THROUGH FY1992
(BA; S In lhousands; lhen year dollars)
FISCAL YEAR 1980 1981 1982 1983
LINE ITEMS Qb111 Y1ac DollaCI} ENERGY SAVER 15,000 17,300 6,500 TEVATRON I 2,000 14,100 18,000 TEVATRON II 6,000 18,000 HADRON BUBBLE CHAMBER CENTRAL COMPUTING FAC LINAC UPGRADE MAIN INJECTOR
TOTAL LINE ITEMS 15,000 19,300 26,600 36,000 N . 0 I ACCELERATOR IMPROVEMENT 2,906 3,400 3,901 4,499 ......
N
GENERAL PLANT PROJECTS 1,500 1,400 1,840 2,460
IQIAL
THEN YEAR DOLLARS 19,406 24,100 32,341 42,959
1990 CONSTANT DOLLARS 31,145 35,452 44,797 57,382
Note: In-House EllllrDJ Mlnaglmenl not lncbled
FERMILAB PLANT FUNDING (BA: $In lhousands)
1984 1985
20,000 21,300 13,000 12,000
33,000 33,300
5,091 5,300
2,496 3,000
40,587 41,600
52,028 61,773
1986 1987
8,233 350 -5
2,968 7,000
11,201 7,345
5,265 5,450
2,872 2,950
19,338 15,745
23,366 18,561
1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 Current Cangrnalon81
Rudg91 lludgll Alquetl
11,000 3,632 4,634 12,000 8,166
43,450 11,000 3,632 4,634 12,000 49,616
6,800 8,050 8,901 7,243 7,880
3,300 3,o18 3,628 3,810 4,140
20,100 12,700 15,163 23,053 61,636
22,783 13,723 15,709 23,053 59,552
Budget Olllce 3.'111191
$M)
8
7
6
5 N . 0 I ,_.
w 4
3
2
0
1980 1981 1982
FERMI LAB GPP and AIP PLANT FUNDING BA: Constant Dollar: FY91 Base Year
•GENERAL PLANT PROJECTS •ACCELERATOR IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS
1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989
Flsc:al Ynt
1990 1991 1992
eur1g111 nrnce 3118191
FERMI LAB
PLANT LINE ITEMS
(SM) BA: Constant Dollar: FY91 Base Year
50
45
40
35
30
N . 0 25 I ...... ~
20
15
10
5
0
1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992
Budgel Olftce 3.'18191
0 I ......
\.J1
FERMI LAB
EQUIPMENT FUNDING: FY1980 THROUGH FY 1992
I • Then Year oonars • FY91 Constant Dollars I ($M)
40 ,-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-
20
15
10
5
0
1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 Flscal Year
1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992
Budget omc.. 3118191
FISCAL YEAR 1980 1981
THEN YEAR DOLLARS 13,500 17,000 1991 CONSTANT DOLLARS 21,146 24,430
N . 0 I -"'
1982 1983
18,450 24,120
25,155 31,712
FERMILAB EQUIPMENT FUNDING
($ in thousands)
1984 1985 1986
27,250 28,140 33,095
34,265 34,589 39,494
1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 eun.. eon,.11c11111
&Jlgtl Mgll~
28,450 27,841 31,860 29,898 30,032 31,500
32,962 31,317 34,559 31, 154 30,032 29, 113
Budget 011k:e 31181111
FERMI LAB SUMMARY OF POWER USAGE AND COST
Costs In Then-Year Dollars
Total Cost• SM I •cosT ~$/MWhr -GIGA-WATTHOURS I Cost per MWHr • S GIGA·WATT HOURS
60 450
400 50
350
40 300
N . 250 0 I ...... 30
-..J
200
20 150
100 10
50
0 0
1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992
Budget Office 3118191
FERMI LAB SUMMARY OF POWER USAGE & COSTS
FISCAL YEAR 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992
COST ($ In thousands) 8,567 10,909 12,449 8,484 13,226 16,599 8,537 20,220 16,464 14,279 15,853 16,300 17,800
MEGA-WATI HOURS 307,685 300,055 290,281 190,026 276,175 348,045 161,783 411,152 377,556 335,950 371,126 368,000 370,000
$/MEGA-WATI HOUR 27.84 36.36 42.89 44.65 47.89 47.69 52.77 49.18 43.61 42.50 42.72 44.29 48.11 N
0 I ,.....
co • Note: FY91 and FY92 reflect probable Impact of Commonwealth Edison Rate lnaeases ol 9% In FY91 plus and addhlonal 4% In FY92.
Budget Office 3118191
- ..--. ..__. Section 3 .....
Accelerator Division -
-
-
3.0 INTRODUCTION
3.1 THE 1990 FIXED TARGET RUN
3.2 PREPARATIONS FOR THE 1991 COLLIDER RUN
3.3 1990 MACHINE STUDIES PROGRAM
3.4 ACCELERATOR CONTROLS DEPARTMENT
3.5 THE LINAC UPGRADE PROJECT
3.6 THE FERMU.AB MAIN INJECTOR
•
ACCELERATOR DIVISION - DOE 1990 LABWIDE REVIEW
3.0 INTBODUCTION
At the start of calendar 1990 the Accelerator complex was beginning to turn on in preparation for the 1990 Fixed Target run after a downtime period devoted to maintainance, development and repair. The major activity during this downtime period was the repair of the Tevatron dipoles. The superconducting leads connecting the dipoles together were failing catastrophically due to lead motion caused by the Lorentz forces during a machine cycle. Approximately 600 dipole magnets were removed, reworked and replaced during a several month period. The repair appears to have been sucessful since during the subsequent Fixed Target running only a single magnet failure occurred,. and this was due to a problem unrelated to the interconnect region. Other major changes during this time were accomplished in the area of the Antiproton Source, where modifications were made to the beamlines and accelerators to increase the available aperture. Higher. frequency cooling systems were also installed to improve the antiproton stack density and reduce the cycle time needed for antiproton collection.
The Fixed Target run started as scheduled in the middle of February and continued with minimum interruption until the end· of August. The details of this run, which achieved new levels of operational performance, are given in section 3.1. The Antiproton So1,1rce was also operational during this time providing variable energy antiproton beams for the charmonium production experiment E760. This marked the debut of the Antiproton complex as an experimental facility in its own right. At the end of the fixed target operation a period of accelerator studies for collider operation ensued which lasted 10 days. The complex then closed down for a maintainance and development period. The major items accomplished during this time involved significant modifications to the Tevatron lattice to accomodate the new collider experimental low-beta regions together with the installation of the first production elements of the beam separation system. Further information on the preparations in progress for the next collider run are given later in this report together with a review of the associated accelerator studies program.
Other efforts within the Accelerator Division during 1990 concern the major overhaul of the control system which had reached the ripe old age of 10 years. The increased sophistication of computer programs used in accelerator control was becoming severely impacted by the lack of available computing power. An overview of the controls department activities is given as part of this report. An R&D effort to increase the Tevatron energy by lowering the operating temperature of the magnets by
3. 0-1
O.SK reached a successful conclusion during 1990, when 1/6 of the ring was excited to an energy equivalent of in excess of 1 Tev. Work is continuing to implement the reduced temperatures throughout the full ring within a two year time scale. Another R&D project underway is a serious attempt to understand whether stochastic cooling systems can be made to operate in the Tevatron at full energy. This work, which is a direct offshoot of the experience gained with similar systems in operation elsewhere within the Division, holds out the promise of greatly increasing the collider luminosity lifetime if the technically challenging problems can be overcome.
Besides work related to the immediate operational program, a significant amount of progress was made during this year on the longer range goals of the Division and the Laboratory known as Fermilab III. One of the aims of this progra§i. dur~g the 1990's involves reaching luminosities in excess of 5 * 10 cm· s - for the collider. Attaining such levels of machine performance requires the successful completion of two major projects: the Linac energy upgrade and the Main Injector. The Linac energy upgrade, which involves replacing the second. half of the existing Linac with higher gradient accelerating structures, is well underway with a significant amount of production work completed. The goal of this project is to increase the energy of the beam delivered to the Booster from 200 Mev to 400 Mev and signifies the start of an era of more intense proton beams throughout the whole accelerator complex. The Main Injector project is a scheme to replace the existing Main Ring accelerator with a rapid cycling, high intensity machine, specifically optimised for collider physics. This proposal is at the fmal stage of the design phase with a magnet R&D program beginning t'o produce prototype elements. Progress reports from both projects are included in this report. The anticipated higher beam intensities in the machines served as the motivation for a successful workshop on the problems of beam stability throughout the accelerator complex hosted by the Accelerator Physics Department in July 1990. While underlining the basic design goals of the beam parameters associated with the high luminosity operation, this comprehensive survey served to highlight potential areas of concern in the various machines.
The balance of this section on the Accelerator Division is not a thorough summary of the activities which took place during 1990 but rather a more detailed look at various aspects of the ongoing operational program and longer range projects.
3.1 THE 1G90 FIXED TARGET RUN
The recent 1990 fixed target run was very successful in terms of meeting goals set by the experimental program. The successes included starting on the scheduled date, providing stable high efficiency running, and providing the necessary intensity required by the experiments. A necessary precusor for this successful run was the systematic implementation of improved lead restraints for the Tevatron dipoles. There were benefits for efficiency not just from the period of time
3.1-1
Days
necessary to repair a failed dipole but also from the effects of restarting the whole complex. Another decision was made to further reduce start-up effects; namely there were no regularly scheduled maintenance and development periods. Accesses to the accelerator tunnels were made only when some necessary element failed, and other work was permitted under tight contot The machine study periods were longer in duration than in previous runs, but fewer in number which also helped reduce end effects. In addition, a very important component of success was failure tracking which ensured that no systematic or repetitive problems were occurring. Finally a synergistic effect seemed to occur in that having high efficiency meant that each link in our accelerator chain was mainly devoted to the fixed target program and when some occurrence affected the efficiency, resources could be marshalled and attention focused on the problem . .,
As indicated above, long periods of running without major interruptions appears to help the overall efficiency. In the 87-88 fixed target run there were 7 dipole failures in 36 weeks. figure 3.1.1 indicates the days betw~en failures for this period. In comparison we had one dipole failure in 29 weeks during the 1990 fixed target run.
71
so so
•o 30
20
10
0 1 2
Fixed Target Magnet Failures
Days between failures
FT Aun from 111/87 tD 2115188
3· 4 F..._ Number
Figure 3.1.1
3.1-2
5 6 7
The rixed target program started on the scheduled date of February 12, 1990. Figure 3.1.2 compares this fixed target run with the two previous runs in the number of high energy physics (HEP) hours. As is evident from the graph, not only did we start on schedule, but we started well. This runing start was made possible by a great deal of effort from the whole accelerator complex, systems groups, support groups and especially operations. As an example, the new correction element systems for the Main Ring and the Tevatron were carefully tested prior to beam; as another illustrative example, the polarity of each Switchyard magnet was systematically checked. This style of preparation was evident in all the accelerator systems. The other comparison graph, figure 3.1.3, shows the integrated delivered proton beam intensity and here the result of the decreased experimentP t demand for beam in the beginning of th~ run i8 apparent.
Tevatron Fixed Target Ope~ation
-
•
Integrated HEP Hours al 800 CeV
•+ • 1/14/IS lo I/II/IS ..... _ l/lt./rr ... l/ll>/11 • .. Da/IZ/90 1<1 otJ/Z?/90
,, •
,, ,, ... ,,
•• • rl .• • • .. . -· .• .• • • • •
• --·" _,, .. . ,, rl~ .-• . • ...
ti
·" ··" ,. " ••
l :t I> T t II l:t 11 IT 11 II D · D IT II :ti :t:t :tt. WHk I
Figure 3.1.2
3.1-3
Tevatron Fixed Target Operation
-1711
UICI
s 0 - 115 .!!. • a .s 100 e "'
llO
Cl . · .... ~
Integrated Intensity al 800 GeV
..... 1/14/U "' 1/29/15
-·- 1/111/rtr "' 1/111/11 • .. 02/12/90 to N/27/90
I J II 7 9 II IJ Ill 17 19 21 2:1 · 15 27 211 JI JJ 35
Week I
Figure 3.1.3
Since we did not schedule maintenance and development periods one -might expect to achieve many HEP hours per week. Figure 3.1.4 shows indeed that there were numerous weeks with many HEP hours. In fact, of the 22 weeks (since January 1, 1073) in which the accelerator has provided greater than 140 hours of· HEP, 7 of these weeks occurred in this last run, including the two best weeks ever. But of perhaps even more interest is the ability to deliver beam when scheduled i.e., the efficiency which factors in beam study time, etc. Figure 3.1.5 shows the HEP efficiency for the run. The average efficiency was 73%, with a median efficiency of 76%. There were two bad weeks; one resulted from a feeder failure and the other bad week was a result of the single instance of a Tevatron dipole failure (due to vacuum problems). Other than these two weeks, we had six weeks between 60% to 70%, 10 weeks between 70% to 80%, and 11 weeks between 80% to 00%.
3.1-4
1 990 Tevatron Fixed Target Run HEP Hours Per Week
165
150-
135-
120-
Ill 105-
'-::I 90-0 z
0.. 75· ...., z 60-
45.
30-
15-
0 m 5 10 15 20 25 30
Week # Figure 3.1.4
1990 Tevatron Fixed Target Run HEP Efficiency
0 100 0 ->c 90--rn 60-QI u >. u 70-> QI
E- 60-Ci ~
0 50-E-
' e 40-Cl QI m 30-
.c ~ •• 20-rn QI 10-u >. u ....... 0
10 15 20 25 30 Week II
Figure 3.1.5
3.1-5
•
The weekly integrated intensity shown in figure 3.1.6 shows a steady increase over the run, however, the efficiency started out high and hence did not account for an increase in integrated intensity. The increase in integrated intensity resulted from an increase in the intensity per pulse. This increase was indicated by the requests of the experimental program. For the bulk of the run the intensity of the machine was equal to or greater than the sum or the experimental requests.
1 990 Tevatron Fixed Target Run Weekly Integrated Intensity
15
12 --:! 0 - 9 -x ........ Ill c -0 6 0 ... a..
3 -
ml I I m 0
5 10 15 20 25 30
Week #
Figure 3.1.6
3.2 PREPARATIONS FOR THE 1991 COLLIDER RUN
There have been many modifications made to the Accelerator Complex with a view to increasing the collider luminosity since the last running period. The biggest projects were the preparations for the installation of two new collision regions, together with the changes required for the beam separation system. In this section we review the progress made on these, and other systems.
Figure 3.2.1 shows the layout of the new collision regions at BO and DO. There are twenty new quadrupoles and twenty-six new correction element packages required for these two insertions.
3.2-1
40
:ao
0
-:ao
-
-:ao
80 STRAIGHT SECTION
-~
" 17 02 Ot OS 01 OS T6
,
h T( OS 01 OS 02 17 " ·- ·- llOO
00 STRAIGHT SECTION
- Ul'GIWIC
" 17 02 Ot OS 01 OS T6
Tl T6 OS 01 OS 02 17
- ... Piaure ~-1-1
Figure 3.2.1
Figure 3.2.2 shows the Courant-Snyder lattice functions when running in low beta mode. This particular figure is for a beta value at BO and DO of 50 cm. The quality of the optical matching of the insertions with the existing machine lattice is good as seen from the lack of a perturbation in the beta functions outside the insertion regions. The maximum beta function is just under 800 meters which is a factor of two smaller than that used with the old .low beta insert thus minimising the sensitivity to magnetic field errors in the strong quadrupoles.. In addition, the dispersion function is matched to the natural dispersion of the Tevatron arcs, and is adjusted to be near zero at the interaction points at BO and DO.
3.2-2
LOW BETA INSERTION BETASTAR=.5 M
1000
800 (/} 0::: w 600 I-w ~
<( 400 I-w ID 200
- e (/} 0::: w I- 6 w ~ ......... 4 z 0 2 (/} 0::: 0 w a.. (/}
0 -2
BET AX BETAY
1000
F"ILE ATC1.STEP12
2000 3000 4000 DISTANCE (METERS)
Figure 3.2.2
5000 .6000
Figure 3.2.3 shows the lattice functions when running in fixed target mode. Here the lattice is adjusted so that the lattice functions are preserved at DO for resonant extraction system. In addition, the BO insertion is adjusted to remove the low beta region. This adjustment at BO is done by converting the triplet of quads to a doublet. Figure 3.2.4 shows the six power lead can that is used to accomplish this. This figure also shows a Q2 low beta quad and the heating blankets wrapped around one of the separators.
3.2-3
FIXED TARGET APPROXIMATION FILE TCFT28.0UT 082,3,5 ON SEPARATE SUPPLY
350
300 -VI 0:: ..... 250 ~ ..... :I -VI 200 z 0 i:= (.) 150 z :::> .... ~ 100 ~ ..... CD
50
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
DISTANCE (METERS)
. •. ·, -:--.. ...;· ........
J . . .·- - :·····-·
Figure 3.2.4
3.2-4
By the end of 1990, sixteen of the twenty-five low beta quads had been produced and tested. Of these sixteen, twelve were installed during the 1990 shutdown. In addition, thirty-one of the final complement of thirty-six low beta spools had been produced and tested by the end of 1990. Of these thirty-one, twenty-four were installed during the 1990 shutdown.
The installation of collider components in the Tevatron determined the length of the shutdown which began in early September and was expected to take twelve weeks. Budget uncertainties stretched the shutdown out by four weeks compared to the original estimate.
Cryogenic ·barrier boxes were installed around DO in order to make the 1991 installation of the DO low beta insert more efficient. Figure 3.2.5 shows the barrier box at Dll during partial installation. To the left of the barrier box is a straight section quad and an adapter, and to the right of the box is a Tevatron dipole. The straight section quads and the extraction system are removed when the DO low beta and detector are installed. These barrier boxes allow the installation of the low beta at DO to be confined to eight low beta quads and two spools. These low beta devices share the same beam line space with the fixed target extraction system at DO, so they must be removed when the Tevatron is operated in the fixed target mode.
Figure 3.2.5
3.2-5
Figure 3.2.6 shows a 54 inch low beta quad as installed in the Tevatron. Note the cutouts in the floor which are necessary to for the magnet support system. In addition one can see the modifications needed to ·the helium and nitrogen headers to accomodate the low beta spools.
Fi~ 3.2.6
Ten electrostatic beam separator modules were installed in the Tevatron by the end of the 1990 shutdown. These represent the first installment of the system which deflects protons and antiprotons onto non-intersecting helical orbits outside ·the collision regions. Figure 3.2. 7 shows the azimuthal location of these systems in the ring. They are to be used for the ·commiuioning of the single collision region at BO. These ten are grouped in such a way as to provide the capability of helical orbits which separate the proton and antiproton beams. In conjuction with the low beta quadrupoles they are to be used to provide helical orbits throughout the Tevatron, or helical orbits everywhere except through BO where the beams are to collide head on. The remaining Bepf'rators will be installed as they ~ needed for the second low beta at DO. .
3.2-6
H H H 8 17 H
\ v 8 11 tt
~
SEPARATORS AS OF 2·18·90
Total: 22 units •spares
r::-1 V A 49 ~ VH F 17 H
~17 A·O / V 'K•K.K.K.KA .K K°KK'K
H - Horizontal Separator V - Vertical Separator K - Vertical Kicker Magnet A - Proton & Antiproton
Absorber Assembly
Figure 3.2. 7
In Figure 3.2. 7 one sees ten kicker magnets at AO. Five of these kickers will be timed to abort protons and the other five will abort the antiprotons by deflecting the counter-rotating beams into a common absorber. This internal abort replaces the CO abort which was used in the last collider run and will continue to be used as the proton abort for fixed target runs. The requirement of a separator at Cl 7 forced the antiproton abort kickers to go elsewhere. This AO abort requires the removal of the fixed target extraction system at AO during collider operation.
Both of the absorbers were built by the end of 1990 and were being leak checked. Three of the ten kicker magnets were completed and the ten pulser supplies were being assembled. Cables were pulled from the pulser units to the fmal location of the kickers near AO in transfer hall. Two of the kicker magnets were staged in transfer hall and hooked up so that testing of a full size kicker system could begin.
One of the problems with the old abort system at CO was its tendency to fire prematurely on occasion. When this happened during a collider store the beam would be lost. The probable cause for this problem has been identified in the trigger circuit, and modifications have been made on the new abort system which incorporates a more robust trigger circuit. In addition, the. thyrotrons in the new system have 3 gaps rather than 2, which should reduce the number of spontaneous discharges.
In the previous collider runs, a single beam halo collimator was used to eliminate particles on the edges of the beams. This scraping process necessarily produces many secondary particles which in the past collider
3.2-7
runs were absorbed by various elements in the Tevatron. Figure 3.2.8 shows the conceptual design of a new more efficient beam collimation system required by the introduction of radiation sensitive silicon based vertex detection equipment in the experimental regions. This system adds a second element whose purpose is to intercept as many of these additional particles as possible before they get to CDF or DO. This second element is in fact another scraper. The conceptual design of this dual collimation scheme was fmished during 1990. -
Figure 3.2.8
Inside Circle is vertical (radial out is up) Outside circle is radial (radial out is radial out~
After the installation of the collider components, the magnets in the four houses (A4, Bl, C4 and Dl) were cooled down without major incident. The power supply and new quench protection system checkout then began. This activity did not take quite as long as expected and was fmished by the end of November. By this time, all of the installed magnets had been run at the excitations required for the 900 Ge V collider run. The electrostatic separators had also been run to voltages which are expected to satisfy the 1991 collider run requirements.
Beam was circulated after a kimwipe was removed from the new BO beam pipe. The fixed target lattice was used to extract beam to the switchyard dump. This period was also used to start to commission the new software which is to be used for the collider. In particular the orbit control prograir., TOP {Tevatron Orbit Program) was used successfully to smooth the orbit from injection to flattop. Figure 3.2.9 shows an example of one of the displays from TOP. It is the dispersion function at the horizontal beam position monitors. It is hoped that the full implementation of such online models of the Tevatron will lead to a much more efficient handling of problems with the collider when two experimental areas are operational.
3.2-8
much more efficient handling of problems with the collider when two experimental areas are operational. o.,
CllO
7 ---6.1 .... .... .... ~.z .
L 4.3 • .. • • ! 3.4
.c I 2.~ • ... ,. .. 1.6 • ---• 7
" .... ,, .... --.2 ----1.1 --
-2 r1 I I
' 8 II
~ ~ ~
I\ ~
~ ~ \/\ \ ~
V' " ' II
1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
23 34 46 !57 .. FRO" TIHPEll TO TIHPD4' <18-DEC-l,,8 1!5•48•!5'>
Figure 3.2.9
~ n
' v
I I I
183 I 14
'Z i; :g :a; h; a ..
0 z ... ... "' ... 0 .. :r
... l ~ ' .. ... ... .. .. ... 0 0
The Tevatron commissioning of the new low beta lattice with beam began ·in December. Several problems had been discovered by year's end with both the software and the hardware. Work will continue on these fronts. until the primary goal of this commissioning is met: 900 GeV proton-antiproton head on collisions at BO, 50 cm beta function at BO, separated orbits everywhere else. The number of protons will be limited by whatever the Booster and Main Ring can provide. However, there is no antiproton abort, so the number of antiprotons should be limited to one modest intensity bunch. After the primary commissioning goals are achieved, other experiments are planned, such as protection techniques for the CDF silicon vertex detector, beta measurements of the new low beta lattice, and the effects of the CDF toroid fringe magnetic fields on the beam.
3.3 1090 MACHINE STUDIES PROGRAM
A typical HEP user of the Fermilab facilities probably thinks of the accelerator complex as having three states: (1) delivering beam for the high energy physics (HEP) program of-:the laboratory, (2) shut down for repair, maintenance, development, and/or installation activities, and (3) doing accelerator studies. This categorization embodies a rather broad perception of the term accelerator studies. Some of the necessary activities that take place when the complex is not doing HEP and not shut down include routine startup of the complex for HEP after short shutdowns, not-so-routine startup after long shutdowns, switching modes
3.3-1
from fixed-target to collider operation, commissioning new systems such as accelerator components, beam diagnostics instrumentation, computer control hardware and software, and even such beam-off activities as power supply regulation studies. Besides these programmatic needs, the commitment to meet the ever-increasing demands of the program for more luminosity for the Tevatron collider as well as more intensity for the fixed-target program drives an ambitious program of accelerator improvements and a concomitant vigorous program of accelerator studies aimed at the goal of delivering the steadily increasing beam intensity and quality required.
Efforts to improve beam intensity and to reduce beam emittances often encounter limits due to beam instabilities. The lore of beam instabilities is rich: they may be transverse (horizontal or vertical) or longitudinal, single-particle or collective, coherent or incoherent, single-bunch, multiple-bunch, or coasting beam. Intensity-dependent instabilities are typically driven by wake fields of the beam itself. Any discontinuity in the beam pipe, or even a smooth resistive wall, can cause problems. The lore talks about impedances, that is, frequency-dependent ratios of accelerating or deflecting voltages to the beam current that excites them; and designers of modern high-brightness accelerators pay a lot of attention to reducing these impedances. Calculating these impedances and anticipating the instabilities that they will cause has become a dynamic cottage industry among accelerator theorists. Detailing the machine studies devoted to aspects of this topic at Fermilab could generate a weighty tome all by itself; suffice it to say then that, as needs drive Fermilab to brighter beams, measuring the impedances of the rings has drawn a lot of attention and consumed a lot of study time.
There are five circular accelerators and/or storage rings (the Tevatron, the Main Ring, the Booster, the Ant1proton Accumulator and
. the Debuncher), the Linac and its injector as well as many beam lines to understand and improve. Tevatron studies typically require dedicated, scheduled time since it is the last accelerator in the chain and the one directly coupled to the experimental HEP program. Accelerator studies for the other proton accelerators can often be parasitic (on HEP or on Tevatron studies) because each machine in the chain is capable of running acceleration cycles while waiting for the next downstream machine to complete its longer acceleration cycle.
Perceptive scientists have often and accurately observed that the country is not producing enough accelerator experts and have called for concerted educational efforts to meet the growing needs. The Fermilab Accelerator Physics Ph. D. program is one response to the problem. There are presently about ninE students in various stages of their thesis work, and their projects typically involve substantial participation in accelerator studies.
In what follows, some of the recent accelerator studies in each machine will be discussed.
3. 3~2'
There are two major projects underway to improve the Tevatron collider: new low-beta systems for BO and DO, and beam separation systems. The old low-beta system at BO, the site of the CDF detector, was designed for betas of 1 m. With that system, an operational mode was found in which it produced betas as low as 60 cm, but at the expense of perturbing the lattice functions throughout the ring. Two such systems, at BO and DO, would not have been capable of independent control and would have interfered with each other. The new low-beta systems, which consist of more and higher-gradient quadrupoles, will provide a lower minimum beta (25 cm) than the old low-beta insertion; even more important, they are local insertions which do not disturb the rest of the lattice. In simulation, the new systems do not reduce the dynamic aperture as much as the old system; that is to be expected because, for a given low beta, the maximum betas in the quadrupoles are significantly smaller in the new system than in the old one. As this is being written, the low-beta system for BO has been built and installed, and commissioning is underway. First it was established that, in the fixed-target configuration, the Tevatron works with the new insertion in place and appropriately powered. Then, after switching over to collider configuration~ it was verified that the first-order gross features of the collider injection lattice, such as the tunes and phase advances, are close to their design values with the insertion elements at their design excitations. Acceleration to 900 GeV has been accomplished. "Parsing the squeeze" is imminent; this involves fme-tuning the calculated function-generator curves which transform the Tevatron from its injection lattice to the collider low-beta configuration. Incidentally, commissioning the upgraded Tevatron collider also involves the first operational use of upgraded control consoles based on VAX workstations, as well as commissioning major new application programs written for these new consoles.
The other major project underway in the Tevatron is a beam separation system for the collider. The object of this scheme is to avoid deleterious head-on encounters of bunches of protons and antiprotons everywhere except at the detectors. With six bunches on six bunches in the most recent collider run, beam-beam effects (as characterized by the beam-beam tune shift) already limited the proton intensity that could be used. As Tevatron collider luminosity upgrade plans call for more and brighter bunches, beam separation becomes essential. The plan calls for separation in both planes, horizontal and vertical, resulting in intertwined helical orbits for the two counter-rotating beams. Preliminary studies used correction dipoles on the proton beam to simulate the effects of separators. As this is being written, 10 of the 22 needed electrostatic separators have been installed. Studies with protons have established that acceleration is possible with only a single electrostatic" separator in each plane to keep the beams apart everywhere. It is well-known that a beam going through a given multipole magnet offcenter will also experience lower multipoles, and studies have verified that so-called feeddown sextupoles can be used to provide separate fine control of the tunes of protons and pbars.
3.3-3
E-778 constitutes another Tevatron-based machine experiment. This effort originated in a desire, on the part of those designing the SSC, for a better understanding of the factors affecting the dynamic aperture of large hadron colliders. A collaboration among SSC, Fermilab, and other accelerator experts, it has studied the effects of systematically introducing controlled amounts and types of nonlinear fields into the Tevatron. The bare Tevatron suffers only small nonlinearities, making it suitable for these activities. As an important byproduct, sophisticated instrumentation has been developed to aid in the analysis.
In the Main Ring, a substantial fraction of the total beam size, both horizontal and vertical, arises from the product of momentum spread and dispersion. As the ratio of beam size to dynamic aperture is a number of order one and, especially for high Booster intensity, frequently larger than one, any reduction of beam size would pay dividends. In the horizontal plane, the dispersion rises to about 6 meters at three locations in each sector. Parameter studies with the accelerator lattice program SYNCH led to the discovery that, in theory, a relatively small change to the quadrupole strength at the locations designated "44" would result in a reduction of these peak dispersions by about a meter. Accordingly, a circuit was installed to allow the required perturbation of quadrupole strength. Measurements of the horizontal dispersion of the real accelerator have confirmed the expected reduction.
Substantial conceptual progress has been made recently in understanding factors which affect the beam as it passes through the transition energy; some of this effort was motivated by the needs of the Main Injector. A program of measurements is attempting to pin down the amount of longitudinal emittance growth in crossing transition in the Main Ring as a function of beam intensity and initial longitudinal emittance.
Other Main Ring machine studies have focused on nitty-gritty issues. Aperture scans, that is, local beam "x-rays", have mapped the physical aperture. Extensive measurements of machine tunes and chromaticities as a function of energy, ramp rate, and correction settings have been carried out in order to determine the parameters in a machine model. This model is incorporated in an applications program which allows machine tuning in terms ·of primary accelerator physics parameters such as tunes (rather than in terms of currents in correction elements).
One focus of recent Booster activities has been the development and use of new beam diagnostics instrumentation. For example, a turn-by-turn beam profile monitor is being developed; it uses a microchannel plate to detect the ionization of the residual gas. Tn the meantime, the evolution of beam size early in the Booster cycle has been studied by kicking the beam onto a single-wire scanner located just outside the circulating beam. The results are interesting for comparison with predictions of a simulation developed by a student. The multi-particle simulation includes the effects of space charge on the evolution of beam
3.3-4
emittances. Space charge has long been thought to be the dominant limitation on the beam brightness available from the Booster.
Other instrumentation development projects aim at the goal of making Booster tuning more routine. For example, providing measurements of the beam tunes and chromaticities throughout the cycle will allow the conditions which prevail when the machine is working well to be reproduced.
Longitudinal coupled-bunch instabilities are another important limitation on Booster performance. During the year, measurements confirmed once again that higher modes in the rf cavities constitute the offending resonator. The particular modes which drive the most serious instabilities have been identified.
Tevatron collider upgrades demand more antiprotons. As cooling systems are upgraded, studies have been done to measure and enhance the antiproton stacking rate as well as the peak stack intensity. Similarly, as soon as Main Ring intensities permit, studies of the beam intensity limitations of the antiproton production target will be measured.
Trapped ions constitute a limit on the intensity of the pbar stack. Besides clearing electrodes, beam shaking can be used to reduce the number of trapped ions. Studies in this vein are in progress in collaboration with an accelerator Ph. D. student. Intrabeam scattering can impose similar limits, and these effects are also under study.
Machine studies have also focused on producing the conditions required for E-760, the charmonium formation experiment, including deceleration through transition in the Accumulator.
Attempts are underway to characterize the longitudinal emittance of the Linac beam by means of bunch-length measurements after Tank 5. This series of Linac emittance measurements in the vicinity of tank 5 are important to characterise the beam properties before installing the higher gradient structures in the energy upgrade program.
3.4 ACCELE~TOR CONTROLS DEPARTMENT
Calendar year 1900 saw in this department completion of some major development projects, progress on important sectors of the initiative known as the Controls Upgrade, and beginning efforts made on work which will have significant future implications. In addition, the existing ACNET (Accelerator Control Network) controls as well as the other systems maintained by the group were operated at a high level of reliability. Progress brings new challenges, and there are major outstanding questions at this time which involve the use of our computer network to connect all the various processors which comprise the development projects.
?-4-l
In Figure 3.4.1 is shown a node diagram of ACNET. In 1987 a major effort was begun to upgrade the system in a number of ways:
• The original computer network hardware, proprietary DEC PCL, would be replaced by IEEE 802.5 Token Ring. This effort was by and large completed in 1989;
• Microprocessor controlled 'smart' subsystems would also be networked by Token Ring, would become full ACNET nodes, and would utilize the object oriented protocol OOC rather than the Camac oriented GAS which was created at the advent of Tevatron construction. The first subsystem of this type, the low-p Quench Protection Monitors at BO and DO, became operational in 1990;
• The front end computers which directly drive the Camac links would be changed from PDP-lls to parallel arrays of single board computers containing Intel 80386 microprocessors. The hardware of this project is operational, though with some non-essential pieces still to be completed, and the software has been demonstrated in a partially functional prototype;
• We would move in a .major way into the world of modern computing by augmenting, and eventually replacing, the operators' consoles based on PDP-11 computers and Camac links with engineering workstations running the X-11 windowing system. Eighteen such new devices are now functional (compared with 20 old consoles) with the majority of the necessary application software having been certified on them. This project has been, and will remain, one of the largest pieces of work in the department, involving a large number or software personnel and with technicians as well taking part in installation.
CONSOLES
HOST
FRONT ENOS
20 POP 11/34 POP I l/73
TEVATRON CONTROL SYSTEM COMPUTERS YAXat1t1on
Figure 3.4.1
·--1 - cor I .. LJNAC
JNIEANal. fer.EN RUG
or those projects completed during the year, the most significant is that of the QPMs noted above. The OOC {Object Oriented Communications) software developed for microprocessors is functional in
3. 4--2
these devices, as is DAS (Data Acquisition Services), which previously had operated only in minicomputers. These devices - for which the hardware is a Motorola 133A single board computer with a 68020 processor, the appropriate transducer boards, and communication apparatus all housed in a VMEbus crate - are attached to the network and communicate directly with consoles in the Control Room and elsewhere. A number of quench protection application programs (roughly nine) were modified to deal with the data from these new devices.
Another class of, projects ·completed, or nearly so, were the Accelerator Division's various contributions to the control and downloading system for the DO detector. That system consists of 'rack monitors' with a variety of signal converters and Mil 1553 local hardware bus, local stations (an upgraded version of those systems which have controlled the Fermilab Linac for several years), Token Ring networking, and considerable VAX software providing high level generic functionality -database, alarms and limits, datalogger. We constructed roughly 40% of the rack monitors - work which is in the testing stage; the remainder are to be built commercially. Similarly the local stations, consisting primarily of commercial equipment, have been configured and installed. A first version of the VAX software, which was Accelerator's agreed responsibility, is operational.
Two major aspects of the multi-year controls upgrade project showed significant progress in 1990, but with much work still to be done. The first of these is the New Front End (NFE), the replacement of quite unsatisfactory PDP-Us with 80386s. This project took an unexpected turn with the request from the Research Division to add the control and alarm functions of the CDF detector to the ACNET system. The first active NFE installation is the CDF one, with database work, Camac readback and settings, and a CDF-specific PC connection, established. The major outstanding work is the implementation of a software alarm scan; this is in progress. This same software is that which is required for implementation of one of these front ends to control an accelerator subsystem. Progress has involved completion of specific drivers for a number of Camac cards for both accelerators and CDF, successful operation of the parallel processors, implementation of an operational disk system on these highly non-standard computers, and rudimentary functioning of a smooth start-up or 'reboot' procedure. An essential addition is that of Camac block transfer; work which is in design stage.
The New Console project has always been envisioned from a software perspective as consisting of two major aspects. The first is the preservation of the heavy investment in application code originally created for the old consoles - a suite of 800-900 Fortran programs addressing all the varied pieces of accelerator hardware. The PDP-11 operating environment has been duplicated on VAXstations, all of the applications have been compiled and linked for the new machines (a process which is nearly an order of magnitude faster than the same function for old consoles), and over half of them, including the most important ones, have
3.4-3
been certified as functional. The result is that some operator procedures are now routinely carried on from new consoles due to their convenience.
The second aspect of the project is the making use of the extra power and memory of VAXstations and the generality and network transparancy of the X-11 system which they run. This work will be ongoing indefmitely, but some specific accomplishments have already been noted:.
• A convenient development environment, including utilization of VAX Debug, has been established;
• Jl-terminals, networked devices capable of operating a user interface but not of actually doing computing, have been purchased and implemented. Single consoles with four screens (three of them X-terminals) exist, as do some physical computers operating two logical consoles (one with 1/0 to a terminal);
• The multivendor generality of X has been demonstrated in different ways - utilization of Macintosh and Sun machines as servers for a VAXstation client and utilization of a VAXstation server for a Sun client. The project has purchased a Sun and a DECstation further to investigate the possibilities for RISC Unix machines in such a context;
• Those major programs which will be used to configure the accelerator hardware and to sequence all important operations for the 1991 collider run are being created explicitly for the V AXstations;
• New consoles remote from the Main Control Room are being equipped with security features to reduce the chance of accidently changing some operating parameter; similarly distant old consoles had little such · protection.
The ultimate plan is to network the new consoles via Token Ring, as is done for the rest of the system nodes - this is indicated in Figure 3.4.1. However the most cost-effective computers for the console task are V AXstation 31008 which have no backplane bus to which to attach a Token Ring interface. Thus such an attachment must be made through a SCSI port, and thus far no Token Ring-SCSI interface exists either internally or commercially. Thus Ethernet (which is available on all VAXstations) is used for networking, with various machines which do have Token Ring interfaces serving as gateways. Resolution of this unsatisfactory situation is one of the major outstanding parts of this work.
A major new initiative is the rebuilding of the control system for the Linac. The motivation ia that for the upgraded 400 MeV accelerator the present local stations do not have enough hardware channels for all the information which is to be needed. A means of providing the increased capacity, as well as increased compute power to deal with it, is to introduce systems similar to the local control stations of the DO experiment. These involve 68020 single board computers (rather than 680008), Token Ring networking (rather than SDLC), VMEbus housing (rather than Multibus I), and software upgrades for better compatibility with ACNET. Additionally local operator interaction will be through
3. 4-4 .
application programs running in the convenient Macintosh environment, specifically on Mac Ilci's (rather than in small video terminals of limited functionality).
Technically it is only necessary to modify the controls for the high energy half of the Linac, since the hardware for the low energy half is not being changed. However it seems unwise to leave the machine with two quite different control systems, and the decision has been taken to upgrade both parts. Furthermore it has been decided to change the controls previous to changing the Linac itself, to avoid the commissioning of a new machine and new controls simultaneously.
In Figure 3.4.2 is presented a block diagram of the upgraded system. It indicates two types of connection from the local control stations to hardware and RF subsystems - VME vertical. interconnects and Smart Rack Monitors (SRMs). The vertical interconnects were developed for DO as a means of extending the address space of a VME-based processor beyond its local crate. In this case it allows modulator and low level RF controls to be housed in their own VME (or VXI chassis) but for their connection to ACNET to be via the Token Ring and local station. The SRM consists of transducers similar to those of the DO rack monitor, but contains as well a local processor which is programmed to maintain a 15Hz data pool. The connection of this processor to the local station is via Arcnet.
,.....i...n1
~ l8J DE~ E ~ ,_,.., ,_......,.
......... .. ...... , Figure 3.4.2
A prototype of the new local station has been successfully controlling the Linac test area and another the klystron test stand for several months (though without the SRM, where a first version of the software
3.4-5
is just nearing completion). The major equipment procurements are in process and installation in 1991 is envisioned.
A similar increase in hardware to be controlled, in this case as part of the Tevatron low temperature upgrade, has led to the decision to rework the satellite refrigerator processors both to accomodate the new channels associated with cold compressors and to increase and improve their functionality. This work is still in the planning. and budgeting stages, but the outline of the proposal has become clear. There are to be two phases - the first is to retain the· present operational functionality while increasing the data capacity to be adequate for cold compressor hardware; the second is to increase system sophistication to the level made possible by modern processors. The new system is envisioned, at least for the first phase, as containing one Intel 80386 single board computer, housed in Multibus II, for each sector of the Tevatron. In each service building there is to be a temperature monitor chassis and in each refrigerator building an 1/0 crate containing such devices as engine and actuator controllers. Each temperature chassis and 1/0 crate is orchestrated by an 80186 processor which maintains a data pool and also supplies plottable data for quench diagnosis. These secondary systems are networked to the sector primary via Arcnet. The various microprocessors will run the stanadrd software products MTOS, OOC, and ACNET /DAS. This is in contrast to the present controllers which utilize Z80 micros housed in Multibus I and communicate to temperature and 1/0 crates which do not contain intelligence. There is one ZSO per service building at present, but there does not appear to be a need for that many 803868, which have much greater power.
In the second phase of the project interprocessor communication (possible with a Token Ring connection) is imagined and will be utilized to advantage in cool-down and quench recovery. Closed loops and finite state machines are pictured as far more sophisticated and automated than at present; additionally the current collection of many application programs will be replaced with a more system oriented approach on new consoles. It will probably become necessary in this phase to add more 80386 processors, as the compute load on them will increase significantly.
Controls h~ been closely allied with the Divisionwide networking effort ·which has been undertaken. This work (actually centered in the EE Support Department) represents an attempt to understand and rationalize the Ethemet LAN within the Division, similarly to manage the various Appletalk networks, and to install Mac-to-VAX integration tools. Considerable work has been done in understanding the current situation and in identifying potential trouble spots. A point under discussion is whether this group should similarly manage part of the labwide Token Ring network, at least those sections not included in ACNET.
A primary function of the department is the maintenance of the considerable amount of installed hardware and software in the accelerator control, FIRUS (Fire, Utility, and Security), and labwide CATV /CCTV systems. With the large ongoing list of interesting development projects,
3.4-6
it is often easy to lose track of day-to-day problems or prosaic requests for construction or installation of standard modules. However, with the prodding of the Operations crew, discipline is maintained and a quite excellent record of reliability achieved. During the 1990 fixed target run the total downtime attributed to controls - hardware and software over the entire accelerator complex - was 75.1 hours, which represents 1.5% of the total scheduled running time and 5.9% of the accumulated downtime total. These excellent results come from persistent pursuit of subtle hardware and software problems over the course of several years, gradually eliminating various sources of failure.
New Camac installations were chiefly of C465 cards. These modules are function generators calculating high speed ramps, selected from a series of downloaded tables, each a function of up to three independent variables (time, Main Ring field, and Tevatron field, for example). They have been used as replacements for many previous styles of (unction generator as well as for new installations. Specific utilizations have included Booster correction dipoles, Tevatron separators, and sextupole feed down circuits.
The department also maintains the FmUS and TV systems. FIRUS as a whole underwent a thorough review in the course of the year, with the recommendation made that the hardware support and the console display indicate the "differences between Fire and certain Trouble alarms. Additionally, work is in progress to convert some ot the processors to the popular Unix operating system. The TV group, in addition to maintaining a large inventory of equipment (2000 major pieces), also is charged with making new installations. The major such ongoing work is at DO where a large number of cameras, a similarly laJ'ge number of monitors, and a very sophisticated switching apparatus tbr bringing to any monitor the picture from any camera, are in the procel!ll!I of being procured and installed. · Much of this work is for the purpose of assuring fire and other types of safety for the detector and in the surrounding area.
All members of the department are kept aware of the laboratory's commitment to maintenance of a safe and healthy workplace and to quality workmanship. The results on quality are best borne out by the small amount of downtime accrued by this large system over the course of many months. A fail~e tracking database was established on one of our PCs in the course of the year, and all hardware failures (other than for computers, which are tracked as part of the commercial maintenance contract) are logged and trends observed. The only persistent pattern seen thus far is a significant number of failures in cameras maintained by the TV group; this is believed to be a result of the large volume of such installed equipment, but will be followed further. The relationship of QA to software is a difficult question but one which is worthy of careful consideration. One member of the department served on the committee which formulated a preliminary Fermilab policy on this question.
3.4-7
This department is a large group - roughly 60 personnel - who build and maintain what is generally regarded as one of the best accelerator control systems ever constructed. With a commitment to reliable operation, but with continued modernizations and improvements, this lofty reputation should be maintained in the future.
3.5 TUE LJNAC UPGRAPE PROJECT
The Linac Upgrade Project was proposed several years ago, and conceptual design reports were prepared for inclusion in budget requests for every year since FY88. DOE recommended inclusion of the Linac Upgrade in the FYOO budget, and tJus recommendation was accepted by the executive branch and approved as a line item by Congress. After a final review, approval was granted by DOE for work to begin on the project at the start of FYOO. The project is authorized for a TEC of 122.SM with a TPC of 129.SM. The line item appropriation for FY90 was l4.634M, for FY91 it is l12M, and it is expected that the final installment will be · appropriated for FY92.
The Linac Upgrade Project is one piece of the attempt to extend the 'reach' of the Fermilab physics program by improving the collider luminosity. As a possible secondary benefit, it could increase the integrated delivered intensity for the rixed target physics program as well. The technical discussion may be summarized along the following lines. If one asks where is the limiting aperture for the acceleration of protons in the Fermilab Accelerato:t complex, there is a straightforward answer. It is the Main Ring admittance at 8GeV upon injection from the Booster. The Booster can, and indeed has, delivered substantially higher intensities than are now injected into the Main Ring. These higher intensities are, however, delivered by the Booster at a higher emittance, and with the present 8Ge V admittance of the Main Ring, the extra intensity is simply lost almost immediately upon injection into the Main Ring. In other words, the Main Ring admittance is today less than it was earlier because of several significant alterations to the Main Ring. Vertical overpasses, which introduce vertical dispersion where formerly was none, have been installed to carry the Main Ring completely over the CDF detector at B-Zero, and over the central detector at D-Z~o. In addition, whereas in the past the Main Ring simply had to contend with 8Gev injection, fixed target extraction, and the abort line, there are now several additional functions which require septa and other aperture limitations. These are the antiproton targeting/ injection line at F17, and proton and antiproton transfer at E-Zero. Only f"ixed target extraction has been removed as a function. Thus, as long as the Main Ring remains a serial part of the acceleration process, its behavior at 8GeV injection is a critically limiting characteristic. It has been realized that if one could increase the Booster intensity without increasing the emittance at 8GeV, then. more intensity could be injected without corresponding losses in the Main Ring.
3. 5-1
The Booster, therefore, has been the object of considerable study. Some alterations have been made, such as the introduction of a Gamma-T jump, in the attempt to reduce emittance growth during acceleration. It is now believed, however, that the most significant factor that would reduce emittance growth in the Booster during acceleration would be to reduce the space charge effects seen by the beam at the time of 200Me V injection into the Booster. One very effective way to reduce these effects is to inject with a stiffer beam at a higher energy. Thus was the Linac Upgrade Project initiated. Originally, two possible courses of action where considered: a Pre-Booster accelerator ring and an increase of the Linac output energy. After further technical review, the Linac Upgrade was selected, and as specified this should result in an approximately 75% improvement in the Booster intensity within the present admittance limitations of the Main Ring.
The present Fermilab Linac has a 750KeV Cockcroft-Walton pre-accelerator which is followed by a nine tank Alverez drift tube linac operated at 201.25Mhz. A drift tube linac consists of a large radio-frequency (RF) cavity (or tank) into which electromagnetic energy is injected. The dimensions of the cavity are chosen such that it supports an oscillating longitudinal electric field resonant at the frequency of the injected electromagnetic field. On axis is mounted a series of grounded 'drift tubes', separated by 'accelerating gaps.' The dimensions of the gaps and drift tubes are carefully chosen so that the accelerated particle will be crossing the gaps when the electric field is collinear, and the particle will 'hide' inside the drift tubes during the time the electric field is in opposition. As in any accelerator, a focussing scheme is required and quadrupoles are introduced regularly along the linac within the drift tubes to accomplish this function. The Fermilab linac originally accelerated protons; this was later changed to H-minus ions for improved multiturn injection into the Booster, at which point stripping is accomplished. In either case, the accelerated particle is non-relativistic, and longitudinal dimensions increase linearly with the particle velocity. The drift tube linac is an efficient acceleration technique for particle velocities less than about 40% the speed of light (or a lOOMe V proton). Therefore, the basic plan of the Linac Upgrade is to replace the downstream portion of the existing Linac with a more efficient, higher gradient design to produce a higher energy output particle within the same linear length, without increasing the output emittance of the Linac.
The higher acceleration gradient is obtained by changing to a higher frequency (shorter wave length) standing wave accelerator architecture. In particular, the radio-frequency is to be increased by a factor of exactly four, to 805Mhz. Thus, the distance between accelerating gaps may be correspondingly reduced, permitting the introduction of more gaps, and thus more acceleration. In addition, the fields across the gaps may be increased to just below the practical limit for sparking from the material surface (in this case the material is copper.) In the case of this standing wave accelerator, the field across every other gap
3.5-2
is at ~y given moment in opposition, so the particles are bunched with a spacing of 'two gap lengths', and thus arrive at the next gap just as the field is maximally aligned for acceleration.
The nine tank drift tube linac did not offer a break at precisely lOOMe V, so the upgrade was specified to begin at the end of existing tank #5 where the energy is 116Me V. In the remaining linear length of the existing linac enclosure, sufficient standing wave accelerating structure may be introduced, with appropriate FODO quadrupole focussing included, to achieve 400 MeV energy on output. As part of conceptual R&D, several construction techniques were evaluated; specifically variations of the 'side-coupled cavity' structure used twenty years ago successfully at LAMPF and also a 'disk-and-washer' scheme. Unwanted, and difficult to suppress, RF modes in the disk and washer structure indicated that the side coupled structure was superior for our purposes. After several prototypes were constructed, a cylindrical 'accelerating (or body) cavity' with a scalloped cylindrical 'side couple cavity' was found easiest to construct and tune with reliability.
The particle beam in the Alverez linac is bunched with a length characteristic of the 201.25Mhz RF structure, and the optics of the beam are characteristic of the focussing structure employed. Before injecting into the Side-Coupled Cavity structure it is necessary to both adjust the beam bunching to the shorter length characteristic of the SCC structure operated at 805Mhz and to match into the focussing optics employed in the SCC accelerator. A 'transition section' consisting of quadrupoles to match the optics and " non- accelerating side-coupled structure to 'bunch' the beam longitudinally must be included.
The actual acceleration is accomplished in twenty-eight RF accelerating 'sections' each consisting of sixteen 'body cells' (which support the standing wave pattern along the beam axis) and fifteen 'side cells' which couple the RF power from body cell to body cell off axis. Since this is a classical accelerator, in principle each body cell would be slightly longer to accommodate the slight increase in velocity of the particle as it is accelerated in each gap. The change, however, is slight enough that the sixteen cells in each section are physically identical and matched to the average energy (and hence velocity) of the particle passing· through that section. Thus, each of the twenty-eight sections has a slightly longer longitudinal length. The space between the sections is utilized for the FODO quadrupoles, vacuum valves, beam gates, beam diagnostics (position and intensity monitoring), and steering dipoles.
Approximately two and a quarter megawatts of RF power is used in each of the 16 cell RF SCC sections when beam is accelerated. In principle, this could be supplied by twenty-eight RF klystrons, one for each section. After reviewing both construction costs, and reliability considerations, a decision was made early in the R&D program to power four of the sixteen cell sec structures with a single klystron that could generate approximately twelve megawatts peak RF power. With only 10
3.5-3
Mwatts needed for operation, this left 2 Mwatts spare RF power. (For a well designed klystron approximately 50% of the klystron's internal RF power may be extracted, so this would imply a klystron with an internal power of 24 Mwatts.) While not a particularly unusual RF requirement, the fact that this klystron is operated in a· pulsed mode at 15hz, with power delivered for about 125 micro seconds each pulse, means that the time average power is only about 0.2% of the peak power, or on the order of .025Mwatts (or 25kwatts} DC. Such klystrons are used routinely in radar applications for both military and civilian purposes. Early in the R&D program, bids were so1icited for the design of this pulsed klystron, which it was assumed would be a modification of a more or less existing klystron design. The contract was awarded to Litton Industries. Progress is discussed below in a section devoted to the klystron.
The four SCC sections are joined by three 'bridge couplers' which serve both to distribute the RF power between sections and to 'bridge' around the gap between the sections where one of the FODO quadrupoles is placed. The central bridge coupler also serves as the RF feed point, and therefore contains the RF 'window' to which is attached the waveguide from the klystron.
At the output of the new linac structure, the transfer line, which presently conducts 200 Me V H-minus ions from the linac to the Booster must be re-constructed. Three considerations must be included in this re-construction: matching the output optics, increasing the magnetic bend force to turn the higher energy particles, and 'debunching' the beam so that it may be bunched to match the Booster Rf. Special care is needed with respect to the bend force, since high field short length bends will 'strip' the H-minus ions; similarly high field focussing may strip the ions. In the Booster itself, the injection region also must be re-designed for the higher energy particles.
Other items requiring special care and design are the FODO quads between the side coupled sections, necessary beam instrumentation, and controls for all the systems.
A schematic of the 400 MeV linac with the upstream Alverez linac and downstream SCC structure is found in Figure 3.5.1, and a sketch of a 'module' consisting of four SCC sections is found in Figure 3.5.2.
3.5-4
BRIDGE COUPLER
H- SOURCC
75• keV AREA
ORIFT TN« S'IRUCTURES
2H NIZ
I- SOURCC
NTr PATIENT TREA'OoE:NT NTF OFFICES
----1111 "'9V---i~
~ [ atoss GALERY
SIOE·OlUPLED ~ STRUCTURES ... Nil
... "'9V_.
1, I
TO 800STER
Figure 3.5.1
R.F. IN
VACUUM MANIFOLD
Figure 3.5.2
•
I.
'·
R&D was begun in FY88 and continued through FY90 and into early FY91. The goal of the R&D program was to select a
3. 5-5
construction technique for each of the major components of a 'module' consisting of four sec 16 cell sections, three bridge couplers, quadrupoles, stands and supports, water cooling systems, and an RF power stations consisting of a klystron charging supply, pulse forming network, and pulse transformer. To this, the prototype Litton 12Mwatt klystron was to be connected, and the entire module operated.
It was decided at· the outset of the R&D program to adhere very carefully to the final RF design and performance criteria, with the intention that much of the R&D effort would produce the first of the necessary seven 'modules' and the first RF power station, with some retr~fitting expected.
To date, this intention has been successfully implemented, and it is anticipated that when testing is complete with the 12Mwatt klystron, the rest of the R&D system, with only minor modifications of the charging supply and PFN, will be incorporated into the actual Linac Upgrade.
As mentioned above, a contract was signed ·authorizing Litton Industries to design a prototype Klystron to operate at a 15hz pulsed output of 12 Mwatts, with pulses up to 125microsec length, averaging about 25Kwatt DC output. This tube, now designated the L5859 by Litton, was originally to have been delivered for testing, evaluation, and then for powering the prototype sec module; delivery to have occurred by December 1989. Various production delays at Litton, followed by difficulties with the Litton test bed modulator, caused the delivery of the tube to be delayed until May 1990. At that time the testing cycle at Litton was still incomplete, but in consultation with Litton it was agreed to ship the tube and to continue testing, under Litton's supervision, at Fermilab. The tube was delivered, and assembled into the pulse transformer/solenoid socket. Throughout the remainder of May and into June, 1990, testing at higher and higher power continued. This was a slow process, since it was discovered that the X-Ray shielding around the collector and in the direction of the output waveguide connection was inadequate and had to be increased before we could operate the tube at full power. Eventually, the tube was operated. at full internal power and with sufficient output power to verify that an accelerator module could be powered. All this work was done with a dummy water load. After eighteen hours of full power operation, a catastrophic vacuum leak led to the loss of the tube. After inspection by the Litton engineering staff, the tube was returned to Litton for inspection, tear down analysis, and rebuild. The cause of the failure was determined to be a 'pinhole' penetration of the insulator at the cathode. The cause of the arcing that lead to the pinhole has been debated at length, and it is unlikely that a definitive answer will ever be known, but either a water or air bubble may have been trapped between the corrugations of the insulator and the heavy oil bath of the pulse transformer. This bubble would have concentrated field lines and could have created an arc path. The repair /rebuild is being jointly funded by Fermilab and Litton. In the meantime, it has
3.5-6
been necessary to consider the impact of this development on the schedule of the project. If the exercise of the option to start production of the necessary klystrons and spares was delayed until approximately March 1991, when testing of the rebuilt klystron might be complete, then insufficient tubes, which are only built at the rate of one a month after a six month startup, would be available in mid 1992 when the Upgrade was otherwise complete. Therefore, considering that the design output power of the klystron was achieved, if only briefly, it was decided to exercise the option to begin the production of the L5859 in quantity. The first production tube will follow the rebuilt tube very shortly, a~d will be available in March 1991. In the meantime, after a review of our procedures by Litton, extreme measures will be take to attempt to limit the infusion of water or air into the transformer oil to minimize the risk of a repeat failure. Fermilab also ordered from Litton a 'beam stick', which is a klystron without the RF section; that is simply a cathode, anode and collector. This · was used to load test the charging supply, PFN, and pulse transformer prior to the installation of the L5859. With the assistance of Litton, we are also investigating the use of a 'dispenser cathode', and two of the production tubes will have this feature. Dispenser cathodes have the facility of being able to 'self repair' relatively minor damage caused by arcing to the cathode emitting surface, thereby prolonging tube life.
In addition to the 12Mwatt Klystron, three lower power klystrons are needed to power the 16 cell transition section, a vernier transition section, and . the debunc;her section. For this purpose a modification of a standard 'TV klystron', the V A955, has been ordered from V 11.rian. Again, as in the case with the 12Mwatt klystron, the pulsed nature of the operation of the klystron permits a relatively low DC power output (the klystron is rated for 64kwatt DC) while achieving a peak pulsed power of 200kwatt. ·
Work began on the project in FY90. The spending profile authorized for the project only permitted S4.7M (reduced to S4.634M) of obligation authority in FY 90. This was less than was optimally desirable to assure completion in FY92. Considerable effort was devoted to determining those items which either had the most critical long lead times, or for ~hich it was necessary to create a smoothly functioning production schedule. After consideration, the following items were deemed most critical and appropriate funding was obligated.
1) The relatively small amount of civil construction (totalling not much more than 10% of the project costs) was essential to have completed very early in the project. There are five identifiable components of the civil construction: 1) The Linac Power Supply Gallery, 2) The A-Zero Assembly Area, 3) The Linac Waveguide Penetrations, 4) The Linac Access Enclosure, 5) Utilities Distribution. Of the above mentioned items, the first two are critical to timely construction and installation of the project, and the next two must be accomplished during accelerator down time, since the Linac must be turned off during the construction. Early in FY90 Title I design for the project began, and DOE approval
3.5-7
was granted in February 1990. This was followed by the preparation of bid packages for the Gallery and for the Assembly Area. Contracts were awarded to the successful low bidders and work began on the Gallery at the end of May and on the Assembly area in early July. Beneficial occupancy of the Gallery was taken on December 6, 1990, with completion in early January 1991. Partial beneficial occupancy of the Assembly Area was taken at the end of December 1990, and completion expected by February 1, 1991. Originally, it was not expected that any further civil construction would be accomplished during FY90. A change in the overall laboratory schedule, made in the Directorate, however, mandated that the Linac Waveguide Penetrations construction be accomplished during the accelerator shutdown which commenced in early September 1990. Therefore, on short notice a bid package was prepared and a contract awarded for this work, which began September 6, 1990 and was complete on November 16, 1990. Design work has begun on the Linac Access enclosure; the work will be accomplished during the scheduled accelerator shutdown following the 1991 fixed target physics run. Secondary utilities distribution will probably be specified before the end of FY91. The Power Supply Gallery was made necessary by the requirement to completely assemble the Klystron Power Supply system, and its associated water cooling systems, prior to the removal of the existing downstream section of the Alverez drift tube linac. This is necessary to both minimize the downtime for the conversion, and by the desire to operate the entire new linac without beam prior to installation. A plan exists to install the entire new linac parallel to and a few feet west of the existing linac in the Linac enclosure. It is not possible to operate the new structure with beam prior to the removal of the old structure. Thus, there was not sufficient space under the roof at the downstream end of the existing Linac Gallery for both the old linac power supplies and the complete new set, and additional an area had to be built. Prior to installing the new structures in the Linac Enclosure, it is highly desirable to operate them at full power to 'condition' them. While the SCC structure will always be a copious source of X-Rays, during this initial period· the X-Ray production is many magnitudes higher. A radiation-hard 'cave' is required. A small cave has been constructed in the basement of the Linac gallery for prototype testing. It is neither p088ible to increase the size of this cave to take any component larger than. the smallest 16 cell sec structures, nor to provide completely adequate shielding for its location. The Assembly Area provides a location with some preformed radiation-hard walls, and an overhead crane for placement of additional shielding blocks. This system has already been used successfully in an adjoining area for conditioning 'separators' which also produce significant X-Rays under power. In addition, as its name implies, a clean and secure area is needed for assembly and tuning of the SCC cavity sections and modules. This work was accomplished during the R&D phase in a temporary structure (the former 'Cooling Ring' enclosure). This temporary structure is quite deteriorated, and scheduled for removal in early 1991. The 'Waveguide Penetrations' are a system of 24" diameter horizontal pipes and holes connected by a vertical shaft of precast concrete. The resulting 'Z-
3.5-8
shaped' route allows one to avoid any line-of-sight openings between the linac enclosure and populated galleries, while minimizing waveguide linear length. The Linac Access Enclosure is necessary to re-create a major access point through which to· install the completed modules into the Linac Enclosure, and through which to remove the four downstream Alverez tanks which will be abandoned. The original access was sealed up after the installation twenty years ago, and the original access route is partially blocked by one of the linac beam dumps. Therefore, a different access is being designed and bids will be solicited in the first half of 1991 for construction during the downtime at the end of the coming fixed target physics run.
2) The other significant effort in FY90 was to establish the production line for the twenty-eight accelerating sec structures, and the three similar sections used in the transition and debunching regions. Thus a total of 31 sections are required. An early estimate of the total effort per section was twenty-eight weeks, from start of rough machining to completion. It was realized that unless one could, for instance, produce these 31 sections on an assembly line basis one every approximately two weeks, the project schedule could not be maintained, since 31 sections one each two weeks is 62 weeks, plus the start up time of 28 weeks for the first unit to completion is about 90 weeks. Thus, it was necessary to begin the first section as soon as possible to ensure that by early FY92 (the third FY of the project) that the last section would be available for installation in a module. Unfortunately, it was not even possible to order all the copper necessary for the 31 sections as a single obligation and leave any money for machining during FY90. Therefore, a 'funds available-phased funding' contract was negotiated with Hitachi Ltd of Japan, with DOE concurrence. The balance of the funding was to be obligated in early FY91. This was accomplished, but only after considerable assistance from the Laboratory management and DOE during the protracted 'series of continuing resolutions in early FY91. Up to this point th'e four sections for module #1, called (l,1),(1,2),(l,3),and.Jl,4) have been rough machined in Japan, delivered to Fermilab, bOdy ··cells and side cells machined and tuned (an iterative machining process) and brazed. The four sections are leak tight, and two of the sections (1,1), and (1,4) have individually been voltage conditioned using a one Mwatt klystron borrowed from Los Alamos Lab operated in a 'boosted' 2.3Mwatt mode. Bridge coupler units are also nearing completion for this module. The second module sections (2,1), (2,2), (2,3), and (2,4) and all machined, tuned, brazed, and vacuum tight. The third module sections (3,3) and (3,4) are machined, tuned, and shipped for brazing in January. Machining has begun on (3,1) and (3,2), with brazing to follow in February. Rough machined sections (4,1),(4,2), (4,3) and (4,4) have been r ?ceived from Hitachi and are being machined. Also, the pieces for (5,4) were received from Hitachi, and annealed. This is a normal first process. In this process, a copper impurity problem (the first of its kind) was noted during the annealing, and a representative piece was returned to Japan for evaluation and succeeding shipments have been held until the evaluation is complete. An agreement was immediately forthcoming from Hitachi to replace all
3.5-9
copper from any shipment showing imperfection. Sufficient spare copper is available at Fermilab to permit the transition section to be machined and tuned, and it is hoped that the interruption while the problem is solved in Japan will not be significant to the schedule. In any case, it has been demonstrated that except for the fact that the October brazing cycle had to be cancelled for lack of funds, it has been possible to produce a pair of sections each month, with four pairs brazed during the last five months of 1990, and a fifth pair shipped. If this schedule is maintained the last brazing will be done in January 1992, and except for· the aforementioned difficulty with the rough machined copper for section (5,4), no evidence is available that this schedule will not be maintained.
3) Finally, in FYOO some critical very long lead items were ordered for the klystron power supplies and PFN's. The most notable items were some large capacitors. These were also ordered with options to extend because of fmancial limitations. In early FY91, several million dollars of components for the klystron supplies have already been ordered, because in a fashion exactly analogous to the analysis of the production schedule for the sec structures, it will be necessary to complete a klystron power supply approximately one every two months to complete the project on schedule.
Since the start of FY91 other work has been accomplished. Magnetic measurements of the first FODO quadrupole have been made, and are satisfactory as far as evaluated to this point. This quadrupole, built under R&D during FYOO, will be followed by a production line to be set up during FY91 by the Fermilab Technical Support Section. Also, component design work for the 400Me V transfer line and for the Booster injection system has begun.
3.6 THE FERMU,AB MAIN INJECTOR
The Fermilab Main Injector (FMI) is the centerpiece of the series of improvements to the Fermilab accelerator complex known as Fermilab III. Specifically, t~'l ne! acCj,elerator is designed to support a luminosity in excess of SxlO cm - sec - in the Tevatron P-P Collider. The concept of the Main Injector has been developed over the last two years. A Conceptual Design Report was prepared and 'submitted to the U.S. Department of Energy in January of 1990, accompanied by a request for a Fiscal Year 1992 construction start. The total project cost is estimated at $194 million. Fermilab has proposed to complete the project over a 38 month period starting on October 1, 1991. Construction will require a seven month disruption to the Fermilab High Energy Physics program starting on April 1, 1994.
Development work on a new dipole magnet required for the Main Injector was initiated on October 1, 1989. The first full scale. prototype was built at the Technical Support Section's Conventional Magnet Facility, and was delivered to the Magnet Test Facility (MTF) on
3.6-1
September 28, 1990. Initial measurements indicate that this magnet produces the specified field quality. A second prototype is in fabrication and will be delivered to MTF near the end of January, 1991. In addition two prototype quadrupole magnets will be fabricated in 1991.
Fermilab has, since its inception under Director R.R. Wilson, attempted to create facilities harmonious with the existing environment. Every effort is being expended to continue this tradition in the planning for the Main Injector. A major activity during 1990 was the study of design enhancements which would minimize negative environmental impacts of the FMI, and the initiation of preparation, in concert with relevant state and federal agencies, of the required environmental documentation and permit applications. A joint permit application to the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, the Illinois Environmental Protection Agency, and the IDinois Department of Transportation for construction of the FMI was submitted on September 5, 1990. Approval has been received from IDOT and is expected from the other agencies in early 1991. A draft Environmental Assesment has also been prf:pared and is currently under review by the DOE's Chicago Operations and Batavia Area Offices. This effort has been largely funded through the State of IDinois Technology Challenge Grant Program and will continue through 1991.
Substantial progress was made on accelerator design issues in 1090. Effort has focussed on two areas: refinement of designs for beamlines connecting the Main Injector to the Booster, Tevatron, Antiproton Source, and experimental areas; and development of an understanding of beam stability limits, in particular around transition. A workshop, the "Fermilab III Instabilities Workshop", was held in June 1990 and was well attended by outside accelerator experts. Several novel ideas for dealing with instabilities in general and transtion crossing in particular were stimulated by the workshop. We have been agressively pursuing innovative methods of accelerating high intensity beams through transition, while at the same time continuing to investigate the possibility of utilizing a lattice which has no transition energy. Studies will continue in 1991.
The goals and timeliness of the Fermilab III program have been affirmed by the U.S. Department of Energy's High Energy Physics Advisory Panel (HEP AP). In October of 1989 HEP AP was asked by the Department of Energy's Office of Energy Research to offer guidance with regard research directions for U.S. High Energy Physics during the period leading up to utilization of the Superconducting Super Collider. In April of 1990 HEP AP presented its recommendations to the Department of Energy, including as its highest priority • ... the inmediate commencement and speedy completion of construction of the Tevatron Main Injector at Fermilab."
The Fermilab Tevatron is the highest energy particle collider in the world today. It will remain in this preeminent position until the advent of either the SSC in the United States or of the LHC in Europe. The
3.6-2
Tevatron collider was operated at a cent~-of-mass energy of 1800 GeV, with a total delvered luminosity of 10 pb- , during the June 1988 - June 1989 collider run. The data accumulated by the CDF detector during this pgrio4 have been used for precision measurements of the z0 mass and Z -W mass difference, to set a lower limit of 90 Ge V on the top quark mass, and to set lower limits of a few hundred Ge V on the production of several types of particles which represent potential extensions to the Standard Model. The Fermilab III program is designed to create the capability for the production and observation of a top quark in the mass range 90- 200 GeV, as required by our current understanding of the Standard Model, and for the observation of possible of extensions to the Standard Model characterized by several hundred GeV mass scales. Fermilab m consists of the implementation of electrostatic separators in the Tevatron, a series of Antiproton Source improvements, doubling the Linac energy, raising the collider center-of-mass energy to 2000 Ge V, and replacement of the Main Ring with the Main Injector. It is expected that over the course of Fermilab III the luminosity delivered from the Tevatron collider will rise by a factor of five following the implementation of separators and the Linac Upgrade, and another factor of five-to-six following construction of the Main Injector.
The Main Injector is specifically designed to carry out in a much more efficient manner the support functions .currently being provided by the Main Ring--the original 400 Ge V Fermilab accelerator. Through the 1970s the Main Ring was the primary High Energy Physics producing accelerator at Fermilab. However, with the construction of the Tevatron superconducting accelerator during the early 1980s, the Main Ring was reconfigured in order to provide support for ·the TEV ATRON based p-p collider and fixed target programs. This reconfiguration included the addition of (vertical) overpasses around the BO and DO interaction regions, and the addition of several new extraction areas required for operations with antiprotons. These modifications had the affect of reducing the available aperture in the Main Ring to the extent that today the Main Ring represents the primary bottleneck in the delivery of high intensity proton and antiproton beams to the Tevatron, and in the delivery of protons onto the i> production target. Construction of the Main Injector is designed to remove this bottleneck once and for all.
The Main Injector will be constructed tangent to the Tevatron in a separate tunnel on the southwest comer of the Fermilab site as shown in Figure 3.6.1. The Main Injector is roughly half the size of the existing Main Ring yet will boast greatly improved performance. The Main Injector will allow the pr:Pf1uction of ab~ut seven times as many antiprotons per hour (1.5x10 /hour) as are currently possible using the Main Ring and will have a capabifity for !'ff delivery of five times as many protons to the Tevatron (at least 3x10 protons /bunch for collider operations). ~e M~n I~ector is anticipated to support a luminosity of at least 5x10 cm- sec - in the collider, a factor of 30 larger than the current operation. Construction of the Main Injector will also simplify and enhance operations of the Fermilab complex. By removing the Main Ring
3.6-3
from the vicinity of the Tevatron interferences with the experimental detectors studying p-p interactions will be eliminated.
FERMILAB UPGRADE: MAIN
Ylif!pl rl.M -·· ,.._ ...
CXJll-I
Figure 3.6.1
3.6-4
INJECTOR
··-·""! ...
-·· -· -· -· -· .. --· -· .... -· -.. -.. -· -· _,, -· ... --· •·• ... -· -· -· ... -· --·
fll•t HHtell HIHllllH UHHU ....... .... -· ........... :.::!".:.::....!'....=!."'!"--
·- ...... ~\.PCJllW:JE:ININN.eCT ,.... -.m:.til'Ol"'-M-UI'~-;,,_.- .... , coA--t - -
Additionally the Main lnjecto~3wi11 support the delivery of very intense 120 Gev proton beams (3x10 protons every 2.9 seconds with a 33% duty factor) to existing experimental areas where they can be used for state-of-the-art studies of CP violation and rare Kaon decays, and for experiments designed to search transmutation between different neutrino generations. Two proposals and three letters of intent for such experiments have been received by Fermilab. Low intensity proton beams emanating from the Main Injector will also support test and calibration beams. required for the development of new experimental detection devices which will be required both at Fermilab and at the SSC. In contrast .. to the present situation at Fermilab, simultaneous antiproton production and Main Injector slow spill operation will be possible under normal circumstances. Delivery of beam from the Main Injector to all experimental areas is compatible with Tevatron Collider running, while delivery of beam to a dedicated K/11 line is compatible with Tevatron Collider and Fixed Target operations.
The Main Injector is designed to perform all duties currently required of the Main Ring. Following commissioning of the Main Injector operation of the Main Ring will cease. In fact many Main Ring components, including the RF, quadrupole magnet/power supply, and the correction element systems, will be recycled into the Main Injector. The Main Injector parameter list is given in the accompanying table. The Main Injector will perform at a significantly higher level than the existing Main Ring as measured either in terms of protons delivered per cycle, protons delivered per second, or transmission efficiency. For the most part expected improvements in performance are directly related to the optics of the ring. The FMI ring lies in a plane with stronger focussing per unit length than the Main Ring. This means that the maximum betas are half as big and the maximum (horizontal) dispersion a third as big as in the Main Ring, while vertical dispersion is nonexistent. As a result physical beam sizes associated with given transverse and longitudinal emittances are significantly reduced compared to the Main Ring. The elimination of dispersion in the RF regions, raising the level of the injection field, elimination of sagitta, and improved field quality in the dipoles. will all have a beneficial impact on beam dynamics. The construction Qf new, mechanically simpler dipole magnets is expected to yield a highly reliable machine.
The Main Injector is seven times the circumference of the Booster and slightly more than half the circumference of the existing Main Ring and Tevatron. Six Booster cycles will be required to fill the FMI and two FMI cycles to fill the Tevatron. The FMI is designed to have a transverse aperture of 40r mm-mr (both planes, normalized at 8.9 Ge V / c). This is 30% larger than the expected Booster aperture following the 400 Me V Linac upgrade, and a factor of three to four larger than that of the existing Main Ring. A single Booster batch will be accelerated for antiproton production while six such batches are required to fill the FMI. YielT out of the FMI1j>r a full ring are expected to lie in the range 3-4x10 protons (6-8x10 delivered to the Tevatron.) By
3.6-5
way of3contrast the existing Main Ring is capable of accelerating 1.8x10 protons in twelve batches for delivery to the Tevatron. The power supply and magnet system ·is designed to allow a significant increase in the number of 120 GeV acceleration cycles which can be run each hour for antiproton production, as well 88 to allow a 120 Ge V slow spill with a 35% duty factor. The cycle time at 120 Ge V can be 88 low as 1.5 seconds. This is believed to represent the maximum rate at which the Antiproton Source might ultimately stack antiprotons and is to be compared to the current Main Ring operational cycle time of 2.6 seconds.
3.6-6
Main Injector Parameter List
Circumference Injection Momentum. Peak Momentum. Minimum Cycle Time (CU20 GeV) N'um.ber of Protons Harmonic N'um.ber (@53 MHz)
Horizontal Tune Vertical Tune Transition Gamma N' atural Chromaticity (H) N'atural Chromaticity (V)
N' umber of Bunches Protons /bunch Transverse Emittance (N' ormalized) Longitudinal Emittance
Transverse Admittance (at 8.9 GeV) Longitudinal Admittance
Pmax (Arcs) pmax (Straight Sections) Maxim.um Dispersion
N'umber of Straight Sections Length of Standard Cell Phase Advance per Cell RF Frequency (Injection) RF Frequency (Extraction) RF Voltage
N'umber of Dipoles Dipole Length Dipole Field (CUSO GeV) Dipole Field (@8.9 GeV) N' umber of Quadrupoles Quadrupole Gradient N' umber of Quadrupole Types N'um.ber of Quadrupole Busses
3.6-7
3319.419 8.9 150 1.5
3xl013
588
22.!: 22.43
20.4 -27.5 -28.5
498 6xl010
meters GeV/c GeV/c sec
20r mm-mr 0.4 eV-sec
40r mm-mr 0.5 eV-sec
57 meters 80 meters
2.2 meters
8 34.3 meters
90 degrees 52.8 MHz 53.1 MHz
4 MV
300 6.1 meters
17.3 kGauss 1.0 kGauss 202 196 kG/m
3
Section 4
Research Division
RESEARCH DIVISION OVERVIEW ·························-········-··················-·········4-1
I. THE 1990 FIXED TARGET RUN ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4-1
A. Experiments Which Took Beam ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4-8
B. Research Division Support Departments ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4-19 1. Research Facllltles Department •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4-19 2. Mechanical Department •••••••••••• : •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4-21 3. Cryogenics Department ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4-21 4. Electronlcs/Electrlcal Department ................................................ 4-23 5. Site Operations Department •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4-25 6. Administrative Support Group •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4-26 7. The RD Environment, Safety, and
Health (ES&H) Group ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4-26
II. COLLIDING BEAMS DETECTORS ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4-27
A. D-Zero •••••••••••••••••• " •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4-27
B. The Colllder Detector at Fermllab •••••••••••••••••••••••••••.•••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4-30
C. SDC Group at Fermllab ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4-51
Ill. THEORETICAL PHYSICS DEPARTMENT ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4-53
A. Physicists ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4-53 B. Research Associates •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4-60 C. Guest Scientists •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4-67 D. Users •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4-69
IV. ASTROPHYSICS ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4-71
RESEARCH DIVISION OVERVIEW
The activities of the Research Division include colliding beam physics, fixed target physics, theoretical physics, and theoretical astrophysics and support groups for these activities.
There are two major colliding beam departments: CDF and D0. Since there was no colliding beam running scheduled for 1990, these groups were mainly occupied with preparations for the colliding beam run scheduled in 1991. The 1991 run will be the first run for D0. CDF has had a number of very successful runs and much of their effort has been involved with the analysis of data from these runs. CDF is also making major upgrades of their detector for the 1991 collider run. The activities of these departments will be described in subsequent sections of this document.
Support groups in the Research Division tncluded the Mechanical Department, Cryogenics Department, Electronics/Electrical Department, Site Operations Department, Safety Group, and the Administrative Support Group. These groups support all activities In the Research Division, including both collider and fixed target efforts.
The major thrust of efforts this year were In the Research Facilities Department which directed the very successful fixed target run. Since this effort dominated the Research Division activities, we devote a major part of this section to this activity.
I. THE 1990 FIXED TARGET RUN
The •road map" for the fixed target was the Fermllab Schedule issued periodically by the Program Planning Office (Figure 1) which showed the area and experiments which were scheduled to take beam. A list of beam lines and experiments which took beam are given in Table 1. This list is more or less geographical, generally moving from West to East.
When the Fixed Target run ended on February 15, 1988, both Fermllab users and the Research Division staff entered the shutdown with long lists of projects to complete during the subsequent months. It was expected that the shutdOwn would be at least one and a half years long, where Fermilab's major goal during that time would be a Collider physics run and a major maintenance period for the accelerator. For the Fixed Target program the shutdown would be used to Install EPICURE, a new beamline and cryogenics control system, and prepare for a full program of new experiments and test beam calibration efforts.
During 1988 and 1989, the Fermilab Directorate faced the difficult task of main-taining the running collider program as well as getting ready for the heavily committed Fixed Target program under severe budget constraints. By April 1989 it was realized that the Fixed Target run was not likely to begin until January 1990. It was also realized that because of the large number of experiments, most of which were running for the first time, the length of the run needed to be considerably longer than the Initially planned seven months. The new schedule allocated a six month run followed by a six week shutdown for power conservation and then three additional months of running. Along with this scenario went a set of priorities for commissioning the beamlines and experiments based on beamline commitments and budget considerations. The PB, PC and MP beamlines were to be commissioned first in order to provide the maximum running time for experiments E687, E761 and E704, each of which would be turning over their beamlines later in the run to three new experiments. High priority was also given to E760, a charmonium production experiment, which is located in the p(bar)
4-1
Figure 1
FERMILAB SCHEDULE (Prellmlnary) May, 1990 Rev. Aug, 90
·FY FY90 FY91
y 1990 1991 M J J A s 0 N D J M A M J J A s 0 N D
MW A c :: 706/672 s 706/672 706 O· c
E I M MT c P N 775,795,BCD R&D p c E AS L D MC L 773/799 E
R T T F c MP s 704/581 A A A I A 0
T L 0 L T s ··:;::
'(~789 c 0 L N N
L ME A ·· .. ·. test c D T· . '·. . '
R A I ......
R E T L D D .i:i. NW A 740 l 740 0 I T • I w z E I\) R u 0 E R NK/NT p T 782 790 s 790. R
. ::~ T L N 8 0 u .·: :·· _.: :' ·.··:·· '•,• ·e
NE • 690 u 0 A 690 ·T R p 0 R u WN A NM 665 I 665 0 N s .. E B D A L
T · .. ··.:: ·;
~771 L PW :;:·:·:.::_:.: .::::. tHt s E 771 t••t N u s D I D T N
PC 7111781 t••t A T 800 I u s PE E D 791
T ''.·:;.:·. 791 test u s I ...... D
PB 687/774 E 683 I s E AC 760* 760* s
• Also Pbar-source improvement and studies D Beam commissioning I Startup
Table 1
Bum-Line Partlcl• and Enerav EXDerlment • Goals M-West Protons at 800 GeV E-706& Single-photons. charm &
PionsA<aons uo to 800 GeV E-672 mi ;.-.. • .-:--M-Center Neutral Kaons at E-773& Kaon decay & origin of
100-300GeV E-799 CP violation M-Test Electrons, pions up to E-741 Detector development &
300GeV E-n5 COF caHbration E-795 SSC calorimetry tests E-7841BCDl "beal.ltv9 ohvsics
M-Polarized Polarized protons at E-581 & Spin Dependence of 300GeV E-704 hadronic interactions
M-East Protons at 800 GeV E-789 Production of "beauty• narticles
N-West Electrons, pions, kaons up to E-740 (00) Detector calibration & 250GeV develooment
N-K Muons at 200 GeV E-782& Scatter E-790 Zeus detector test
N-Test Electrons, pions, kaons up to E-790 (Zeus) Detector calibration & 250GeV develooment
N-East Protons at 800 GeV E-690 Production of •charm• narticles
N-Muon Muons at up to 800 GeV E-665 Proton structure & quark fraamentation
P-West Protons at 800 GeV E-n1 Production of •charm• & "beautv• oarticles
P-Center Hyperons at 350-400 GeV E-761 Electro-weak decays of hvnArons
E-781T Production of •charm• narticles
E-800 Magnetic moments of hvnarons
P-East Protons, pions, kaons up to E-797 Fast Gas calorimetry 500GeV
E-798 T798 synchrotron radiation detector
E-807 Heavy liquids used as Cerenkov radiators
E-791 Production of •charm• & "beauty9 particles by oions etc.
P-B Electrons, positrons and E-687 Photon production of photons up to 500 GeV "charm• & "beautv•
E-683 Photon production of iets•
E-n4 Search for low-mass short-lived oarticles
Anti-proton source Anti-protons from 4 GeV to E-760 Detailed study of 8GeV charmonium
4-3
accumulator ring and collects data during Fixed Target running periods. Lower priority was given to the experiments which would not be under such severe time constraints such as the returning E665 and E706, and to the new installations of E690 and E782. Finally, three new experiments, E771, E789 and E791, each of which required major new electronics or detector acquisitions would have their startups significantly delayed. Throughout the summer and fall, following these priorities, the Research Division pre-pared the beamlines for the startup.
As the year came to a close an even more difflcuh budget scenario unfolded forcing the Directorate to consider several different scheduling scenarios which might enable the Laboratory to meet its commitments to both the Fixed Target as well as Collider programs while also staying within the constraints of the budget. An special users meeting, followed by a meeting of the .PAC, led the Directorate to propose a staggered Fixed Target startup which would allow the heavily committed beamlines to begin running first, followed by the remainder of the program as It became ready and the budget would allow.
At the end of December the Director's Office announced that the accelerator startup would begin in January and that the 1990 Fixed Target run would officially begin on February 12, 1990, with beam being delivered to the three top priority experiments. The new schedule allocated six to seven months of running and a two to three month •summer/fall" shutdown. Five additional months of running would then complete the 1990-91 Fixed Target run.
On January 24, the Accelerator Division successfully circulated beam in the Te-vatron and was ready to try extracting beam into switchyard. This opportunity was used by both the Switchyard and Research Division groups to get an early shot at delivering beam to the Fixed Target areas. By the evening of January 26, beam had been extracted and successfully transported to the Proton, Meson and Neutrino Muon areas. On January 27 the Accelerator Division began a two week studies period, while the Research Division and the Fixed Target experimenters continued getting their beamlines and experiments ready for the run. On February 10 the Tevatron startup began and by mid-day February 11 beam was being transported to the PB, PC and MP experi-ments. Though much beamline tuning would follow in order to optimize the running conditions, all the Accelerator and Research Division personnel involved in the startup
·were happy to have met the goal of having beam to the three highest priority experiments by February 12.
The PB beamline provides a beam of photons ranging in energy from 200 to 500 GeV to experiment E687, which is studying photoproduction of charm. The same beamline is simultaneously used by E774 which is doing an electron beam dump particle search. The PC beamline transports 800 GeV primary protons to E761 which is studying the rare radiative decays of the ,i:+ and :S- ·hyperons. The MP beamline provides a 200 GeV polarized proton beam to E704 which is carrying out a muhifaceted program in spin measurements.
Along with the three top priority lines, tuning of the NM line was also started by February 12. The NM primary line was used by the Accelerator tuners as a place to send excess beam as they attempted to raise the machine's intensity. The NM secondary line transports a pion/muon beam to E665 which studies muon scattering in nuclear targets.
In the days that followed the startup, the Operations Group's attention turned to the commissioning of the beams in the NW and MW lines. The NW beamline provides 10 - 150 GeV electrons and pions for use as a test beam for the 00 collaboration. In the early weeks of the run the test beam was used for testing the 00 muon drift
4-4
chambers. Later in the run a testing program for modules of the liquid Argon/Uranium calorimeter began. The MW beamline transports a 500 GeV pion beam to two experiments which run simultaneously in the MW9 experimental hall. E706, a direct photon experi-ment, is followed by E672 which is an open geometry di-muon experiment.
The MW primary beam is also the primary beam for the MT line which is produced by a transmission target placed in the primary beam. On February 25 the MT line began providing an electron/pion beam to the CDF collaboration for the calibration of the central calorimeter wedges. In addition to CDF, the MT line Is also used as a test beam by E795 which is testing a tetramethyl pentane (TMP) sampling calorimeter, and by E784, the BCD collaboration, which has begun a test beam R&D effort.
By the end of February beam was routinely being delivered to the PB, PC, NW, MP, MW and· MT beamlines. As the experimenters in these beams made progress towards data taking, the Research Division next turned its attention towards commissioning the remaining Neutrino area beams, NE, NT and NK. NE is a primary proton beam which is split to provide an attenuated proton beam to E690, a charm and beauty production experiment; and to provide a secondary pion beam which is transported to either the NT or the NK line. In NT, E790 is calibrating depleted uranium/scintillator calorimeter modules for the HERA/ZEUS detector. At the termination of the NK line, E782 is using the Tohoku Bubble Chamber to study the interactions produced by the muons resulting from the decay of the beam pions. In mid-March the NT and NK experimenters began working out a schedule for when the NT/NK changeovers would occur. Over the next five months, eight such changes would take place, culminating with the completion of E782 on July 19.
On March 2, beam commissioning began for the PE secondary beamline. For the early part of the run (March and April), PE was to be used as a 10 - 100 GeV electron/pion test beam for three independent efforts, E797, E798 and T807 which would time share the use of the beam. Both E797 and E798 were supported by SSC R & D funding for detector -development. E797 tested a fine grained electromagnetic calorimeter using fast proportional tubes and E798 tested a lead/scintillating fiber syn-chrotron radiation detector. The purpose of T807 was to investigate the use of warm, short radiation length liquid as a radiator for use in calorimetry. By May 3rd the test beam users had achieved their goals and the beamline was turned over to E791, a charm and beauty hadroproduction experiment. Beam commissioning for the other two late start experiments, E771 and E789 began in early and late April, respectively. Both experiments use primary proton beams to study beauty production, albeit in different decay modes.
Since the Fixed Target startup on February 12, a total of 2800 hours of accelerator running time have been logged and 1.3xl018 protons have been accelerated and extracted to the Fixed Target beamlines. The total number of operating hours and protons delivered to each of the major beamlines for the period of February 12 to July 29 are shown in the figure. Unlike previous Fixed Target runs, where weekly or bi-weekly maintenance and development (M & D) periods were scheduled, the accelerator has operated almost continuously. Two accelerator studies periods were scheduled and took place from March 5th to 9th and from April 4th to 10th. Only one Tevatron magnet failure and three days of construction work for the linac upgrade have caused a continuous downtime of longer than 24 hours.
The first part of the 1990-91 Fixed Target run is scheduled to end in late August, at which time E761 and E704 as well as E782 will be completed. During the three month shutdown EBOO, which will measure the magnetic moment of the w- will be installed in the PC line. The MP line will be decommissioned and the MC line will be
4-5
3500
3000
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0
/. _,
1990 Run stotistica - August 27 .1990
~Protons x 10 14
&:S1 Hours
MW MP ME NW NJ< NM PW PC PE PB
Beomline
Figure 2
4-6
Table 2 <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<< DELIVERED PROTONS >>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> E~ w w ~ ~ ~ ~ * m ~ N ~ n N
1 l.IE+14 l.2E+14 " ' 7.8E+14 7.tE+14 1.IE+ll 2 1.IE+ll 1.19£+14 l.IE+ll 4.1E+14 1.IE+ll 3 1.IE+ll 8.1E+16 2.IE+14 8.4£+11 &.1E+14 1.IE+ll 4 2.7E+14 2.8E+14 1.IE+14 1.9£+11 1.1E+11 2.7E+11 l.2E+11 4.2E+14 I &.8E+14 1.8E+1& 1.tE+14 t.1E+11 l.IE+ll 1.4E+14 7.8E+14 l.7E+14 8 1.1E+1& 1.4E+18 l.4E+14 1.IE+ll a.1E+14 7.7E+11 7.IE+ll 4.IE+l4 l.4E+14 4.2E•11 7 4.4E+14 t.IE+l& 1.7E+11 8.7E+l2 1.8E+14 8.4E+11 7.IE+12 7.8E+14 7.IE+l4 4.4E•ll I 2.IE+14 7.9£+1& 2.IE+14 1.9£+14 2.8E+12 8.&E+ll l.8E+11 2.4E+12 l.IE+14 2.7E+14 2.1E+11 t 7.9£+14 8.8E+11 &.tE+14 4.8E•11 1.8E+11 •• aE+14 l.1E+11 2.1E+11 1.8£+11 1.IE+ll l.tE+11
11 1.1E+18 1.8E+18 4.tE+14 1.IE+11 2.IE+11 8.IE+ll 4.tE+14 2.IE+ll t.IE+13 1.IE•18 11 1.1E+1& l.2E+1& 8.4E+14 1.7E+11 1.1E+1& t.tE+l& 1.1E+1& l.IE+11 l.7E+14 1.&E+18 12 2.3E+16 1.4E+11 1.1E+16 1.tE+l& 2.IE+ll 2.IE+ll 1.7E+14 2.4E+18 4.8E+14 l.8E+11 7.1E+14 2.&E+18 13 1.8E+16 4.1E+11 l.7E+14 &.tE+14 3.6E+18 1.IE+1& 1.8E+18 a.&E+14. 4.4E+11 8.1E+14 1.tE+18 14 4.IE+l& 8.8E+1& ••••••• 4.1E+13 1.4E+11 1.tE+14 1.IE+ll 4.IE+14 8.1E+1& l.tE+14 2.&E+18 11 t.2E+1& 1.3E+18 t.3E+1& t.IE+ll 2.2E+1& 2.1E+18 4.IE+14 &.1E+1& 7.8E+14 2.IE+18 18 1.2E+18 l.1E+1& 4.3E+14 ••••••• 6.2E+11 2.IE+14 1.1E+13 2.4E+18 l.4E+14 4.9E+11 2.2E+18 2.IE+18 17 1.SE+18 1.2E+18 8.6E+14 ••••••• 1.4E+11 2.3E+16 2.7E+18 4.&E+14 1.6E+16 1.3E+18 1.2E+18 18 1.4E+18 6.2E+16 2.tE+14 4.tE+16 7.8E+14 2.8E+14 1.IE+14 1.tE+ll 8.IE+11 l.7E+14 l.7E+14 8.1E+16 19 1.4E+18 3.1E+16 1.6E+16 &.1E+16 3.8E+14 1.&E+l& 1.8E+18 8.4E+1& 1.tE+l& &.2E+14 1.7E+18 21 1.8E+18 1.6E+18 6.4E+16 8.IE+14 8.6E+14 3.6E+14 1.8E+18 4.6E+14 2.7E+1& 1.eE+ll 2.1E+18 21 1.9E+18 4.3E+16 6.9E+13 &.4E+16 1.8E+13 1.7E•16 1.6E+18 a.aE+14 2.2E+16 &.1E+14 1.7E•18 22 1.tE+16 7.9E+14 1.1E+12 8.2E+16 6.BE+13 3.1E+13 1.1E+18 &.1E+ll &.7E+16 1.4E+14 l.3E+16 23 1.8E+18 4.6E+16 3.2E+13 ••••••• 1.2E+13 1.3E+16 2.IE+l8 1.8E+18 l.3E+14 l.IE+16 1.tE+18 1.7E+18 24 1.6E+18 4.SE+16 2.3E+13 1.3E+16 2.8E+13 4.1E+14 9.6E+16 8.7E+14 l.2E+16 4.tE+l& 2.1E+18 26 3.IE+18 1.4E+18 3.IE+13 1.9E+16 2.IE+13 1.3E+16 2.1E+18 8.4E+14 1.tE+ll 8.1E+11 2.8E+18 28 1.9E+18 8.2E+l& 8.3E+13 8.IE+14 t.SE+12 1.19£+11 1.7E+18 2.tE+14 2.4E+ll l.7E+11 2.IE+18 27 6.3E+l8 3.IE+ll 1.1E+14 3.8E+16 2.SE+11 1.SE+l& 1.4E+16 l.8E+14 4.IE+ll 1.IE+18 2.IE+18 28 4.IE+18 1.2E+18 1.8E+14 2.6E•16 3.4E+13 2.6E+16 1.8E+18 l.IE+14 l.3E+11 1.2E+18 1.IE+18
TOTAL 3.IE+i7 1.7E+i7 2.iE+il 6.IE+i6 8.iE+le 3.7E+il 2.IE+il 8.2E+i6 3.6E+i7 2.2E+ii 7.2!+11 i.IE+if l.i!+if <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<< HOURS OF BEAM >>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> ~ W ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ * ~ ~ N ~ n N
1 37 42 • • I I I I 44 • .. • 74 2 87 18 I • • I I I 74 • 14 • 14 3 ti 74 I • 16 I I I ti • 111 I 71 4 34 21 I I 11 I I II 4t I 41 21 11 6 et S1 I I 87 I • et 12 • " 41 .. 8 lit 111 I I 17 II I 111 112 I 181 111 111 7 74 71 I I 83 14 21 I 112 I 111 ti It 8 88 88 I 18 11 24 16 I 72 I II II ti t 78 84 I 4& II 1 88 I 12 12 11& 1 114
11 118 73 I I II 12 &3 I 111 II 121 II It 11 118 111 I I II 44 71 I 117 21 113 ti 111 12 136 I 111 I 81 I 141 lt 142 11t 148 131 121 13 " 17 I 14 41 11 t7 I 111 " .. 81 tl 14 114 131 I • II 11 t7 41 124 78 111 .. 121 16 113 117 I • 111 I 121 • 111 71 12t 81 121 18 111 111 1 • tt 1 11 aa ti 11 111 81 111 17 128 116 I 11 117 1 121 • 118 111 87 4t 111 11 111 " • • 111 11 21 96 111 .. 87 12 87 lt 111 97 I 2& 1.. 21 ti • 88 12 ti 12 112 21 122 117 I • 111 1 41 78 118 114 122 ti 118 21 87 78 I It 88 21 94 • 12 I& 14 12 It 22 23 22 I 8 2t 21 28 I 32 2t It 2t 28 23 117 119 I 91 111 II 81 48 114 119 114 118 lit 24 82 ti I 7t UJ1 71 I 18 6& It lN 114 114 21 131 124 I 1N 123 118 I 134 118 12 127 126 t4 28 116 111 • 127 121 127 • 122 112 118 121 131 127 27 126 • 72 121 124 138 • 111 121 12t 128 121 118 28 131 • 128 126 124 136 • 121 111 121 121 121 118
roTAL 2867 21§7 208 868 iH7 iii 1243 1111 1882 2832 ii96 HM
made operational. During the second part of the run the MC users will measure the phase difference between 'loo and Tl+- in E773 and then change over to E799, which Is a search for the rare decay KL -+Koe+e·. When the run resumes on December 1, control of the PB line will go to E683, which Is studying photoproductlon of high Pa jets.
The ending of the fixed target run also meant the compiling of statistics. 2 displays the amount of beam and the hours of running for each beam line. 2 is a more detailed breakdoJNn for each beam line.
Figure Table
The experimenters were enthusiastic about the run. It was very successful and much Important data was recorded. The proof of these statements wlll come whh the analysis of the data and the publication of the physics results.
A. Experiments Which Took Beam:
Meson Area Experiments
MW BEAMLINE
Fermilab experiment E706 is a second generation fixed target experiment designed and constructed to perform a comprehensive study of high transverse momentum direct photon production in hadronic interactions. Prior to the start of the 1990 fixed target run, pinhole collimators were installed in the primary beamline to allow the option to transport primary proton beam down the Meson West beamline. Several beamline elements were also re-arranged to enhance the overall beam transport efficiency. Changes were made to the radiation interlock system in MWest in anticipation of higher secondary beam intensities. To reduce backgrounds at the trigger level, an additional veto wall was installed upstream of the hadron absorber and a neutron absorber was Installed downstream of the hadron absorber. The beam Cherenkov counter was also upgraded. The cryo dept. continued to provide support for the operation of the large liquid argon calorimeter, and that department designed and installed a 0.4 liter liquid hydrogen target scheduled to be used during 1991. Additional shielding has been installed around several collimators in the MWest secondary beamline.
During 1990, the MWest beamline was operated primarily at -530 GeV, with brief tests of the +530 GeV and +800 GeV modes. About 30 million physics quality triggers were recorded, corresponding to a sensitivity of about 8.5 events per picobarn on the 10% beryllium target. A sensitivity of 1 event per picobam on the 1% copper target was also recorded. This high quality data sample will provide valuable insights into hadronic structure and dynamics. During the 1991 running, the experiment expects to simulta-neously employ hydrogen, beryllium, and copper targets, and accumulate a sensitivity of > 5 events per picobarn on beryllium in the +530 GeV mode, and > 7 events per picobarn on beryllium in the +800 GeV mode. E706 also expects to record additional data at -530 GeV (1 event per picobarn) so that hydrogen data can be compared with data from heavier targets.
Fermilab E672 is a fixed-target experiment designed to study hadronic processes yielding high-mass dimuons and associated particles. The Fermilab Research Division provided three upgrades for the FY90 run of E672. First, the MW beamline was modified to provide increased beam intensity to both MW experiments E672 and E706. Second, because of expansion of the experiments and the resulting shortage of space, a new counting house/office enclosure was constructed inside the MW9 hall for E672.
4-8
Third, support structure design and installation assistance was provided for two PWCs, which were added to the experiment for this run. One of the PWCs was acquired from the Physics Department, and the second was constructed by the Indiana University members of the E672 collaboration. The Research Division also provided engineering assistance in upgrading the design of these PWCs.
E672 operated in the data taking mode during the FY90 run. The 530 GeV/c a· beam had a useable intensity of up to 5 MHz. Five million E672 triggers were recorded with accompanying data from .the E706 spectrometer. Approximately 10,000 reconstructed J/psls and a somewhat larger number of phi mesons are expected in the data. The experiment Is scheduled to continue running in FY91, In order to complete Its approved program. Data taking with positive beam split between 530 and 800 GeV/c will make up most of the run. Two weeks of negative beam running with hydrogen and Be targets Is planned . .;The apparatus is unchanged from the FY90 run, and startup time is estimated to be less than one week for E672.
MC BEAMLINE
E773 is a measurement of the phase difference between 1100 and 11.. to a pre-cision of 1/2 degree and operates in the MCenter beamline. No major changes were made to the primary beam. The Research Division was involved in a variety of projects in support of this effort. The Mechanical Department made major modifications to the decay vacuum system including installation of 4 new sailcloth vacuum windows. SOD built a new cleanroom for drift chamber repair and installed the new carbon regenerator movers along with new shielding to protect the portakamps from radiation produced in the regenerators. A major AC power upgrade was installed to accommodate a large increase in electronics load and provide noise suppression for both E773 and 799. A new neutral beam profile monitor was installed and tested last summer by the EE Dept.
The experiment received two weeks of test beam. The first week of beam (April) was used to shakedown the beamline and regenerators. The DAO system was also recommissioned after a two year shutdown. The primary beam flux was 1-2x1012 and secondary fluxes were consistent with E731 data. The second week (10 days in August) of test beam was devoted to testing the hardware cluster finder (HCF), the programmable trigger, and the first TRD chamber (for E799). A small data sample was taken to debug the full spectrometer. A lead glass calibration was done to verify the amount of radiation damage to the calorimeter. All tests were completed successfully and the experiment plans on taking a full data set during the first half of the 1991 run.
E799 Phase I will measure the branching ratio of the decay KL -+ a0 e+ e· with a sensitivity of 2x1011 • Research Division support included lead glass house modifi-cations and preconverter support construction, assembly of the TRD support structure and installation of the first TRD, fabrication and installation of a FASTBUS chilled water system for the track processor, a major upgrade to the cable tray network, and a partial upgrade to the portakamp shielding.
TRD #1 was beam tested in August along with the world's first recirculating Xenon gas system. The gas system worked very well and the TRD showed good e/p separation despite problems with a broken wire. E799 Phase I is scheduled to run for two months in the 1991 fixed target run following the finish of E773's data taking. They will run with an intensity of 2-3x1012 with no neutron filter if possible. Radiation
4-9
measurements must be made to determine the effects of the higher secondary flux rates. The results of these tests may have an impact on the branching ratio sensitivity achievable for Phase I.
MT BEAMLINE
Ens was a test of CDF equipment using the MT beamline. For these tests some modification were done to the beamline. The MT beamline had two rolled dipoles at MT~ converted 'o four dipoles to increase beam transmission. Target materials were changed at MT3 to improve the production of _positrons in the tertiary beam. A fourth target that moves through an MT2 dipole was installed that improves the yield of iow energy hadrons in the secondary beam. These changes enabled the establishment of beam tunes ranging in momentum from 5 to 225 GeV for hadron beams. The Improved range of accessible beam momentum facilitated the program of calibrating CDF calorimetry and studying upgrade calorimetry options. The Research Division constructed three prototype calorimeters for testing and built a fixture for moving the prototypes into the beam.
The test beam program for CDF successfully completed the planned program for the first half of the fixed target run. Sufficient beam flux was available to efficiently carry out the required studies during 147 days of running. Additional calibration of new production electronics for the CDF calorimetry and substantial testing of a large scale scintillating tile with fiber read-out prototype calorimeter, currently under construction by the Research Division, is expected to be completed during the 1991 fixed target run.
The experiment is an SSC test of Warm Liquid Calorimetry (WALIC) in a hanging file .configuration. The liquid tested has been solely TMP. The hanging file configuration allows for rapid changes of geometry between sensitive and non-sensitive planes. The experiment has been installed .in the MT beam line just upstream of the CDF test area. All work done by the Research Division has been under the full cost recovery clause in the Memorandum of Understanding. A control room was constructed and shielded plus an interlocked area that allows parking of the calorimeter outside the beam region. Air conditioning and heating were installed. A new beam dump was constructed allowing access to the CDF test area during operation of E795.
E795 took a total of 275 hours during the 1990 period. Results have been presented at various conferences and· meetings. One important result ts that the research technique appears to work without the problems encountered by UA 1 in CERN. It is not yet the technique of choice for the SSC experiments, but significant Improvements are being made. The hanging file in the hadronic configuration will be completed during the 1991 running. A series of tests will follow up in a •swimming pool" configuration, where the TM P is not contained in individual small containers but if the calorimeter volume.
E784 CBCD)
E784 is a program of detector R&D for the Bottom Collider Detector (BCD). During the 1990 Fixed Target Run, in the MTest beamline, we investigated silicon microstrip detectors. read out with SVX chips. We studied resolution and efficiency as a function of angle of incidence to the detector planes. We will continue our detector development tests in the upcoming 1991 Fixed Target Run, at approximately the same
4-10
level of running as we had during the 1990 run, 2-3 shifts per week. We plan to continue investigating silicon microstrip and pixel devices, begin beam tests of straw-tube tracking chambers and test a prototype RICH counter utilizing a solid photo-cathode and a pad readout chamber.
MP BEAMLINE
The 200 GeV MP beamline is the only particle beam line in the world which transports both polarized protons and antiprotons. Its successful operation is a key part of E704 and the Research Division supplied several key devices such as beam monitors, Cerenkov· counters, and special large aperture magnets. Its personnel operated the beam and obtained excellent performance. The Research Division also contributed greatly to the successful commissioning and operation of the polarized target built by the collaboration and provided and operated a very reliable liquid hydrogen target. Considerable support. to the experiment was also given in other areas such as the chamber gas system, rigging, electrical power, experimental hall air conditioning, alignment, and computing.
The purpose of E704 is to survey spin physics phenomena at 200 GeV. Part of the experiment conducted in 1990 was to measure one-spin asymmetries in it0 , it+, "-
• A, and 2: production with 200 GeV protons and antiprotons incident in the hydrogen target. The remainder of the run was devoted to using the polarized beams (both proton and antiproton) on the polarized target to measure two-spin correlation param-eters in it0 production and to measure the difference in total cross section between aligned and antialigned beam and target protons. During the 1990 run beam was received from February to August at intensities ranging from 1 to 3x1012 protons per
_ spill. The experiments described here were successfully carried out. Four publications are being written describing the Interesting scientific results. The collaboration hopes to continue this program in spin physics and is presently negotiating with the Laboratory on future plans.
Experiment E581 consisted of the comm1ss1oning and operation of the polarized beamline in the Meson area (MP). This beamline is unique in that it constitutes the only beamline in the world which transports both polarized protons and polarized an-tiprotons. The design was the result of a collaboration between Argonne National Laboratory and Fermilab that was initiated in the late 1970s. The beamline uses large magnets which were provided by Argonne and modified by Fermilab and Argonne. Instrumentation crucial to the successful · operation of the beamline used Cerenkov counters provided by Fermilab and "tagging• detectors provided by Northwestem University and Argonne. The beamline was tested using two different experiments as •polarim-eters• to measure the polarization by reliance on two different manifestations of spin physics which could be reliably predicted at high energies. These measurements verified that the performance of the beamline was excellent in all respects.
The majority of the running of E581 occurred during the 1987 fixed target run with the 1990 run devoted primarily to the running of E704. However, a small portion of the 1990 run was devoted to operating E581 with an emphasis on one of the polarimeter experiments. This was done to confirm the proper operation of the beamline and to check the "sign" of the overall asymmetries being measured in E704.
4-11
ME BEAMLINE
E-789
Experiment 789, in the MEast 800 GeV proton beam, is approved to study rare low-muhiplicity decays of hadrons containing heavy quarks. The Experiment 605fl72/ 789 collaboration modified their mass-focussing spectrometer with the addition of a silicon vertex detector for this .YJC>rk. The vertex detector incorporates the new monolithic silicon preamplifier designed · and provided by the Research Division. An upgrade of their data-acquisition system is also being partly funded through the Computing Division. The E789 group had a test run in the second half of the FY1990 fixed target run using a partial silicon vertex detector. Starting In May 1990, the collaboration tuned up their spectrometer while simultaneously extending some J/Psi A-dependence studies suggested by the just completed E772 analysis. The group then began measuring D-meson decays to K-pi and dilepton final ·states. Analysis of this data has confirmed the design parameters of the silicon vertex detector. They ended the 1990 run by studying the A-dependence of dihadron yields and various rate dependences in a B-meson decay configuration. These studies were needed to reach high luminosity in the 1991 fixed target run. This should permit the 'group to study low-muhiplicity decays of D-mesons and B-mesons at branching ratio sensitivities of a few parts per million.
NW BEAMLINE
SUMMARY OF E740-TEST (NWA) DURING 1990-91
Progress in E740, the D0 Test Beam program during the fixed target run has had major support from the Research Division. The Cryogenics department has transformed a vessel (made by Richmond-Lox) into a 7000 liter cryostat, along with liquid nitrogen service and a liquid argon storage dewar. RD Cryo also had responsibility for commis-sioning and operation of this cryostat. The cryostat is positioned in the beam by a 4-axis, 110-ton-capacity transporter designed and assembled by the RD Mechanical de-partment, .with automated controls provided by RD Electrical department. In addition, RD Mechanical designed and built, in concert with a parallel effort from Accelerator Division, the calorimeter array loading system, which included a rather involved airpad system. The Site Operations Department provided an 800 square foot clean room and upgrades to the trailer city. In addition, Research Division has been providing support for an upgraded low energy beam for the 1991 run. D0's 1990 run at NWA was extremely successful, taking data from 00 Muon, Forward Drift, and Vertex Chambers from the beginning of the run onwards, ·and calorimeter data from the beginning of May onwards. The first of two calorimeter arrays at NWA, with endcap calorimeter electro-magnetic and hadronic modules, was used in this past run. Since these monolithic modules are being installed in the final detector, these data will help carry absolute calibration to the collider. We logged some 3000 tapes, and took beam continually with a primary intensity of approximately 2x1011 protons/spill and secondary beams of muons, hadrons and electrons over an energy range of 10 to 150GeV. The second array, involving an octant of central and endcap calorimeter modules and spanning the intercryostat transition region in D0, Is being prepared for the next run in 1991. We have a run plan, covering a wide variety of energy and spatial scans, envisioned to span 4 months of beamtime, including an extended interval of higher intensity (1x1012) running for low energy studies in the realm 2-10 GeV.
4-12
NK/NT BEAMLINE
E782 is a low a squared muon-scattering experiment using a high resolution 1 m Freon bubble chamber. The Cryogenics Department re-commissioned the superconduct-ing bubble chamber magnet in time for a new zip-track measurement before the run started. SOD and RFD provided support for the use of the zip--track. The Cryo and SOD Departments installed the new bubble chamber. E782 ran in the new NK beamline which was built specifically for this experiment to provide 200 GeV muons using 6 •mini-pings' from the accelerator. There was a new set of drift chambers Installed by the University of Tennessee in order to give better momentum resolution. E782 ran from April 1990 through July 1990, alternating with E790, and finished its data taking program with 330,000 usable pictures. There were 6 pings per spill with an average of 150-300 200 GeV muons per ping. This flux gave the greatest advantage in event separation during picture analysis.
E790 purpose is to study and calibrate the calorimeter,r;modules for the Zeus detector at the HERA accelerator. The modules are constructed in ANL and shipped to Fermilab for completion and beam tests. All work done by the Research Division has been under the clause of full cost recovery in the Memorandum of Understanding. The beam line NT was implemented and enlarged to include 3 new magnets for momentum tagging of the incoming particles. Neutrino modules from E770 were move around to make room for a remote positioner of up to 4 modules (out of 32) out one time in the hadronic beam and one at a time in a muon beam.
Of the order of 8 modules have undergo studies (including a prototype) during the 1991 run. At this moment the actual intentions of E790 are not clear as they are under pressure from HERA to complete the calorimeter installation before June 1991, implying shipping the last module out of Fermilab sometime in April, and the actual start date of operation for the neutrino beam is not clear. The E790 program of studies (assuming leaving the prototype at Fermilab) could occupy all the 1991 running at NT.
NE BEAMLINE
E690 has as a primary aim a detailed study of diffractive heavy quark production In 800 GeV/c proton-liquid hydrogen collisions. Fully reconstructed final states are selected on-line by a high-rate hardware processor. In 1989 E690 was installed in NE, with lots of help from the Research Division. The Lab G building was virtually empty, after being vacated by E711 . The major parts of the installation were the raising of the overhead crane by about 18 inches, assembly and mapping of the analysis magnet (with new vertical yoke pieces), construction of the three-corridor electronics room, assembly of the concrete block shield wall (and appurtenances), assembly of the hydrogen target, and the positioning of 100 feet of magnet in the forward arm spec-trometer in NEF. In the beam itself the NE4 enclosure was rearranged to include a new, "T-type" collimator. A "T-type" collimator was also installed in NEB.
During the 1990 fixed target run all the E690 experimental equipment that had previously been used at E766 at BNL was re-commissioned. There was much new
4-13
equipment that was freshly commissioned. This included a VME based readout sys-tem-employing two video tape recording technologies; a number of wire chambers meant to measure the beam incident on the LH2 target and the outgoing beam and stiff, forward scattered particles; and numerous Improvements in the detector electronics. Starting August 21, 1990, approximately 250 million events were written to tape using a very loose trigger. About one quarter of these were pre-scaled beam triggers. The balance were events with a beam particle and some activity in the scintillation counters of the main spectrometer. Most of these events were caused by interactions somewhere other than the LH2 target. Approximately 3% contained one beam track, one fast forward particle, and an event in the_ main spectrometer. Starting 8126191, 32 million events were written to tape using a processor multiplicity-logic trigger. Approximately one half of these were pre-scaled beam triggers, so this yielded about 16 million events with one beam track, one fast forward particle, and at least two tracks in the target region-as determined by the number of hits in the eight beam chambers and six main spectrometer drift chambers. Both sets of data were quite preliminary and demonstrated some problems. The most significant of the problems was the failure of 1/8 of the magnet coil for the analysis magnet of the main spectrometer. In the coming fixed target run It is planned to have the on-line processor Implemented in full, first on tracks in the small aperture chambers, and later on tracks in the 6 chambers in the magnetic field. It is the experiment's hope to collect a large data sample with as much of the on-line event reconstruction processor as possible.
NM BEAMLINE
E665 uses the NM beamline, the world's highest energy muon beam, to study muon interactions in various targets and has the capability of making detailed measurements of the hadrons that emerge from the collision vertex. Continuing a program started in the .1987-88 fixed target run, E665 recorded data in the 1990 running period, concentrating on A dependence studies. The Research Division participated in two significant experimental upgrades that were completed for this running period. The first involved a new target system allowing targets to be changed every 60 seconds. The targets used were hydrogen, deuterium, carbon, calcium and lead. This system greatly reduces the systematic errors involved in comparing different target nuclei. The second major upgrade involved the installation of new vertex drift chambers which greatly improve the pattern recognition capabilities and reso-lution of the spectrometer.
The 1990 running period successfully completed the A dependence program of E665. Over a period of 97 days, 6x107 triggers were recorded, representing an inte-grated luminosity of 4x1 ()36 cm·2 uniformly distributed on the 5 different targets. This corresponds to an order of magnitude increase in statistics at low x81 as compared to the previous run. In the 1991 run, the experiment will concentrate on higher luminosity measurements on hydrogen and deuterium. The major goals of this run will be the study of events with two forward jets of hadrons, the dynamics of hadronization and the ratio ~f structure functions on hydrogen and deuterium at low Xej·
4-14
PW BEAMLINE
.EZZ1
Experiment 771, which is located in the High Intensity Laboratory of the Proton West beamline, relies on an on-line muon trigger processor to select events relevant to the study of beauty flavor production and decay physics. One of the early contributions to the experiment by the Research Division was the upgrade of , the Proton West secondary beamline into a primary beamline. In addition to supplying additional magnets, necessary to go from a 300 GeV secondary beamline to a primary line (presently 800 GeV), the Division also took responsibility for the design and construction of two remotely-operable pinhole collimators, necessary to reduce the primary flux to a toler-able level.
By far, however, the major contribution of the Division to the experiment has been in the design, development, and production (on-going) of the entire Silicon Microstrip readout system. Design goats for the project include: single R.F bucket resolution, high signal-to-noise sensitivity, dense amplifier packaging, as well as tow cost for the some seventeen thousand SMD channels. Components of the readout system include chamber mounted amplifiers and fastbus housed postamp/comparators,L delay/encoders, sequenc-ers, and smart crate controllers. Application Specific Integrated Circuits (ASIC's), de-
. - · signed by Fermilab engineers, represent important features of the amplifier and postamp/ comparator boards.
During the 1990 run, E-771 exercised and proved the effectiveness of the beamline upgrade, including the use of the flux reducing pinhole collimators. Somewhat rearranged elements from the previous experiment (E-705) were brought back to life which, coupled with a fledgling DA system, led to the writing of over one hundred exabyte tapes.
• From these tapes a preliminary J/Psi signal (dimuon) has been extracted. In addition ·t to reviving the previous spectrometer, the 1990 run also served as a limited testing
ground for the new elements: the SMD's and their associated ASIC electronics; the pad chambers and the trigger processor; and the Resistive Plate Counters and fast muon trigger.
As the 1991 run approaches, large-scale production of both the SMD electronics and the pad chamber electronics (a nearly identical system supplied by the universities), is just beginning to gear-up. It is expected that about one-third of the SMD electronics will be available by mid-April. Much of the beam time will ·again be devoted to testing and proving new features of the spectrometer - the SMD's, pad chambers, RPC's, and trigger systems. It is hoped that during the last months of the run, some physics data, albeit with a not-yet-final system, will be collected.
PC BEAMLINE
E761 is a study of rare hyperon radiative decays. The E761 collaboration involved physicists from the Soviet Union who provided all of the wire chambers and most of the data acquisition system. Special water cooled electronics racks were built in Leningrad and connected to the PC4 chilled water system by members of the Research Division. The standard Research Division temperature monitoring system as read out by the beam line controls system were essential to the maintaining the environmental control needed for this precision experiment. The Research Division provided an angle changing system for the incident proton beam so that the targeting angles - and hence polarization - of the produced hyperons could be easily changed and controlled. Hall and NM R probes in the magnets were other important instru-
4-15
mentation installed by the Research Division. Since the experiment needed a very small incident proton beam spot size to hit their tiny target - only 1/2 mm wide -essential computer beam monitoring and scanning programs were also needed. These worked very well.
E761 collected a sample of polarized decays of J:+-+PY and S--+l:"'y which far exceeds the previous total world sample. The experiment will measure the branching ratios and decay asymmetry parameters for these decays. Data was also collected to measure the magnetic moment of the r hyperon as well as data to determine whether the anti r hyperon is produced with significant polarization. The goals of this ex-periment were completed in this run.
EZ81T
E781 is a new spectrometer which will study the production and decay of heavy quarks states produced by r hyperons as well as protons and pions. This is a sophisticated experiment which uses new technology. E781 T is a program of testing components for E781 parasitically with the running of other experiments in Proton Center. During the running of E761, E781T conducted tests on a Transition Radiation Detector (TRD) to distinguish n- from I:- in the Proton Center hyperon beam. Tests were also made on a new SVX chip based readout system for silicon strip detectors, a new ring imaging Cerenkov detector, and a drift chamber. The TRD tests were successfully completed. The other tests are expected to continue during the running of E800 this year.
E800 is an experiment designed to make a precision measurement of the Omega minus magnetic moment. In order to do this it is necessary to produce polarized Omegas. An indication that Omegas could be produced polarized was found in E756 (1987-88 fixed target run). During the later part of E756 Omegas were produced by a secondary beam of polarized lamdas and cascade zeros. A sample of 22k Omegas were measured to have a polarization of 0.06+/-0.025. The statistics of this sample was limited due to the fact that the primary proton intensity was limited by the shielding around the targeting station.
For E800 the Research Division has reconfigured the P-Center beamline, which was used during the first part of this run by E761. A well shielded target and beam dump were installed upstream of the normal P-Center hyperon production target. The experiment hopes to be able to run at primary proton intensities of about 2x1012 per spill which should yield a sample of greater than 100 K omegas in a five month run.
PE BEAMLINE
T797 is an SSC completed test of Fast Gas calorimetry. They were installed in the TPL laboratory for a period of approximately 2 months. They have summarized their results at DOE presentations.
T798 is an SSC completed test of a pre-shower and synchrotron radiation detector for the identification of electrons. They were installed in the TPL laboratory for a
4-16
period of approximately 2 months. They have summarized their results at the Fort Worth SSC Detector Meeting and at the Fermilab Calorimetry Conference.
T807 is a completed test of heavy liquids used as Cerenkov radiators. They were installed in the TPL laboratory for a period of approximately 2 months. Their results are summarized in a NIM article.
E791 is designed for a high statistics study of charm physics. The detectors at TPL, in the PE beamline, are matched to high speed digitizers which are the front end to a data togging system which in many respects is the most advanced at Fermilab. The Research Division provided support for the upgrades to the electronics and detectors. Four water cooled air conditioning units were added 'to compensate for the increased power load from the new electronics. For the beamline, additional magnets and power supplies were added to ensure that the secondary beam reaches the design momentum of 500 GeV/c ( an increase from the 1987 limit of about 280 GeV/c).
The 1990 run was used to finish installing digitizing electronics and debug the new system. After the problems were overcome in the electronics and beamline there were three weeks left and the experiment enjoyed stable running conditions. During that time more than 1x109 events were written to video tape exclusive of calibration data. Thus the hardware and software had proven sound even though this amounts to only 10% (or less) of the total needed for physics goals. For the 1991 run E791 plans to record in excess of 1x1o10 events in five months using a 500 GeV/c, 2 MHz negative secondary beam on the experimental target, which requires the PE primary beam to be 2x1012 protons per cycle.
PB BEAMLINE
The purpose of the Fermilab experiment 687 is to study the production and decay of the charm and beauty particles using a high intensity, high energy photon beam. It uses the Wideband beam line in the proton area. For the 1990 run, the beamline was upgraded to the capacity to utilize the positrons in addition to the electrons to produce the photon beam. Fermilab Research Division produced the scintillating fibers used to construct the Inner Electromagnetic calorimeter and built the liquid deuterium target, the production target of the secondary beam. The Research Division has also supported the re-production of proportional chambers for the 1990 run.
Experiment 687 has run during the 1990 fixed target program as a major beam user. Excluding the accelerator down times, the experiment took beam for 150 days for real data, and for 20 days for beam tuning. The proton flux varied from 1x1012 to 4x1012, but mostly was at 4x1012, recording on tape 285.8x106 triggers. This was the first part of the approved program and was completed. The second part of the program will take place during the 1991 run when the experiment 687 will take data parasitically to the E683. The goal for this part of the program is to record on tape another 300x106
triggers.
4-17
Experiment 683 will study jet production in a high energy photon beam. In particular, it will study the QCO Compton and the photon-gluon fusion processes, measure photon structure function and A-dependent effects. The Fermilab Research Division built a transporter for the main calorimeter, and contributed to building a transporter for the beam calorimeter. It also provided the hydrogen target as well as standard services such as surveying.
During the 1990 fixed target program, the E683 had one week of test beam in June and another week In August. During these run periods, it took aome calibration data for the calorimeters, and tested the high P1 trigger. Small amount of high P1 data were also recorded and jet production out to 4 GeV Pt was observed. The 1991 run will be the primary data run. E683 plans to take enough high Pt data to have several hundred events from hydrogen target with P1 greater than 10 GeV, plus several hundred of events from each of seven heavy nuclear targets and the deuterium target with P1 of 7 GeV or greater.
The purpose of the Fermilab E774 is to study short lived particles coupling to electron. It used the Wideband beam line in the proton area parasitically to experiment E687 utilizing the electrons swept away from E687 spectrometer. Fermilab Research Division supported the construction of the electromagnetic and hadron calorimeters and provided the analysis magnet.
En4 used 10 weeks of beam to take data mostly in the later part of the 1990 fixed target program. During the early part of the program, it used the beam intermittently for various checks on their spectrometer and for tests, total of 4 weeks. The proton flux was that of the E687, i.e. varying from 1x1012 to 4x1012, but mostly was near 4x1012. The experimenters felt that they had enough data to declare the approved program complete.
ACCELERATOR
E-760 is a charmonium-formation experiment being performed in the antiproton accumulator ring. It is a collaboration of physicists from Fermilab, Ferrara, Genova, Irvine, Northwestern, Penn State and Torino. The research division has played a major role in the construction of the E760 detector. This includes the assembly of the lead-glass calorimeter as well as the design and construction of many of the detectors support structures. The research division has also been of great help In our efforts to shield our detector from radiation in the enclosure during antlproton stacking operations. Cement shielding blocks have been provided and a number of steel/cement shielding modules have been built. During the course of the 1990 run we successfully scanned four charmonium resonances; the T. T', Xv/ (2P1) and X2 (3P2). More than 7600 inverse nb of data was taken. The T was scanned for calibration purposes (for both the calorimeter and the accumulator ring) while the data obtained from the latter three resonances contain significant physics results. In particular, our mass and width measurements of the two x states are the most accurate In the world. A Physics Letter and a Physical Review article are presently in preparation. In addition, we seem to have rejected the suggested 1 P1 signal reported by R-704 at the ISR in the inclusive psi channel. We expect to mount an extensive search for the 1 P1 during the 1991 run. We will also scan the 'Ile and 1l'c resonances, search for 0-state charmonium resonances and accurately measure the angular decay distribution of the x2 •
4-18
B. Research Division Support Departments
1. Research Facllltles Department
The Research Facilities Department consists of three groups: 1) The Beam and Experiment Liaison Group, which designs and commissions the beamlines and facilities for the fixed-target program; 2) The Technical Support Group, which builds experimental apparatus; 3) The Particle Detector Group, which performs R&D on new detector technologies.
With fixed-target runs in 1990 and 1991, a major part of the activities of the Beam and Experiment Liaison Group has been in the preparations and commissioning of the beamlines and experiments. Most of the beamlines were significantly upgraded for the experiments in these runs. These upgrades included a reconfiguration of the MT and MW beams..to increase the high energy yield, a redesign of the NE beam to meet the needs of E690, a new muon beam NK, energy upgrades in PW and PE, and the addition of a positron branch to the PB electron beam. All beamlines except MC were installed, commissioned and operated for the 1990 fixed-target run. Four ex-periments were completed during this run; E704, E761, E774 and E782. For the 1991 run (which is about to start), the PC beamline is being reconfigured for experiment ESOO and MC for E773 and E799. E683 will also start data-taking this run, sharing the PB beam with E687 which continues from 1990. Installation of the beamlines for the 1991 run is complete, and the equipment checkout is in progress. This group also provides liaison and coordination between the support departments and the experiments. The experiments are now fully installed, and again are undergoing commissioning and checkout.
Other projects of the Beam and Experiment Liaison Group in the last year include the continuing development of the beamline design software. These programs are used to design changes to a beamline, and to provide the position information needed by the Survey and Alignment Group to install the beamline components according to the design. The development work is not only for the programs themselves, but their organization. The goal is to implement a program management system for both the programs and the input and output data. The group has also developed applications programs for the beamline control system, to aid in beamline commissioning and benchmarking.
Two new initiatives in the last year have lead to the submission of detailed Conceptual Design Reports for experimental facilities for neutrino and kaon physics at the proposed Main-Injector accelerator. It is expected that these projects will progress to a further stage of engineering studies and R&D during the next year.
The Technical Support Group within the Research Facilities Department is divided in two subgroups: Mechanical Support based in Lab 6 and Electronic Support based in the Wilson Hall 12 floor. The Electronics subgroup during FY90 and FY91 completed the design and prototyping for several amplifier and auxiliary boards for the CDF Central Tracking chamber to be used during the 1991 collider run; completed the expansion of the electronics of the Single Wire Drift Chamber installation in the CDF test beam to include two additional stations; provided experimental groups with ap-proximately 800 channels of preamplifier boards for multiwire chambers; completed the transfer to the Fermilab Electronics Pool (PREP) of the previously design modules provided for general use; help in the programming of a beam time structure analysis module and provided back support for many experimental groups. The Electronics Support subgroup will cease to exist during FY91. The Mechanical subgroup provided the equipment and support (together with the SOD) for the measurement of two magnets
4-19
in two different experiments; the analysis of rnultiwire chamber gases for E665, E782, E773 and others; provided support for the mounting of muon chambers and the CMEX system for CDF; provided support for the cleaning of cables to be installed in the sealed D0 cryostats; built large multiwire drift chambers for experiment E665; built multiwire proportional chambers for the E665 beam; built and reconstructed Single Wire Drift chambers for the CDF test beam; helped with the construction of prototype multiwire drift chambers for E781; help an SSC research and development program for scintillating fibers including installation of prototype calorimeter modules and a support structure in a test beam; provided support for the installation of test beam T817 in the New Muon laboratory; constructed the modules for the CDF CMEX detectors support structure; provided full time technical support for experiment E791 in the Tagged Photon laboratory; provided technical support for two SOC/SSC test beam efforts; manufactured of the order of 500 micro coaxial multiwire cables for the new CDF VTX chamber and provided solutions to innumerable request for supports from many experimental groups.
The Particle Detector Group (PDG) carries out R&D for stete-of-the-art detectors. It also supports the efforts of experiments in the development of new detectors and in the evaluation of new concepts. The PDG is active in both Collider and fixed-target programs. During FY90-91 the Particle Detector Group has continued working on scintillating fibers and on the development of plastic scintillators with high light output as well as superior radiation hardness. A number of new scintillators have been produced and studied. The work on the dense scintillator cerium fluoride has continued and a patent applied for by URA on a technique for its production. A new photon detector for Cherenkov Ring Imaging has been developed which has a very high efficiency and will operate at SSC rates. Work on additives for liquid argon to improve the response of calorimeters for hadrons has continued with excellent success. The group has also contributed a neutral beam monitor to the fixed-target effort, and studied amorphous silicon as a particle detector. In the remainder of FY91 much of the above mentioned work will continue as well as a new effort on research on silicon detectors for high resolution, high rate particle tracking.
The Beamline and Experiment Liaison Group of RFD uses equipment funds pri-marily for the purchase of computing equipment for use in beamline design and analysis. There will be a need to upgrade and extend this equipment and its use.
The Technical Support Group uses equipment funds in support of experiments and test beam users. This includes equipment for the analysis of purity and mixing fractions of gases utilized in gas detectors throughout the laboratory, and for the monitoring of flammable gasses throughout the experimental halls; equipment for the automatic mea-surement of magnetic fields in magnets utilized in the High Energy Physics experimental program; equipment for the design and construction of mechanical parts for the installation of the experimental apparatus in the beam lines; for the design and construction of components in support of research and ·development projects; equipment for the winding and assembly of rnultiwire detectors either for beam lines or experimental apparatus; for the design and constructions of gas systems to supply multiwire gas chambers; equipment for the manufacture and development of new materials for scintillator fibers and equipment for the manufacture of sheet metal components. During FY92 and beyond will continue to use equipment funds to assist the experimental and test beam programs. Specific purchases will include computer workstations for CAD and documentation.
The Particle Detector Group uses equipment funds to procure instruments essential to the development of new detectors. Recent acquisitions include a gas chromatograph, a Vax workstation, and a Macintosh computer for reading CAMAC modules. In FY91 the group will procure equipment for the development of silicon detectors.
4-20
2. Mechanical Department
During FY90, the Mechanical Department had two main missions: 1) support the Fixed Target Program, and 2) help with completion of the D0 detector and major CDF upgrades.
The Fixed Target Program began in February, 1990. Several new devices were constructed and debugged for beamlines including new beamstops and pinhole collima-tors. Experiments also required a wide variety of mechanical systems. Some experiments required only simple chamber supports while others such as E761 required elaborate remote controlled drives for manipulating their detectors. Experiments completed during the first running period were E704, E761 and E782.
Significant effort has been required to finish Experiments E7731799 and ESOO for the second half of the Fixed Target Program to be completed in FY91. ESOO in particular has required extensive changes to the experimental beam line.
Completion of the cotlider experiments was a major goat of the Mechanical De-partment in FY90 and continues well into FY91. . The Mechanical Department has designed and constructed substantial mechanical systems for' the CDF muon upgrade. These included support and motion systems for the 300 ton steel muon walls as well as the CMEX detector steel frames and suppo·rts. DO has also been provided with large amounts of support. The EMC muon detector frames were completely engineered and constructed t>y the Department. Technician support has been provided for all manner of work to complete the liquid argon calorimeters both in the Meson Assembly Building and at the DO site. Both collider experiments also have an ongoing test plan program supported in part by the Mechanical Department.
The transition to CAD and CAE is now complete. About 90% of all design and engineering work is done with the aid of computers. Additional computer upgrades are needed to increase the response time of the computer hardware, but the benefit to the department is clear. Engineers and designers are doing work now that would have been nearly impossible without the aid of computers. Examples of very difficult jobs completed with the CAD system are the EMC frames and the E760 calorimeter. Upgrades to the CAD system will be continued into FY91 and beyond.
3. Cryogenics Department
The Cryogenics Department is responsible for the fabrication, operation and upgrade of many cryogenic systems in the Researct:i Division used with both the fixed target and collider modes of accelerator operation. The department personnel split their efforts between operating and improving existing equipment and constructing new experimental area systems.
In 1990, the department operated the cryogenic systems associated with the Fixed Target Program and then shutdown, performed maintenance and prepared systems for the start of the second part of the Fixed Target Run. The reliability of these systems reached new levels as upgrades of mechanical equipment and controls improved the operating efficiency. In all, approximately fifteen cryogenic systems will operate during the next period. These systems include: helium and hydrogen refrigerators, beam transport and large superconducting analysis magnets, hydrogen targets and liquid argon calorimeters.
4-21
Beamline cryogenic systems such as the helium refrigerators in PS1, PS4, Meson and New Muon that again operated successfully in the first half of the run were prepared and cooled down to assure their readiness.
Four hydrogen target systems, E687, E665, E690 and E683 were put in a final state of readiness in anticipation of a start-up just prior to the run. The E665 deuterium recovery system was modified to allow for a better utilization of gas inventory. An entirely new target system was fabricated for E706. Installation and initial check-out tests were performed. The E706 hydrogen target is cooled by an open loop liquid helium circuit giving it a unique mod• of operation. A premium was placed on designing a system that minimized operating costs.
The NWA liquid argon calorimeter, which operated during the first part of the run with modules destined for use in the 00 Calorimeters, was drained and opened up to allow for module removal and installation of the second load. Operation of this system for Its first run was extremely reliable. Anticipated problems with uranium contamination did not materialize, however, the second load is more susceptible to this hazard.
In preparation for the next Collider Run, the department provided assistance with the 00 Project by running acceptance tests on each of the calorimeter vessels as they arrived and installing the cryogenic piping system and instrumentation boxes on the vacuum shells. The Central Calorimeter (CC) was loaded with modules and prepared for a cryogenic test run early in 1991. Engineering and technician support centered on preparing the Endcap Calorimeters (EC's). ECN was readied for module loading in record time to keep this critical path item on track, ECS is on schedule and should start the process of loading modules shortly.
The leak that plagued the CDF solenoid de.tector and prevented reliable operation at design current was identified and fixed. A test run is planned to confirm that the solution is capable of withstanding thermal cycles. Additional upgrades to the CDF cryogenic system were made and will be checked during the test run.
The Cryogenics Department also assisted other Fermilab groups as requested and devoted considerable engineering support for a variety of cryogenic safety reviews.
In the remainder of FY91, the department will cooldown, operate and monitor all the cryogenic systems used for the Fixed Target experimental program.
Finally, the inventory of liquid deuterium left over from 15' bubble chamber experi-ments will be processed into heavy water and shipped to Brookhaven National Lab. The neon/hydrogen mixture will then be separated to store neon for future experimental usage, with some pure neon being sent to Argonne National Laboratory for use on their Continuous Wave Deuterium Demonstrator Project.
In 1990, the Cryogenics Department pursued a R&D effort by devoting an average of 2.5 FTE engineers to the preliminary design of superconducting solenoids and associated cryogenics for the Solenoid Detector Collaboration. SOC was chosen in December to be one of the two detectors at the SSC. Early in the year we studied three iron-coil geometries that were matched to three variations of the calorimetry. We did magnetostatic calculations to determine the magnitude and uniformity of the mag-netic field and the Lorentz forces on the coil. These three geometries were included in the EOI (Expression of Interest) submitted to the SSCL in May. Following a task-force study into the ways these geometries impacted the capabilities of the calorimeter, a unified magnet design was proposed and accepted by the collaboration. The LOI (Letter of Intent) submitted to the SSCL in November contained the results of our
4-22
magnetostatic analysis of this design. We also prepared a cost estimate and time schedule for the R&D related to the magnet system-these were included as part of the LOI.
The magnet R&D was divided between Fermllab RO/Cryo and KEK In November. We were asked to work on the cryogenic system, the magnet vacuum vessel, the cold mass supports and the electrical equipment. KEK will concentrate on the superconducting coil. This division of labor is the same as was used in the design of the solenoid system for CDF. By the end of 1990, our leveJ of effort had been increased to about four FTE engineers. We were considering unconventional materials for the outer vacuum shell, e.g., honeycomb or isogrid, and were studying various cold mass support schemes. We were also doing cryogenic system studies and were calculating heat loads so that we could estimate the cost of the refrigeration plant required for the solenoid.
In the remainder of FY91, we expect to receive funding from the SSCL-SDC to maintain an in-house effort level of about four FTE engineers. We will continue with the engineering, design and component prototyping leading toward a nearly final design of those items assigned to us. This design will become part of the SOC Proposal that will be given to the SSCL in April, 1992.
Engineering design was performed on the Conceptual Design Reports for the Neutrino and Kaon Experimental Facilities associated with the Main Injector Program. Both projects plan to utilize large superconducting analysis magnets. Work will continue on the Neutrino and Kaon facilities to improve cost estimates and iook for analytical answers to some questions that have been raised.
Finally, whenever available, effort will be devoted to R&D work associated with improving the operational reliability and safety of existing cryogenic systems and better understanding the properties of materials that have a unique application in our projects.
4. Electronlcs/Electrlcal Department
The Electronics/Electrical Department (EEO) is responsible for much of the design, development, implementation, and maintenance of the electronic and electrical devices and systems necessary for the Experimental Areas physics program. The fixed-target area responsibility is_ carried out by three of the four EEO groups; Beamline Systems, Controls, Detector Electronic Systems. The fourth group, the 00 Task Force, has important responsibilities associated with the 00 Collider project. The Beamline Systems group provides support for the following. systems; beamline A.C. power distribution, magnet power systems (both conventional and superconducting magnets), temperature monitors, beamline instrumentation (SWICs, beam loss monitors, etc.), motorized devices and safety systems. Safety systems include radiation, electrical, and Oxygen Deficiency Hazard (OOH) monitoring systems. In addition to these the specialized electronics for several large cryogenic magnet systems, -such as the Chicago Cyclotron Magnet, CERN Vertex Magnet, Colliding Detector Facility solenoid magnet, and the Tohoku Bubble Chamber were provided. The Controls group provides distributed computer control for all beamline devices, vacuum systems, and cryogenic systems. The Detector Electronic Systems group provides highly specialized electronics (primarily ASICs and surface-mount hybrids) for experiments requiring enhanced detector performance. The role of the 00 Task Force is to provide a focused support effort to the construction and installation of the new D0 colliding detector experiment led by the 00 Construction Department. These efforts include the design, fabrication and installation of electronic systems used to support the operation of the various detector systems.
4-23
An appreciable effort was required during FY90 to prepare the fixed target sys-tems and experimenters systems for the FY90 experimental program. This work was required to Insure the operational reliability of the systems necessary for a successful physics program. Operators and Experimenters had to be trained in both the use of the new EPICURE control system and the techniques used to write application software programs for the system. A wide variety of systems previously under development have become operational and proved to be highly successful during the first half of the FY90, FY91 fixed target run. Some of _the completed projects are mentioned below.
By far the most significant recent accomplishment for the EE Department was the commissioning and operational use of the EPICURE control system. The operation of the EPICURE system is the culmination of man-years of hardware and software effort by our Controls group. The system has performed splendidly. -Along with the eystem development was the design and installation of a host of modules aimed at Improving the accuracy and reliability of the overall system. New Multiplexed Analog to Digital Converters (MADC) were designed and installed in many. locations to increase the data acquisition rate and improve accuracy. New system control cards were designed and built to allow the monitoring of cryogenic target systems. The new system implemen-tation required extensive training of operations personnel and experimenters to allow them to take full advantage of the new system's capabilities. Also, the Cryogenics Department joined in on the training as the new EPICURE system was expanded to take on the duties of cryogenic plant monitoring and control.
The Research Facilities Department was also assisted by the addition of several VAX computers to our cluster to improve RFD cluster performance requirements. EEO Controls also accepted system management duties for RFD.
All experiments underwent an Electrical Safety review prior to receiving an opera-tional clearance for. their systems. The Electronics/Electrical Department coordinated the reviews, and where needed, supplied technicians to help alleviate any problems found. This process was as much a teaching exercise as a review process. Senior engineers from the Department explained various practices and techniques to experimenters in an effor:t to help them spot potential problem areas in the future. The end result was a safer experiment and a heightened awareness for electrical safety in experimental apparatus and installations.
In addition to the power needed for their beamline magnet power systems, modern experiments often require large amounts of AC power to run their electronics and ancillary support equipment. Often, this power must be stable noise free or, so called, -Ouier power. The EEO has responsibility for these systems too.
Along with the experiment power requirements, experiments often require precision measurement of the magnetic field of their analysis magnets for critical determination of particle momentum. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance probes, Hall Effect probes, and cur-rent monitoring systems were installed and calibrated for many FY90 run experiments (E761, E683 and others).
The EE Department's power eng.ineers also provided help to the Technical Support Section's Magnet Test Facility by designing and building a 10,000 ampere quench protection dump switch. This switch is one of the largest switches built and has resulted in Inquiries from commercial companies.
The Department's early steps into the new field of microelectronic chip design has yielded substantial returns with the development of high quality, high performance inte-grated circuit preamplifiers for detector electronics. The OPA01 quad preamplifier has been successfully realized and has been designed into two large experimental detector
4-24
systems (E-771, E-789). This Department, in concert with the Computing Division's Data Acquisition Electronics Department has provided a myriad of new boards and systems. For example, a FASTBUS based silicon strip readout system was designed for E771. The FASTBUS FSCC Smart Crate Controller used in this system was designed for use In both E771 and E791. It is now being commercialized. Outside of the fixed target program the Detector Electronic Systems group was involved in the VTCP upgrade and SVX radiation tests for CDF, and the BVX chip design for BCD physics proposals.
A group of individuals from the Department have been dedicated to the construction and testing of the D0 electronic systems both in the D0 test · beamline (NWA) In the fixed target area and in the actual D0 hall. This group has assisted with the Calorimeter motion control systems, D0 clock system, and Muon Octant Trigger System. Major support efforts cootinue in the D0 hall with the Installation of A.C. power distribution, electronics construction for the calorimeter and ot_her associated systems.
The printed circuit facility (PC Shop), run by this Department, has continued to provide prototype printed circuit boards for the Research Division, Accelerator Division, Physics Section, Computing Division and experimenters. The printed circuit facility has provided many special purpose boards for use in experimental wire chambers and other beam detection devices.
The Department has continued to expand its use of computer aided design (CAD) in an effort to assure highly reliable systems. This work has allowed the development of the various designs mentioned above and will continue to grow as the engineering demand increases. The upgrade to new hardware and software is a continuing process and is a necessary ingredient in modern electronics design. The increasing complexity of systems and advances in design methodology (especially ASIC design) require CAD.
A major function of the Department has been and will continue to be providing engineering expertise to other Departments throughout the Research Division as well as other parts of Fermilab and outside participating institutions. On-going interaction with educational institutions will play a significant role in the development of new detectors and electronics for future experiments and the ultimate success of those experiments. Furthermore, ES&H considerations will require significant effort by our staff. Additional training is a necessary part of the increased ES&H awareness and involvement expected of the EE Department.
5. Site Operations Department
Operation of the 1990 Fixed Target Run began on schedule in February. The Operations Group delivered beam to 19 Experiments and test beam activities located in 13 beamlines during the run. Site Operations Department support groups maintained vacuum and gas systems in the over ten miles of instrumented beamlines. Hundreds of magnets and power supplies and a dozen beam dumps were cooled by water systems Installed and maintained by SOD as well. Since the shutdown Operator activities have included EPICURE application program writing, testing, and data base verification of the approximately 30,000 devices controlled from the Operations Center.
After the shutdown in August, the major activity in support of Fixed Target Program was the changeover of experiments in the PCenter beam from E761 to ESOO which included significant changes to the PC primary and secondary beams involving new cooling systems for the target station as well as a variety of rigging, electrical, and alignment tasks.
4-25
Significant work in support of the collider program included fabrication and assem-bly support of the CDF conical scintillation counters along with the installation of the support structure on the muon steel in the CDF assembly hall. D0 support activities included continued in situ support on the readying of the large muon chambers. Sev-eral SOD groups combined to work on the design and installation of the new D0 Experimental Control Room.
The Experiment Engineering group devoted a substantial effort to civil construction aspects of the Conceptual Design Reports for the proposed Neutrino Physics program using the Main Injector.
The Alignment Group continued its Laboratory-wide service including support for the new construction of the Education Center, installation of the Low Beta sections during the accelerator shutdown, as well as continuing to implement the group's site mapping project. Significant effort continues on the development of alignment strategies for the large collider detectors and their upgrades.
6. Admlnlstratlye Syppon Groyp
There are five administrative assistants and thirteen secretaries in the Administrative Support Group. The group provides secretarial and administrative support to all depart-ments in the Research Division. The concept of a division-wide organization of the group has proven effective in standardizing the skills, procedures and equipment needed to provide this support. As a result, interdepartmental assistance by group members is possible, and is being given regularly. Group members are also assisting with major conferences. All members of the group receive beginning and advanced training in MASS-11 or LATEX word processing programs as required. The Computing Department has a staff consultant who is able to do the training in-house, which has resulted in more cost-effective, efficient word processing training. Many group members have and are receiving training in software packages on Macintosh computers.
7. The BP Environment. Safety. and Health CES&Hl Group
The Environment Safety and Health Group of the Research Division is comprised of two Senior Safety Officers, three Occupational Safety Officers, three Radiation Safety Officers, and four Radiation Control Technicians. The RD ES&H Group provides guidance to the division and experiments on environment and safety matters. There is considerable interaction between ES&H personnel and other RD Departments and ex-perimenters when planning present and future operations both with respect to the fixed target program and the D0 and CDF collider experiments. These interactions are designed to develop, implement, and monitor ES&H policies consistent with the re-quirements of the rapidly changing experimental conditions.
Occupational safety personnel review and inspect Research Division areas to contribute to a safe and healthful workplace in accordance with Department of Energy Orders and OSHA/EPA regulations. These efforts include sampling for industrial hygiene exposures, proper R>uting of chemicals and hazardous wastes, monitoring RD worksites for OSHA non-compliance, and providing appropriate training sessions about occupational safety hazards.
4-26
Radiation Safety Officers prepare radiation shielding specifications, determine beam line running conditions, develop and review interlock test procedures, and present radiation and controlled access training sessions for personnel prior to beam line start-up. RSOs also participate in radiation surveys during beam line operations and peri-odically review dosimetry results to insure that radiation dose rates are within accept-able limits in the Research Division experimental areas.
The Radiation Control Technicians install radiation monitoring devices, perform radiation surveys for personnel protection, check equipment exposed to hadrons for radioactivity, and assist in beam commissioning studies. A continuing large effort during FY 91 is that of providing radiological controls for depleted uranium work associated with the construction of the D-Zero calorimeter.
In FY 91, the RD ES&H Group has continued to upgrade its micro-computer based radiation monitoring systems, participated In a comprehensive radiation shielding assessment, and completed a number of fire protection. improvement projects. Continuing efforts have been directed toward implementation of the Hazard Communication Stan-dard and a waste minimization program for Research Division areas. The Research Division Safety Manual was revised, rewritten, and reissued to RD personnel. We continue .to improve our training efforts in many areas to assure compliance with revised DOE Orders. These efforts will continue into FY92.
II. COLLIDING BEAMS DETECTORS
A. D-Zero
As the date of the next collider run rapidly approaches, monumental preparations are underway to complete Fermilab's second collider detector to be located at the D0 interaction region. The Dzero Detector has been designed as a complimentary counterpart to the existing CDF detector in order to augment the output of collider physics from Fermilab's collider runs over the next ten years. Detector design began well after the CDF detector design had been completed and subsequent to the first runs of CERN's UA 1 and UA2 detectors. Hence, the Dzero design takes advantage of the experience gained in building and operating those three detectors and, therefore, should extend the physics reach of the Fermilab collider.
The Dzero Detector is a large (- 5500 tons) 49 hermetic detector consisting of three primary subsystems. The central region is filled with tracking chambers and a Transition Radiation Detector (TRD) to aid in the identification of electrons. A salient feature of this region is the absence of a magnetic field. Completely surrounding the central region is the liquid argon/uranium calorimetry, which contains both electromagnetic and hadronic sections. The calorimeter comes in three sections, approximately equal in size, consisting of a Central Calorimeter and two End Calorimeters.
Next come four layers of proportional drift tubes, which are used to track the particles that penetrate through the 6 to 8 absorption lengths of the calorimetry. These chambers
· are followed Immediately by a large iron toroid which bends muons as they traverse its one meter of magnetized steel. The muons then encounter three more layers of proportional drift tubes on the outside of the toroid followed by a 1 meter drift length and another three layers of proportional tubes. The PDT/toroid combination allows the momentum of the muons to be determined to 20% or better.
The Dzero Detector was designed to have specific advantages over its counterparts. A design containing no central magnetic field was chosen because it was felt that the primary measurements being made were on jets and leptons. Good calorimetry resolution
4-27
Is more important in measuring the energy of a jet than momentum determinations using magnetic fields. A liquid argon calorimeter, unHorm In all directions and with fine segmentation, was chosen for it superior resolution properties and the fact that this type of calorimeter requires no recalibration; the response remains constant over time, so it is only necessary to keep track of the argon purity and the electronics gains. Also, the variation in response from module to module Is negligible, but lntramodule variations do exist. It is, therefore, important to calibrate each type of module. These assertions have been verified in two test beam runs. In the second run, the response of modules that will be used in the Dzero calorimeter was measured.
A major advantage of the Dzero Detector Is the superb muon coverage, which extends down to approximately four degrees. The thickness of the detector varies from thirteen to eighteen absorption lengths depending on the angle of emergence of the muon. This is roughly a factor of two in thickness over the best of the previous detectors.
At the beginning of 1991 many of the essential components of the detector are already in place. All of the central tracking chambers have been built, tested, and Installed. Installation of the associated electronics is presently done. The Central Calorimeter has been assembled and moved onto the main detector platform where It has been being cabled up and readied for cooldown. The cryostats for the two End Calorimeters have been fabricated and are presently on site. All of the modules for these calorimeters have also been completed. One of the cryostats is currently in a clean room at 00 where modules are being loaded into it. The second is being prepared to move to 00 at Lab A. Both of these calorimeters are scheduled for completion in the early fall.
The muon toroid and all of the muon PDT's were completed some time ago. The toroid has been power tested and most of the PDT's have been installed and commissioned. Much of the data acquisition system, including the host computer and the hardware trigger system has been installed and tested. ·
The schedule for the next few months consists of a commissioning run to be followed by completion of the detector with roll in to the Collision Hall occurring next fall. The commissioning run will begin this spring and is designed to test all of the major components of the detector by studying· cosmic rays that pass through it. The elements of the detector that can be tested in the commissioning run include the Central Tracking Chambers, the Central Calorimeter, central portions of the muon system including the toroid and a number of the PDT's, and subsets of all of the electronics, trigger, data acquisition, and on-line software. This run will undoubtedly be of great use in preparing for a smooth turn on of the detector when it finally moves into the 00 Collision Hall.
In addition to the commissioning run, a great deal of work has gone into generating and analyzing 100,000 Montecarlo events. This exercise has allowed much of the off-line software to be tested on data which is very similar in nature to the real data that will be accumulated during the first run.
Once the commissioning run has been completed, the two remaining End Calorim-eters will be moved onto the detector platform, cabled up, connected to the cryogenic system, and finally cooled down. When this has been completed, the entire detector will be moved into the collision hall, where commissioning will continue with beam.
The early start on the commissioning should allow a transition to data taking mode within a few months. At that time Dzero will join CDF in the hunt for the elusive Top quark, and begin work on a large menu of other physics topics. Included on this list are QCD physics, which is the study of jets and photons in order to test the strong interaction theory. In addition, there will be detailed measurements of W/Z properties including masses, widths and asymmetries. Completing the list of topics are B physics and, of course, the search for new and unexpected phenomena.
4-28
The D0 Collaboration augmented by some groups new to the collaboration has submitted a proposal to the P .A.C. for a substantial upgrade to the detector. The motivation is twofold. On the one hand the dramatic progress of the existing Tevatron Colliderwill push the luminosity beyond the operating limitations of the current D0 design before the middle of the decade. On the other hand there are exciting new fields of physics opening up at the collider and the new features of the proposed, upgraded D0 Detector are targeted at these new fields of endeavor as well as at the already challenging menu of forefront physics~
The mainstay of the first generation D0 is its beautiful calorimeter and this will remain true for the next generation, with some modest modifications to the readout to accommodate possible changes in the bunch structure of the Tevatron Colllder this Is a calorimeter which will still be classed as excellent at the end of the decade. The Muon system will require Improvements in the very forward regions to the Small Angle Muon system and the Proportional Drift Tubes which encase the detector will be supplemented by a akin of scintillator. .;
The dramatic changes are expected to be in the 'interior of the detector where the existing tracking and transition radiation detectors cannot withstand the onslaught of luminosities in the s•10 .. 31 range anticipated in the era of the Main Injector. A complete revamp of the tracking detectors is foreseen with the introduction of a superconducting solenoid and matching tracking detectors of scintillating fibers and silicon disks and barrels (see Figure) which would make this a forefront detector for the last 5 years of the millennium. All the excellent lepton detection capability of the current detector would be preserved and enhanced so that the chances of missing something at the high mass, high pT frontier such as a Top quark at 200 GeV or something unexpected would be small. In addition the rich fundamental physics offered by the Bottom quark systems would seem to be ripe for exploration at the Tevatron with such a well conceived detector.
4-29
8. The Collider Detector at Fermilab
The Collider Detector at Fermilab {CDF) is a general purpose detector system designed to explore the physics of 2 TeV proton-antiproton collisions. The design, construction, and initial use of this facility was carried out by a F•milab-led consortium of physicists from ten U.S. universities, three U.S. national laboratories and groups from Japan and Italy.
In addition to U.S. DOE support for this project. significant funding was provided by the Japanese Ministry of Education under the U.S./ Japan Accord in high-energy physics and by the Italian government through l.N.F.N. Two of the U.S. university groups are supported through the NSF.
CDF consists of a central magnetic detector that covers the angular range 10• to 110• with respect to the incident proton direction and two forward/backward detectors that cover the ranges 2• to 10• and 110• to 179•. respectively. The basic goals of the detector include:
1)
2)
3)
4)
The measurement of electromagnetic and hadronic energy flow in fine bins of rapidity and azimuthal angle covering the entire angular range of CDF with uniform granularity using systems of shower counters and hadron calorimeters,
measurements of the directions of charged particles to angles as close to the incident beam directions as technically possible,
momentum analysis of charged particles over the angular range 15• 1o 165•. and
identification and momentum analysis of muons over the angular ranges 2• to 15•. 56• to 124•. and 165• to 11s•.
A view of the detector is shown in Figure 1.
FV87 was the final year of CDF construction. That marked the completion of the basic detector as defined in the original scope of the construction project. FY88 marked the beginning of the improvement program to upgrade the capabilities of the detector beyond what was implied by the original scope.
Since the commissioning run in 1987 when about 33 nb·1 of integrated luminosity were accumulated, numerous changes in the Collaboration as well as the detector have taken place. The membership has now grown to include 28 institutions and 298 collaborators. Some additions such as Tufts, the University of Michigan, and UCLA. represent a natural spreading of the CDF base as junior members receive offers for faculty positions from new universities. The other new university groups represent additions attracted by the Physics of CDF and the upgrade potentials of both the Tevatron and the CDF detector. Notable additions include new foreign groups from Italy {Padova) and Japan {Osaka City) as well as a new group from the SSC laboratory. Many of these new groups are helping in the construction of the Silicon Vertex Detector and muon upgrades which will be commissioned during the next run. Others are working on R& D for future proposed upgrades such as radiation hard readout chips and A/C coupled detectors for the SVX. DAQ upgrades. and the scintillating tile upgrade to the end plug calorimetry. A list of collaborating institutions is enclosed in Appendix A.
4-30
The 1088-80 Collider Run
The first major physics run with the CDF detector began in June, 1988. and continued through May 31. 1989. The initial goal of this run was to accumulate an integrated luminosity of 1.0 pb-1 on tape. This goal was surpassed in November, 1988, and a total of 4.7 pb-1 was accumulated by the end of the collider run. The full CDF detector was in place for this entire collider run. including the full Level 3 trigger system of ACP processors. The detector and data acquisition system coped well with the delivered peak luminosities of 2 x 10"cm·2sec·1- a rate which was twice the design luminosity of the Tevatron Collider. However. effective use of this luminosity was only possible because CDF was able to commision "on the fly" its Level 3 processor farm. The original intent for this run was that Level 3 wouJd be used only in a tagging mode, but the Tevatron's success forced us to effectively skip a run and use Level 3 to reject events online using offline event. selection algorithms running in the Level 3 processors.
About 5500 9-track tapes of data were written during the 1988-89 collider run and offline processing of this data began early in 1989. Initial processing took place on two systems of 65 ACP nodes each. A spin cycle stripped out 7% of the events for immediate reconstruction and monitoring of the detector within days of the actual data taking. These "spin cycle" events formed the basis for the preliminary physics results reported by CDF during the summer and fall of 1989. The final processing of all the data was done on the two ACP systems augmented by a third system of microVAX nodes. The microVAX node system used 8mm tape. input instead of 9-track tapes and processed the 35% of the raw data which had been written in parallel to both 8mm and 9-track media. The final offline processing began in June, 1089, and was finished in December. 1989. Physics analysis of this offline pass continues while we prepare for the next collider run.
The last year has seen continued acitvity in analysis of the 1988-89 data. A total of 18 papers on CDF results have been published in Physical Review (see Appendix B) and seven more have been submitted for publication (see Appendix C). Forty-eight talks have been presented on CDF results in the last year at conferences around the world (see Appendix D). and ten talks will be presented at the upcoming Washington APS meeting (see Appendix E). Seventy-one graduate students are currently working on CDF and a total of 30 have submitted theses for their degrees on CDF data (see Appendix F).
The following physics topics are in various stages of completion from the 1988-89 data:
1.
2.
3.
4.
From samples of Z8+p+p- and Z8+e+e- the mass of the z• has been measured to be M(Z8)=90.9•0.3(stat.+syst.)•0.2(scale)GeV /c2•
* * * • From samples of W +p 11 and W +e II the mass of the W has been measured to be M(W)=79.91•0.39 GeV/c2, The value of sin2Bw is thus determined to be 0.232•0.008.
A search for the top quark through the decay channel: ti+e+jets. The existence of a standard-model top quark is excluded in the mass range 40 to 77 GeV /c2 at the 95% confidence level.
A search for the top quark or fourth-generation b quark (b') through the decay channel: ti+ep. The existence of a standard-model top quark or b' in the mass range 28 to 72 GeV /c2 is excluded at the 95% confidence level.
4-31
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Further analysis of other di-lepton signatures has been done, e.g. ti+e+e-,+l'+I'-· and +e+softJI. A preliminary combined result of all di-lepton modes places a lower limit of 89 GeV /c2 on the top mass.
We have measured R=(a•B(W+e11)]/~a•B(Z+ee)], the cross-aection-branching-fraction ratio, to be R=10.2•0.8(stat. •0.4(syst.J. Combining this with other measurements, we find the width of t e W to be f(W)=2.19•0.20 GeV.
From a measurement« of the forward-backward asymmetry in the decay Z1+e+e-, we have determined sin2B. = 0.228•0.015•.002(syst.). (Preliminary result.)
We have put 95% confidence lower limits on the masses of a heavy W or a heavy Z at 480 GeV /Cl and 380 GeV /Cl. respectively. (Preliminary result.)
We hC!ve measured a•B for W+ev=2.19•0.04(stat.)•0.21(syst.) nb and a•B for Z+e+e =0.209•0.013( stat.)•0.017(syst.)nb.
10. We have measured the pp+e+e- spectrum (Drell Yan) and set limits on quark compositeness at the 2 TeV level.
11. We have studied lepton universality by comparing the a• B for W+ev with W+"lll.
12. We have searched for a light Higgs Boson in the proce11 Z1+ Z1+H1 with the H1 decaying to two light charged particles (e+e-.Jl+Jl-.tr+ .. -). At the 95% confidence level the existence of such a particle with standard model couplings is excluded in most of the mass range below 1 GeV /c2•
13. We have measured the transverse momentum distributions of the electro-weak gauge bosons.
14. We have measured the transverse energy distribution (E....l of jets out to a ET of 400 GeV and a limit on quark compositeness A* ~ 9~ GeV.
15. We studied 2 jet invariant mass distributions to search/set limits on axigluons and strong dynamical symmetry breaking models such as technicolor.
16. We examined 3 jet distributions for differences due to initial states. This allows fits to the fractions of events resulting from qq, qg, and gg initial states.
17. We performed detailed comparison of jet shapes and cross sections with new theoretical QCD predictions performed at next-to-leading order.
18. We examined the global properties of the highest transverse energy events seen at the T evatron collider.
19. We measured the direct photon cross section and angular distribution, and compared it to new. more precise theoretical calculations. Measurements of fJ and p production are in progress.
20. Tke inclusive Pr spectrum of B decays has been measured. Observation of D +KW' from B+e11D confirms that at high Pr the inclusive electron Pr spectrum (with W's removed) is well described as dominantly due to B decay.
21. We have observed exclusive B decays e* +J/;+K* and B0 +J/;+K0".
4-32
22. The branching ratio for e:+p+p- is measured to be <3.2x10"' (at 90% C.L.).
23. The missing ET search for SUSY (supersymmetry) particles has been extended, and no evidence for their existence is found at masses up to 150 GeV.
Plant for the Next (UH~t) Colllder Run
In spite of the rich physics currently being produced by the 1988-89 data, there remains much physics, including the discovery of the elusive top quark. that will require even more integrated luminosity. To that end both the Accelerator Division and collider experiments have been working hard to plan a program of upgrades that will allow the machine and its detectors to operate at much higher luminosity. The first 1tep in this plan calls for a run in 1991 with luminosities in excess of 5-7 x 10"cm·2s·1• CDF is in the process of upgrading the basic detector to take advantage of this improved machine performance.
Many of the detector upgrades planned for the 1991 run are required simply so that the detector can continue to function efficiently at a luminosity an order of magnitude above that for which the detector was originally designed. Other upgrades are envisioned to improve the physics capabilities of the detector. While such distinctions are sometimes not perfectly clear, we describ"e first those changes that are driven primarily by the increase in the luminosity of the Tevatron collider.
Extensive front end electronics changes are required to insure that fast analog trigger information from the calorimeters is available to allow a first level trigger decision to occur between beam crossings. This change was needed to eliminate the current Level 0 trigger, which caused the detector to be dead for one crossing after a beam-beam collision was detected. At a luminosity of 10'1cm·2s"1 this would result in a nearly 50% deadtime from this source alone. In addition, the calorimeters themselves will be operated differently to cope with this higher luminosity. We will reduce the gain in the plug and forward gas calorimeters and will speed up their integration times. Both changes require new front-end electronics in the collision hall. All together, we are building 24000 channels of new front end electronics. In addition, 2000 channels have been modified for the 1991 run. This electronics will be tested and the calorimeters recalibrated in the MT beamline during the current Fixed Target run.
Upgrades to the tracking are also in progress to allow it to continue to function well at higher luminosities. The first such upgrade involves replacing the Vertex Time Projection Chambers. These devices are used to locate the event vertices, measure event topologies. point tracks at forward muon and electron candidates and to detect photon conversions. The present devices were first operated in the 1985 test run and were designed with 15 cm drift spaces· to minimize the number of channels and material. These chambers would have unacceptable space charge distortions at the luminosities expected for the 1991 run and are being replaced. The new chambers (designated the VTX) have 4 cm drift distances and should be able to work at luminosities above 5x1<)31cm·2s·1• The new design increases the wire channel count from 3000 to 8600 for the new chamber system. New cables, amplifier-shaper-discriminator cards, TDC's, etc. for the additional channels are being installed.
In 1988-89, CDF ran at close to the maximum throughput rate both for the data acquisition system and the Level 3 processor farm. With a much larger luminosity in 1991. we must either raise the Level 2 trigger thresholds or find additional selection criteria to lower the trigger rate. The former is unacceptable for many of the physics topics we will pursue (electroweak, top. beauty, missing ET, .• .). As a result. we plan to apply additional criteria to improve the quality of our lepton triggers. However.
4-33
most criteria effective in further reducing the trigger rate (such as matching a track to a strip chamber cluster in electron candidates) are not available in the Level 2 hardware system. They must be made using fully read out and digitized events in the Level 3 processors. To avoid readout deadtime at the anticipated higher luminosity in 1991. CDF has reduced the time it takes to digitize the calorimetry information by an order of magnitude by replacing the existing multiplexed ADC cards in each of 130 front-end crates with a new card that contains a much faster ADC.
Similarly. the CDF event builder (EVB) that assembles each event from the FASTBUS front end scanners must now operate at a much higher rate. The maximum rate of the EVB will be increased to above 30 Hz by employing faster circuitry and increased parallelism.
The Level 3 processor farm must also be capable of receiving events at 30 Hz and analyzing them sufficiently so that the rate of good events written to tape is only a few Hz. We estimate that we need about 400-600 MIPS of Level 3 processing capability (as compared to 45 MIPS of ACP I in the last run). To provide this computing power we will employ UNIX based Silicon Graphics processors interfaced to VME. This final choice of processor was made after careful evaluation of continued technical improvements in these devices.
The online computing capability for the 1991 run will be increased by about a factor of four to allow more detailed online monitoring. Many other online hardware and software improvements are planned for ease of operation and to improve data taking efficiency. Based upon our experience from the last collider run we will write the bulk of all raw data only on 8mm tape for the 1991 run.
Oftline resources available for production computing will also need to be increased. CDF has requested ~1000 MIPS of processor power for computing in a production environment. This increase can be understood in the following terms: 1) Events will be more complicated due to the increased number of multiple interactions expected at higher luminosities. 2) . The number of channels in CDF will increase due to the detector upgrades. 3) The improved Level 3 trigger will write events of higher quality which will allow fewer events to be rejected offline based on simple algorithms. 4) The capability will exist to write events to tape at three times the previous rate. In addition, we have requested 300 G bytes of disk to store the large data sets anticipated in 1991.
A significant upgrade to our Muon system will be complete for the 1991 run. Part of this upgrade is driven by the anticipated higher luminosities and part by the desire to increase the coverage of the system to provide better physics capabilities. The Central MUon UPgrade (CMUP) consists of a pair of 2 foot thick steel walls added to the sides of the Central detector and new chambers and triuer counters surrounding the Central detector. The walls require 630 tons of steel and the North wall must move with the central detector in and out of the collision hall. A new set of muon chambers and triuer counters behind these steel walls and above and below the steel magnet flux return legs will be employed to stiffen the central muon trigger. Additional new chambers and trigger counters for a Central Muon EXtenaion (CMEX) are being added to extend the central muon coverage and muon trigger capability to •1.0 in 'I· The muon upgrade chambers use electronics similar to that employed by the tracking chambers and require 3300 new channels.
The silicon vertex detector (SVX) is a new detector added to CDF for the 1991 run. It will add new physics capability by allowing CDF to identify events containing secondary vertices. The system employs four layers of 60 micron silicon microstrip detectors arranged in two 12 sided polygonal structures surrounding a new 1.5 inch
4-34
Beryllium beam pipe. The detectors are microbonded to a custom VLSI readout chip (MICROPLEX} that has been developed at LBL and Fermilab. The detector is expected to have an impact parameter resolution of 20 microns which should allow the collection of a large sample of events with an unambiguously identified heavy flavor decay away from the primary vertex. The system contains over 40000 channels which are multiplexed out to a set of memory modules located in FASTBUS.
Another new system adding physics capability tp COF in 1991 will be the extension of the Central Electromagetic Calorimeter strip chamber system with an additional set of chambers between the solenoid and the existing calorimeter modules. These preradiator chambers sit behind the 1.0 radiation length COF coil/cryostat to measure the rate of photon conversions in 7/'r0 candidates and determine the prompt photon signal at large Py· A total of 96 chambers ( about 1 square meter each ) and 1920 amplifier channels are ;required. ,, Plans for the Collider Run After Next (1004)
Tevatron upgrade plans for a 1994 Collider run include 36-bunch. operation with 395 nsec between crossing and luminosity of order 5-7 x 1031cm-2sec-1 • The CDF Collaboration has submitted an upgrade proposal to the Fermilab. PAC which addresses COF operations at these Tevatron conditions. Some subsystem upgrades are absolutely required by the shorter bunch spacing of the upgraded Tevatron. while others are aimed at further detector improvements to take full advantage of the increased luminosity in extending COF's physics capability.
The list of upgrades proposed includes the following:
1. Upgrade front-end electronics. trigger and data acquisition system to allow operation at 395 nsec bunch spacing.
2. Replace the plug and forward calorimeters with a new scintillator based plug. The new plug will employ projective towers made of scintillator. read out with wavelength shifting fiber optics and photomultipliers. The new plug will cover down to 2-3• with respect to the beam line and be read out with electronics designed for higher luminosity and shorter bunch spacing.
3. Move forward muon toroids closer to the central detector and build new muon chambers and electronics to increase muon coverage.
4. Upgrade the silicon vertex detector for operation at higher luminosity and shorter bunch spacing.
5. Replace pre-amplifiers in the centr41I tracking chamber.
6. Expand the bandwidth into and computing capacity of the Level 3 online event processing farm.
7. Increase offline computing capacity to "'3000 mips.
Figure 2 shows schematically the evolution of the detector from 1989 to 1991 and proposed for 1994.
4-35
In summary. the upgrade of CDF for 1991 is a program which is well advanced and nearing completion. CDF looks forward to a long and productive 1991 run. A comprehensive plan has been submitted to f NAL to upgrade CDF to take advantage of the Physics opportuniites of an upgraded Tevatron Collider. The planned machine and detector upgrades should continue to keep fermilab at the forefront of High Energy Physics through the 1990·s.
4-36
FORWARD MAGNETIZED
STEEL TOROIDS )
LOW BETA QUADS
CENTRAL DETECTOR ) BACKWARD E.L.EC rRUMArJI IE r IC ( ANO HAORONIC CAL ORJM[TfHS
' .. I
I
'
.. .. .. . :
/ 26. 2 met"w~:
FORWARD ELEC"! RrJMAGNETIC ANO HADRON IC r· 1lLORIMETERS
)
Figure J - CDF Detector 1988-89
BACKWARD MAGNETIZED STEEL TOROIDS
CDF-30
----CENTRAL MUON UPGRADE
I CENTRAL DETECTOR
. I CENTRAL MUON EXTENSION - -
I FORWARD MAGNETIZED STEEL TOROIDS I
FORWARD ELECTROMAGNETIC AND HADRONIC CAl.ORIMETERS
Figure 2
4-38
CDF Detector 1991
;.·.
Proposed CDF Detector 1994
Appendix A
COLLIDER DETECTOR COLLABORATING INSTITUTIONS
A tJmane National La.bora.tory
Brandeia Univeraity
Univeraity of Oalifomia a.t Loa Angele•
Unifleraity of Chicago
Duh Uninraity
Fenni Na.tionol Ac:celen.dor La.bora.tory
INFN, La.6. Ntuiona.li tli Fnucati, Italy
Ha,.,,an/, Univeraity
Univeraity of Rlinoia
Johna H oplrina Univeraity
National Laboratory for High Energy Ph11aica, KEK, Japan
La1111'ence Berieley Laboratory
Maaaachuaetta lnatitute of Technology
Univeraity of Michigan
Oaaia City Univeraity, Japan
INFN, Padotla, Italy
Univeraity of Pennaylt1Gnia.
INFN, Sezicme tli Piaa, Italy
Univeraity of Pitt.burgh
Purdue Univeraity
Univeraity of Rocheater
Rodefeller Uniflerait11
Rutger• Univeraity
Superconducting SuperOollitler La.6orato,.,
Tezaa AIJM Unit1erait11
Tu/ta Uniwnity
lnatitute of Phyaica, Unifleraity of Tauh6a., Japan
Unit1erait11 of Wiaconain
4-39
Appendix B
The Collider Detector at Fermilab: Collected Physics Papers
Reprints from
Physical Review Letters -and Physical Review D
PIMltaed for
4-40
The CDF Collaboration by The Anwican Physicll Society
The Collider Detector at Fennilab Reprints from Physical Review Letters and Physical Review D
Physical Rmew Letters. Vol. 61 (1988)
Transvene·momentum distributions of charged particles produced. in pp in~na at .Ji-630 and 1800 GeV ..........................•......•.•....•.•••.•••••••......... F.-Abe et al. 1819
Pll)lkal Reriew Letters. Vol. 62 (1919)
Measurement of the inclusive jet cross section in pp coUiliona af .Ji -1.8 TeV ..•.......... F. Abe er ttl. 613 Mcuunmcnt of W-bolon production in l.8·TeV pp collilions .•..••....••••••.•••....•. F. Abe et ttl. 1005 Ulnita on the muaca of aupcnymmetric paniclea from 1.8-TeV pp c:oUilioaa •••••••••.••••• F. Abe a ttl. 1825 Dijet anplar diatribuiiona from pp collisions at .Ji -1.8 TeV ........••.•...•......... F. Abe er ttl. 3020
PllJlical Rmew Letters. Vol. 63 (1919) . Measurement of the mus and width of the z 0 boson at the Fermilab Tevatron ............. F. Abe et al. · 720 Search for heavy stable charged paniclea in 1.8-TeV,pp collisions at the Fermilab"4X>llider ..... F. Abe et al. 1447
PllJlical Rmew Letters. Vol. 64 (1990)
Search for the top quark in the reaction pp- electron+jets at .Ji-1.8 TeV .............. F. Abe et al. Search for new heavy quarks in electron•muon events at the Fcrmilab Tevatron Collidcr •••••• F. Abe er al. Measurement of the ratio a(W-ev)/a(Z- n) in ei> colliaiona at ./i-1.8 TeV •.......... F. Abe et al. Two-jet differential cross aec:tion in pp colliaiona at ../s -1.8 TeV .......•••.•........... F. Abe et ttl. Measurement of D• production in jets from pp collisions at .Ji - t.8 TeV ................. F. Abe et al.
PllJsical Rmew D, Vol. 40 (1919)
142 147 152 157 348
Ki production in pp interactions at .Ji -630 and 1800 GeV ......•..•...•............. F. Abe et al. 3791
CDF Article. Published in the Past Year
" Seerch for e Light Hi11• Bo•on ·et the T evetron P roton-Antl proton Colllder," F. Abe et al.. Phys. Rev. D. Rapid Communication. 41. 1717 (1990).
"Pseudorepldlty Dl•trlbutlon• of Cher1ed Pertlcle. Produced In pp lnterection• et ./a - 63P end 1800 GeV," F. Abe et al .• Phys. Rev. D. 41. 2330 (1990).
"The Two Jet lnverlent MeH Dl•tribution et ./a = 1.8 TeV," F. Abe et al.. Phys. Rev. 0, ~apid Communication. 41. 1722 (1990).
"Jet Fregmentetion Propertle• In pp Colll•ion• et ./i = 1.8 TeV," F. Abe et al.. Phys. Rev. Lett. 65, 968 (1990).
"A Mu•urement of the W Bo•on MeH," F. Abe et al.. Phys. Rev. Lett. 65. 2243 (1990).
4-41
Appendix C
CDF Articles to be Submitted and Published in Journal•
"Meeaurement of the Z pT Diatrlbution in pp Collialon• at •/a = 1.8 TeV," F. Abe et al .. The CDF Collaboration. to be submitted to Phys. Rev. Lett.
"Meeaurement of the W PT Dietribution in pp Collielon• at ../a = 1.1 TeV," F. Abe et al .• to be submitted to Phys. Rev. Lett.
'"A Meeeurement .of u(W + e v) and u(z• + e+e-) In pp ColUalon• et ../e = 1800 GeV,'" F. Abe et al.. submitted to Phys. Rev. D. November 9, 1990. Fermilab-PUB-90/229-E. . .
"A Determination of ain26 from the Forward-Backward Aaymmetry in pp + ee Interaction• at ../a = 1.8 ~V," F. Abe et al. .. to be published in Phys. Rev. Lett.
'"Meeaurement of QCD Jet Broadening in pp Colliaiona et ../a = 1.8 TeV," F. Abe et al .. submitted to Phys. Rev. D .• January 23. 1991.
"Top Quark Search in the Electron + Jet• Channel," F. Abe et al.. submitted to Phys. Rev. D. July 11. 1990.
'"A Meeaurement of the W Boaon MaH In 1.8 TeV pp Colllaiona,'" F. Abe et al .. submitted to Phys. Rev. D. August 10.
4-42
•
•
•
•
Appendix D
CDF Conference Papers and Talks Delivered in the L••t Ye•r
"B Phy•ic• et CDF," the CDF Collaboration, talk given by R. E. Hughes. 1991 Aspen Winter Conference on Elementary Particle Physics, Aspen, CO, January 6-12. 1991.
"QCD Te•t• et CDF," the CDF Collaboration, talk given by J. Mueller, 1991 Aspen Winter Conference on Elementary Particle Physics, Aspen, CO, January 6-12. 1991.
"W'• end Z'• et CDF," the CDF Collaboration, 'talk given by P. Derwent, 1991 Aspen Winter Conference on Elementary Particle Physics, Aspen, CO, January 6-12. 1991. .
"Top Search end Prospect. et CDF," the CDF Collaboration, talk given by D. Smith, 1991 Aspen Winter Conference on Elementary Particle Physics, Aspen. CO, January 6-12. 1991.
"B Phy•ic• et FNAL," talk given by P. Tipton, HEPAP Meeting. SSC Laboratory, Dallas, TX, January 5, 1991.
"Direct Photon•. in CDF," talk given by J. C. Yun, Joint Experimental- Theoretical Physics Seminar," Fermi National Accelerator Laboratory. November 15. 1990.
"CDF - Preparation for the 1001 Run," talk given by Mel Shochet, Physics Advisory Committee, Fermi National Accelerator Laboratory, November 9, 1990.
"High Energy Antiproton-Proton Collision• - The Colllder Detector et Fermileb," The CDF Collaboration, G. Brandenburg, published Proceedings Yukawa Memorial Symposium, Nishinomiya, Japan. October 1990.
"Search for the Top end Other Heavy Particles et Hadron Collider•," The CDF Collaboration. talk given by A. Barbaro-Galtieri. Theory Workshop, "Waiting for the Top," DESY. Hamburg. Germany, October 1-3, 1990.
"B Phy•ics et Fermileb in the 1000'•," talk given by P. Tipton, LEP Program Committee Meeting, Cogne, Italy. September 23-27, 1990.
"QCD Result• from CDF," The CDF Collaboration, G. Punzi, published Proceedings XXth International Symposium on Multiparticle Dynamics, Dortmund, Germany. September 10-14. 1990.
"New Particle Searches et pp Experiment•," The CDF Collaboration, talk presented by J. Skarha, XXth International Symposium on Multiparticle Dynamics, Dortmund. West Germany, September 10-14. 1990.
"b Phy•ic• et CDF," The CDF Collaboration. talk presented by T. Rohaly, Research Progress Meeting, Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory. September 6, 1990
4-43
"Result• from Hadron Collide,.," The CDF Collaboration, L. G. Pondrom, published Proceedings 25th International Conference on High Energy Physics. Singapore, August 2-8, 1990. Fermilab-CONF-90/256-E.
"Top Phy•ic• at CDF," The CDF Collaboration. C. Campagnari, published Proceedings 25th International Conference on High Energy Physics. Singapore, August 2-8. 1990.
"Particle Searches at pp Collider•," The CDF Collaboration. talk presented by J. Freeman, 25th International Conference on High Energy Physics. Singapore. August 2-8, 1990 .
.. Jet Studie• in CDF," The CDF Collaboration. M. Dell'Orso, published Proceedings 25th International Conference on High Energy Physics, Singapore. August 2-8. 1990.
"b Phyeic• at CDF," The CDF Collaboration. talk presented by T. F. Rohaly. 25th International Conference on High Energy Physics, Singapore. August 2-8. 1990.
"Update on Heavy Quark• from CDF," The CDF Collaboration, talk given by A . . Baden, SLAC. Summer School Topical Conference on Gauge .Bosons and Heavy Quarks, SLAC. Stanford. CA. July 25-27. 1990.
"B Phyeic• at CDF," The CDF Collaboration, A. R. Baden, published Proceedings SLAC Summer School Topical Conference on Gauge Bosons and Heavy Quarks. SLAC. Stanford. CA. July 25-27 1990.
"Search for the Top Quark with CDf ,• The CDF Collaboration. L. Galtieri, published 1990 Summer Study on High Energy Physics, Research Directions for the Decade, Snowmass, CO. June 25-July 13. 1990.
"Limits on the Maeaea of Superaymmetric Particle• from 1.8 TeV pp Collieione," The CDF Collaboration. A. Beretvas, published Proceedings 1990 Summer Study on High Energy Physics, Research Directions for the Decade. Snowmass. CO, June 25-July 13. 1990.
"Recent QCD Reault• from CDF," The CDF Collaboration. J. C. Yun, published Proceedings QCD90 Conference. Montpellier. France, July 8-14. 1990.
"Search for the Top Quark and Other New Particle• at pp Collidera," The CDF Collaboration, M. Contreras. published Proceedings Xth International Conference on Physics in Collision. Duke University. Durham. NC. June 21-23. 1990. Fermilab-CONF-90/165-E.
"QCD Studiea at the Hadron Collidera," The CDF Collaboration. B. Flaugher. published Proceedings Xth International Conference on Physics in Collision. Duke University. Durham. NC. June 21-23. 1990.
"Recent Re•ult• from Hadron Colllder•," The CDF Collaboration. H. J. Frisch, published Proceedings PANIC XXI. International Conference on Particles and Nuclei. Massachusetts lastitute of Technology. Cambridge, MA. June 25-29. 1990.
"Search for the Top Quark at CDF," The CDF Collaboration. J. Bensinger, published Proceedings PANIC XII. International Conference on Particles and Nuclei. Massachusetts lastitute of Technology. Cambridge, MA. June 25-29, 1990.
4-44
--•
•
•
"Hadron Collider Phy•ic•," A. Clark. talk presented at NATO Advanced Study Institute on Techniques and Concepts of High Energy Physics, St. Croix. Virgin Islands. June 14-25. 1990
"Search for B Decay• at CDF," The CDF Collaboration, talk presented by L. Gladney, Conference on Bottom Physics at Santa Barbara. CA, May 23, 1990.
"Multifractal Structure• In Multiperticle Production in pp Interaction• et t/i -1800 GeV," The CDF Collaboration, F. Rimondi, International Workshop on Correlations and Multiparticle Production (CAMP). Marburg, Federal Republic of Germany. May 14-18. 1990. Fermilab-CONF-90/166-E. ·
"CDF Departmef'.lt Overview," The CDF Collaboration. talk presented by J. Cooper, Fermilab Annual Program Review. Fermi National Accelerator Laboratory, May 1-3, 1990.
"Structure Function Dependence of W /Z and Lepton Pair Production et the Tevatron," The CDF Collaboration. J. Hauser. published .Proceedings Workshop on Hadron Structure Functions and Parton Distributions," Fermi National Accelertor Laboratory. April 26-28. 1990.
"W /Z and Lepton Pair Production at the Tevatron," The CDF Collaboration, talk presented by J. Hauser. Workshop on Hadron Structure Functions and Parton Distributions. Fermi National Accelerator Laboratory. April 26-28, 1990.
"Recent Result• on Direct Photon• from CDF," The CDF Collaboration. R. Harris. published Proceedings Workshop on Hadron Structure Functions and Parton Distributions. Fermi National Accelerator Laboratory. April 26-28. 1990.
"Electron Identification at CDF," The CDF Collaboration. S. Kim, published Proceedings International Workshop on Solenoidal Detectors for the SSC. KEK. Tsukuba. Japan. April 23-25. 1990.
"Recent Result• from Proton-Antiproton Collider•," The CDF Collaboration. S. Geer. Particles. Strings. and Cosmology Symposium (PASCOS-90). Northeastern University. Boston. MA. March 26-30. 1990. '~
"AHocieted Event• in W /Z Production," The CDF Collaboration. talk presented by A. Byon-Wagner. Monday Seminar. University of Chicago. Chicago. IL. March 26. 1990.
"Preliminary QCD Re•ult• from CDF 88-89," The CDF Collaboration, talk presented by R. Plunkett. Joint Experimental-Theoretical Physics Seminar. Fermi National Accelerator Laboratory. March 23, 1990.
"New Re•ult• on W and z0 at CDF," The CDF Collaboration. H. Grassmann. published Proceedings Les Rencontres de Physique de la Vallee D'Aoste. LaThuile. Italy. March 18-24. 1990.
"Top Quark and SUSY Searche• at CDF," The CDF Collaboration, G. P. Yeh, published Proceedings Les Rencontres de Physique de la Vallee D'Aoste. LaThuile. Italy, March 18-24. 1990.
"Large Pt Jet• et CDF," The CDF Collaboration, M. Dell'Orso. published Proceedings Les Rencontres de Physique de la Vallee D'Aoste. LaThuile. Italy. March 18-24. 1990.
4-45
"Production Propertie• of the W end Z Bo•on•," The CDF Collaboration. P. Derwent. published Proceedings XXVth Rencontres de Moriond. Hadronic Session. Les Arcs. Savoie, France. March 11-17. 1990.
"Three-Jet Event• end Fragmentation et CDF," The CDF Collabortion. G. Punzi. published Proceedings XXVth Rencontres de Moriond. Hadronic Session. Les Arcs. Savoie. France. March 11-17. 1990.
"A New Limit on the Ma~• of the Top Quark," The CDF Collaboration. K. Sliwa. published Proceedings_ XXVth Rencontres de Moriond. Hadronic Session. Les Arcs. Savoie. France. March 11-17. 1990.
"The DiJet Invariant MeH et the Tevetron Collider," The CDF Collaboration. P. Giannetti. published Proceedings XXVth Rencontres de Moriond. Hadronic Session. Les Arcs. Savoie. France. March 11-i.7. 1990.
"New Reault• from the Top Search et CDf," The CDF Collaboration. talk presented by P. Tipton. Thinking About the Top Quark Conference. University of California at Santa Cruz. Santa ·Cruz. CA. February 26. 1990.
"PropertiH of lnclu•ive W,Z Event• in pp ColU1ion• et 1.8 TeV," The COF Collaboration. T. Watts. pub. Proceedings OPF90. Rice University, Houston. TX. January 3-6. 1990.
"A Comment on HEP Software," talk presented by A. Clark. Computing in High Energy Physics. Santa Fe. NM. December 4. 1989.
CDF Talk• in the Laat Year in Japan
"Top Surch In e+jeta Channel with • DLM Method et CDF," talk given by R. Oishi at the autumn meeting of the Japanese Physical Society. September 1990.
"Top Surch in DU.pton Channel with • OLM Method •t CDF," talk given by K. Chikamatlu at the autumn meeting of the Japanese P.hysical Society, September 1990. .
"Quark Gluon Seperetlon et CDF," talk given by S. Kanda at the autumn meeting of the Japanese Physical Society. September 1990.
"Dlphoton Production et CDF," talk given by M. Takano at the autumn meeting of the Japanese Physical Society, September 1990.
"Study on Drell-Yen ProceH et CDF," talk given by M. Mimashi at the autumn meeting of the Japanese Physical Society. September 1990.
4-46
Appendix E
Abstracts Submitted for the Spring Meeting of the American Physical Society, April 22-25, 1991
A Measurement of B0 B0 Mixing - L. F. Song
Measurement of the Ratio tT W -+ µ.11 tT Z -+ µ.µ. in pp Collisions at 1 = 1.8 TeV - R. L. Swartz, Jr.
B Phyaica at CDF, Results and Future Prospects - R. Hughes
Radiative Decays of W and Z Vector Bosom from Events at CDF - C. B. Luchini
Search for W' -+ e11 and W' -+ µ.11 in pp Collisions at {i = 1.8 TeV - D. Gerdes
Measurement of,,. • B(Z -+ µ.µ.)from Events at CDF - D. A. Kardelis
Particle Production and Energy Flow in Wand Z Underlying Events - F. D. Snider
Three Jet Events at CDF - D. F. Connor
A Search for New Z Bosons and Compositeness in High Mus Muon Pair Events at 1.8 TeV with the CDF Detector - K. Maeshima
B Physics at CDF: Results and Prospects - C. Haber, in'rited talk
4-47
Appendix F
Theses
"Detection of Heavy FlavouH end New Pertldea at the Tev•tron Collider," G. Chiarelli. Thesis Submitted to the University of Pisa. Pisa. Italy. March 1985.
"Multlpllcity end Tr•n•veHe Momentum Dl•trlbutlon• of Ch•rged •t ./8 = 630 •nd 1800 GeV," M. Sekiguchi. Thesis Submitted to the University of Tsukuba. Tsukuba-shi. lbaraki. Japan
"lnclu•ive Central Jet Production et ./8 = t.8 TeV," S. E. Kuhlmann. Thesis Submitted to the Faculty of Purdue University. West Lafayette. IN. August 1988.
"Dimuon Phy•ic• et CDF," M. lncagli. Thesis Submitted to the .University of Pisa, Pisa. Italy, 1988.
"Study of Muon• AHocieted with Jets in Proton-Antlproton ColH•lon• at ./a -1.8 Tev," D. A. Smith. Thesis Submitted to the University of Illinois. Urbana-Champaign. IL. December 1988.
"Observation of W -> p 11 Decay• in Proton-Antlproton Colll•ion• et ../a = 1.8 TeV," T. K. Westhusing. Thesis Submitted to the University of Illinois. Urbana-Champaign, IL. December 1988.
"Dijet Angular Di•tribution• in Proton-Antiproton Colli•ion• et the Fermlleb Tevetron," R. D. St. Denis, Thesis Submitted to Harvard University. Cambridge. MA. December 1988.
"Mee•urement of the lntermediate-Vector-Bo•on Production CroH Section end MeH et the Fermileb Proton-Antiproton Collider," Y. Morita. Thesis Submitted to the University of Tsukuba. Tsukuba-shi. lbaraki. Japan. January 1989.
"A Mee•urement of the CroH Section for W Production and Decay into Electron end Neutrino in pp Colli•lon• at ./e = 1.8 TeV," M. Miller. Thesis Submitted to the University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia. PA. May. 1989.
"A Search for Double Parton Interaction• In Proton-Antlproton Colll•lon• et 1.8 TeV," D. N. Brown. Thesis Submitted to Harvard University, Cambridge, MA. June 1989.
"Jet Production in the Central Rapidity Region in 1.8 TeV Proton and Antiproton Colli•ion•," Y. Tsay, Thesis Submitted to the University of Chicago, Chicago, IL. June 1989.
4-48
..
•
"Angular Distributions of Three Jet Events in Proton-Antlproton Co1H1lon1 at the Fermilab Tevatron," R. M. Carey, Thesis Submitted to Harvard University, Cambridge, MA. July 1989.
"Two Jet Production at CDF," S. Dell" Agnello, Thesis Submitted to the University of Pisa, Pisa. Italy, July 1989.
"Forward Muon Production in Proton-Antlproton Colll1ion1 at ../s = 1.8 TeV," J. Skarha, ..,.Thesis Submitted to the University of Wisconsin, Madison, WI, July 1989.
"Strange Particle Production in Proton-Antlproton Co1H1ion1 at Center-of-Ma11 Energies of 630 GeV and 1800 GeV," M. H. Schub, Thesis Submitted to Purdue University, West Lafayette. IN, August 1989.
"Two Jet Differential Cro11 Section and Structure Functions in pp Colli1lon1 at vs 1.8 TeV," R. M. Harris. Thesis Submitted to Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory, Berkeley, CA. August 1989.
"Measurement of QCD Jet Broadening in pp Colli1ion1 at ../s = 1.8 TeV," B. L. Flaugher. Thesis Submitted to Rutgers University, Piscataway. NJ, October 1989.
•Fragmentation Properties of Jets Produced in Proton-Antiproton Colll1ion1 at vs 1.8 TeV," B. Hubbard. Thesis Submitted to Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory, Berkeley. CA. Nov.ember 1989.
"Central Production of Charged Particles at CDF," A. dyon, Thesis Submitted to Purdue University. West Lafayette. IN. December 1989.
"A Measurement of D• Production in Jeta from pp Colli1ion1 at vs = 1.8 TeV," G. Redlinger. Thesis Submitted to the University of Chicago, Chicago. IL. December 1989.
"Charged Particle Pseudo-Rapidity Distributions in Minimum Bias and Intermediate Vector Boson Events," F. D. Snider. Thesis Submitted to the University of Chicago. Chicago, IL. March 1990.
"A Mea1urement of the W Boson Mau in 1.8 TeV Proton-Antiproton Colll1ion1," W. Trischuk. Thesis Submitted to Harvard University, Cambridge, MA. April 1990.
"Search for the Top Quark in Electron-Muon Event• In the Collider Detector at Fermllab," M. Contreras. Thesis Submitted to Brandeis University, Waltham, MA. April 1990.
"Measurement of the Ma11 and Width of the Z Bozon from Z + e+e- Decay in pp Colli1ion1 at vs = 1.8 TeV," H. Keutelian, Thesis Submitted to the University of Illinois, Urbana, IL, May 1990.
4-49
"L • • epton Charge A•ymmetry from W ~ 1 II at the Tevatron Colllder," S. Leone. Thesis Submitted to the University of Pisa. Pisa. Italy. June 1990.
"Search for SupeHymmetric ParticlH in pp Colli•iona at vi 1.1 TeV," P. Hu. Thesis Submitted to Rutgers University. June 1990.
"W MaH Meaaurement with Muon• at vi = 1.8 TeV." P. Schlabach. Thesis Submitted to the University of Illinois. Urbana. IL. August 1990.
"A Meaaurement of aln2Bw from the Forward-Backward A•ymmetry in pp + Z1
+ e+e Interaction• at vi = 1.8 TeV," P. Hurst. Thesis Submitted to the University of Illinois. Urbana. IL. October 1990.
"A Meaaurement of a•B(W+e 11) and a•B(Z0 +e+e) In pp Colllalona at vi = 1800 GeV," P. Derwent. Thesis Submitted to the University of Chicago, November 1990.
"A Search for Quark Compo•iteneH with the CDF Detector at the fermilab Collider," T. Hessing. Thesis Submitted to Texas A&&M University. December 1990.
Theaea at Univeraity of Taukuba
• Characterl•tica of the CDF End plug Electromagnetic Calorimeter," Y. Hayashide. Thesis submitted to the University of Tsukuba, lbaraki. Japan. February 1986:
"The CDF Central Electromagnetic Calorimeter for Proton-antlproton Colllalon Experiment at Tevatron," T. Kamon. Thesis submitted to the University of Tsukuba. lbaraki. Japan. June 1986.
"A Study of Hadronic Jet Production in Proton-antlproton Colllalon at vi -1100 GeV," A. Yamashita. Thesis submitted to the University of Tsukuba, lbaraki. Japan. June 1988.
•Study of Charged Intermediate VectOr Boaon Production in Proton-anti proton Colllalon• at vi = 1.1 TeV," M. Shibata. Thesis submitted to the University of Tsukuba. lbaraki. Japan. June 1988.
"Meaaurement of Jet Fragmentation Propertlu in pp Colllalona at vi = 1.8 TeV," S. Kanda. Thesis submitted to the University of Tsukuba. lbaraki. Japan. June 1990.
"The Mea•urement of Croa• Section of Drell-Yan Proceaa In Proton-antlproton Collialona at vi = 1800 GeV," T. Mimashi. Thesis submitted to the University of Tsukuba. lbaraki. Japan. September 1990.
4-50
C. SDC Group at Fermllab
The SOC group at Fermilab was placed in the Research Division in FY 91. This group is charged to do research connected with the efforts of Fermilab Physicists who are involved in the Solenoid Detector Collaboration at the SSC Laboratory. During the last year, the SOC Group has been a key player in several system level R&D proposals to the SSC. The main areas of interest are In superconducting solenoid design, tile-fiber scintillation based calorimetry, scintillator based fiber tracking, and the electronics suitable to the use of fast scintillator as a detector medium.
In addition, the SOC group has taken a role in writing the documents which were submitted to the SSC program advisory committee, the Expression of Interest (Eol) and the Letter of Intent (Loi). In particular, extensive use was made of Monte Carlo simulations of the proposed SOC detector. At present, the SOC group Is in the process of identifying the key engineering people whose efforts will enable the SOC group to go the next step in design, toward a full design report for the detector.
4-51
4-62
Ill. THEORETICAL PHYSICS DEPARTMENT
A. Physicists
William A. Bardeen
My research has focused on dynamical symmetry breaking in 1.u1e field theories. I have continued work on the top quark condensate model of electroweak symmetry breaking. The accuracy of the renormalization group predictions was analyzed. The effects of additional short distance dynamics induding higher derivative interactions were shown to have little effect on the predictions of the top quark and Hi,gs partide mauu. Chris Hill and I have continued an analysis of electroweak radiative corrections and their implications for experimental bounds on the top quark mass within the context of the Standard Model.
I spent three months at the Santa Barbara Institute for Theoretical Physics duri~g Spring 1990 attending a workshop on dynamical symmetry breaking. Sherwin Love, Vladimir Miransky and I studied the scaling properties of quenched gauge theories and compared our results with recent lattice simulations. We had frequent discussions with Elbio Da1otto on his Monte Carlo analysis of quenched QED and other lattice field theory models. Love and I have continued the study of the effective potentials for gauge field theories with four fermion interactions and the implications for the dynamical realization of scale symmetries in these "'odels.
The minimal supersymmetric extension of the top quark condensate model was shown to require additional explicit supersymmetry breakini for the low energy effective theory to have the expected vacuum structure. The top quark mass predictions were lower than the previous analyses but constrained by the new lower limits on neutral Higgs partide maaes from LEP.
Recent Publications:
1. "Minimal Dynamical Symmetry Breaking of the Standard Model," William A. Bar-deen, Christopher T. Hill and Manfred Lindner. Phys. Rev. D41, 1647-1660(1990).
2. "Electroweak Symmetry Breaking: Top Quark Condensates," William A. Bardeen, Fermilab-Conf-90 /269-T, Dec 1990.
3. "On the Scaling Properties of Quenched QED," William A. Bardeen, Sherwin T. Love, Vladimir A. Miransky. Phys.Rev. D42, 3514-3519(1990).
4. "Fate of Scale Symmetry in Scale Invariant Quantum Electrodynamics," William A. Bardeen and Sherwin T. Love, Fermilab-Pub-90/123-T.
5. "Dynamical Symmetry Breaking and the Top Quark Mau in the Minimal Supersymmetric Standard Model," M. Carena, T.E. Clark, C.E.M. Waper, W.A. Bardeen and K. Sasaki, Fermilab-PUB-90/270-T.
Estia Ejchten Members of the Theory Group (Aida El-Khadra, George Hockney, Andreas Kronfeld,
Paul Mackenzie, and myself) are collaborating with the Computer Research and Developm-:nt Group in the Computing Division to create a lar1e scale, highly parallel supercomputer for lattice g.uge theory calculations. By the end of this month, the full system will be operational. This will consist approximately 250 nodes with a peak computin1 power of 5 Gflops and 2 Gbytes of memory.
During the past year I have investigated how lattice methods can be used to study the physics of heavy-light meson systems, eg. Bu, B,,, and B. mesons. These studies are both analytical and numerical and lay the groundwork for extensive numerical simulations of heavy-light systems on the Fermilab Lattice Gauge Computer expected in the coming year. A number
4.53
of numerical studies on small lattices 123 x 24 at /j = 5. 7 and 163 x 32 at /j = 5.9 have been performed to find the best method of extracting lattice measurements for mi,, Is, BB mixing, and exclusive semileptonic B decays (1). With Brain Hill, I have completed a perturbative lattice calculation of the renormalization of fB (2) and the 1/mq corrections to the mq - oo limit of QCD (3). These results are needed to match the numerical results on the lattice to the physical values of the associated quantities. I gave a plenary talk on the status of lattice and continuum B physics at the 1990 International Conference on Lattice Field Theory in October(4).
I have been also Studied various phenomenological aspects of B meson physics. With N. Byers, I have estimated the ratio of charged to neutral B meson production at the T(10680}(5). With Tao Han, I am re-examing the theoretical estimates of the maa difference between the char1ed and neutral heavy-li1ht mesons (K, 0, and B). We have found a more 11stematic and model independent method to estimate these differences.
' Recent Publications:
1. "lattice Calculation of the B-Meson Decay Constant", with G. Hockney and H. B. Thacker, (in preparation).
2. "Renormalization of Heavy-Light Bilinears and Is for Wilson Fermions", with Brian Hill, Phys. Lett. 8240 (1990) 193.
3. "Static Effective Field Theory: 1/m Corrections", with Brian Hill, Phys. Lett. B243 (1990) 427. 15-24, 1989. .
4. "B Physics on the Lattice", Presented at the 1990 International Conference on Lattice Field Theory, Tallahassee, Florida, USA Oct. 8-12, 1990. Fermilab preprint Conf-90/219-T (1991).
5. "Ratio of Char1ed to Neutral B Meson Production at the Upsilon", with Nina Byers, Phys. Rev. 042 (1990) 3885.
R. K.Ellis
My research this year has been the study of hard processes at high energy. The most interestin1 of these processes is the production of heavy quarks at hi1h enerlJ. This is a process of 1reat interest to Fermilab and the SSC. Together with Ross, I calculated the impact factor for various processes. The impact factor determines the high ener~ behaviour of the cross section. The paper with Collins sketches a formalism which allows a umfied treatment of hard processes both in the low x r .. ion and elsewhere. The practical consequences of this formalism are still under investi1ation.
The paper with Stirling provides a pedagogical review of the whole field of QCD and Collider Physics.
Recent Publications:
1. 11QCD and Collider Physics," by R.K. Ellis (Fermilab ), W.J. Stirlin1 (Durham U.), Fermilab-Conf-90-164-T, Aug 1990. 128pp. Based on lectures 1iven at CERN School of Physics, Majorca, Spain, Sep 16-29, 1990 and CERN-JINR School of Physics, Esmond, Nether-lands, Jun 25 - Jul 8, 1989.
2. 11Factorization at Small x," by J.C. Collins (Penn State U. and Argonne), R.K. Ellis (Fermilab), ANL-HEP-CP-90-62, May 1990. 9pp. To be published in Proc. of DESY Topical Meeting on Small x Behavior of Deep Inelastic Structure Functions in QCD, Hamburg, West Germany, May 14-16, 1990.
4.54
3. "The Coupling of the QCO Pomeron in Various Semihard Procenes," by R.K. Ellis (Fer-milab ), O.A. Ross (Southampton U.), Fermilab-Pub-90/19-T, February, 1990. 26pp. Published in Nucl. Phys. 8345, 79-103, 1990.
Christopher T. Hill
I am continuing to study dynamical symmetry breaking schemes of the electroweak in-teractions that involve condensates of conventional quarks (and leptons) baHd upon our earlier paper on "top condensates" with W. Bardeen and M. Lindner. As this ·paper has elicited con-siderable interest in the community I found ·myself giving a record number of 22 conference, seminar and colloquium presentations in 1990.
In this connection, E. Paschos and I were led to consider how a fourth 1eneration might exist with a naturally heavy neutrino. We find that the familiar see-aw mechanism admits a very nice explanation, provided the see-saw scale (right-handed Majorana maa terms) is of order the weak breaking scale. This would have profound implications for neutrino phpcs if a fourth generation is discovered at CDF. My student, M. luty, is advancing the phenomenological understanding of such neutrino physics in collaboration with G. Jungman .
. With M. luty and E. Paschos, I have proposed a specific scheme in which the electroweak
symmetry breaking and Majorana masses of right-handed neutrinos are generated together at a scale of order 1 TeV by condensates of fourth generation quarks and leptons. This model is more natural than the top condensate model in the sense of less fine-tuning. We are attemptin' now to understand how gauge theories in analogy to technicolor models, might produce this kind of dynamics.
Ideas I developed with Graham Ross while at CERN in '87-'88 concerning very-low-mass pseudo-Goldstone bosons ( schizons) continue to find application to cosmology. Such objects can can lead to a "late Time Phase Transition" in the early Universe and drive the formation of large scale structure while minimally imprinting fluctuations on the microwave background. This idea was originally proposed by myself with J. Fry and D. Schramm. I am tryin_g to develop a "standard model" for late-time phase transitions with Josh Frieman and Rick Watkins. We have had some very good input on this from Bj, who has suggested a class of possible models in which the soft-bosons are Majorons which acquire small masses from the neutrino Dirac mass terms.
With Paul Steinhardt and Mike Turner I proposed that soft-bosons may lead to an apparently periodic diitribution of galaxies as observed in the recent "pencil-beam" survey of Broadhurst et. al .. There are many other implications of soft-bosons which we are currently exploring.
I intend to continue in these lines of inquiry for the foreseeable future.
Recent Publications:
1. "Electroweak Symmetry Breaking by Fourth Generation Condensates and the Neutrino Spectrum," with M. A. luty and E. A~ Paschos, Fermilab-Pub-90/212-T, and EFl-90-43, October, 1990, submitted to Phy•. Rn. D.
2. "Can Oscillating Physics Explain an Apparently Periodic Universe?" with P. J. Steinhardt, M. S. Turner, Fermilab-Pub-90/129-: T (1990), to appear in Phy•. Lett. B.
3. "Oscillating Scalar Fields and Hubble Constants," with M. S. Turner, Fermilab-Pub-90/103-T (1990), to appear in Joumal of A•trophrnc•.
4. "Natural Models of a late Time Phase Transition," with Josh Frieman and Rick Watkins, (in preparation).
5. "Minimal Dynamical Symmetry Breaking of the Electroweak Interactions and fntop" in-vited article, to appear in Mod. Phys. Lett. A.
4.55
6. "A Naturally Heavy Fourth Generation Neutrino," with E. A. Paschos, Phy1. Lett. B241, 96 {1990).
7. "Minimal Dynamical Symmetry Breaking of the Standard Model," with W. A. Bar-deen, and M. Lindner, Phy1. Rev. 041, 1647 (1990).
George Hockney
Over the last year Hockney's effort has been devoted entirely to the collaboration between the Fermilab Theory Group and Computer R"D Group to create a fast parallel lattice gauge engine, the ACPMAPS supercomputer. The commiuaoning of the full 256 node, 5 si1aflop system has involved extensive debugging of the hardware and software. Hockney has been in charge of the certification effort for the entire system. He has also been actively consultin1 with the CR"D Group concerning the development of a new proceaaor board baaed on the 40 MHz Intel i860 chip •nd has been managing the transfer of the CANOPY software system to this proce110r.
Andreas S. Kronfeld
My research focuses on non-perturbative aspects of quantum chromodynamics (QCD), - especially using numerical simulations of lattice gauge theory Ha tool. Essentially these methods
compute physical quantities by using Monte Carl.o methods to integrate the ( Eudidean) path integral. Fermilab's Computer R" D group is constructing a large parallel proce1tor, ACPMAPS, for such calculations, but it is not yet certified for large-scale computation. Three-quarters of ACPMAPS hH been running stably since December 1. Meanwhile, my colleagues (Eichten, Hockney and Mackenzie) and I have discussed a v.riety of ways of improving the statistical and systematic uncertainties auociated with Monte Carlo techniques.
Uwe-Jens Wiese, of the Hochstleistungsrechenzentrum in Jiilich, Germany, and I dis-covered a new boundary condition for gauge fields on a torus. C-periodic fields are replaced by their charge conjugates when they are shifted over the boundary. As for periodic bound-ary conditions the most general C-periodic boundary condition indudu twist. The topological structure with C-periodic boundary conditions is quite different from the periodic case. In the periodic case twist leads to the ZN 't Hooft flux sectors. In the C-periodic case with even N the symmetry of the flux sectors is reduced to Z 2 • For odd N the flux sectors are eliminated completely. Furthermore, the. topological charge is an integer when N is odd, whereas it can be a half-integer when N is even. Incidentally, Wiese took part in the Theory Group's Summer Visitors' Program, which is when this work begiln. I reported on this work at the International Symposium on Lattice Field Theory, in Tallahauee, Fla.
I spent one month, from November 15 to December 15, as a Member of the program Lattice Gauge Theory at the Institute for Theoretical Physics, University of Califomia, Santa Barbara.
Recent Publications:
1. "Fourier Acceleration Ill: Updating Field Configurations," Phys. Rev. 041, 1953 {1990); with C.T .H. Davies, G.G. Batrouni, G.R. Katz, G.P. Lepa1e, K.G. Wilson, P. Roui, and B. Svetitaky (appeared as preprint 1989) ..
2. "Critical Signal-to-Noise Ratio and Glueball Man Calculations," Nud. Phys. 8345, 709 {1990); with F. Brandstaeter and G. Schierholz (appeared as preprint 1989).
3. "SU(N) Gauge Theories with C-Periodic Boundary Conditions: I. Topological Structure," Fermilab report Fermilab-Pub-T 90/239-T and HLRZ report HLRZ 90-93; with U.-J. Wiese.
4.56
4. Improved methods for computing manes from numeric.I simulations, talk given at the 1989 International Symposium on Lattice Field Theory, in Nucl. Phya. (Pf'OC. Suppl.) 817, 313 (1990).
5. Status of glueball mass calculations in lattice gauge theory, talk given at the 1989 Inter-national Symposium on Hadron Spectroscopy, in Hadron 189, edited by F. Binon, J.-M. Frere, and J.-P. Peigneux, (Editions Frontieres, Gif-sur· Yvette, 1990).
6. SU(N) Gauge Theories with C-Periodic Boundary Conditions, talk given at the 1990 International Symposium on Lattice Field Theory, Institute for Theoretic.I Physics report ITP-PHY- , to appear in the Proceedings.
Joe Lykken
I joined the Theory Group staff in Sept. '89. At that time I had just begun a collaboration with Nathan Weiss and Jacob Sonnenschein studying "anyonic" superconductors. This work derived from the speculation that anyon-like excitations may provide the mechanism for high temperature superconductors. This idea provides a new link between particle theory ideas and condennd matter. Furthermore it has the direct impliation that certain 2+1 dimensional gauge theories have a previously unsuspected superconducting (or superfluid) behavior. My collaboration looked at superconductivity in these ("Chern-Simon1"_).1auge theories. We were the first to do a complete analysis showing that anyonic superconductivity does indeed occur in these theories. Our results were presented in Fermilab Pubs 89/231-T, 90/50-T, and 90/72-T. They have since been confirmed by several other groups. We are also preparing a review article for Int. J. Mod. Phys. on this subject.
My main concentration for the past six months has been a collaboration with Shyamoli Chaudhuri and Tim Morris on matrix models. This work stems from the "October surprise" when nveral of the simplest versions of string theory were solved nonperturbatively using matrix methods originally introduced ten years ago to study large-N QCO. This provides some hope of finally getting a handle on the real dynar.1ics of 1uperstrin11 that (supposedly) determines physics at ordinary energies. Also, and perhaps more importantly, this is reviving interest in the use of string methods in QCD. Our work has concentrated on exhibiting what the simplest universality classes of matrix models are, and what the nonperturbative solutions actually look like. In Fermilab Pub 90/168-T, we showed that half of the possible critical behaviors of hermitian matrix models had been mined by the October revolutionaries. In Fermilab Pub 90/267· T, we showed how to develop explicit solutions of our new models, as well as the standard models. We showed that all of the solutions are very similar, but that most of them fail a variety of stability and consistency tests. This fact (which was speculated previously by others) has profound implications for the entire matrix model program.
In the immediate future we have 2 or 3 other well-defined matrix model projects that I hope to begin in the new year.
Recent Publiations:
1. J. Lykken, J. Sonnenschein, and N. Wein, "Anyonic Superconductivity", Fermilab-Pub-89/231-T, published as Phys. Rev. 042 (1990) 2161.
2. J. Lykken, J. Sonnenschein, and N. Wein," "Field Theoretical Analysis of Anyonic Super-conductivity", Fermilab-Pub-90/50-T, to appear in Int. J. Mod. Phys. A.
3. J. Lykken, "Chern-Simons and Anyonic Superconductivity", Fermilab-Conf-90/72-T, talk 1iven at the 4th annual Superstring Workshop, "Strings 90", Texas Alt. M Univ., March 12-17, 1990.
4. S. Chaudhuri, J. Lykken, and T. Morris, "Bigeneric Nonperturbative Strings", Fermilab-Pub-90/168-T, published as Phys. Lett. 2518 (1990) 393.
4.57
5._ S. Chaudhuri and J. Lykken, "Analyzin1 the Solutions of Hermitian Matrix Models", Fermilab-Pub-90/267-T, submitted to Nudear Physics B.
Paul Mackenzie
Mackenzie worked with Peter Lepa1e on the interpretation and application of ruults in lattice perturbation theory. Perturbative methods are crucial to lattice gauge theory both for the connection of lattice calculations with the phenomenoloSY of the stlindard model at short distancu and for the removal of errors in lattice calculations due to the finite lattice spacing. Equally importantly, a1reement between lattice Monte Carlo and perturbative ruults for short distance quantities, where both approaches are expected to be reliable, is necUNry in order to have confidence in Monte Carlo calculations of nonperturbative quantities. It is therefore at first light disturbin1 to find many cases in which Monte Carlo ruults seem to a1ree poorly with perturbative calculations, which has lead to a widespread folklore that lattice perturbation theory fails at current values of the lattice spacin1. By applyin1 methods which are standard in dimensionally regularized QCO, but which up to now have been rarely use in lattice 1aup theory, they showed that these .. failures" are due to a poor definition of the perturbative expansion parameter and disappear when a physical choice of the expansion parameter is made. In fact, properly defined lattice·perturbation theory is rou1hly as well behaved as familiar dimensionally regular1zed perturbation theory at comparable momenta. They also investigated other aspects
. of lattice perturbation theory. ·
Mackenzie also continued his ongoing collaboration with Andreas Kronfeld, Estia Eichten, · and George Hockney on the Fermilab lattice supercomputer project.
Recent Publications:
1 ... Renormalized Lattice Perturbation Theory," G. P. Lepage and P. 8. Mackenzie, NSF-ITP-90-226.
2 ... On the Viability of Lattice Perturbation Theory," G. P. Lepage and P. B. Mackenzie, NSF-ITP-90-227i.
Stephen J. Parke
The major accomplishment of the last year was the completion of the review article on "Multi-Parton Amplitudes in Gauge Theories" with Michelan1elo Mangano. This review has been accepted for publication in Physics Reports and is expected to appear early in 1991. Contained in this review are many of the results that have been derived in the last few years by us as well as many other researchers in this field upecially the 1roup at Leiden University.
R. Bernstein and I have made a detailed study of Long Baseline Neutrino Oscillation Experiments using the proposed new Fermilab Neutrino beam. We have paid particular attention to the effects of matter on such a beam and have identified the key parameters so that the reach of two or more propoaecl experiments can be compared easily.
In Collider Physics M. Mangano and I have made a detailed study of W boson plus two jet production at the T evatron correcting a number ·of errors that previous authors had made. Also, C. Maxwell and I have developed approximate methods for calculating the cross section for W or Z boson plus jets produced at hadron colliders. These methods are very accurate and fast. They also can be used for an arbitrary number of jets in the final state.
Recent Publications:
1 ... W Boson Plus Two Jet production at the Tevatron", by M. Mancano and Stephen Parke, Physical Review 041, 59(1990).
2 ... Multi-Parton Amplitudes in Gauge Theories", by Michelangelo Mangano and Stephen Parke, Fermilab-Pub-90/113-T; to be published in Physics Reports.
4.58
3. "Terrestrial Long-Baseline Neutrino Oscillation Experiments", by Robert Bernstein and Stephen Parke, in preparation. '
4. :'Approxim~te W Boson Plus Jet Cross Sections", by Chris Maxwell and Stephen Parke, 1n preparation.
5. "Hard Amplitudes in Gauge Theories", invited lecture series at IV Mexican School of Particle and Fields, Oaxtepec, Morelos, Mexico, December 3-14, 1990.
Chris Qui11
Upon completing my work as deputy director ofthe SSC Central Design Group in October, 1989, I spent a year as visiting scientist in the Theoretical Physics Group at Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory. My principal physics research interest was in the scientific poslibilitiu of multi· TeV hadron colliders. I investigated several questions independently or in auociation with Ian Hinchliffe, and provided informal advice to Berkeley members of the collaboration proposing a solenoidal detector for the SSC.
In January 1990, I served on the Drell 1ubpanel reviewing physics options for the SSC.
In February 1990, I presented a course of five lecturu on 1upercollider physics to the elementary particle physics department at Saclay, outlining the range of physics possibilities and important detector issues for experimentation at the SSC and LHC.
In May 1990, I participated in the Santa Barbara workshop on physics of heavy quarks.
In June 1990, I presented a course of four lectures on supercollider physics at the Beijing Symposium / Workshop on physics of the TeV scale. A written version of these lecturu, which incorporates some of the calculations I carried out during the year, will be published in the proceedings of the workshop.
I am currently investigating various ponibilities for gauge-boson scattering at energies ,, approaching 1 TeV to understand how resonant and nonresonant structuru in low partial waves
can distinguish among models for electroweak symmetry breaking. A preliminary report on this work was presented at Beyond the Standard Model II at the University of Oklahoma in November. Recent Publications:
1. "The Superconducting Super Collider: A New Instrument for Particle Physics,". in Inter-national Reaearch Facilitiea, Proceedings of the IV European Physical Society Seminar, Zagreb, Yugoslavia, March 17-19, 1989, edited by lvo Slau1 (European Physical Society, Ruder Boskovic Institute, Zagreb, 1989), p. 69.
2. "Uses of Particle Identification for Supercollider Physics," in Pf'Oef!eflinga of the Sppo-aium on Particle Identification at High-Luminoait11 Htulron Collidera, Fermilab, April 5-7, 1989, edited by Treva J. Gourlay and Jorge G. Morfin (Fermilab, Batavia, Illinois, 1989), p. 3.
3. "SSC Status Report," in NeVJ Ruulta in Hadronic lntenictiona, proceedinJs of the XXIV Rencontres de Moriond, Les Arcs, France. March 12-18, 1989, edited by . Tran Thanh Van (Editions Frontieres, Gif-sur-Yvette, France, 1990), p. 145.
4. "The Physics Program of the SSC," in Proceetlinga of the Worirahop on 7Nding S11atem. /of' the Superconducting Supef' Collide,., Vancouver, July 24-28, 1989, p. A23.
5. "Report of the 1990 HEPAP Subpanel on SSC Physics," with Sidney 0. Drell, et al., DOE/ER-0434 (January, 1990).
4.59
6. "Hadron Supercolliders: The 1-TeV Scale and Beyond," LBL-29453, Au1ust 10, 1998, to appear in th~ Proceedings of the Workshop/Symposium on TeV Physics, Beijin1, May 28 - June 8, 1990, edited by *** (Gordon and Breach, London, 199x), p. xxx.
7. "Gauge Boson Dynamics," to appear in the Proceedings of Beyond the Standard Model II, University of Oklahoma, October 31 - November 3, 1990, edited by K. Milton (World Scientific, Singapore, 199x), p. xxx (in preparation).
B. Research Associates
Shyamoli Chaudhuri
(i) Matrix Models and Two-dimensional Gravity: With J. Lykken end T. Morris, I dis-covered two new families of non·perturbative continuum limits in an analylis of the pneral (asymmetric) polynomial, hermitian, matrix potential. These solutions display, respectively, a novel bi1eneric ("bi-1enus") perturbation expansion with qth order sulin1, and, a (p/q)-th or-der critical point. where p and q are_ ~rbitrary integers. J~e and I have uta~lished the stab.ility of these new phases. We have also given a general analy11s of the asymptotia of the IOlut1ons to the differential equation for the specific heat derived from the matrix model.
(ii) Induced Fermion' Number and Parity Breaking in {2+1) dimensions: We evaluated the fermion number of solitons in the 0(3) non-linear si1ma model induced by the coupling to fermions, both for massless fermions, and in the case of a parity breakin1 maa term. The corrections due to zero-energy level crossings were calculated, to isolate the precise conditions under which the fermionic charge of the soliton is wholly topological.
Future Research (i) Matrix models and 2-d Gravity: The exte(lsion of the matrix model techniques to
the case of non•polpomial matrix potentials, believed to be related to continuum theories with central charge 1reater than unity, is under study. The identification of the models dis-playing (p/9)-th order criticality is also being studied. TheH new solutions may be related to twisted. N=3,4, topological superconformal field theories in two dimensions. This research is in collaboration with Joe Lykke~. and also Hans Dykstra and Paul Griffin.
Applications to Yang Mills gauge theory: With Joe Lykken, and possibly S. Rajeev. we ,.~ would like to examine the possibility of applying the ideas behind the "double-scaling" limit of
matrix models in the context of gauge theories in the future.
(ii) Exactly solvable topological and solitonic field theories in 2 dimensions: One of the most exatin1 developments in strin1 theory last year was the discovery of non-trivial string backgrounds, both the time-varying cosmic strin1 solutions and the strin1 -'itons in si1ma model perturbation theory. The exect limits of these solutions are identified as exactly solvable 2-d field theories tta.t may, in fact, be topological. This has opened up a new and potentially rich area of study, aad I intend to work in this area in the future.
(iii) Dynamical Symmetry Breakinl in 0(3) sigma model: With M. C.rena, and C. Wainer, of Purdue University I intend to continue our work on the 0(3) non-linear si1ma model coupled-to fermions in (2+1) dimensions. We have initiated a study of the phaH dia1ram of this model using the Schwin1er-Dyson equations, the aim bein1 to uncover the dynamical origin of the parity breakia1 mass term.
Recent Publications:
1. S. Chaudhuri and J. D. Lykken, "Analysing Hermitian Matrix Models", in prepcNtion, December 1990.
2. S. Cta.udhuri, J. Lykken and T. R. Morris, "Bigeneric Nonperturbative Strings", Fermi-90 /168-T, to appear in Phys. Lett. B (1990).
4.60
3. M. Carena, S. Chaudhuri, W. ter Veldhuis and C. Wagner, "Parity Breakdown and Induced Fermion Number in the 0(3) non-linear sigma model", Fermi-90/171-T, to appear in Phya. Lett. B, (1990).
4. M. Carena, S. Chaudhuri and C. Wagner, "Induced Fermion Number in the 0(3) non-linear sigma model", Phya. Ret1. D42, 2120-2126 (1990).
Hans Dykstra
In the time since I arrived at Fermilab, I have written one paper, "Supersymmetric Model for Neutrino Magnetic Transition Moment". This paper concerns a model for a magnetic transition moment between electron and muon neutrinos up to 10-11 Bohr magneton1, for neutrino man in the range 1-10 eV.
I am iurrently working on topological landau-Cizburg theories and their connection with matrix models of twisted N=2 1uperconformal field theories. This work also involves S. Chaudhuri, J. Lykken, and P. Griffin. '
I am also involved in some work on statistics of solitons with l. Brekke (at University of Illinois-Chicago) and T. lmbo (at Harvard).
Recent Publications:
1. "Supersymmetric Model for Neutrino Magnetic Transition Moment", Fermilab-Pub-90/234-T, submitted to Physics Letters B.
Aida El-Khadra
I am interested in phenomenological application• of lattice gauge theory, i.e. lattice >- calculations of weak matrix elements. When I came to Fermilab in October, I was finishing
up work on 1emi-leptonic decays of mesons into pseudoscalars in collaboration with C. Bernard and A. Soni. On the lattice we can calculate, from first principles, weak matrix elements to all orders in the strong interaction. The meson form factors thus obtained are crucial for deducing the Kobayashi Maskawa mixing angles together with experimental information. Currently, I am studying aemi-leptonic decays into vector mesons, i.e. D - K•l11, D - pl11, D. - ,Pl11, etc. These decays are particularly interesting because in the case of D - x• anomalous behaviour has been reported in comparisons of quark model calculations with an experimental measurement (Fermilab E691).
The ACP project at Fermilab gives me the opportunity to continue similar efforts in collaboration with the· lattice group here. With the available resources a thorough and precise study of various systematics, e.g. finite size and finite momentum effects, scaling violation, corrections to the fermion action of O(a), etc., is ponible. The hope is that this will lead to a reliable calculation of various phenomenologically interesting quantities, like meson decay constants, mixing parameters and form factors.
Recent Publications:
1. with C. Bernard and A. Soni, "Semi-leptonic Decays on the lattice: The Exdusive o- to o- Case," BNL-45157, NSF-ITP-90/147, submitted to Physical Review D.
2. with C. Bernard and A. Soni, "Semi-leptonic Decays on the Lattice," NSF-ITP-90-215, Fermilab-Conf-90/246-T, to appear in the proceedings of Lattice '90 held in Tallahassee, Florida, Oct.9-12, 1990.
4.61
Jonathan Flynn
With Oscar Hernandez and Brian Hill, I have recently completed a calculation of the combination of discretised operators which determines B-FJ mixing on the lattice. We found a lar'e correction at order a, to the coefficient of the one lattice operator whoae B-FJ mixing matrix element has so far been calculated. The contribution of this operator to the mixing is reduced, but by so much that the perturbative calculation is unreliable.
We emphasised the uncertainty arising from the choice of scale in a, used to evaluate the correction. However, we observed that our correction was for the quantity Bs/J and that the correction to Bs alone is much smaller. The lar1est effects (at least in Feynman 1au1e at one loop) come from the lattice self energy 1raphs which factor out of Bs. There are sugestions that Bs will continue to have smaller corrections at hi1her orden and that the scale in. perturbative lattice computations- can be chosen to minimize corrections for other matrix elements.
In the immediate future I plan to calculate the B-B• maa splittin1 to test perturbative corrections to the static heavy quark approximation and their use in lattice computations by applying them to an experimental quantity.
I have also thought a little about the usefulness of .determining the time ordering of decays of B-FJ pairs at the Tevatron collider, when a lepton is used to ta1 one of the B's. Integrating separately over cases where the lepton is seen first and cases where the lepton is seen second and then subtracting lets you extract a CP violating asymmetry coming from B-B pairs produced in a C-odd eigenstate. Integrating over both time orderings and then taking the asymmetry picks out the contribution from the C-even state. Of course the time ordered method is used for B-B pair production in e+e- ~achines at the T(4S) where only C-odd states are produced. The question at the collider, where you expect equal numbers of C-even and C-odd states, is whether you gain by using knowledge of the time ordering of the decays.
Recent Publications:
1. "Renormalization of Four-Fermion Operators Determining B-FJ Mixing on the lattice," with 0. F. Hernandez and B. R. Hill, Fermilab-Pub-90/237-T, submitted to Physical Review 0.
Walter Giele
Upon arriving at Fermilab, November 1989, I started the calculation of the leading order (in a.) matrix elements contributing to the cross section of a W in association with four jets at hadron colliders. This is a background process to the top search at the Fermilab collider. It is therefore important that a reliable estimate can be made for the W plus jets si1nal. This complex calculation was finished sprin1 1990. After that the matrix elements had to be built into a Monte Carlo program, VECBOS, so that the phase space inte1rals could be performed under realistic experimental conditions. Thia was finished during the summer of 1190. The calculation together with the first numerical results were written up in (1).
Another dee11y channel in which the top quarks could in principle be found is the six jets production at hadron colliders. Unfortunately the background coming from the standard production of six jets is three orders of magnitude larger than the expected top signal, makin1 any attempt detecting the top quark in this channel impossible. However in the next collider run at Fermilab, the CDF detector will be able to taJ jets originating from the b quarks in the hard scattering process. Because the 6 jets signal or111nating from the top quark pair decay always produces two b quarks while the standard six jet back,round usually does not produce these b quark jets, it might be possible to see the top signal with the aid of 6-tagin1. The possibilities of this search mode were investigated in [2).
In the summer I attended the Snowmass Summer Conference. There the VECBOS Monte Carlo was compared with the Herwi1 Shower Monte Carlo. Such a comparison is very
4.62
useful, the shower Monte Carlo's are widely used by experimenters in those cases where no exact calculations ue available. Because of the approximate nature of these shower Monte Carlo's, it is important to compare them with new exact calculations. This project resulted in the contribution to the Snowmass proceedings (3).
In September I attended the LHC workshop in Aachen, Germany. A talk was given on the implications of the W + jets signals as a background to new physics at the super colliders. With the aid of the VECBOS Monte Carlo several numerical results were presented. These results were written up in (4).
In the fall a new project was started. This involves the development of new techniques to calculate the next to leading order contributions to proceau inVOlvin1 multijet production. The ability to calculate the next order contributions is important to make more reliable Monte Carlo's for the cross sections which involve jets . This work _is now in prOifea.
Recent Publicationi:
1. "On the Production of a Wand Jets at Hadron Colliders," F.A. Berends, W.T. Giele, H. Kuijf and B. Tausk, Fermilab-Pub-90/213-T.
2. "A Preliminary Calculation of the Background to t Detection With Ta11ed 6'1," W.T. Giele, H. Kuijf and O.A. Kosower, Fermilab-Conf-90/235-T. .
3. "W Boson plus Multijets at Hadron Colliders: HERWIG Parton Showers vs Exact Matrix Elements," W.T. Giele, T. Matsuura, M.H. Seymour and B.R. Webber, Fermilab-Conf-90/228-T.
4. "Vector Boson Production in Association with Jets," W.T. Giele, to appear in Aachen workshop proceedings.
E.W. Nigel Glover
A major activity has been the study of the ZZ lineshape at hadron colliders such as the SSC, which is important in determining the structure of the electroweak symmetry breaking sector. The results of a complete perturbative calculation of Z boson pair production via the 0( aw) electroweak process, qq - qq Z Z, and the 0( a~afv) mixed QCD-electroweak processes, gg - qqZZ, qg - qgZZ, qij - ggZZ and qq - qqZZ at supercollider energies have been presented including compact analytic expressions for the helicity amplitudes for all contributing diagrams. All particle correlations including the subsequent decay of the Z boson into mHsless fermions and all interference effects, are induded.
To1ether with previous calculations of gg - zz, we have made the first coherent anal-ysis of Higgs boson production in the channels pp- ZZX - t+t-t1+t1-x (l, l' = e, µ)and pp - ZZX - L+L-111iX (11 = 11., 11,,, 11.,.) for mB ~ 600 GeV at hadron 1upercolliders, ulin1 the exact matrix elements. The importance ·of a complete understanding of the shape of the perturbative pp - ZZX background from non-resonant diagrams ii emphasized.
We h.ve compared the results of the exact calculation with the effective W approxi-mation, and the approximation where only •-channel Higgs resonance diagrams are taken into account. We found that interference effects between resonant and non-resonant gg - ZZ and qq - qqZZ diagrams significantly enhance the pp - ZZX croa section in the resonance region for large Higgs boson masses, while the effective W approximation is only useful when longitudinally poluised vector bosons are exchanged and mzz ..., mB.
I am now working (with W. Giele) on the incorporation of QCO radiative corrections into Monte Culos. By using recent developments in tree level multiparton calculations, the computation of virtual graphs is much simplified - the number of diagram• contributing to a
4.63
single colour structure is relatively small, while using helicity methods allows the •mplitude (rather than the amplitude squared} to be computed. Furthermore, the soft and collinear limits of the colour reduced tree level amplitudes allows the cancellation of the soft and colline•r poles to be carried out analytically without integrating over the hard (observable) partons as has been done previously. So far we have restricted ourselves radiative corrections to e+ e- - 2 and 3 jets, •lthough it is our intention to extend this approach to hadron colliders in the next few months. Recent Publications:
1. 11Rare Z decays and new physics," E. W. N. Glover, Fermit.b-Conf-90/76-T, invited con· tribution to DPF conference, Houston, January 1990.
2. 11Boson Pair Production vi• Vector Boson Scattering and the Search for the Hia• Boson •t H•dron Supercolliders," U. Baur and E.W. N. Glover, Nud. Phys. B347, 12, (1990).
3. 110bservability of a Heavy Higis Boson at Hadron Supercolliders," U. Baur and E.W. N. Glover, Fermil•b-Pub-90/134-T, submitted to Phys. Rev. D.
4. "T•uing the Higgs Boson in pp - w+w-;;," U. Baur and E.W. N. Glover, Fermilab· Pub-90/189-T, to be published in Phys. Lett. B.
5. "A Comparison of Exact and Approximate Calculations of Hi11s Boson Production at the LHC," U. Baur and. E.W. N. Glover, Fermilab-Conf-90/236-T, contribution to the LHC workshop, Aachen (Oct 1990).
Paul A. Griffin
My research this year has been in the fields of two-dimensional topological gravity and conform•I field theory model building.
My most recent work is on pure gravity in two dimensions(l). The analysis is b•sed on the observation that for this special case, the covariant path integral has extr• local symmetries. The correct description of pure gravity is very similar to the topological gravity models recently discussed by Witten. Furthermore, I apply conform•! field theory techniques to derive • large number of physical states of the gauge fixed path integral. Some of these states h•ve no known topological interpretation. This line of work may lead to an understanding of the topological •spects of four-dimensional gravity.
I have •lso been •ctive this past year in the field of conform•I field theory model build-ing. In coll•boration with 0. Hernandez of the Univ. of Wisconsin, I used the "Feigen-Fuchs" bosoniution technique to study the SU{2)[2] and SU(l, 1)(3) Parafermion conform•I field the· ories. In p•rticular, we used the bosonization to derive the char•cten of the unit•ry SU(l, 1) highest weights. We •re presently using our construction to se•rch for combinations of these char•cten that form unitary theories. These models •re interesting because they are non-comp•ct 11GKO" coHts, which may play a r_ole in constructing non·comp•ct spacetime manifolds vi• string theory. Thae models are •lso the building blocks of the space of N=2 superconformal field theories, which are string comp•ctifications that le•d to N=l spacetime supersymmetry.
Recent Publications:
1. "Quantiz•tion and BRST Cohomology of Pure Two-Dimensional Gravity," Fermilab-Pub-90/202· T, November 1990.
2. "Structure of Irreducible SU(2) P•rafermion Modules Derived via the Feigin-Fuchs Con-struction," with Oscar F. Hernandez, Fermilab-Pub-90 /117 • T, June 1990.
3. "Feigin-Fuchs Derivation of SU(l, 1) P•rafermion Models," with Oscar F. Hernandez, Fermilab-Pub-90/191· T, September 1990.
4.64
T•o Han
Since I joined in the theoretical physics group of Fermil•b in September, I have finished two projects: ·
(1). Techni-p Production at the SSC and LHC (with J. B•gger and R. ROHnfeld), in which we studied the feHibility of detecting • Techni-p resonance at the hadron 1upercolliders. It will be circulated as• preprint, FERMILAB-Conf /90-253-T and will appear in the Proceedings of the Snowmass Summer Study, Snowmass, Colorado, 1990.
(2). HZ - -y-yl+1-: A Po••ibility for An Eztremel11 High Lsminont11 Collitkr (with A. Grau and G. Pancheri), in which we discussed the possibility to search for a neutral interme-diate mass Higgs boson at the LHC. It is to appear in the Proceedings of the LHC Workshop, Aachen, Germany, Oct. 4-9, 1990.
There are also sever•I on-going projects I am involved in.
(1). Estia Eichten and I have been working on the.mass difference between the charged and the neutral mesons, to see if we could find a more systematic and model independent way to understand the mau differences.
(2). We (V. Barger, T. Han, J. Ohnemus, and D·. Zeppenfeld) have been working on the nearly complete QCD corrections to vector boson pair VV productioni·(V = W, Z) to the order a •. We will have a parton level Monte Carlo program for any combination of W, Z pair, and will be able to study the dynamical distributions of interest for the pp - VV + jet proceues, which are very important for further studying the standard model as well as for better determining the SM backgrounds to new physics.
(3). We (V. Barger, K. Cheung, T. Han and R. Phillips) have been systematically study-ing the signals for a strongly interacting symmetry breaking sector, via vector boson scatterings with final states such as w+ w+, w+w-, Z Z, and W Z. Besides the possible signals for different models, we are working on the complete order a' electroweak background calculations for those channels, which are very crucial to confirm any weak signals.
These projects are in progress.
Brian Hill
Power corrections to the st•tic effective field theory can be systematically induded by the addition of higher dimensional operators to the action. Estia Eichten and I determined the coefficients of the dimension-five operators incorporating the l/m corrections to the theory to one loop order (1). These operators are part of the l/m corrections to a variety of hadronic matrix elements. Mitch Golden and I calculated to order as the coefficients of the l/m-1uppreaed operators in the effective field theory expansion of the current determinin1 Is (2). These results were discussed at Lattice 90 (4). It would be interesting to learn the matrix elements of these operators.
Recently the matrix element of one of the discretized operators which causes B-B mixing has been determined using lattice g.uge theory. Jonathan Flynn, Otcar Hernlindez and I have just completed the order as determiHtion of the linear combination of discretized four-fermion operators whose matrix element determines this parameter (3). We found a large perturltative correction to the coefficient of the operator whose matrix element has been mea1ured. The coefficient reduces the contribution of this operator to the combination Bs/J, but by .a much that the perturbative calculation is not reliable.
An encouraging fact that we noted is that the perturbative correction to Bs alone is much smaller in magnitude. There is some evidence that the largest contributions come from the lattice self-energy graphs, although this statement is gauge-dependent and only known to be true at one loop. Because the self-energy graphs automatically drop out of Bs it has been
4.65
suggested on this basis that Bs will continue to have smaller corrections thin Bs/J at higher orders in perturbation theory. There is also a suggestion that the scale in the perturbative lattice computations can be chosen in such a way that higher order corrections to a variety of matrix elements are minimized.
Although determination of unknown hadronic matrix elements relevant to standard model phenomenology is the primary objective, it is important to determine known quantities that would provide a test of the use of the static approximation in lattice gauge theory and the relt.bility of perturbative corrections to the results. One such quantity is the B-B• maa aplitting. A lattice determination of the splitting requires a choice of discretization of one of the two 1/m-suppreaed operators in the static effective field theory action. I am currently computing the perturbative corrections to this discretized operator.
Recent Publications:
1 ... Static Effective Field Theory: 1/m Corrections," Physics Letters 8243 (1990) 427, with E. Eichten. .
2. "Heavy meson decay constants: l/m Corrections," Fermilab-Pub-90/216-T, to appear in Physics Letters 8, with M. Colden.
3. ..Renormalization of Operators Determining B-B Mixing on the Lattice," Fermilab-Pub-90/237-T, submitted to Physical Review D, with J. Flynn and 0. Hernandez.
4. "Continuum Results for the Determination of Heavy Meson Decay Constants," talk pre-sented at Lattice 90, Tallahassee, Florida, October 1990, to appear in Nudear Physics 8, Proceedings Supplements Section.
David A. Kosower
In the past year, I have continued my work on application of strin1·baHd ideai to calculations in QCO, and I have also worked on topics related to collider phenomenology.
Zvi Bern (Univ. of Pittsburgh) and I finished the calculation of the one-loop corrections to gluon-gluon scattering using the string-based formalism we have developed. The work of the past year enabled us to understand in detail the connection to field-theory forms of dimensional regularization. This is the first calculation of helicity amplitudes for the gg - gg process. The calculation of the unpolarized correction to the cross Hction agrees with a previous Feynman diagram calculation of R. K. Ellis and J. C. Sexton. The outline of the calculation is summarized in a recent preprint, while the details will 1te given in various papers currently in preparation.
Durin' the winter, I worked out a new method of generating phaH apace configurations for light particles, which takes into account the quaa...xperimental cuts typically impOHd in parton-level calculations, while retaining a rea1onable efliaency. ·
The Harch for the top quark has been, and will continue to be, one of the highest priorities for the collider detectors at Fermilab. Cur;ent COF limits put it above the threshold for decay into open W; as the limit increaHa it becomes important to see whether modes other than the distinct dilepton mode are useful as tools in looking for the t (and under1tandin1 its decay modes once it is found). Once the top quark is heavy enough that the daughter b quarks are not too soft, the dominant signatures of a ti pair will be six-jet events (corresponding to hadronic decays of both Wa) and four-jet+ lepton+ missing energy (corresponding to a leptonic decay of one of the Ws). z. Kunazt and W. J. Stirling had previously inveati1ated the possibility of obHrving top events in the six-jet mode (at LHC energies) and found it effectively impossible (the outcome would be similar at Tevatron enersies). In the coming run, however, COF will install a silicon vertex detector, allowin1 a hi1h-efliaency tag on 6 quarks. Thia sugesta the possibility of reducing the six-jet background by demanding the presence of a 6 (every signal event will contain 6 quarks). A collaboration with Walter Ciele and Hana Kuijf (Univ. of Leiden)
4.66
produced a preliminary estimate of the signal-to-background with such taning; we expect the tagging to improve this ratio considerably, and it may prove feasible to confirm the presence of the top using this channel. This work was reported at the QCD '90 conference in Montpellier, France. Recent Publications:
1. "An Efficient Phase Space Mapping for light Particles," D. A. Kosower, preprint Fermilab-Pub-90/58-T.
2. "The Role of large Scalar Amplitudes in High Temperature Baryon Number Violation.'' D. A. Kosower, preprint Fermilab-Pub-90/133-T.
3. "The Spinor Helicity Method in Dimensional Regularization.'' 0. A. Koaower, preprint Fermilab-Pub-90/208-T 8' ETH-TH/90-24.
/ . . , 4. "Efficient Calculation of One-Loop QCD Amplitudes," Z. Bern and D. A. Kosower, preprint
Fermilab-Pub-90/225-T 8' Pitt-90-21. '
5. "A Preliminary Calculation of the Background to t Detection With. Taged bs," W. T. Giele, D. A. Kosower, and H. Kuijf, preprint Fermilab-Conf-90/235-T, Presented at QCD '90, Montpellier, France, July 7-13, 1990.
6. "Consistent Off-Shell String Amplitudes," Z. Bern, D. A. Kosower, and K. Roland, Nucl. Phys. 8334, 309 (1990), Fermilab-Pub-89/99-T (Los Alamos preprint LA-UR-89-1392, 8' NBI preprint NBl-HE-89-22), to appear Nucl. Phys. 8.
7. "light-cone Recurrence Relations for QCO Amplitudes," 0. A. Kosow~r, Nucl. Phys. B335, 23 (1990), preprint Fermilab-Pub-89/192-T. I
C. Guest Scientists
Bob Holdom
During my stay at Fermilab, I worked on electroweak corrections due to new physics. I completed two papers, to be submitted to Physics letters 8. One is entitled "Corrections to Trilinear Gauge Vertices and e+e + - => w+w_ in Technicolor Theories". I use an effective langrangian to study the leading corrections to WW"'Y and WWZ vertices from new, weak isospin conserving, heavy physics. The corrections occur in gf - 1, "Z -1, and "A - 1 and input from low energy QCO is used to estimate their size in technicolor theories. I then study the enhancement of these corrections in the process e+e- => w+w- at high enerres. The other paper is entitled, "Oblique Electroweak Corrections and an Extra Gauge Boson'. I develop an effective Lagrangian based framework for the inclusion of new heavy physics effects on gauge boson self energies. Various observables may be expresses in terms of the parameten S, T, and U. I then generalize this framework to include a new U(l) 1auge boson. I treat the effects of mixing through kinetic terms with the Z and the photon as well as mau mixing with the Z. The bulk of these effects produce effective shifts in the parameters S, T, and U. ·
I enjoyed by stay at Fermilab. The theory group provides a stimulating, and yet at the same time relaxed, environment for research.
Recent Publications:
1. "Corrections to Trilinear Gauge Vertices and e+e- => w+w- in Technicolor Theories," by Bob Holdom, to be submitted to Phys. Lett. 8.
2. "Oblique Electroweak Corrections and an Extra Gauge Boson," by Bob Holdom, to be submitted to Phys. Lett. 8.
4.67
T. R. Morris
I arrived in late September, and spent the first month or so learning about the ladder (or rainbow) approximation to non-perturbative field theory and its use in the paper by Bardeen, Hill and Lindner.
However, I used November also to complete some research begun during the summer which culminated in ref.[l] below. The paper 1how1 how to collltruct the path integral for ltring theory based on the Nambu-Goto action. It was shown to be -.uivalent to the path integral based on the Polyakov action, and as a by-product it wu shown how to gaup fix and calculate explicitly with the Nambu path integral. None of this had been achieved before, and indeed this work settles the long running question of equivalence between thue two formalisms.
During December and January (1990) Joseph Lykken and I worked on space-time solu-tions to (critical) string theory in which the time direction is cmved. These are of put interest because an understanding of these solutions would lead to a ltudy of COllftOlosical implications of ltring theory. We made a detailed study of conailtency requirements for the case where the space-time had a product structure of flat space and a SU(l,1) lfOUP manifold: This involves analysing representations of the SU(l,l) Kac-Moody algebr•. We extended the previous work · (by other groups) on unitarity of the ltring spectrum, completed a semi-dauical calculation of the string excitations and made some progreu towards analysing modular invariance of the one loop contribution - in particular we derived the chanicters for the repruentations and placed chonltraints on the form which modular invariant combinations of these characters could take. I
ope that this work will be written up at some ltage. However, during January it was overtaken by increasing interest (on my part) in matrix model techniques.
My first paper in this area (ref. [2]), completed by the beginning of February, was the culmination of some research with my PhD student Simon Dalley on using a light-cone lattice hamiltonian formulation of non·perturbative 1trin1 theory in terms of complex matrices which had been proposed by Klebanov and Suukind. They had shown that in the (naive) larp N limit their matrix model gives light-cone gauge-fixed free strings. We were able to be more precise about some of the intuitive constructions in their paper, and a byproduct of this was to show that the conjectured minimum distance in (critical) string theory wu equal to twice the lattice spacing of the matrix model. This allowed us to give a nice intuitive explanation for why the free string spectrum obtained from Klebanov and Su11kind1 model showed no relic of the underlying lattice.
- At this time, I attended and contributed to a workinJ 1roup at Fermilab, headed by Joseph Lykken, on the new hermitian matrix model techniques (discovered in November by three groups: Grou and Migdal, Brezin and Kazakov, and Douglas and Shenker). The combination of the working group and attendance at the "Strings 90" conference at Texas A"M in March 1reatly helped in my learning of these techniques. Of particular fascination to me was that my work with Simon Dalley (ref.(2]) although superficially quite different in appro.ch could easily be unified with these new methods. I believe that these observations yield a very promising avenue for developing a non-perturbative ltring theory in one and higher numbers of dimensions.
Motivated by these observations I tspent several months working on a periodic one-dimensional lattice non-perturbative string theory using a path integNtl over complex matrices. Joseph Lykken collaborated in this project initially, as I did in a project of his own for a non-perturbative string theory in two dimensions. Both these ideas proved too difficult at that stage to analyse successfully.
lnltead I concentrated on a limit of my complex matrix model in which the lattice spacing becomes large. In this limit the model decouples into a product of zero dimensional complex models which m•y be analysed in their own right. This is the subject of refs. (3,4). It is shown there how to extend the hermitian matrix model methods to complex matrices. In particul•r I show that the models have an interpretation in terms of dynamical triangulations of Riemann surfaces as in hermitian matrix models, but additionally the trianalu mult be chequered, th•t is coloured black and white so that neighbouring triangles are afways opposite colours. This has no effect on the simplest critical points, •• might have been expected, which describe two
4.68
dimensional gravity, and associated "multi-critical matter" non-perturbatively. But a hierarchy of completely new critical points are also uncovered.
In August I collaborated with Shyamoli Chaudhuri and Joseph Lykken on more general behaviour in hermitian matrix models than had been suspected by the original three groups (ref. (5]). In particular this led to models with vanishing free energy on even genus Riemann surfaces, and to a string susceptibility index which could be any fraction (as opposed to the 1/integer form found originally).
It thus turns out that zero dimensional matrix models contain far richer structures than had been originally conjectured. This continues to prove a very fruitful area for me. I expect to return to my ideas for a lattice formulation for non-perturbat1ve string theory in real numbers of dimensions and use this latest research to solve the outstanding problems there.
Recent Publications:-
1. "The quantum .equivalence of Nambu and Polyakov string actions", T .R. Morris, Nud. Phys. B 341, (1990) 443.
2. "Phase structure in bosonic string theory", S. Dalley and T .R. Morris, Int. Journal of Mod. Phys. AS, (1990) 3929.
3. "Chequered surfaces and complex matrices", T.R. Morris, Fermilab-Pub-90/121-T sub-mitted to Nucl. Phys. B.
4. "2D quantum gravity, multicritical matter and complex matrices," T.R. Morris, Fermilab-Pub/90 /136-T submitted to phys. lett. B.
5. "Bigeneric non-perturbative strings" S. Chaudhuri, J. Lykken and T.R. Morris, Fermilab· Pub-90/168-T to be published in phys. lett. B.
·· D. Users
Carl H. Albright
Research on quark mass matrices and mixings continued. A general set of 3-family quark man matrices exhibiting hierarchical chiral symmetry breaking was found which satisfies all the known constraints from flavor-changing processes and leads to a top quark mass spectrum peaking at 135 GeV. In addition, a very special but extremely simple set of quark man matrices with just 6 real parameters was identified which fits all the data extremely well, but only in the top man range from 130-135 GeV. This set has been used as input for the leptonic Dirac man submatrices to place a lower bound on sin2 2612 , which implies a signal leu than 25 SNU in the nonadiabatic MSW region for the solar neutrino gallium experiments, and to identify the allowed regions in the 4m~3 vs. sina 2623 plot. These favor a tau neutrino mau in the range 12-120 eV in a very narrow mixing-angle band or 0.15-5 .eV for the broader 0.004 ~ sin2 2623 ~ 0.13 range.
Recent Publications:
1. "Three-Family Mass Matrices Leading to a Very Mauive Top Quark," Phys. Lett. 8246, 451 (1990).
2 ... Three-Family Top Quark Mau Spectrum," Fermilab-Conf-90/104-T Conference Report submitted to the XXV International Conference on High Energy Physics, Singapore (1990).
3. "Top Quark Mass Spectrum from Flavor-Changing Processes," Fermilab-Conf-90/196-T Conference Report to appear in Proceedings of the XXV International Conference on High Energy Physics, Singapore (1990).
4.69
4. "Neutrino Masses and Mixing• Based on A Special Set of Quark Ma11 Matrices," Fermilab-Pub-90 /266-T preprint submitted to Physical Review Letters .
. ·•
4.70
IV. ASTROPHYSICS
The Fermilab Theoretical Astrophysics Program consists of a core of theoretical astrophysicists, expert in both astrophysics and particle physics, who perform research at the confluence of astrophysics, cosmology, and particle physics. This group of about 15 astrophysicists has been partially funded from 1983 to 1988 under the NASA Innovative Research Program. In 1988 the group was awarded a three-year NASA Astrophysical Theory Grant. This year the grant was renewed for another three-year period. The NASA/Fermilab Astrophysics Center has become the world center for in-terdisciplinary work in this extremely exciting and rapidly developing area of research. The group has been extremely productive. During 1983 the group prepared 6 papers; in Its first full year of operations, 1984, that number rose to 27, in 1985, 52 papers, in 1986, 51 papers, 58 in 1987, 50 in 1988, 58 In 1989, and in 1990, the total number of papers was 60.
The existence of the group at a national acceler;ator laboratory has given It direct access to the most current ideas and results in both theoretical and experimental high energy physics, and has also provided particle physicists with the opportunity to Interact with astrophysicists who are knowledgeable about the astrophysical/cosmological implica-tions of modem particle physics theories.
This group's primary effort is the application of modern particle physics to astro-physics and cosmology, including the study of the very early Universe, galaxy formation and dark matter, ultra high energy cosmic rays, cosmic strings, and the astrophysical implications of new forces and particles. The application of modern particle theory to astrophysics follows in a logical progression the very successful application of nuclear physics theory in the 60's and 70's to astrophysics, and atomic theory in the 30's, 40's, and 50's, and the long term payoffs appear to be at least as spectacular and fruitful. Specific research topics in the past have included: the inflationary Universe, cosmology with extra dimensions, superstring cosmology, galaxy formation and dark matter, origin of density inhomogeneities, primordial nucleosynthesis, primordial origin of magnetic fields, supernovae, microwave background fluctuations, non-topological solitons, phase transitions and cosmic strings. All of these topics are of direct relevance to particle physics.
The Astrophysics group presently consists of senior scientists E. W. Kolb (head), M. S. Turner (6 months/year), A. Albrecht (assistant professor), J. Frieman (assistant professor), A. Stebbins (assistant professor), D. N. Schramm (I month/year), and 5 postdocs. Michael Turner has been associated with the Fermilab Astrophysics Program since 1983. He normally spends half-time in residence at the Lab. On occasion he has spent the entire academic year in residence at Fermilab (for instance the 1986-87 academic year).
At present there are five postdocs in the group supported by Fermilab/NASA funds (Salopek, Dowker, Gregory, Gradwohl, Roulet). Postdocs normally have two year ap-pointments. The nominal level of effort for postdocs supported In full by the group is expected to be five postdocs devoting 100% level of effort. We also hope to continue to be able to attract postdocs with outside support. At present there are four foreign fellows: Gaztanaga (Spain); Mollerach (Italy); Patzelt (Germany); and Yokoyama (Japan). This year we also are hosting the visit of Professor Chui Lee on sabbatical from Hanyang University in Korea.
In addition to senior scientists and postdocs, there have been many visitors to the group. These visits range from one or two day visits, typically to present the weekly astrophysics seminar, up to three month visits to work and collaborate with members of the group.
4.71
The Fermilab Astrophysics Group is also full- or part-time home to many graduate students. Kolb, Turner, and Schramm have faculty appointments at the University of Chicago. There are approximately six students In cosmology at the University of Chi· cago. Some have offices at Fermilab and use Fermilab as their principle location for research. All visit Fermilab on a regular basis. In addition to the students from Chicago, there have been other students who have visited.
EDWARD W. KOLB
My research in 1990 centered on the exploration of a new theory of inflation known as extended inflation. In the extended 8C8nario, inflation occurs during a first-order phase transition. It had been known for several years that in standard particle physics theories a cosmological first-order phase transition could not be completed. This is because although the probability for a point to remain in the false-vacuum phase decreases exponentially, the background space is expanding exponentially. In extended inflation a first-order phase transition is completed because while trapped In the false vacuum, the Universe does not expand exponentially' but rather expands as a power-law in time. My work in extended Inflation covered several·· areas:
Tunneling Rate•: In a series of papers with Richard Holman and Yun Wang of Carnegie Mellon University, Sharon Vadas of The University of Chicago, and Erick Weinberg of Columbia University, I calculated the false-vacuum tunneling rates in the case that the effective false-vacuum energy density is not constant. We discovered that it is often true that the tunneling rate is not a constant in time. This effect can have a pronounced effect on extended inflation.
Model Building: With Holman, Vadas and Wang, I studied two models that have the potential for extended inflation. The first model was based upon a Kaluza-Klein type theory. The second model used the dilaton that is the Nambu-Goldstone boson present in theories with a non-linear realization of scale invariance. At present the second model seems most promising.
Fluctuations: With David Salopek and Michael Turner of Fermilab I studied the spectrum of adiabatic density fluctuations produced during the extended inflation era. We showed that an interesting fluctuation spectrum and magnitude can be produced in these theories.
Topological Effects: With Ed Copeland and Andrew Liddle of Sussex University I considered the possibility that topological defects such as monopoles, domain walls, or cosmic strings can be produced at the end of extended inflation. This possibility is not realized in other inflation models.
Batry0geneals: With John Barrow of Sussex, Copeland, and Liddle, I considered several scenarios for the production of the observed baryon asymmetry in the re-heating process at the end of extended inflation. In one scenario, Baryogenesis occurred through the out-of-equilibrium decay of supennassive bosons, and in a second scenario the production and decay of black holes is responsible for the baryon asymmetry.
Topics not related to extended inflation included the effect of massive neutrinos on primordial nucleosynthesis, the possibility of instabilities in compactified dimensions, and a monograph with Michael Turner on the early universe.
There were several areas of activity outside of scientific research. For Laboratory service, I served as head of the Theoretical Astrophysics Group and chaired a Labo-
4.72
ratory tong-range planning committee. Educational activities included lecturing in Fermilab's Saturday Morning Physics, at Adler Planetarium, giving a Harlow Shapley Memorial Lecture, teaching in the DOE High School Honors Program, the Fermilab Summer Institute for Science Teachers, visiting area elementary schools, middle schools, and high schools, giving a course for undergraduates at the University of Chicago, and supervising two graduate students at the University of Chicago. Professional service included serving as editor of two journals, chairing a NASA panel on Long-Term Space Astrophysics, and as IT14tmber of several visiting committees .
Publlcatlona:
1. •eternal Annihilations: New Constraints on Long-Lived Particles from Big-Bang Nucleosynthesis," (with J. A. Frieman and M. S. Turner), Phys. Rev. D 41, 3080 (1990) . . /
2. •False Vacuum Decay in Jordan-Brans-Die!<• Cosmologies,• (with R. Holman, S. L. Vadas, Y. Wang, and E. Weinberg), Phys. Lett. 8237, 37 (1990).
3. •semiclassical Stability in Multidimensional Cosmologies,• (with L. Amendola, M. Litterio, and F. Occhionero), Phys. Rev. D 42, 1944 (1990).
4. "Gravitational Couplings of the lnflaton in Extended Inflation,• (with R. Holman and Y. Wang), Phys. Rev. Lett. 65,17 (1990).
5. •Topological Defects in Extended Inflation,• (with E. J. Copeland and A. R. Liddle), Phys. Rev. D 42, 2911 (1990).
6. "Origin of Density Fluctuations in Extended Inflation,• (with D. S. Salopek and M. S. Turner), Phys. Rev. D 42, 3925 (1990).
7. "False-Vacuum Decay in Generalized Extended Inflation," (with R. Holman, S. L. Vadas, and Y. Wang), Phys. lett. 2508, 24 (1990).
8. •earyogenesis in Extended Inflation I. Baryogenesis via Production and Decay of Supermassive Bosons," (with J. 0. Barrow, -E. J. Copeland, and A. R. Liddle), accepted for publication Phys. Rev. D (1990).
9. •earyogenesis in Extended Inflation II. Baryogenesis via Production and Evaporation of Primordial Black Holes," (with J. 0. Barrow, E. J. Copeland, and A. R. Liddle), accepted for publication Phys. Rev. D (1990).
10. •Kaluza-Klein Extended Inflation," ·(with R. Holman, S. L. Vadas, and Y. Wang), accepted for publication Phys. Rev. D (1990).
11. •scale-Invariant Extended Inflation,• (with R. Holman, S. L. Vadas, and Y. Wang), submitted for public~tion, Phys. Rev. D (1990).
12. •constraints from Primordial Nucleosynthesis to the Mass of the Tau Neutrino," (with M. S. Turner, A. Chakravorty, and 0. N. Schramm), submitted for publication, Phys. Rev. Lett. (1990).
13. "Neutrino Cosmology and Astrophysics," in Proceedings of the Second International Meeting on Neutrino Telescopes, M. Baldo-Ceolin, ed.
14. "First-Order Inflation," in Proceedings of Nobel Symposium #79, 1990.
4.73
15. "The lnflaton Sector of Extended Inflation; In Proct1fHlings of Bitth and Early Evolution of Our Universe, ed. K. Sato, 1990.
16. The Early Universe (with M. S. Turner) Addison-Wesley (1990).
17. •Astrophysical and Cosmological Constraints to Neutrino Properties,• (with O. N. Schramm and M. S. Turner), in Neutrino Physics, ed. K. Winter (1990)
MICHAEL S. TURNER
Axion•. Burrows, Ressell, and I completed our study of the effect of axion emission on the cooling of SN 1987 A: The duration of the neutrino burst precludes an axion mass in the interval 10-3 eV to 3 eV. Bershady,_ Ressell, and I carried out a telescope search for an axion of mass 3 eV to 3 eV, and found no evidence for such an axion, closing this window. I calculated the periodic signatures that relic axions in our halo would have in a •sikivie detector." Wilczek and I clarified the cosmological limits to the axion mass based upon their contribution to the present energy density in the case that the Universe underwent inflation.
lnflallon. Kolb, Salopek, and I computed the density perturbations that arise in extended inflation, a new variant of inflation that .incorporates the attractive features of both new and old inflation. Wilczek and I calculated the spectrum of gravitational radiation that arises from the bubble collisions associated with reheating in extended inflation.
D•l'lc Matter. Kamionkowski, Griest, and I analyzed in detail the case where the neutralino (lightest supersymmetric partner) is heavier than the W :t boson. As unsuc· cessful accelerator searches push up the scale of supersymmetry, this possibility has become more attractive. Kamionkowski, Wilczek, and I studied the detection of halo WIMPs through positive-line radiation, and emphasized the importance of this •smokin' gun" signature for halo dark matter. Rajagopal, Wilczek, and I considered models which incorporate both symmetry and Peccei-Quinn symmetry. In such models the lightest supersymmetric partner is very likely to the axino (the fermionic partner of the axion) and not the neutralino; the mass of the axino is expected to be of order a few keV. Relic axinos of this mass provided closure density and behave as warm dark matter.
La111e-Scale Sttvctul'fl. Hill, Steinhardt, and I considered whether or not oscilla-tions in some of the physical constants of Nature could explain the periodic structure (in red shift) seen in the pencil beam survey of Broadhurst et al. Watkins, Widrow, and I calculated the microwave distortions that arise from the productions of vacuum bags in a late-time phase transition of the type suggested by Hill and Ross. I suggested that the best-fit model to the present cosmological data is a Universe characterized by: 0 8 • 0.03; '2coM • 0.17; QA • 0.8; h • 0.7 that underwent inflation. (NB: Best-fit does mean best motivated!)
S.ryo11en .. 1& Harvey and I clarified the relationship between the cosmological lepton and baryon number in the presence of rapid fermion number violation due to electroweak processes and derived an interesting cosmological limit to (Majorana) neu-trino masses.
Reviews. In 1990 I authored (or co-authored) reviews on the following subjects: Dark Matter; Cosmic Background Radiations; Astrophysical/Cosmological Constraints to Axions; Astrophysical/Cosmological Constraints to Neutrino Properties; and a mono-graph on the Early Universe with E.W. Kolb.
4.74
Publications:
1. •Positron Line Radiation as a Signature of Particle-dark Matter in the Halo,• Michael S. Turner and F. Wilczek, Physical Reviflw .D 42, 1001 (1990)
2. "The Grand Unified Photon Spectrum: A Coherent View of the Diffuse Extragalactic Background Radiation,• M. Ted Ressell and Michael S. Tumer, Comments on Astrophysics XIV, 323 (1990).
3. •Eternal Annihilations: J.A. Frieman, E.W. Kolb, and Michael S. Turner, Physical Review D 41, 3080 (1990).
4. •Windows on the Axion,• Michael S. Turner, Physics Repotts 117, 67 (1990).
5. ·supersymmetric Dark Matter Above the W Mass,• K. Griest, M. Kamionkowski, and Michael S. Turner, Physical Review D 41, 3565 (1990).
6. M. Kamionkowski and Michael S. Turner , •Thermal~elics: Do We Know Their Abundances?; Physical Review D 42, 3310 (1990)
7. •Axions and SN1987A: Axion Trapping,• A. Burrows, M.T. Ressell, and Michael S. Turner, Physical Review D 42, 3297 (1990).
8. •Periodic Signatures for the Detection of Cosmic Axions,• Michael S. Tumer, Physical Review D 42, 3572 (1990).
9. •cosmological Baryon and Lepton Number in the Presence of Electroweak Fermion Number Violation," J.A. Harvey and Michael S. Turner, Physical Review D 42, 3344 (1990).
10. "Origin of Density Fluctuations in Extended Inflation; E.W. Kolb, D.S. Salopek, and Michael S. Turner, Physical Review D 42, 3925 (1990)
11. •Microwave Distortions from Collapsing Domain-wall Bubbles,• Michael S. Tumer, R. Watkins, and L.M. Widrow, Astrophys. J. Letters (1991).
12. •inflationary Axion Cosmology,• Michael S. Turner and Frank Wilczek, Physical Review Letters 66, 5 (1991).
13. •Relic Gravitational Waves and Extended Inflation,• Michael S. Turner and Frank Wilczek, Physical Review Letters 65, 3080 (1990).
14. •can Oscillating Physics Explain an Apparently Periodic Universe?" Christopher T. Hill, Paul J. Steinhardt, and Michael S. Turner, Physics Letters B 252, 343 (1990).
15. ·coherent Peculiar Velocity Fields and Periodic Red Shifts,• Christopher T. Hill, Paul J. Steinhardt, and Michael S. Turner, Astrophys. J. Letters (1991).
16. "A Positron Feature from Heavy-WIMP Annihilations in the Galactic Halo: Mark Kamionkowski and Michael S. Tumer, Physical Review D, sub-mitted (1990).
4.75
17. "Telescope Search for Multi-eV Axions,• M. Bershady, M.T. Reasell, and Michael S. Turner, Physical Review Letters. submitted (1990).
18. "Cosmological Implications of Axinos; K. Rajagopal, Michael S. Turner, and F. Wilczak, Nuclear Phyaics 8, submitted (1990).
19. •Windows on the Axion," Michael S. Turner, In Proc:.edings of the Worlcshop on Cosmic Axions, eds. C. Jones and A. Melisainos (WSPC, Singapore, 1990) ft
20. •Lectures on Particle Physics and Cosmology," Michael S. Turner
20. "Lectures on Particle Physics and Cosmology; Michael S. Turner, in PfOCtltldlngs of the 1st Pueno Rico Winter School: Cosmology and Panicle Physics, eds. D.R. Altschuler and J.F. Nieves (WSPC, Singapore, 1990)
21. "Lectures on Cosmology and Particle Physics," Michael S. Turner, in Proceedings· of the 2nd CCAST Summer School (1990)
22. "Toward the Inflationary Paradigm: Lectures on Inflationary Cosmology," Michael S. Turner, Nuovo Clmento Redazione
23. "The Early Universe," Michael S. Turner, Proceedings of GR 12, ed. N. Ashby
24. "Dark Matter in the Universe," Michael S. Turner, Proc.edings of the Nobel Symposium No. 79: The Binh and Early Evolution of Our Universe, eds. B. Gustafsson, Y. Nilsson, and 8.-S. Skagerstam (WSPC, Singapore, 1991).
25. "The Best-fit Universe," Michael S. Turner, Proceedings of the IUPAP Conference on Primordial Nucleosynthesis and the Early Evolution of the Universe, ed. K. Sato (Kluwer, Dordrecht, 1991)
26. "Astrophysical and Cosmological Constraints to Neutrino Properties," E.W. Kolb, D.N. Schramm, and Michael S. Turner, in Neutrino Physics, ed. K. Winter (Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, 1990)
27. The Early Universe: Monograph, E.W. Kolb and Michael S. Turner, Addison-Wesley, Redwood City, CA, 1990
DAVID S. SALOPEK
My primary focus of research in 1990 was to extend inflation models so as to generate non-Gaussian initial conditions for structure formation. There are a growing number of cosmological observations which suggest that the simplest Cold Dark Matter model may be incorrect and it is important to consider extensions. In two papers which were written in collaboration with J.R. Bond, I extended homogeneous minisuperspace to incorporate nonlinearities of scalar fields and the metric at long wavelengths. Exact and numerical solutions of the FokkerPlanck and Langevin equations were given for the case of a scalar field interacting through an exponential potential. Typically, for a single scalar field, non-Gaussian fluctuations are small for fluctuations which are consistent with microwave background fluctuations, although one can construct viable non-Gaussian
4.76
models if one employs multiple scalar fields. In addition, using the long wavelength formalism, one can address the question of time hypersurface which could not be adequately addressed in homogeneous minisuperspace quantum cosmology. In a third paper, I showed that Hamilton-Jacobi theory could be successfully applied to give a complete and general solution of the long wavelength problem including gravitational radiation. Exact solutions were given for multiple scalar fields which could be applied to non-Gaussian models for structure formation.
In collaboration with E.W. Kolb and M.S. Turner, I have also calculated density fluctuations In extended inflation which Is an interesting proposal of D. La and P. J. Steinhardt. We showed that it is possible to obtain the correct level of density fluctuations to form galaxies without any fine tunings. Generically, If the bubble nucleation size is small, then one obtains a power law spectrum with more power at large scales than the Zeldovich scale-invariant spectrum.
Publlcatlons:
1. •Origin of Density Fluctuations in Extended Inflation,• Kolb, E.W., Salopek, D.S. and Turner, M.S., Phys. Rev. D42, 3925-3935 (1990).
2. •Nonlinear Evolution of Long Wavelength Metric Fluctuations in Inflation-ary Models." Salopek, D.S. and Bond,. J.R., Phys. Rev. 042, 3936-3962 (1990).
3. •stochastic Inflation and Nonlinear Gravity." Salopek, D.S. and Bond, J.R., Phys. Rev. D (1990) (in press).
4. •Nonlinear Solutions of Long Wavelength Gravitational Radiation,• Salopek, D.S., submitted to Phys. Rev. D (1990).
5. •stochastic Inflation Lattice Simulations: Ultra Large Scale Structure in the Universe,"'Salopek, D.S., in IUPAP Conference, Primordial Nucleo-synthesis and Evolution of the Early Universe, Sept. 4-8, 1990, eds. K. Sato and J. Yokoyama, Kluwer Academic Publishers.
ANDREAS ALBRECHT
Co111nlc String•. My research in 1990 focused on two major topics. The first was the spectrum of linear density perturbations produced in cold dark matter by cosmic strings. This work (with Albert Stebbins) represents the first systematic analysis of the way cosmic strings can act to seed the formation of galaxies and larger scale structure in the universe.
Earlier work on this subject relied on a number of heuristic arguments, all using the properties exhibited by a scaling network of cosmic string when viewed at a particular instant in time. My work with Stebbins carefully accounts for the "time inte-grated• nature of the perturbations. Namely, that a given perturbation today represents the integrated effect of many different events occurring at different times In the past. Our work is also the first to use full string networks directly from numerical simulations in addressing density perturbations from cosmic strings.
Our results show that typical perturbations are produced by multiple long string wakes, and are .gaussian due to the time integrations effects. These results overturn all previous pictures of structure formation from cosmic strings in cold dark matter. The
4.77
power spectrum of linear density perturbations which we have arrived at shows interest-ing differences form the •standard• Zel'dovich spectrum. It will now be the starting point for further investigations by ourselves and others.
Preliminary versions of this work were preHnted at a number of major meetings in 1990, and a full treatment is preHntly being completed for submission to The Astrophysical Joumal.
OU.ntum to C•..U:.I T,.,,,,.,,lon. Investigation of the transition betwHn quantum and classical physics provided the second major focus of my reHarch in 1990. Any theory of cosmology relies on making some assumptions about the initial conditions of the universe. One common thread shared by most cosmologies is that at very earty times eSHntially all degrees of fre.mm behaved quantum mechanically, not classically. The goal of my research is to understand the extent to which the dynamics of the transition from quantum to classical behavior constrain the possible "initial• conditions of the classical world.
I completed the initial stage of this project in 1990 by devising a new approach to the study of quantum decoherence. In the second phase, (most of which was completed in 1990) I applied this approach to some simple, calculable systems and observed the onset of quantum decoherence. These calculations served to build intuition which will be useful for studying more complex systems. In addition, my calculations have exposed some serious weaknesses in the popular •decoherence functional• approach to studying decoherence. These weaknesses were anticipated in publication 2. (A thorough discussion of my calculations is being readied for submission to Phys Rev 0)
Publlcatlona:
1. ·comment on 'high resolution simulations of cosmic strings. 1•,• by 0. Bennett and F. Souchet, FERMILAB-PUB-90153-A, Submitted to Phys. Rev. D (With Neil Turok)
2. ·identification of Decohering Paths in Closed Quantum Systems,• Fermilab preprint FERMILAB-Pub-901128-A, submitted to Phys Rev. D.
JOSHUA FRIEMAN
In 1990, my research focused on several topics in cosmology. The first topic was a continuation of work on non-topological solitons (NTS's) as dark matter candidates. With Gian Giudice, I showed that the ground state of technicolor models is likely to be a NTS state, analogous to the idea of strange quark matter proposed by Witten several years ago in the context of acc. We analyzed the stability, cosmological formation and evolution, and astrophysical and experimental consequences of such technicolor nuggets. We found that technicolor nuggets are in general more likely to be stable and survive the early universe than strange quark nuggets, and are therefore a viable dark matter candidate.
Although the inflationary universe has been the subject of much attention, no specHic model for inflation has emerged which is compelling from the standpoint of particle physics. With Katie Frease and Angela Olinto, I proposed an inflationary model which fits naturally into the framework of particle physics-in this scenario, the inflaton field is a psaudo-Nambu-Goldstona boson (PNGB) much like the axion. We showed that such models naturally inflate and give rise to aoceptable large-scale density perturba-
4.78
tions. Interestingly, such models predict more structure on large-scales than the stan-dard Harrison-Zeldovich spectrum usually associated with inflation; we are currently exploring the implications for large-scale structure formation of this model in more depth.
I have also been completing two other projects concemed with the cosmological implications of pseudo-Goldstone bosons. With Richard Watkins and Chrla Hill, I did a thorough study of the cosmological consequences of a late-time phase tranallion asso-ciated with ultra-light PNGBs, in particular focusing on large-scale structure formation and the microwave background signature. With a student, Andrew Jaffe, I am exploring the general cosmological constraints on PNGBs: this work generalizes earlier work which considered constraints only on the QCD axion. In addition, with Richard Watkins and Michael Turner, we have been investigating the generation of isocurvature. scale-Invariant, no1;1-Gaussian perturbations in the spontaneous breakdown of global symme-tries. This Is the simplest, yet quite general model which gives rise to non-Gaussian density fluctuations.
Two projects have centered on probes of large-scale structure. With Oongsu Ryu and Angela Olinto, I studied the statistics of galaxy clustering in a class of phenom-enological models in which the bulk of the galaxies are distributed on the surfaces of quasi-spherical shells, with rich clusters occupying the interstitial regions where three shells overlap. We found that a sub-class of these models, inspired by the 'bubbly' structure found in the CFA redshift survey slices, are consistent with the measured galaxy and cluster correlation functions, the void probability, etc. We have recently shown that such a bubbly galaxy distribution may naturally account ·for the enhanced angular correlations observed in the APM survey.
Also with regard to probes of large-scale structure, Michael Turner, Nick Kaiser, and I have been studying the effects of large-scale metric fluctuations on the time delays measured In gravitational lens systems. We find that an earlier claim by Allen that such an effect can be used to constrain the amplitude of long wavelength gravi-tational waves is incorrect.
Publlcatlone:
1. "A New Class of Non-topological Solitons," Joshua Frieman and Bryan Lynn, Nuclear Physics 8329, 1 (1990).
2. •Eternal Annihilations: New Limits on long-lived Particles from Big Bang Nucleosynthesis; Joshua Frieman, Edward Kolb and Michael Turner, Physical Review 041 .. 3080 (1990).
3. •Natural Inflation with Pseudo . Nambu-Goldstone Bosons," Katherine Freese, Joshua Frieman, and Angela Ollnto, Physical Review Letters 65, 3233 (1990).
4. •cosmic Technicolor Nuggets," Joshua Frieman and Gian Giudice, Nuclear Physics 8, accepted for publication.
5. •Galaxy Clustering in a Bubbly Universe,• Dongsu Ryu, Joshua Frieman, and Angela Olinto, submitted to Astrophysical Joumal (1990).
4.79
HARALD PATZELT
In 1990 I finished my thesis on substructure models and phase transitions in the early universe. Beside Grand Unification a substructure of quarks and leptons is an other way to go beyond the standard model, mainly motivated by the appearance of three generations of quarks and leptons. Like GUTs theH . models lead to modifications of the standard picture of cosmology, especially on the evolution of the early universe. I Investigated the necessary conditions for Inflation induced by subquark confinement to occur and limits for longliving relic particles.
In this context, it became interesting to find the scale on which mlcrophyslca can interact coherently in inflationary models. I have shown that for homogeneous isotropic universes an interaction horizon can be defined with its upper bound being the event horizon In Inflationary universes.
To describe the possible confinement phase transition in the early universe at finite temperature for the matter fields I made a statistiCal ansatz. On a macroscopic, phenomenological level this allowed to treat the dynamics of the phase transition and the dynamics of the expanding universe simultaneously. Depending on the ratio of the typical interaction time to the typical expansion time different scenarios emerged.
Publlmtlona:
1. •Substructure models and phase transitior:is in the early universe•, thesis, University of Munich 1990 (in German language).
2. •on horizons in homogeneous isotropic universes•, Class. Quantum Grav. 7 (1990) 2081.
3. •Dynamics of phase transitions at finite temperatures in the early uni· verse•, submitted for publication to Ann. Phys.
ENRIQUE GAZTAAAGA
The objective of my main research In 1990 was to introduce, analyze and relate different statistical approaches to characterize the large scale structure of the universe corresponding to the observed galaxy distribution over hundreds of megaparsecs. There Is one paper published on the theme were we study the contributions from a known two-point correlation function to the total configuration probability and to cell counts and higher-order correlations. The main research is still in progress.
In addition there is a paper addressing the problem of the probabllity distribution for the cosmological constant, where the behavior In Coleman's approach of the probability distribution Is shown to depend rather strongly on the corrections to the effective action.
Publlcatlona:
1. •A general expression for the large scale matter distribution of the universe,• (with E. Elizalde), Nuclear Physics B (Proc.Supp/., 16, 650) (1990).
2. •on the probability distribution for the cosmological constant." (with E. Elizalde), Physics letters 8 234, 265 (1990).
4.80
ESTEBAN ROULET
In 1990 I have been working on three different topics:
• With E. Nardi. I studied cosmological and phenomenological aspects of the exotic fermions that are present in grand unified theories based on the Ee group, the predilect low energy group of superstrings. Here, the imposition of discrete sym-metries to avoid proton decay can lead to the stability of some of the extra farmlons. In particular, we have studied the fate of stable exotic quarks during the universe evolution and found that their astrophysical aAd cosmological effects would contradict present observations. The requirement that the exotic fermions decay can easily be fulfilled by allowing their mixing with the ordinary fermions. Thia can, however, modify the couplings of the ordinary fermions to the Z boson that are now being precisely measured at LEP. Using LEP results, we constrained the corresponding mixing angles. ' ·
• With G. Gel mini and P. Gondolo. we have analyzed in detail the detection of supersymmetric dark matter (neutralinos) looking both at their direct observation at cryogenic detectors and at their indirect search through the observation of the neutrino flux produced by the annihilation of neutralinos trapped in the core of the sun or the earth.
With 0. Tommasini, I have studied the radiative decay of neutrinos in the supersymmetric model with broken A-parity, showing that in this model, a dark matter neutrino (mn ::. 30 eV) could decay at the appropriate rate (t .. 1023 sec) in order that the resulting photon flux produces the observed ionization of inter-galactic hydrogen.
Publlcatlon~:
1. •Are exotic stable quarks cosmologically allowed?" E. Nardi and E. Roulet; Phys. Lett. B 245 (1990) 105.
2. ·sounds on ordinary-exotic fermion mixing from LEPI"; E. Nardi and E. Roulet; Phys. Lett. B 248 (1990) 139.
3. •Neutralino dark matter searches," G. Gelmini, P. Gondolo and E. Roulet; to appear in Nucl. Phys. B.
4. •cosmologically interesting neutrino decay in supersymmetry with broken R-parity": E. Roulet and 0. Tommasini, to appear in Phys. Lett. B.
5. PhD. Thesis "Bounds on supersymmetric particles and on E6 fermions from searches of cosmological relics and from LEP" (10-90) unpublished.
H. FAY DOWKER
My research in 1990 was in the field of space-time wormholes. I extended my previous work on the effects of wormholes on the electromagnetic field to higher orders of corrections. It turns out that at higher orders, parity violating terms such as F2F • F appear. There seems to be no a priori reason why the coefficients of such terms should vanish. It might be possible to derive some bound for these coefficients given the bounds on parity violation in nature.
With Raymond Laflamme I looked at wormhole effects on linearized gravity. Our results were that there is no contribution from wormholes containing gravitons to either
4.81
the cosmological constant, A, or Newton's constant, G. This showed that the depen-dence of A and G on wormholes arises only though renormalization by matter loops which themselves depend on the wormhole parameters. We calculated that the first correction to Einstein gravity from wormholes is of the form aR2 +/JRµvff'"where 3a+/j • 0, a most interesting combination since addition of aome multiple of the Euler density renders it conformably invariant.
An effort to incorporate supersymmetry into the wormhole scheme focuued on two directions. One was to find wormhole wave functions In a supersynvnetric minlsuperspace model. The model was homogeneous and the supersymmetry local In time. Thi• work was done in collaboration with Peter O'Eath. I also showed that supersynvnetry in a model which contained perturbations around a homogeneous background might provide a aolutlon of the problem of Planck acale manes induced by wormhole• for acalar flelda.
Publlcatlons:
1. •The Electromagnetic Wormhole Vertex,• Nucl.Phys.8331, 194 (1990).
2. •supersymmetric Wormhole States: (with P.O. D'Eath and 0.1. Hughes) DAMTP-R90-23, May 1990. 20pp. Presented at 5th Seminar on Quantum Gravity, Moscow, U.S.S.R., May 28 - Jun 1, 1990.
3. ·space-Time Wormholes,• Phd. thesis, University of Cambridge, Septem-ber 1990 (unpublished) .
BEN-AMI GRADWOHL
I focused my research in 1990 on two topics. First I continued my work on the cosmological effects of dilatons. In the context of scale-invariant theories one can transform the conservation equation in many cosmologically interesting cases into a nonlinear constraint. By help of this constraint we may simplify the theories and thus analyze basic features of scalar-tensor theories of gravity in a technically favorable framework. I have applied this procedure in my elaboration of inflationary cosmology with non-minimally coupled scalar fields, as well as in my analysis of topological string defects, embedded in a dilaton background.
In the second part of my research I focused on the analogies and differences between superfluld vortices and global strings. I have shown that the Goldstone boson background field leads to a configuration dependent Lorentz-like force which opposes the tension. Nevertheless, the resultant force is dominated by the tension and the global string is shown to behave similar to a Nambu string. This is confirmed by the dispersion law of small excitations around an axisymmetric string. I then extended the same analysis to the dynamics of charged global strings, I.e., global strings with trapped scalar particles on their cores.
Publlcatlona:
1. •Nonlinear Constraint in Scale-Invariant Theories: (with G. Kalbermann), Phys.Rev. D 41 (1990) 1327;
2. "Global Strings and Superfluid Vortices; Analogies and Differences" (with G. Kalbermann, T. Piran and E. Bertschinger), Nucl. Phys. B 338 (1990) 371;
4.82
3. B. Gradwohl, Ph.D. thesis ( Hebrew University of Jerusalem, July 1990), unpublished.
SILVIA MOLLERACH
My research in 1990 was addressed to two main problems, both related with the energy density fluctuations originated in inflationary models.
First, l have analyzed the possibility of obtaining from primordial physical processes the initial conditions required in the dHferent phenomenological i8oc:urvature models proposed in the literature. Namely, the presence of a eecond 9Clllar field In th• case in which It decays Into radiation after baryogenesia, producing spatial fluctuations in the baryon number per photon, and in the case in which It stays as a dark matter component up to the present epoch, the presence of axions as constituents of the dark matter and the spontaneous baryogenesis model. In 'the models in which there is an extra non-dominating field present, the isocurvature condition can naturally arise during the inflationary era, when energy density perturbations of the fields are produced. However, I have shown that in the case In which the additional field decays into radiation, the initial entropy perturbation Induces a large adiabatic mode by the radiation dominated era, preventing the model from being a good candidate for the origin of isocurvature baryonic fluctuations, contrary to what was expected. Instead, in the case that the second field does not decay, and constitutes now the dark matter, in the case of axions and in the spontaneous baryogenesis model, the isocurvature conditions hold during the radiation dominated period. Hence, they are good models for the origin of isocurvature perturbations.
The second topic is related to exploring the possibility that the density perturbations be non-gaussian distributed. The best tool for studying the statistics of the fluctuations produced in inflationary models is given by the stochastic approach to inflation. In collaboration with S. Matarrese, A. Ortolan and F. Lucchin, I have extended this approach to study the two-field case. We have then applied it to analyze in detail the case in which one of the fields is always non-dominating during inflation. We obtained an analytical solution in the model of a massless field and an inflaton with an exponential potential. The result obtained is that the distribution of the massless field is approxi-mately Gaussian for all scales inside our observable universe. However, it is highly non-Gaussian on much larger scales, what can be relevant for the global structure of the inflationary universe.
Publlcatlone:
1. •on the primordial origin of isocurvature perturbations•; Phys. Lett. B 242 (1990) 158.
2. •1socurvature baryon perturbations from inflation•, Phys. Rev. D 42 (1990) 313.
3. •Inflation and the baryon isocurvature model• (1990), to be published in the proceedings of the Rencontres de Moriond.
4. •stochastic inHation in a simple two-field model• (with S. Matarrese, A. Ortolan and F. Lucchin), SISSA preprint 143A (1990) (submitted to Phys. Rev.D ).
4.83
RUTH GREGORY
In the past year, my research has been primarily on the properties of topological defects, such as cosmic strings and domain walls, which may have been fonned in the early univerH. I will briefly summarize the past years work before presenting a pub-lication list.
With David Garfinkle, [1 ), I analyzed the gravitational properties of domain walls, generalizing Israel's hypersurlace equations to an expansion in terms of the wal thickness. Motivated by this work, David, David Haws and I, (2), went on to ·find th• effective action for the motion of the domain wall, finding that It oontalned extrinsic curvature terms, but that th••• were only due to the geometric •rnbeddlng of the domain wall in the spacetlme, rather than due to any 'field theoretic' corrections. I went on to prove, [5), that this was true in general for bosonlc defects, and that in particular, no corrections existed for strings or particles. .
In collaboration with Graham Brightwell, [4), I considered spacetime as a discrete - causal set,· examining mathematically what structure could be directly defined upon It.
The usual picture of spacetime consists of a continuous manifold, together with a metric of Lorentzian signature which imposes a causal structure. We considered a model in which spacetime consists of a discrete set of points taken at random from a manifold, with only the causal structure remaining. Using only this structure, we showed how to construct a metric, how to define the effective dimension, and how such quantities may depend on the scale of measurement. We suggested possible desirable features of such a model. ·
Publlcatlona:
I. •corrections to the Thin Wall Approximation in General Relativity• (with David Garfinkle). .Published in Phys. Rev. D41 1889-1894 (1990).
2. •The Dynamics of Domain Walls and Strings• (with David Haws and David Garfinkle) Published in Phys. Rev. D 42 343-348 (1990).
3 •eosmic Strings and Baryon Decay; Published in MPLA 5 1235-1242 (1990).
4 "The Structure of Random Discrete Spacetime• (with Graham Brightwell), FERMILAB-Pub-901141-A To appear in Phys Rev Lett.
5. •Effective Action for Bosonic Topological Defects,• FERMIL.AB-Pub-90/ 157-A, To appear in Phys Rev D.
4.84
,....
.--. -:W:- Section 5
Physics Section
r
PHYSICS DEPARTMENT MISSION
The Physics Department (strictly Section) has several glorious m1ss1ons. Firstly, it is charged with providing direct support to Fermilab physicists in their experiment research. Secondly. the Department is responsible for recruiting experimental post-doctoral associates a~d is their administrative home; these are recent Ph.D's who work full-time on experiments with hardly any other Laboratory duties. The Department is also the administrative home for visiting Guest Scientists. Thirdly. the Department is responsible for helping promote the intellectual life of the Laboratory by sponsoring such activities as the Laboratory Colloquium and the Academic Lecture Series. Finally. the Department is heavily involved in educational activities which connect Fermilab with the surrounding community. Such as the Saturday Morning Physics Program, a course of 10 lectures on modern Physics for High Schools. presented three times a year, and the Summer Student Program which selects twenty-five or so undergraduates to work at Fermilab for the summer. In April 1990, Jeff Appel became the Department Head, replacing Dan Green.
ORGANIZATION AND RESOURSES
The Section (or Department) is organized into support groups - which provide a general service - and task groups assigned to specific projects. Figure 1 shows the organization and gives the numbers of our staff. There are 3 'senior' physicists charged with managing the Department. an administrativt! group of 4 people, 39 post-doctoral associates, 5 Wilson Fellows, the first Lederman Fellow, 38 Guest Scientists and 58 staff. The Department Environment, Safety, & Health Group is run by a senior physicist and has been increasingly active this year. The management holds bi-monthly meetings with a council of Fermilab physicists to discuss policy issues and present budgetary information.
ADMINISTRATIVE AND COMPUTING SUPPORT
The Department provides support as needed for members of the Department and Ferm11ab physicists throughout the Laboratory in such matters as travel. document preparation, and figures for publication. The Department has a full-time administrative assistant who plays a major role in planning conferences. The highly successful "Workshop on Hadron Structure Functions and Parton Distributions" and the first "International Conference on Calorimetry in High Energy Physics" were organized through this office.
An ever-expanding cluster of Macintosh personal computers with attached Laser printer~ and a complete set of software is managed and provided for public use. A local area VA">. cluster of 18 VAX station 3000's with large amounts of disk storage provides computing for the later stages of data analysis. A cluster of UNIX machines based on a Silicon Graphics Compute server is also being developed to exploit the cheap and powerful work-stations now available. Both clusters are provided with public exabyte tape-drives for data input and output. The Department maintains a small data-aide group, which functions to help experiments with the logistics of data analysis - submitting analysis jobs, organizing input and output tapes, maintaining statistics and performing data entry.
RESEARCH ASSOCIATES
Research Associates (R.A.'s) in the Department are appointed to .work ful~-time o.n experiments or projects of their choice. Typically, these people ha.v~ _JUSt received. their doctorate and the initial appointment is for two years, with the poss1b1hty of extension to
5.1
about four years. In 1989 and 1990. the number of R.A. 's increased dramatically to match the expanding program. In 1990, 100 candidates applied of whom 23 were hired. Clearly. Fermilab offers some of the most immediate prospects for doing exciting experiments. Figure 2 shows the numbers of R.A. 's over the last ten years. and their distribution through the experiment program. These people invariably provide a major contribution to the success of experiments. They have easy access to the facilities of the Department and their range of talents and interests provides stimulus and resource for the development of these facilities. particularly in computing. The monthly "Food for Thought" dinners. where R.A.'s in experiment. theory. accelerator, and astrophysics give talks on their research to their colleagues, have been opened to include all post-docs at Fermilab and continue to provide an informal and enjoyable forum. A bi-monthly meeting is held with all R.A's to discuss topical issues of concern.
TECHNICAL FACILITIES
The Department has established facilities for the design, testing. and large-scale assembly of the apparatus used in High Energy Physics. There are Electronics Design and Production Groups and a Mechanical Design Group. The basement of Wilson Hall contains the Plastics Shop for machining and assembly of scintillation counters. a thin-film coating apparatus, and a reflectometer. The facility at Lab 8 in the Village houses two numerically controlled precision routers used till recently for making large circuit boards for the D9 detector; one of the routers is now being used to cut and groove scintillator for the prototype "tile" calorimeters for CDF and SOC. The Physics Department area of Lab 6 in the Village has been converted from a wire chamber factory into a facility for the assembly of calorimeters based on scintillating fibers. The planned move of the facilities now in the Wilson Hall Basement to Lab 7 in the Village will put all these resources in one area. The Department also has a number of small labs available on the 10th floor of Wilson Hall which prove invaluable for small tests. All of these resources are provided to support the experiments of Fermilab physicists on a flexible and open basis. The Department assigns a task-group. under a task group-leader. to major projects which require long-term support and integration. The Technician Group contains people skilled in the techniques of experiment support assigned to help with the installation and maintenance of experiments in place.
The Film Analysis Facility completed its scanning and measuring jobs in 1990 and has been disbanded. Its staff have been reassigned throughout the Department in the technician. data-aide. and administrative support groups.
DISTRIBUTION OF FUNDS
The Department received operating and equipment funds in the amount of $6.7 million and $1.3 million respectively for FY 90 and was allocated a budget of $7 .0 million operating and $0.8 million equipment for FY 91. Operating funds go largely to pay salaries and normal administrative. maintenance. and license costs. They are also used to fund the operating costs of experiments as specified in the Memoranda of Understanding. The Department also funds any experiment-related travel, such as to conferences or group meetings. by Fermilab physicists from throughout the Laboratory. Equipment funds are allocated to improve the Department facilities and to buy equipment for experiments, again as specified in the Memoranda of Understanding. Figure 3 shows how the funds were distributed in FY 1990.
5.2
-------------------
PROJECTS SUPPORTED IN 1000 EXPERIMENT SUPPORT
This section lists projects to which the Physics Department made a significant contribution. In all cases, these contributions were in support of the experiment activities of Fermilab physicists.
• E-706 {Study of High pt Single Photons). The Physics Department provides a full-time technician to service and maintain this experiment. Typical projects undertaken by the Department include rebuilding the experiment control console, the installation of new wire-chambers, the construction of two arrays of scintillation counters, the design and installation of improved optics for the beam Cherenkov counter, and the design, assembly and installation of a remotely controlled beam counter positioner.
• E-704 (Study of Polarization Effects). The Physics Department provided a full-time support technician who maintained the experiment and made significant contributions to its success by her work on the polarized target.
• E-773 (Measurement of 'I+-/r/ 00). A complex system for recirculation of the Xenon used in the Transition Radiation Detectors (TRD's) was designed, fabricated and installed by the Physics Department staff. An apparatus for measuring the diffusion rate of various gases through candidate window materials for the TRD's was also built. A technician worked full-time on this and on installing the other aspects of the experiment.
• E-789 (Charmless 8 Decays). Three 1m square wire-chambers were built for the experiment in the Lab 6 Chamber Facility. The Electronics Production Group built a set of electronks crates and assembled cables for the silicon vertex detector readout. A full-time technician was assigned to help mount the experiment.
• E-665 (Muon Scattering). A system of 14 high-resolution vertex wire-chambers to replace the streamer chamber were built in co-operation with the Research Facilities Department. Technicians from the Physics Department then assembled the readout cables. the HV and signal connection cards, the gas-system piping and the low voltage power distribution and then installed the system. The flammable-gas control was automated throughout the experiment. The chamber facility helped rebuild the wire-planes of the RICH detector. The Physics Department provided a full-time technician to service the experimtnt throughout the run.
• E-690 (Hadronic Production of Charm). Several small high-rate wire chambers were built for the experiment. A high voltage monitor chassis and a low-voltage threshold distribution chassis were designed and built by the Electronics· Production Group.
• E-771 (8 Production). This is an ambitious new experiment building on the apparatus and experience of E-705. The Mechanical Engineering Group designed the mounting for the new silicon micro-strip detector and the complete design for the 6 muon pad-chambers. the first of which was assembled and tested in summer 1990. The Electronics Group has designed a system of logic cards and prescalers for the beam silicon system. The Thermwood Facility in Lab 8 cut and routed chamber-frames for new wire-chambers and drilled the complex readout boards for the pad-chambers. The facility in Lab 6 rewound
5.3
several small wire-chambers to effect a change of wire-spacing. A small task group has been assigned to help install this new experiment.
• E-761/781T (Hyperon Radiative Decay). a technician from the Physics Department. the E-781 silicon microvertex system and installed.
The experiment was installed and maintained by Equipment stands and assemblies for tests of Cherenkov counters were also fabricated and
• E-800 tD- Magnetic Moment). This experiment replaced E-761/E781T in the P-Center Experiment Hall. The Department assigned two technicians to help with its installation.
• E-191 (Hadroproduction of Charm). The Mechanical Engineering Group designed and technicians from the Department built the mount for the new silicon vertex detectors. The Electrical Group built some logic modules for the new drift-chamber readout system. Two chambers were repaired at Lab 6. ·
• E-683 {Photoproduction of Jets). The Department's Mechanical Group designed the frame for the muon veto hodoscope; the Electrical Group rebuilt some 50 photomultiplier bases. A small beam hodoscope was fabricated in the Plastics Shop.
• E-687 {Photoproduction of Charm). A full-time technician was assigned during the run to help maintain the experiment.
• E-174 (Search for Low Mass Particles). Six multi-plane wire-chambers and an electromagnetic calorimeter using scintillating fiber as the active medium were built and installed for this experiment.
• E-760 (Charmonium Formation in Proton-Antiproton Annihilation). This experiment took data with its complete apparatus for the first time in 1990. The center piece of the apparatus is the elec.tromagnetic calorimeter made of 1280 lead-glass Cherenkov counters. This detector was assembled by technicians from the Physics Department and the Research Facilities Department. The Electronics Production Group built several modules for the experiment. including the high-voltage interlock system for the calorimeter, the master experiment strobe and the memory-look-up used for the trigger.
• E-140 (0,). The Physics Department provides major support for the muon-system. In 1990, this included final design and installation of the readout system, design of the scintillator trigger. verification of all 165 chambers. and rebuilding and installation of the cosmic-ray scintillation counters that cover the apparatus.
• E-115 (CDF). The Physics Department is. for the first time, providing some technician support to CDF. Technicians have been assigned to help with the construction of the silicon vertex detector. the assembly of the VTX wire-chambers and the modifications of the muon A.S.D. cards. A major effort is being directed to assembly of the prototype of the CDF end-plug upgrade: this device will use tiles of scintillator each read out by an optical fiber. Several prototype designs have been fabricated on the Thermwood and large scale production (also on the Thermwood) is scheduled to start early in 1991.
5.4
-------------------
• Scintillating Fiber Research (SDC. SSC Generic). As predicted. the uses of scintillating fibers have become a flourishing field of research. Several small-scale prototype calorimeters were assembled by the Department for beam-tests in summer 1990, under the auspices of CDF. and SSC generic research. A 5 ton 'spaghetti' calorimeter (lead and longitudinal scintillating fibers) large enough to measure hadronic energies as well as electromagnetic showers was also built and reported on at the Calorimeter Workshop. The Department has been asked to assemble a number of further calorimeters for radiation damage studies -some of which will be performed at the Beijing Electron Accelerator. Research on the use of scintillating fibers for tracking devices is also being supported. A test of a fiber plane read out by a multi-anode photomultiplier is being prepared and a cryogenic vessel to test some solid-state photomultipliers has been designed and built in co-operation with the Research Facilities Department. Tests on very low noise amplifiers are also being pursued.
ELECTRONICS RESEARCH
A Guest-Scientist Electrical Engineer is collaborating with the Computing Division in developing a programming board for the Intel Neural net chip. This board will be available in 1991. Another Guest-Scientist Engineer has been working on developing an ADC in Fastbus with adequate digitizing speed for the next generation of experiments.
CONNECTIONS
As part of its m1ss1on. the Physics Department attempts to stimulate the intellectual life within the Laboratory and encourage connections with outside students. The Fermilab Colloquium Committee receives its funds and administrative help from the Physics Department. The colloquia presented since January 1990 are listed in Table I. The Laboratory's Academic Lecture Series, graduate-level presentations of topics in modern physics ranging from Accelerators to Z-bosons, is organized by the Department (see Table 11). The program of lectures for high-school students known as Saturday Morning Physics, Table Ill. is organized and presented by the Department. The Summer Student Program for outstanding science undergraduates accepted 24 students in 1990; the students are assigned to work with Fermilab staff on some aspect of their research and the program gets high praise both from staff and students.
FUTURE PLANS AND ACTIVITIES
The Physics Section will be fully occupied during 1991 ensuring a successful fixed· target run. an important aspect of which includes completing the various prototyptc calorimeters and tracking devices in time for thorough testing. The Department will then adapt to the program of the next two years. when Fermilab physicists wil! start preparations for the Collider Upgrades, the new. round of Tevatron fixed:target experiment~. construction of proto-types for the SOC experiment and for the e,xpertments at the Mam Injector. The Department plans to continue its support of Fermilab physicists by maintaining a talented staff and appropriate facilities.
5.5
-Fermilab Physics Department -
Organization Chart -ADMIN., SAFETY, & Q.A.
J.AppM, S. Ponln, H. Jod"1 -T. Gourlay
I CONFERENCES I I I I I
-ELEC. ELEC. MECH. TECH.GP DATA -DES.& PROD.& DES.& (EXP. ANALYSIS l DEV. TEST SUPPORT SUPPORT) GP.
PHYSICISTS -GROUP I I I I I
TASK GP. TASK GP. TASK GP. TASK GP. TASK GP. I A B c D E -LABS E·771 LAB& E·740(DO) LAB7
GUEST SCIENTISTS -
--Management: 3 'Senior Physicists' + 4 Staff
Physicists: 39 R.A.s, 5 Wilson Fellows, 1 Lederman Fellow
Guest Scientists: 4 Engineers, 34 Physicists
-Technical Staff: 3 Engineers + 55 Staff
--
Ag.5.1 Aprll 1991 --
5.6 --
.• c a:
• c( a: 0 i
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
Fermilab Physics Department
Total No. of Research Associates
1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1187 1188 1181 1110 YEAR
Distribution of R.A.'s thru Experiments
• Axed target ... • CDF N • DO
1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 YEAR
Figure 5.2
5.7
Physics Dept. Expenditures In FY1990 -6000000 -
------
"i "i .. • c:: .. c:: u • 0 • > .s • = I: c:: • • -0 .. fl) • 0 • I- I: u .. u "C -• .. a.. :I .D a.. • Lr.
5.11% ----! Personnel
~ravel tock Purchases -10.01 .. Fabrication Other
---Figure 5.3
5.8 --
Table I
COLLOQUIUM 1990-91
Date
Jan. 24, 1990
Feb. 15, 1990
Feb. 21, 1990
Feb. 28, 1990
Mar. 14. 1990
Mar. 21, 1990
Apr. 25, 1990
Speaker
S.L. Wu U of Wisconsin
J. Paterson SLAC
J. Berger U of California
R. Beuhler Brookhaven Nat'I Lab
K. Lee U of Wisconsin
A. Ingersoll Caltech
J. Heinrich Princeton
May 2, 1990 Y. Orlov Cornell University
May 9, 1990 D. Levine U of Florida
May 16, 1990 D. Lamb U of Chicago
May 23. 1990 W. Kells Carnegie Inst. - WA
Jun. 6, 1990 P. Kunz SLAC
Jun. 20. 1990 B. Tinker TERC
Sep. 19. 1990 S. Ford U of CA-Irvine
Sep. 26, 1990 T. Van Flandern VF Associates
Oct. 10. 1990 J. Pasachoff Williams College
5.9
Tit le
Search for Higgs Bosons & Other New Particles From ALEPH
Future High Energy Physics Accelerators at SLAC
Seismic Verification of Nuclear Test Limitation Treaties: Observations in the Soviet Union Testing
Cluster Impact Fusion
Food Neophobia
Neptune!
Higher Twist - E-615
Current Events in Soviet Union and Eastern Europe
Quasicrystals - Too Good to be True?
Map of the Universe
Experiment with Cold Trapp Anti-Protons
The SLAC REASON Project
Empowering Students to do Science Together
DNA Typing - The Strengths and Weaknesses of Forensic Tests
The Three Outer Most Planets: Neptune. Pluto. Planet X
The Sun and Solar Eclipses
-Oct. 17. 1990 K. Lande Status It Feature of Solar Neutrino -U of Penn. Investigations
Oct. 24. 1990 J. Valdmanis Imaging with Femtosecond Optical U of Michigan Pulses -
Nov. 7, 1990 R. Brooks Artificial Creatures MIT -
Nov. 14. 1990 M. Hubbard Physical Feed Back in Sport U of California -Dec. 5, 1990 J.N. Hewitt Using Radio Interferometers MIT to Look for Dark Matter
Dec. 19. 1990 M. Holler The State of the Art -Intel Corporation in Hardware Neural Networks
Jan. 9. 1991 B. Yurke Cosmology in a Test Tube -Bell Labs
Jan. 16. 1991 S. Ozaki Relativistic Heavy Ion Collider BNL (RHIC) project at BNL -
Jan. 30. 1991 J. Schonfeld Adaptively Compensated Lase MIT Propagation -
Feb. 6, 1991 B. Carnes In Search of Methuselah: Estimating J. Olshansky the Upper Limits to Human Longevity
U of Chicago -Feb. 13. 1991 A. Dickinson A Free-Space Optical Digital Computer?
AT&T Bell Labs -Feb. 20. 1991 R.F. Schwitters The Superconducting Super Collider SSC Lab -Mar. 6, 1991 G. Beylkin Applications of Wavelet Schlumberger-Doll Research
Mar. 13, 1991 F. LiZhi The Topology of the Universe -Inst. of Advanced Study. Princeton, NJ
-IReslal Collogulum
Oct. 5, 1990 Prof. J. Steinberger Results from Lep ---
5.10 --
Table II
ACADEMIC LECTURES 1QQO-Q1
Date Speaker Tit le
1990
Jan. 22. 24. 26, 29. 31 Dr. D. Green Gravity for the Masses Feb. 2 Fermilab
Feb. 5. 7, 9. 12. 14 Dr. M. Johnson Particle Electonics for Fermilab for Experimenters
Feb. 16. 19. 23 Dr. E. Paschos Status of CP Violation Fermilab
Mar. 12. 14. 21. 26, 28 Dr. R. Johnson Around the Fermilab Apr. 2. 4, 9 Fermilab Accelerators
in Eight Days
May 7. 9, 11 Dr. T. Murphy External Beamline Design: Fermilab From Freshman Optics to
the Second-Order Achromat
May 14. 16 Dr. D. Carey External Beamline Design: Fermilab From Freshman Optics to
the Second-Order Achromat
Nov. 8, 13. 20 Dr. S. Parke Quantum Mechanics of Two Fermilab level System
Dec. 6, 11. 13, 18 Dr. W. Giele Simple Feynman Diagrams Fermilab
1991
Jan. 15. 17 Dr. C. Hill Electroweak Radiative Fermilab Corrections
Feb. s. 7 Dr. K. Ellis Hadroproduction of Heavy Fermilab
Feb. 13. 15 Dr. C. Quigg Decay of Heavy Quarks Fermilab
Feb. 19. 21 Dr. E. Eichten Symmetry of Heavy Quarks Fermilab Decay
5.11
Table Ill
PBRMILAB SATURDAY MORNING PHYSICS LECTURE STAFFING AND TOURS &eeaioa m • 1Hl
Date Subject
Much 18 Iatrodudioa: · Wlaa& ia an El-aatU)' Particle! hvm Motlulea to Quub Wi&h a Pame a& &he Hydropn A&om
Man:h23 Lep•- -" Quub" Wa"9; Quan•- N-ben Ii N-trinoe of the Lep&-World, M- Ii Baryom " Tlaelr C-Ut1laa&•: The QdrbMotlel
Man:h30 How Do We Make Partic:la'! Aecelaaton, B-'baa9por& aacl AMoned Teclmol<.ia
April 8 How Do We See Partida! Iatenction or Radiation Wi&h Mauer; De&edon
April 13 C.-t.ion Law• " S,.me&ry PliAcipla: Eaftl)', Momaatlllll, RotatiOll, Lefi·Handeclnaa " Right· Handeclne11, Time, and Anti· Mauer
April 20 Special Theory of Relati-rit7
April 27 Quaa&mn Tlaeory; Pariilca &: Wa ... 1 Q1aaat- N-ben &: the Iatrimic Propenia or El-aatU)' Partidea, i.e. Clause, Spia, Ma.a, Straqe ect.
Mar 4 The Forc:ea or Natare and Their Carrier9: Pllaotou, W 11andGluoaa
Mar 11 The Earlr UniYene
Mar 111 Particle Pa,.Ua S,.U.-Ofl'a: TecJmolosy aacl A.pplieatiom to Otha Fidela, c-t ProW- &ad ht.-e PN9Pec:&•
(Lea- 'bqia at 9:00 a.m.) (Tollft 'bePa at 11:00 a.m.)
Lecturer Tom .Area
Chuck Brown C-&ralLab C-valLab C-&ralLab C-&ralLab
Drub J-.-ic AccelaMor Aec.laa&or Accelaa&or Accelaa&or
StneHobae1 New Muon Lab CDF De IMST
Bra.aa Flaqher E-117 Cordon Kern•
Chria Bill
Stephen Parda
Joe Lrkb.n
TereaaF•a•
Mike Tuller Edward Kolb
Roser Dizon
Group Gro11p Group Group
New Muon Lab CDF D0
CDF D0 E-887 New Muon Lab
D0 E-8117 New Muon Lab CDF
Mapet Facil. Mape& Facil. Magnet Facil. Mapet Facil.
Feymaan Computer c-ter Fe,.._ Computer C-ter r.,..... C-pster Cater Fe:rnm- Comp•ter c-ter
NOT011U
CB.A.DtJ.A.TION
Meetin1 Room1 I 1 Weal n Comitium m Snake Pit IV Theorr Room 3rd Flr
5.12
~0111' -Urp.
I n m IV
J n m IV
I n m IV
I n m IV
I n m IV
I n m IV
I n m IV
I n m IV
I n m IV
I n m IV
---Tom Leader
N. Waiaer S. Werbma -A. Yatil T.Yamanab
J.Y-N. Am• -S. Baaer,ice P.Bhat
-J. BuUer A. Byoa A.Caaer -T. Carter
F. DeJ-1h K. DeaillCllko N. DeaillCllko -W. DeSoi
T. Diehl J. Enapnio -H. Greenlee N.Grar
-R. Harri• Y. Hu-. S.lsRMhi C. June• -D.Kim H. Kn&.tian J. Lewi1 -S. Miahra
V. Papadimitrio• -C. Park S.Puk S. Per,.Ukin -
-E. Ramberg T. Rodziso
----
.ft. - ~ Section 6
Computing Division
,.......
-
-
Overview
Computing Division
INDEX
URA Visiting Committee Transparencies Mission Goals CD Mission Documents Highlights of Past Year Computing Division Mis Project - Why? Computing Division Mis - How? Activities and Project Acronyms Computing Experiment MOU Status Mac and PC Support Data Acquisition and Online Support Sky Survey Project CDF Level 3 Parallel Event Builder Prototype Fermilab Systems Fermilab Central Computing Tapes per Month Unix at Fermilab Unix initiatives Examples of support for distributed computing Moving towards a Distributed Computing Environment General conclusions of Strategy Sessions
Plan for FY91 Computing UNIX Integration High Energy Physlcs:Solutlons for Experiments & Theory Computing and Data Handling Recent Experiences and Future Expectations in Data
Technology Use of Unix In Large Online Processor Farms Cooperative Processes Software (CPS) Fermilab's High Performance Parallel Computer for
Lattice Gauge Physics Future Data Acquisition Architectures PAN-DA Effects of Various Event Building Techniques On Data
Acquisition System Architectures Fermllab and Networking
6-1
Storage
6-2 6-3 6-4 6-5 6-6 6-10 6-13 6-14 6-15 6-16 6-18 6-21 6-22 6-23 6-24 6-25 6-26 6-27 6-28 6-30 6-31 6-32 6-35 6-36 6-38 6-40
6-51 6-63 6-70
6-78 6-82 6-99
6-103 6-141
FERMILAB COMPunNG DMSION
OVERVIEW
The llRA visiting committee transparencies provide the best overview of the division's activities. One of the major accomplishments of the past year was the development of a new strategy for lab computing, outlined in "A Plan for FY91 Computing" . Other important initiatives are the rapid move towards UNIX (summarized in "UNIX Integration") and the continued exploitation of the parallelism in our computing problems to allow us to provide cost effective solutions (described in "High Energy Physics: Naturally Parallel Solutions for Experiments and Theory at Fermilab").
Supporting Documents
The remaining papers describe some of the recent and ongoing work in the division. These include discussion of centralized off-line computing (Cooper and Pfister papers), of parallel computing "farms" (Biel and Kaliher papers), of the special purpose lattice gauge system (ACPMAPS), and oi on-line data acquisition systems (White, Berg et al, and Barsotti et al).
6-2
----
--
---
-· ------
-
·-·
Computing Division
J. Butler
V. White
URA Visiting Committee
Jan. 18,1991
6-3
Mission and Goals
(repeated from talk by T.Nash last year)
The new Fermilab Computing Division will bring together computer related activities that support the immediate and long term needs of high energy physics.
Driving goal: establish a major center of excellence in the operation and development of computing and data acquisition for high energy physics. This is a key pillar of Fermilab's long term future.
----' ... ,
-...
-
Operational and developmental missions -are intertwined.
"The nature of fundamental science demands that the latest technological tools be brought to bear in the struggle to extract an understanding of the universe. Yet, the scale of the activity requires that this be done in an operationally smooth manner. This apparent contradiction is the challe£1ge that brings many of us to the business."
6-4
--------
-
-
-
What we do
(described in CD 'Mission Document')
1. Provide services and facilities to aid in the acquisition and analysis of data from High Energy Phsics experiments and related activities.
2. Provide services and facilities to assist the Fermilab scientific, technical, engineering, and adminsitrative staff in carrying out their work.
3. Do Research and Development aimed at the areas mentioned above.
4. Extend these services to the Fermilab Physics community at large to help make the whole program as successful as possible.
6-5
A Few Highlights of Past Year 1. Intense discussion of strategy for data
analysis computing-- with vendor participation and open to public (users).
2. PANDA data acquisition system completes first successful run in a Fixed Target experiment (E687) and is adopted by ~nother experiment (E799).
3. Reorganization of Computing Division-expected adjustment after 6-9 months of operation. Needed to improve planning by taking advantage of modern data management and planning technology to deal with budget, resource allocation, license and equipment management. Necessary to bring division into compliance with new ES&H and quality assurance requirements of lab and DOE.
4. ·Decision to support UNIX as our strategic operating system for the future. This led to several projects now underway.
5. Major new initiative in Lattice Gauge--ACPMAPS II
6.. Fermilab begins the task of defining and managing HEPNET.
7. Support of Smm tape technology on ALL central systems
6-6
--
-.. ..,.
-----
-------
-
-
-
-
8. Construction and operation of computer center for workshop at SNOWMASS with DEC, SGI, and SUN.
9. Decommissioning and removal of CYBER's and successful relocation of all users to other FN AL facilities.
10. Participation in SKY SURVEY
6-7
Overview of organization chart
• Headquarters staff (10)
• Technology tracking and transfer (-)
• Online and electronic support allocation group (9)
• Equipment support group (17)
• Online support (software) (24)
• Data acquisition electronics (19)
• Computer R&D (11)
• Physics Analysis Tools Group (10)
• Distributed Computing Department (43)
• Central Computing Department (39)
• Access Liaison Group (15)
• Division (5)
Total 207
6-8
---------
-
--
-
--
\
ACCESS Liaison Judy Nicholls - Head
Central Computing
Peter Cooper - Head
Gerry Bellendir - A. H.
)
Safety Jack MacNcrland
1 \ Computing Division
Thomas Nash, I le.id Joel Butler, Dep. I lead Irwin Gaines, Assoc. I le.id - New initiatives Jack Pfister, Assoc. llead-Tt.-.:h. Tracking Vicky While. Assoc. I lead - Onl.&Eq. Support
)
Offline Computing (Joel ·Butler)
On Line &: Equipment Support
Technology Tracking &: Transfer
(Jack Pfister- Head)
Distributed Computing Physics Analysis Tools
Al Thomas - Head Paul Lebrun - Head
Computer R&:D
Joe Biel - Head
Mark Fischler - AH
(Vicky While)
Headquarters Staff
(Vicky White - Head)
D A Electronics
Ed Barsotti - Head
Carl Swoboda - AH
On Line Support
Ruth Pordes - Head
Ol&:E Support Allocalio
Rich Knowles Art Neubauer Co - Heads
Equipment Support
Chuck Andrle - Head Dick Adamo - AH
Computing Division MIS Project - WHY?
• rvo=E
0
0
0
0
0
0
Computers Networking Emphasis on Safety, Health, Environment DOE regulations, paperwork Data to analyze and pressure to get it done Fast changing technology and options
• LESS
0 Dollars 0 Time to plan, ponder and react
- - -- - - - - -------------------------------- -To do MORE with LESS the Computing Division needs to:
0
0
0
0
Better understand what it is doing, for whom, at what cost. No "hidden" projects
Eliminate duplication of effort
Make best possible use of all people· and equipment resources
Communicate effectively and understand the needs of the community
6-10
-----------------
0' I
l t' ' l
The Computing Division MIS Project
Emphasis on: • Task, project and
resource analysis • Building the tools and environment to effectively organize and better manage our efforts
I
Ability to: • Enhance planning • Understand resource utilization
•Accurately predict • Effectively communicate
\
COMPUTING DIVISION MIS • HOW?
Directive: Get "things" in place to achieve all this
• Analysis of what we do and how we do it $, people, habits, data which flows
•
•
•
Data management system Database Design and Implementation Collation and purification of data handled
Understand which toqls are appropriate for which people Hardware platforms, Software available Growth to the future, networked information and management systems.
Change habits and procedure Educate, grow expertise Support ==> support for others
6-12
...,
----
-
-
-',,
------
r,, l l I
The DRUIDS Project
Divisional Resource Utilization and Informational Database System
Management of:
• 35,000 PREP electronic items • 2,000 Computing items • 4,000 Repair parts ·Computer equipment repair, tracking, timesheets, trouble logs, revision levels, history
Currently, management of these items is undertaken with multiple, diverse and obsolete database management systems
t
The goal of DRUIDS
To merge the existing logisitical databases into a coherent whole which serves the needs of the division and the user community
l l I"
~cxrymn ANQ pBOJfCTS ACBONYI§
.sr.-n '" ~•orarcn1C11J siructure1
.• 819,
'1nqpcaq Qpecarmga •a« ""RPO PW' mcnpc cnpeasepwpra rq rn111
:amw._OPERATION6
CCNTRAL_MISC_EOUP
T AA:_MANAGER
~
l.-.RGE_SVS'TBIS_SU'POAT
STK_AOBOT
~
""5AIC»W._ea. GBSW..
HfllG
lM\B.
Sl.ac:AP'TIONS
R..fNRA: ECUCATICN
B_MAINT
~
T'ERMIW.._ACCESS
FAACT_T1
f9'Er
EOlP_FEPAI'.
PC_FEPAR
C_FEPAR
AA8lllT
AOCEL_ TV _PEPA'4
NNC> _LA TOl_FEl'A'4
cca_~
E<::ll_FEPAR
COW_MAINT
FNM._&ff'ORT
WCAGAOLP _s.FPCIAT'
WOfNRU' _(XNU .. lNI
F&.D_VAXEll
F&.D_UNDC
ENGlil_c:uJ!n119
PHYSICS_a.usTEA
ACCB....a.t.IS18'
UNIX_DEV_SVSTEM
FAMe_Sl.FPOAT
FAAa.B_ACPI
F AAMS _ SIUG
EOlP _MNUGBS'T
c.n1n11 comouun9 .. m!SCell.,,_. eciuio in suoDOn ol
~ Mlc:IOfcne IY•tem
Onp!I SuDDOl'I of Ole AMDAHL IBM - STIC IOOOI
SuDCIOll .,,. ..,,.,...,._ ID STIC_ROIOT lor AMDAHL
a_, eo1• •-llleO """ ninnino C18111119"1UllS
a_. llllUmllClll • .,....._ 111pp11ee -•
ca.a ol n111n1. find- ,_ ·~
~ Trawl. eon--. Wortl9lloO -• ~suoecno•-
FumnuN ana oen-.i Olftce 8GUCllll8"t
Coursee. ----· Buildlno Metn-
suocion ol c:ommu,_llOftll ana n-
U09rao• ol Cloatin ancs terminal .- laakli•
Suooon ol lrllcL T1
R..-r ol ~ - lllOIMll9
A...- ol PC1 (ClllT'f"llll
~of comou• In..,.__ ~ ano oo- 1uD01iee
R80M ol E7'08 Allllfalt ..,._
R8l*f ol Acca1eta1Dr Olw. TV ..,., .. ,
~ of Nml-tne ~ tm•ntr lar E7'08)
c,...a..
e..--..ciwvea.s Comouw "'---· ,_ 111111 lnl .. llOl'I in "'• field.
&uoo-1 tor Cllef9 ... ...__ _,.,.,.. CIMllDl'I _...,.,.. CIUS1- • DODI
CoMullr'I on~. PWdlmllll.,,. 1Mn119....,.
&"""'9N ... CD Va llllld*'-
SllOl*11Dr UNIX .... lftlldlll'm, CLS l.NX llm• MCI .oa> UNIX llm•
Engl!-•• ~ IUOllCl'I tMDTF. ROCA& and o._I
P""9ICa Clu1w
Aa:lelela• m1•ed ctUIW IUOllD"
suocion OI een .. UNIX dew ...... ..,._..,
Ongoing IUOoort MCI -•Ill•• OI fW'lllS tn g_.
SullCIQft - m.n- of ACP1 fannl
Ongoing -oon ..0 m- OI SlllCDn gNONcl FanM
.....,.,....._,of 11"1¥9"1111'y, lnlUOll cd 111111111 9:11110 manmo-1 IOQ•aca
6-14
----
--
-
-
--
--
-
,_.
-
Computing Division Experiment \IOU Status Exp. ,,um:o87 Exp. Synonym:E.687
Omlne Lia.Ison l:PaDl.Ldnn Ext 3947 FNAL::LEBRUN
Online Liaison l: ~ Vocava Ext 2625 FNDAQ-.:VOTAVA Liaison Physicist: Peter~ Ext 3732. P-276 FNAL::KASPER.
Document: Draft Addmdum '° C6i7 Date Seat Out : 11 /Bl90
:;poll.esman: foci Sillier. fonn Cwmua.t
Omlne Lia.Ison l: Ext
Online Lia.Ison l: ~ Vinorr.Nary S~y Ext 268413946 FNDAQ::vrrt'ONE. FNDAQ::SERGEY
Document Date:9/2&'90
CommeatslDescri.,tloa: This ii ID~ vemon of 687'1 full MOU. widl Conq1111in1 division full
~--:'\Jame Group Date Reviewed Significant Comments Judy Nicholls Aa::. 11/15/90 Looks fine.
Peter Cooper CCD l 1/1514JO Notes substantial data skim and copy needs
.\l Thomas IXD
P.LeBrun/J. Maratfino PAT 1 l/1414JO Notes GK2000, DccSwion. RS600 Support
Joe Biel CRD 11/12/90 Remove references to ACP II
E. Barsotti/C. Swoboda DAE 11/15/90
Ruth Pordes OLS 1111/90
Chuck Andrle ESG
Rich Knowles OLES A 11/15/90 Software license reminder and commitment
An Neubauer OLES A ll/d/90
Joel Butler Div 11/15/1)() see cover leae:r
Vicky White Div 11/15/90 see cover letter
J:u;:k Pfister Div 11/13/90 Looks fine.
Irwin Gaines Div 11/1/1)()
Date Sent to Director's omce Major Issues <>mine Data Entered: 11/l Sl90 Llc:euccs. AMDAm. USC Pre., Data Entered: 10/119<>
6-15
E687
MAC AND PC SUPPORT
Computing Division has extremely limited user support in this area
===>> working toward an effective support capability by establishing a common suite of tools in the context of our own division inf rastru ctu re
Overall MIS system for division clearly contains
0
0
0
0
0
0
VAX/VMS systems and workstations with familiar tools like MAIL and NOTES
Networked Macintosh Desktop computers
Networked special purpose PC computers
UN IX workstation file server and desktop computers
Relational Database Management system (ORACLE purchased for initial
use)
Purchased and/or crafted applications throughout the spectrum of desktop computers
6-16
-
--------------
-
....
·"'
1~., .•
...
NOTE TO SKEPTICS ON RELEVANCE OF MIS:
Computing Division WILL be a center of excellence - to better serve the physics program and goals of the lab
Need the organization and tools behind us to achieve this.
Need to be nimble - technology window is short
In the same way as we believe
CASE tools, CAD tools, System design tools will really help in the long term to make better software and hardware,
MIS systems can really help to make a better, more responsive Computing Division .
6-17
DATA ACQUISITION AND ONLINE SUPPORT
0 New high throughput DAQ system (PANDA) commissioned at E687, now at E773.
° Continuing support for VAXONLINE
0 Entry into the UNIX arena - work on making the first UNIX workstations at experiments (UNIX SEEDs) useful - both for online and offline
->>
Object oriented design and programming pilot project for on line use of UN IX workstations of several types (Silicon Graphics, SUN, IBM/R6000)
Software engineering effort
Future use directly as part of DAQ systems
0 ==> Analysis and Design of Future DAQ systems
0 Scalable Parallel Open Architecture (Switch) Project (originally SSC funded) reaching prototype test stage shortly => CDF?, SOC?, R&D for the future
6-18
-----
-----.. •
•
•
°' I
PANDA Terminal tines, Ethernet, direct connection
L Terminal lines, Ethernet
t
data storage to 9 track (1 Mbyte/sec) and/or 8 mm (112 Mbyte/sec)
' l
1 o Mbytes/sec over each data path
8 Mbytes/sec
I
TCP/IP Ethernet (190 kbytes/sec)
I
\
<(
-<
0 0
""" z
!? z --
... .-0:
~ Q.
w
:z z c x <:t >
• 6-20
0 0
----------------
-
--
-
COMPUTING DIVISION INVOLVEMENT
IN
SKY SURVEY PROJECT
Experimental Particle Astrophysics.
0
0
0
0
moderately difficult DAQ system challenging data handling problem challenging technical problems challenging environment - mountain top experiment
,.-. =>>>
Will be a separate talk later about this.
-- 6-21
0
CDF Level 3
Computing Division personnel involved in 91 run Level 3 system and possible solutions for 93 upgrade.
Use of commercial Ultranet network to build events
0 Use of pilot R&D Barrel Shifter "Switch"
6-22
-.....
-----------
--
--
CJ' I
N L>J
Detector Data Source Emulators
Trigger System
Interface Emulator
Trigger Accept Link
\ ' 1
Barrel-Shift Switch-Based Event Builder
Network
SUN SPARC 1E VMEbusCPU
Download/Status Link (Ethernet)
)
Event Request Link(s)
Online Farm (Processor) Emulator
\
System Monitor (Solbourne 5/501)
!
Fermiiab Systems 1 /16/91 11 :56 AM psc
CYBER 875 - gone 9/30190 3 0 2 2 8.8 3 O
IBM 4381 - Business Systems
FNAL Cluster FNALF 8830 FNALC 8650 FNALB 8650 FNALM 8600 FNALA 6430 15-MV3100
FNALD Cluster FNALH 8800 FNALI 8820 FNAW 8820 FNALM 8600 FNALE 6430
3-VS3200 20-VS3100
Amdahl 5890/600E STK Robot
ACP Farms FNACP3 52 nodes FNACP7 65 nodes FNACP9 60 nodes FNACPA 65 nodes FNACPB 112 nodes FNACPC 102 nodes
Silicon Graphics Farms 3-40240 1 is Physics Oeprs
25-4025S 1-40240 Power Series
CYBER 875 - gone 9130190 IBM 4381 - Business Systems FNAL Cluster FNALO Cluster Amdahl 5890/600E ACP Farms Silicon Graphics Farms
1 0
100 1 8 6 6 4
21 45
130 1 2 1 2 , 2 4
21 9
60 120
364 37 55 43 55 87 87
612 244 300 68
30 10
100 130 120 364 612
4
8
1 2
1 6
16 3 2 3 2 3 3
22 4 8 12 1 6 16 0
6-24
4
8 8
0 4 0 0 16 0 0
24
36
12
2
6
3
3
25 18 6 1
0 0
24 36 2 6
25
3.8
12.0
18.0
22.3 12.0
5.4 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9
3.8 2.0 1.5 0.3
8.8 3.8 12.0 18.0 34.3 5.4 3.8
1 5
79
84
90
10.3 1.6 2.6 1.5 2.2 1.5 0.9
15.3 4.8 6.9 3.6
30 15 79 84 90 10 1 5
-...
---------------
-
j
°' I N Vl
CPU
I \
3/6/91 1 :21 PM psc
Fermilab Central Computing
5000
4500
4000
3500
3000
[VUPS] 2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0 Jan-au Jan-89 Jan-90 Jan-91
D Farm91.5
~ Farm91
~SI Graph
• ACP
~ CDF Farm
ti FNALD
• FNAL
• AMDAHL
Im IBM
[] CVBER
t' I•
Tapes per Month
Tapes per Month
35000
30000
20000
15000
10000
5000
0
Mar- May- Jul-89 Sep- Nov- Jan- Mar- May- Jul-90 Sep- Nov-89 89 89 89 90 90 90 90 90
I I I I I ' I 1 I , I I I t I
3/6/91 2 :09 PM psc
~ Vmount
urn STK
t;3 Amdahl
ii Tape Copy
II ACP
II FNALD
[J FNAL
• Cyber
I I
I
l I
-
-
1000
·-100
,<._'. UI a. ·-E 10 >< c >
-- 1
1964
UNIX at Fermilab
The three leading arguments for supporting UNIX:
1. Economics 2. Economics 3. Economics
MIPS Inc. Projection of Computing Trends
ACf!
1969 1~74 1979 1984 1989 1994
Year Announced
6-27
Unix initiatives:
1. UNIX farms for event reconstruction Monte Carlo--batch, operator interaction, resource allocation
2. UNIX development system-- home for people to develop programs for the farms-learn how to support HEP programmers
3. UNIX 'seed' project-- distributed 27 workstations, FOUR flavors, to encourage wider use, desk top type
work
We have gained valuable insights in dealing with UNIX's many flavors, especially the system adminstration, compiler/developement environment, peripherals, graphics.
UNIX offers many opportunites but carries many RISC's (oops). We have to learn ways to leverage our support people to fully realize these opportunities.
6-28
-.. -----------------
---(.) a: c( a. (/)
I
z :E
::> m
(/) -SP..a~
......
c-29
ININ ll') CD CD w
u.DD
D
a••• 8 •
••
•• . :: .... : ........ .
JllM
....
Examples of support for distributed computing:
Networking-- internal backbone, connection to external networks, coordination of
names, IP addresses, etc License management-- communications, graphics products
Hardware maintenance and repair for PC's (in house) and work stations (contract)
Procurement-- advice and assistance with technical as well as adminstrative (DOE reqs) issues.
General Consulting, product support, product distribution, documentation
Utilities-- backup, remote printing
R&D -- Particpate with community in researching new products and programs
In near future, we hope to help build -major file/data servers and local workgroup UNIX clusters which work better than present day 'collections of machines'
6-30
--
-·-----·----------
-
Moving towards a Distributed Computing Environment
As computing changes towards an emphasis on distributed computing, we are moving towards a workgroup cluster concept. Our priority is to provide those services and attack those problems which support and. advance the ability of 'local workgroups' to do high energy physics.
We try to concentrate on those activities that have the highest leverage (affect the most customers) and that benefit froma unified and coherent approach. Many activities can be carried out best by local computing groups and their management and we try to let them do their thing. This leads to the notion of 'centralized' aspects of Distributed Computing support. Note that in this view, R&D is also a 'support' activity, even when it is ahead of the users because it is ultima.tely aimed at
.- common programmatic goals in the future.
6-31
-General conclusions of Strategy Sessions -
Dedicated workgroup centers with resources tailored to local needs
Resources selected from a limited but wisely· chosen, frequently updated catalog of well supported, very up to date options.
A central facility with operator support and large batch capacity and other resources flexibly reallocatable to meet peak needs
A reconfigurable high capacity (FDDI) hub and (loop) spoke network based on fiber links to regional centers
A focus on two operating systems: VMS and UNIX
Heavy emphasis on robotics to handle media
Head towards universal availability of personal workstations and the tools that make them useful.
6-32
----------------
°' I w w
Wilson Hall
}
Labwide backbone
l \
Fixed Target Area
.,,,.,,._,;;//' :::.-···
... ;-·.-·.······· ...
Astra
Res Div
Accel Div
Magnet Devel
Physics Dept
Engineering
Fixed Targ
Comp Div
DO
Float/Point
UNIX Farms
ACP Farms
FNAL
Amdahl
IBM 4381
CYBER 875
--
MFLOPS ---
+ -~ ...... -~ .,. -
--- ------
1 1 0 100 1000 10000 -6-34 -
-
- A Plan for FY91 Computing
During the months of April and May, the Computing Division held a series of public strategy meetings to begin to define a model of computing for Fermilab in the '90's. Thia model would be a replacement
~· for the current model which comists of 3 pieces: the VAX Cluster interactive front end, the Amdahl for general purpose batch, and ACP farms running production with stable codes.
-
-
The limitatiom of the current model are:
• Multiple operating systems • Highly centralized • Vendor-specific • Large expemive pieces • Ignores desktop
The goal was to define a model that will be able to evolve quickly as new technology appropriate to our needs becomes available. In order to focus the d.iecussiom, our initial attention was to be on the "general purpose computing" portion of the problem.
The process included presentatiom on requirements of the experiments, UNIX capabilities, model proposal.a, networking iaaues, and support implicatiom, resulting in a synthesis propoeed by Tom Nash, Computing Division Head. The resulting model includes:
• Dedicated regional workgroup centers with resources tailored to local need.a
• Resources selected from ~ limited but wisely choeen, frequently updated catalog of well-supported, very up-to-date optiom (The L. L. Bean Model)
• A central facility with operator support and large batch capacity and other resources flexibly reallocatable to meet peak need.a
• A reconfigurable, high-capacity (FDDI) hub and spoke (loop) network hued on fiber 1inka to regional centers
• A focus on two operating systems: VMS and UNIX
• Batch reconstruction need.a met with UNIX-hued farms located in the center
• Heavy emphasis on robotics to handle media
• Head toward universal availability of personal workstations and tools to make them UMful.
FY91 will begin a tran.aition phase. The aim is to have two to three different "flavors" of UNIX farms as well as support for one more type in the workstation area. In this fiacal year, there are pending acquisitions of approximately 1100 VUPs of UNIX farms. Depending on need.a, it ia expected that as much as 2000 VUPs will be added during FY91.
Central VMS clusters are a major part of the plan for the foreseeable fut\i.re, but augmentation of them should not conflict with the plan to move toward regional workgroup sytems. The Amdahl is a major resource with us for 3 to 5 years, but it is very unlikely that there will be a successor mainframe re-quired to run VM.
6-35
UNIX Integration
The Computin1 Divilion ia workin1 on MVeral project. to integrate UNIX l)'ateJD8 in the comput-in1 environment. Thia article provid• a brief deleription of 10me current projecta and UNIX-nlatecl ac:tiviti•.
UNIX "Seed" Project The motivation for thia projed ia to "aeed" UNIX 171teJD8 to experiment. and other lab groups. The l)'atema bein1 aeedecl include mM RS/6000, Silicon Graphics, Sun SP ARCatatiom, and DECat&tiom. The ~u to be inv•tigated include underatanding cliatribution and support iuues and porting applicaiiom to UNIX 171tema.
UNIX DeYelopmeat S,..tem The development 1J8tem provid• a platform for the development of programa to !'UJl on the UNIX farma. The development; syatiem ia a Silicon Graphics eo MIP1 .n/241J SX (" CPU syatem} with 4IJ MB of memory and a total cliak apace of •.a GB (' SMD cliab).
UNIX Production S79tem The productiion 1J1tiem farm couifta of 25 (12 NIP} .n/25S Silicon Graphica worbtuiom. Thia lflhm ia targetied. for experiment P ASSl analysis.
UNIX and CAD I-DEAS, an engineering analysis package, hu been imiallecl on MVeral Sun and Silicon Graphics 171tiema around tihe iot.boratiory. Both GEODRA W and GEOMOD, 10ftware nbeeta of I-DEAS, have been ued aipificantily on th .. l)'ltiema for d.raftia1/documentatiion and 10lid modeling, IWpectively.
UNIX and Graphlcm PAW ia up and working on both SGI ud SUN worbtiatiiom utiilising GL and SUN-GKS respec-tively. The Graphical Uaer Interfac:• (GUia} .Sight; ud OpenWindowa u well u aeveral uer-oriented produdivit;y tools have been inv•tii1Ued. Dl-3000, GK-2000 and the otiher PVI products an available for and have bea '99tied on the SGI, SUN ad ULTRIX platforms.
The SnOWJDU9 Experieace The Fermilab Computin1 Division wu JWpouible for promm1 a computing envirolllllenti for the 1990 Summer Stiudy in mp Eneru Phyaica at; Snowm... Beaid• the eo MIP VAX cluter, tiWelYe Silicon Graphica and six Sun 1Jstiema w.. confis'and for 1aeral parpoM ue. Software in-a&allecl oil the UNIX l)'atieml iDdudecl PAW, EDT+, EMACS, and VCL (DCL emul&tior). The .,..--. w .. M 11p Oil bo'1a '1ae In~et; ad *he DEClle& Re&worb • tihu, uers could ace- .,.._ tiema world-wide.
Barq Bird Program The 1IHn of tihe UNIX development; l)'atiem ud the nc:ipienta of the "seed" project will par-ticipate iD a UNIX Early Bird program formed for uen and Computing Diviaioll people to share their aperieac• with UNIX l)'atieJD8.
UNIX Trabahag and Documeatatlon ACCESS ia preparing a 2-day iDtiroductory dam on UNIX u well u short, 1pecialised. cluaea. Lo-cal document&tiion, 111ch u the UNIX User'• Guide, a UNIX Command Summary card, u well u
6-36
-------------------
...,.
---
-
-
-
-
2
kcluW:al noMll oa variou UNIX-rela&ed projects are alao being prepved. Inform&hoa oa network-ing aad elecU'oDic mail for UNIX 1J8'4mla ia included in the networking document, Undcritanding u4 U1irlf Comptder Ndt.aru. Docu.meawioa ia made available in the Compumg Diviaion libnrf' WB aNE. You c:&ll keep up to du. OD UNIX iuua by moDiM>ring the UNIX folder that bu bea defined in INFO oa the FNAL cluw.
Worb&atloa Lab A Worbt&hop Lab wu 1et up within the Computing Diviaion for the evaluation of variou UNIX qnema. It cvna'1y couiau ol a Silicon Graphic:a '1J /20, SUD SP ARC1Wioa 1, Data General AV"UON SlOC, a NeXT, ud a VAXatation 2000 run.Ding ULTlllX. .... UNIX Pzoodud Support (UPS) We are in the proce. ol developing the m~odolo17 aad procedura for muqement aad imtal-latioa ol products oa UNIX 1J9tema. The daip ia curreatly being aoliclified through diacuuiona within the Diviaioa ud apmmaten. UPS will nppon imtallaUoa ud lite coafipratioa ol IOftware, &uibu&ioa ol aoftwan products from a cawal hoe&, ud oth• product aupport featura.
0.-IJae Acc.. to ha.& Data cm UNIX qatem. The P AN·DA data acquiaitioa l)'Stem npporta &uibutioa of eveata &om the ACP-1 buffer pool to UNIX worbtatiou over TCP/IP. Curready, eYeata cu be dinributed to MIPS, Silicon Graphic:a, or Su ayHem.a. Software to &llow UNIX co1L11UDen to set eveau &om the V AXON-LINE DAQ pool hu bea deaiped ud ia being coded. Templu. UNIX applicationa allow the uer to Mlect the 'TIM of nat data io be cliatribu*-1 (BOISTed}, du.mp the eveat data uci tUDe die nM ol receipt ol eveata.
Data AcqaWtlcm AppUcatto .. UNIX Support The Online Suppon Departmeat'• implementation of Remote Procedure Calla (RPX) it available for UNIX clieata oa Silicon Graphic:a ud Su l)'Stema. Work ia currently uderway to provide !or UNIX RPX Mn'er programa. Theae will be ued lor integration of UNIX l)'Stema in the on.line avU-oameat, aad plau an to pon nda applicationa u the Centralised Maaage Reporter and Run Coalrol to UNIX.
UNIX uad Networ.kbag Fermilab bu a aite-wide liaaM for TGV'a MaltiNet. MaltiNet ia a aoftwan packap tbat enabla VAX/VMS nod• to be Ja09U on the lnterae& (TCP /IP bued) network. MaltiNe& bu been in-atalled on a larse number of VAX/VMS noda on ate.
Ki -.....U'a DEKae& prod.a nab&. Jaona on the lnterae& network to be nod• on tJae DECnet network. Fermilab hu a lite-wide liceue for thia product. Thia product cu be imt&lled oa variou UNIX 1J8Mma including Saa SP ARCat&Uou and Silicon Graplaica worbtatiou. Both Mal-tiNe& aaci the DEKae& prodacta an dinribatecl ~ die Dinribu*-1 Compatiag Departmea,.
UNIX uul Seeuity In the put lew moatha then have bea MYeral aecvity threata to UNIX aynema oa the Internet network. InfarmUion on aecurity lhreW an typically reponed to HEP laboratories by the Com· puter Emergency Re.poue Team (CERT) or the Compuw Incident Adviaorf Capability (CIAC). Chapter 17 and 18 of the networking doc:u.mat provide inlormatioa on bow UNIX l)'8'4mla cu be made mon aecan. UNIX qnem muapn an informed of aecvi'Y tbreata aad p&tda• available for the aame u aooa u tJae Computing Diviaion ia informed of the aame.
6-37
High Energy Physics: Naturally Parallel Solutions for Experiments and Theory at Fermilab
Through a long history, advances in the basic understanding of elementary particles and their forces have paralleled advances in technology. The technology made it possible to overcome existing barriers to experimental progress. Arguably, the dominant barriers to progress in experimental high energy physics are now associated with data handling and computing. Even in theoretical physics this has become the case in an important area of work. The Quantum Chromodynamics (QCD> theory of the strong interaction (which holds nuclei as well as their constituent nucleons together) can only be calculated numerically using the Monte Carlo relaxation approach known as lattice gauge theory.
Both experiment and theory are computer technology limited: no one can identify a "requirement" on computing or data capacity that is independent of cost or other realities. This is not a result of greed. More computing/data capacity simply means that more science could be done, and so cost is the primary limiter. High energy physics (HEP) has been forced, therefore, to tum significant attention and resources to finding ~tremely cost effective solutions to its computing using whatever technology is available. This is goal driven computer science, integrating commercial solutions at the chip, board, and system level.
Special purpose processors are used in real time data selection situations where data rates are huge. However, the most effective HEP computing solutions are general purpose parallel systems which take advantage of the scientists ability and willingness to identify explicitly the structure of the problem. Science, almost by definition, deals with regular problems which intrinsically offer parallel solution. It does not take long for a scientist (or anyone else, for that matter) to recognize that a lattice problem maps obviously to a grid of processors. Similarly, it is almost intuitive to recognize that the independent events resulting from the collision of particles in a HEP experiment are to be passed out, one at a time, to the individual nodes of an event oriented parallel "farm" of computers.
This explicit parallelism is the distinguishing feature of the advances in computing developed in the high energy physics contht. It is probably fair to claim that HEP was the earliest influence in encouraging explicit parallelism. Particle physicists, both experimentalists and theorists, were taking this approach at a time when the prevailing ~1ish in approaching parallel computing was to be able to throw a dusty deck into a "'parallelizing" compiler and let it identify parallel structures. In recent years, most obviously in the hypercube movement, explicit parallelism has become a recognized force in the computer science attack on the problems of parallel computing.
Experimental High Energy Physics
The data taking requirements of experiments at Fennilab are now discussed in units of Terabytes. The computing required to reconstruct the raw electronic signals from ADCs and TDCs, which read out detectors, into physics parameters (momentum, angle, mass, vertex of each secondary particle) are counted in units of a thousand VAX 11 /780 years. The reconstruction software for a large experiment is written by as many as 100 physicists, at 30-50 institutions, and approaches 2 million source lines of code (MSLOCs). Nowadays, this computing is carried out on parallel farms of RISC servers reading 8 mm tapes which had been written on-line by parallel "walls" of as many as 40 Exabyte drives.
The technological approach to reconstructing raw data, both on and off-line, is now well understood in terms of using farms of small commercial computers picked from a market place where cost effectiveness is steadily improving. Development of software and analysis of the reconstructed data by large collaborations has for some years been carried out on huge VAX clusters; Fermilab operates two of the largest VAX clusters in the world. As the size of the software and the volume of data increases, this approach is coming under strong pressure. It is simply not financially possible to keep 50 TBytes of data spinning on rotating magnetic media. Other problems include systems and operation management of these centralized clusters. Present attention is being directed to finding solutions to developing work group computing to support the analysis and software development needs of a compatible community, such as a major experiment collaboration of several hundred scientists. Such systems will consist of VMS/Unix compatible compute servers and file/data servers that use robotic and hierarchical techniques. All of this must be accessible by network to collaborators in the US, the far east, and Europe.
6-35
-------------------
--
-
-
-
-
-
-
Observation.al Astrophysics: Digital Sky Survey Project
For a while, the theoretical interests of high energy physics have been close to astrophysics. Interests converge in the study of the very early universe. Now, major astrophysics observational projects have reached the stage where many of their technological needs are similar to particle experiments. Fennilab is forming an experimental particle astrophysics group to support its participation in the Digital Sky Survey Project in a collaboration with the University of Chicago, Princeton, and the Institute for Advanced Study. The goal of this project is to produce a three dimensional map of 1 million galaxies across a quarter of the sky. Two orders of magnitude large than previous surveys, this will allow the most extensive study of structures in the universe to date. Such structures are important clues to events in the universe when temperatures were so high that the kind of elementary forces and particles normally studied in Fennilab's high energy accelerator experiments dominated the cosmos. In particular, Fennilab will provide support of much of the computing needs of this project based on its experience with its traditional experiments. From an experimental science standpoint, the experience of Fermilab physicists in selecting and analyzing large and complicated data sets is expected to be a major contribution.
Theo.retical High Energy Physics: Lattice Gauge Theory
As we noted earlier, although the theoretical lattice gauge calculation is very different from experimental data reconstruction and analysis, it is also very successfully addressed using explicit parallel approaches and goal directed integration of large systems. Fermilab has developed a grid oriented parallel computer that is now running physics at S GFlops <peak). This machine is presently based on 256 processors using the Weitek XL chip set. The connectability (at 20 Mbytes/ channel> is denser than a hypercube. Cross bar switch back plane crates each contain 8 processors. The crates are arranged in fully connected planes of 9 crates. The full system contains 4 planes connected together at each of the 9 points of the plane.
For such a machine to be truly productive, it is essential to develop software that makes the architecture of such a powerful parallel computer transparent to its scientific users. Programming is in C, with explicit parallelism directives supported by CANOPY, a top level language that allows physicists to think it terms of sites, and fields on sites, which are then automatically mapped onto whatever hardware structure is being used. CANOPY has been ported to many platforms and is becoming a lingua franca of lattice gauge physics. It's applicability is broadly to all grid oriented problems.
Test versions of a new processor module have been running since early this year. This new module contains two Intel I 860s. The plan is to replace the Weitek based modules, plane by plane, to produce a SO GFlop (peak) system this summer. The new machine will support all existing CANOPY based code without change.
Based on an abstract/summary for an invited talk at The Conference on High s,_a Computing, Salishan Lodge, Gleneden Beach, Oregon, April 15, 1991.
Presented by: Thomas Nash Head, Computing Division
Fenni National Accelerator Laboratory Batavia, IL 60555
6-39
.... COMPUTING ANO DATA HANDLINC RECENT EXPERIENCES AT FERMILAS AND SLAC
Apri I 9, 1990
Peter S. Cooper Fermi National Accelerator Laboratory
PO Box 500, Batavia, IL 60510
ABSTRACT
Computing has become evennore central to the doing of high energy physics. There are now nmjor second and third generation experiments for which the largest single cost is computing. At the sa .. time the availability of 9 ch .. p• computing has made possible experiments which were previously considered infeasible. The result of this trend has been an explosion of computing and computing needs. I will review here the magnitude of the problem, as seen at Fermi lab and SLAC, and the present methods for d .. ling with it. I will then undertake the dangerous asaignment of projecting the needs and solutions forthcoming in the next few years at both laboratories. I will concentrate on the 1 offline• probl .. ; the process of turn i ng tarabyt• of data tap• i nto pagea of physics journals.
INTRODUCTION COlllt)uting has come a long way in high energy physics. The
newly formed C~uting Division at Fennilab (of which I am a member) commands lOS of the lab staff and more than lOS of the budget. Seventeen y .. rs ago we ac~uired our first •central• computer - as surplus from LBL! This history is .. 11 known, so I won't pursue it here. The r ... rkable fact r ... ins that in a period when the cost of CQIDl>Uting has literally dropped by orders of magnitude the fraction of available funds spent on computing and computing resources has grown suba~ntially in high energy physics.
What I will concentrate on here is what this has lead us to. We face computing probl ... of enormous proportions. Furthermore, there is every reason the believe that the need for rapid growth will continue and accelerate. My topic is how we are handling these probl ... today and where they may take us tomorrow. I will focus on the •offline• half of the problem; the reduction and analysis of the data tapes. The scope of this paper w i I I be my own I aboratory (Fenailab} and SI.AC. I wish to acknowledge and thank Chuck Dickens and Charlie Prescott of SLAC for re-educating me about SLAC's computing enterprise. The credit is theirs; the errors are mine.
6-40
------
------------
-·
-
-
,...-.
-
-
2
WHAT'S THE JOB?
Let's begin with an overview of the problem. Most experiments today have three or more stages, or PASSes, in their analysis. PASSl is a reconstruction of all, or at least most, of the events on a data tape. These jobs tend to be very CPU intensive. They also have the nasty habit of making the data set larger rather than smaller. Many experiments can't (or won't) throw much away at this stage, so they add the analysed quantities to the back end of the raw data and keep it all. PASS2 is typically a recompute and sort job. The inevitable last 101 of the main event analysis which either didn't 118ke it in-Go PASSl, or was done wrong and needs to be 'better• gets done the second time through. Then, the various 'physics streams• get sorted out in to as many as a dozen different overlapping data sets. Most of these are even snmller than the original! PASS3 is the •osr• (Data Sunnary Tape) stage where as many graduate students as there are on the experiment attempt to see how many tries it takes to remove the oxide from the magnetic recording material (either tape or disk) ~n which the DSTs have been stored. In the process they do physics, write papers and earn degrees. PASS3 may contain the production and processing of m1n1, micro and even nano DSTs. Formally these would be passes 4-6 but they all tend to have the same characteristics and so I will treat th .. here with PASS3 as a single entity.
PASSl's are rarely done more than once. No one can stomach another year and a typical PASSl takes at least that long. PASS2's, or at least the sort phase, may happen several ti,... as people r ... k• their DST's with better kno,ledge of their constants, cuts and algorithms. PASS3's and beyond get done regularly. The students will renaake the mini and micro-OSTs every day if you let th•.
These PASSes have significantly different characteristics as computing jobs. PASSls are anywhere from highly to ridiculously compute bound. They tend to need mainly logical and integer arithmetic rather than floating point calculations. Floating point is required but MIPs are more i..,,ortant than MegaFLOPs. PASS2's have significant compute requirements (typically 10-20S of PASSl) and large I/O requir ... nts as they try to sort thousands of input tapes into dozens of hundred tape piles. PASS3's and beyond tend to do large amounts of I/O; preferably from online storage. They also can be doing heavy calculations as the double precision matrices get inverted to do the complicated fits.
There are also the Monte Carlos in which people try to simulate at least there entire experiment (if not the entire world). These are completely CPU bound in and of th ... elves. Moat groups take the sensible and prudent course of having the monte carlo write a data tape which they then feed to their PASSl-3 analysis chain re-invoking the entire monster once again.
6-41
Finally there is everything else - software development, code rnanag ... nt, word processing, etc. This can be look on as •infrastructure• but, in fact, it is where most of the people spend most of their computing time. If you doubt how important all this is just try to change someone's favorite syst .. for a •better• one.
To characterize the present loads and PASSl requir ... nta I have chosen experiments which have already taken data at each lab. Theae experiments. (shown in Table 1.) are of different characters and each r8')resents, in the case of Fermi lab, a class of similar experiments. I've also .. tiamted the total lab wide load for the 1988-1990 time period. A~ Fermi lab this included the last fixed target run in which 18 experiments took data and the last collider run in which CDF and two smaller experiments ran. At SLAC this period saw the analysis of Mark III data frOll SPEAR, PEP data from several detectors and Mark II data frOll the first runs of the SLC.
EXI EFIMiM' 5731 5617 a; 5711 ~ ... , M8*11 sue... Tat•
!To Tape IWelllllMC 300 100 1 500 2 :~~-:··:
~· tlylel/ew.nt 500 Z.5K 100K 3K 35K . - ~ ·. toe.I-• 1500M SOM 7.5M 500M 5M ~-~· .. ..... ..
~ . .. -ti" ... ~ •
Meclla .. 1r~:--~-~ iype 9trll 9trll 9!rll/lmm 9trll 3 ... 0 MIO.. ftUlllDlt SK 1K 5Kl1K 10K 800 --~~ lOcml Dy19S [Tbl 0.75 0.15 0.75 1.5 0.15 .• !I*'=-.:
-~~ ReconalnlCllon -~t .... ,..., ... 0.1 15 200 20 15
ln11nll:llOftlltly 100 2400 750 2800 isri'iii' - .. ~ 1000 tOOct.
Total (MIP"'fHISj 5 10 50 320 .... 2 Ii.
?ll:fS!SS 551!. SE!!!!:!""' an CP VlolUon an i<o oecays 1:131 Wln11e1n
Pl'O~ of Cl\ann 1:ea1 Butler and INuly
Colllcler oececw aa Fenn• a:J= Sl\ocftetl PW+P• "S•l.ITeV ToflHtrup
Hain-puuaran ot Cllanll E711 Appel
........... su: ........ GaldllllDetl ,...,.,... • Ille z pole Dortan/
F .......
Table 1. Typical Present Experiments
The units of Table 1 require c~nt. I've tried to present th•• data in a p I atf onn and media independent manner. MIPs are in the standard units used at Fenailab (1 MIP = a VAX 11/780). The measure of CPU boundedness is •Instructions/byte•. This is the number of instructions executed per byte of data I/O (paging, swapping, constants, etc not included). Note that a job which is CPU bound on al MIP VAX 11/780 at SO instructions/byte will be I/O
6-42
-------------------
-
-
-
-
-
bound on a 100 MIP processor (or farm of processors). This metric is a useful way to discuss the potential performance of the same job on different.platforms.
HOW ARE WE DOINC IT NOW? The presently installed central computing capacities are shown
for SLAC and Fermi lab in tables 2 and 3 respectively. As the table shows, SLAC has about 150 MIPs of other computing including VAXes at experiments, workstations on peoples desks, CAD/CNA system. for engineering, etc. Fermilab is proportionately larger with 500-800 such distributed MIPs. The Fennilab table contains only the •central• camputing systema. It do .. n't include the distributed sys~ for lack of space. The Fermi lab reorganizati.on of computing has recognized this reality. One of the five departments in the new computing division is •Distributed Computing• with responsibility for the systems aspects of the central VAX clusters as well as network, hard .. re maintenance and the other functions necessary to keet:t such a large and far flung computing enterprise working.
S°'l'SllML<• ' --·-.. =:--. .... ~·· .. ,
c:ElftllM,.~ -IBM SysUMM ISM~200E
18M30l11C 2·STIC Acltloll
~ .. Hiil.~~
OICV-1· VAX 1110 2.YAX AOO 1-VAX MOO 2• VAX 715
11· VAX 780 2· VAX 750 r ........ g ,7.vszooo 3·VS3200 !5-'1831000
CPU. lnrinst
70 50 20
"-2 5 20 4 3 , ,
1.2
.. "7 , 5 9
Taoa.Cnvn: 9-~ T:r410 8mnt'
I I 2
I 11
I I
I
Table 2. SLAC System
Tac- 110 Ciak I fMblSICI rQbl
I I I .; 0 ~o
I
I 12.0 I I I 28 I
I I
I I i I I
I
SLAC's central ca11puting is a homogenous one vendor shop; a style very consistent with their present needs. Their emphasis is on having all the data available all the time. They have concentrated heavily on robotics for tape mounting and run a •lights out• computer room operation. They currently have two ST1< 3480 tape robots with a total capacity of 2.4 Tb online and available with •seek• times of less than 20 seconds and transfer rates of 3 Mb/sec.
Fermi lab is a collection of four major types of computing based upon the •pawnbroker• computing model (fig 1) the basis for which can be found in the Ballam coanittee report (ref 1) of 1983. The Fermi lab implementation of this model has two very large VAX
6-43
clusters running VAX/VMS playing the role of the interactive front-•nd systems where program development, mail, word processing and the like are done. Typical loads are 400-450 users logged on in the afternoon. The numeric intensive •number cruncher• is the Amdahl 5890-600E system running VM/XA. This system has been in operation for just about two years. It is now heavily used for PASS2 and PASS3 analyses. It is mainly a batch engine with most job submissions coming from a few logged on interactive users or from the VAX clusters via a DECnet connection - as the 1110del envisioned.
S'tSIBIE--- av: . r.-onva.. Tapa.110 01& ~-<':'.,.,~:·,_,
... ,_._~ ,. 'J !11f· T:J•ao· amm · rMtWs-• · f~
CYIER 175 • gone 9l30t'90 I JO I 22 I a.a I 30 I IBM .:511 • BUSIMU Sys&ema I 1 0 I ' o.a I 15 I
I
FNM. ClusW ! 76 3 I '5.0 35
FNALF U30 1 8 ! I I FNAU: ll50 6
I I FNAUI le50 I 6 FNALG 1 11710 t
15·MV3100 I 45 I ' I I ' FNALD Clusllf
I
\09 '2 • 2 I . 2.J 50 t=NALH llOO 1 :z I I I FNAU 1120 12 ! I
FNAUU20 12 I I i FNALE 1100 ' I I 3·VS3200 9 I l:Z
:ZO•VS3100 ! 50 I
I I ! i i Amaanl 51tOl600E
I t :zo
I 1 8 a :z :ZZ.3 90
I ST1C Robot 8 12.0
M;f/I FlllM ' 35' . s 6 5.• •0.3 FNACP3 52 nodel 37 3 0.9 I 1.8 I FNACP7 85noa. 55 :z 0.9 :Z.8 FNACP9 so noeses 43 3 0.9 I t.5 i
' FNACPA 65 nodeS ! 55 2 3 0.9 2.2 FNACPB 112 noon I 87 3 0.9 1.5 FNACPC 102 nooes I 87
i 3 3 J.9 J.9 I
Siliaon Gt1111111c:1 I 5'40 27 3.3 • 5.3 4-40240 1 ,, PllySa oeora I 272
I t 8
I 2.0
I 4.8
I 25-40258 300 8 1.0 6.9
1-40240 P-senea u I 0.3 3.8 , i I
~ -- -. ~ r-onw .... - Ta-11() I Orsk I
CYIEA 175 • 00"9 9/30llO 30 22 0 0 8.8 JO IBM '311 • Buaillea Sy1191M 10 ' 0 0 0.8 15 PNM. Clulls 711 9 0 0 6.0 85 FNALD ciua.r 109 12 0 12 12.0 50 Anldalll 5190/toOE 120 16 , a 2 3'4.3
I 90
M;f/I F- 35' 1 a 0 6 5.4 • 0 Salmn Gt..- ua 0 0 27 3.3 I , 5 i
I
Fel'lllllaO TOTAL 13Ct 79 . s J. 7 70 296 '
Table 3. Fenti lab Systems
The third ball of the pawnbroker is •farms•. These are collections of processors running •stable• computing bound production jobs (read PASSl). The processing is done in parallel with one event, or more typically one block of events, sent to each of up to 100 processors with the results of the calculation fetched
6-44
-------------------
-
-
-·
-
-
-
-
and written back to tape. CPU powers of up to 100 MIPs are achieved with parallelism operating on a time scale of minutes rather than nanoseconds. There are two types at the moment; ACP and RISC/UNIX systems. COF also built a farm of 20 VAXstation 3100's to help with the completion of their PASSl. These systems have now been absorbed into one of the central VAX clusters (FNALD). The ACP farms are made of single board computers based on Motorola 68020 chips after a Fennilab deaign (ref 2,3). The host which controls the fann and does all the I/O is a MicroVAX 3200. These six systems did the lions share of the PASSl from the previous round of experiments both fixed target and collider. The RISC/UNIX boxea, preaently mainly Silicon Graphics 40/240 systems are in operation about 9 months. This class of computing clearly represents the •modern farm• on which the next round of experiments will do their PASSl's. The only tape I/O in use at the moment on these systems is 8111111. This is quite consistent with their future use at Fennilab.
Computer:
Amdahl
I nteract1ve Front end:
VAX C1usters
FARMS:
ACP RISC/UNIX
Figure 1 - The Fermi lab Model of Computing
The growth profile of installed central MIPs at Fermi lab is shown in figure 2. The trend is clear; in the 18 month period from the end of the previous fixed target run (April 1988) unti I the beginning of the new computing division (October 1989) installed MIPs doubled every six months! After a brief respite to catch our breath and reorganize we are off again on the exponential slope.
At SLAC the total load of PASSl analysis is tractable. Electron colliders are cursed and blessed with the low event rates that the small cross-section provides. At Fennilab the total load
6-45
is dominated by the fixed target experiments - indeed half of it is from one experiment. The cross-section is for al I practical purposes infinite. The problem is how to dig out the interesting signal. Some of this 1s done with fast triggers and online processors which are the topics of other papers. There sti I I remains the offline part of the job. In the case of E769 which deliberately chose to record 1/4 of the inelastic cross section on tape, the rejection required to reduce their 500 million triggers to 10,000 reconstructed charm events is of order 1/50,000 or about one good event per raw 9 track data tape. The other experiments are not quite so extreme but collectively they sum to just as big a job.
v ~ 1400 ':"
, 200 -
, 1000 f'
7 800 t
8 0
600 ..
400 f'
E ~ 200 ... u 0 v Jan-
88
Fermilab CPU Capability
~
~ .. • '" 1111 11111111111111111111 111111111111111111111111
Aor· Jul· Oct· Jan· Apr· Jul· Oct· Jan· Apr· 88 88 88 89 89 89 89 90 90
Figure 2 - Fermi lab CPU Capability
§I SI Graen
[ll ACP
- CCF Farm
::J FNALD
• FNAL
• AMDAHL
=IBM
• C'raeR
The Pass2 load is an acute rather that a chronic problem. There is a substantial amount of tape hand I ing but most experiments can get through this in a few months. A major new problem is multiple media. With 9 track, 3480/18 track and Sam tapes al I in active use at Fermi lab presently, it always seeaas that the data is on the wrong medium for whatever needs to be done next.
The PASS3 loads are just seriously beginning at Fermi lab froca the previous data (and we have just embarked on another fixed target run in mid February). These jobs tend to .. rd very heavy I/D usage; both tape and disk. SLAC solves this probl .. elegantly with their robots and homogenous syst... At Fennilab with four different operating systems, three different kinds of tape media and 10 times the total data volume things are harder.
Figures 3 and 4 shown the pattern of delivered CPU and tape mounts at Fermilab over the past year. All but a few hundred of the «,000 tape mounts last month were done by hand by operators. This activity requires a staff of 25 at a cost of just under 1 MS per year. Our first big STK robot is scheduled for installation the week of this conference. As the growth curves clearly imply we are going to automate or die.
6-46
-------------------
-
-
-
-
-
Tape Mounts per Month
5000 1
Q.111 ................................ . Mir Apr ~ .un Jui Au; Sto :c1 :ec: ~an =eo
Figure 3 - Fennilab Tape usage per Month
CPU per Month
aoo -
JOO
zoo
100
0 .................................... ..
I.I• Apr Jun Jul Oct Dec: .Jan Feb
Figure• - Fenailab CPU usage per Month
SO WHAT'S 'TiiE PROBLEM?
~ Taoe Cogy
ID Si Graen
;; ACP
C COFFarm
• FNAiJ:>
• FNAL = Amaan1
• Cyber
ID SI Graon - ACP
, ::: COF Fann 1
• FNALO
:I =~AL
_ Amaan1
• CYBER
In Table• I show a similar selection of experiments scheduled to be analysing their data in the next 2-3 years. These are analogous to those in table l; in fact most are either the next run of the same experiment or the direct successor to a table 1 experiment. Data volumes are up a factor of 5-7 at both SLAC and Fen1i1ab. The detectors are, if anything, more complicated so c~ute times grow somewhat. SLAC will need about a factor of two increase in CPU with proportionate growth in peripherals. At
6-47
Fennilab we are looking at growth of a factor of 5 in total capabi I ity, from 1000 to 5000 MIPs in terms of CPU, over this three year period. (Recall that the table shows only the PASSl requirements.) The assumption made to arrive at these factors is that an experiment should be able to complete its PASSl in of order one year. Any longer than that and last run's data (from two years ago) won't be done before this years new data arrives.
Table 4. Typical Future Experiments
Its hard to change these estimates very much. At SL.AC they will be driven almost completely by the lumonisity that the SLC can achieve. This effectively bounds the requirements from above. At Fer11ilab most of the data is ce11ing from existing experiments with .. 11 known characteristics and ~elatively mature analysis codes. The physics goals dictate the requirement of high statistics and that in turn drives the collq)uting load. Of course, estimates are al .. ys low so thing may be even worse.
FUTURE DIRECTIONS So how are we to respond to continuing exponential growth? The
first answer to this question is to plan - but not for too long! Both SL.AC and Fennilab now have in progress connittees charged with ~king plans for the next five years or so. At the coarsest level the goals of the two groups are quite similar. The basic end result
6-48
---
--------
-
-
-
desired is a plan for incorporating the latest and most cost effective new technologies: workstations, RISC compute servers, UNIX, advanced networking, intel I igent file serving, etc. At the next level the plans must necessarily diverge as they address the different situations at the two labs.
SLAC wil I likely wish to augment their present central facility with both more mainframes and at the same time begin to include compute servers, workstations and advanced networking (FOCI). Their real needs will be driven by the SLD data rate. This is highly uncertain at this time so I c:an't begin to guess the scope of what they really need to do. If it is only the factor of two I projected above then things are pr~bably fairly straightforward. Their present model of computing can clearly be scaled a factor of two. If the real needs are much more than that they may need some more radical approach.
Fennilab does not share this luxury. Our present model of computing is just not capable of what we now require of it. It has served us relatively well for the past 5-7 years but it's earned it's gold wat;ch. So what is the new model of Fennilab computing to be? This is a question we are actively involved in answering right now so I can't just write down the solution. Some pieces are quite clear others almost completely opaque. The overal I organ1z1ng principle the picture that replaces the •pawnbroker• is in the latter category.
Two thing are very clear. The medium of choice for data recording and the output of PASSl analysis will be 81111 tape or some equivalent •cheap• recording medium. This is a decision driven strictly by economics. 40 terabytes of raw data plus a factor of 1.5 for PASSl output (100 Tb total) would cost 5 - 10 MS just for the media if we used either 3480 or 9 track tapes. There is also the smll probl• of what you do with 500,000 tapes. The media cost for 8nm is a factor of 10 less as is the number of individual volumes which have to be handled and stored. Jack Pfister wil I have significantly more to say on this subject in another talk at this conference (ref 4).
Likewise, the only apparent affordable compute engines for PASSl proc ... ing are in the RISC/UNIX compute server clan. These systems sell today for as low as SSOO/MIP barebones and about SlOOO/MIP with enough peripherals, software and maintenance to make th .. functional PASSl compute engines. With PASSl jobs running at more than 1000 instructions per byte either a few Sna tape drives on each system or a network connection to an •I/O server• systern rrovides adequate I/O capability for PASSl work. How do organize and manage these new fanns is more probl-atical. We have significant experience with managing ACP farms and are now in the process of adapting these techniques and software to these new systems (ref 5).
6-49
The hard part, at the moment, looks I ike the ?ASS3's. Understanding the real requirements for I/O, CPU, shared data, online vs almost online vs offline data storage, etc. is a cha I lenging undertaking. Some wi I I argue that. the whole job can be done with a •toosely coupled 1 system of distributed workstations/compute servers with only a network to tie them together for common file access, backup, etc. Others favor a more monolithic architecture with a large •central file server• at the center and arrays of RISC/UNIX compute servers hanging off the networks at the back end.
Neither of the two descriptions I just gave are models of computing. They give, perhaps, a flavor for the kind of issues with which we are wrestling. Trying to sort this all out makes for a lively set of meetings and discussions. I truly wish that I could report the beginnings of the answer to you here at this conference -but I can't. If we can't begin to answer these questions in about six months you can visit our tomb. It wil I be just outside the new Feynman Computing Center at Fermi lab and it wi I I be constructed of unanalysed data tapes! Khruschev's old admonition of the sixties has taken on a new meaning c•w. will bury you•).
REFERENCES
1. •Future Computing Needs for Fermilab 1 Fermi lab TM-1230 0062.000 December 1983 (unpublished)
2. 1The ACP Multiprocessor System at Fenailab•,I. et.al, Comput.Phys.Connun 45,323(1987)
Gaines,
3. •Software for the ACP Multiprocessor System1 ,J.Biel, et.al, Comput.Phys.Coanun 45,331(1987)
4. •Recent Experiences and Future Expectations in Data Storage Technology 1 ,Jack Pfister, elsewhere in these proceedings.
5. 1The Cooperative Processes Multiprocessing Computing•,C. proceedings.
6-50
Software Method for Kaliher's,elsewhere in these
-------------------
-
-
"Recent Experiences and Future Expectations in Data Storage Technology"
Jack Pfister Fermi National Accelerator Laboratory, Batavia, IL 60510
ABSTRACT
For more than 10 years the conventional media. for High Energy Physics has been 9 track magnetic tape in various densities. More recently, especially in Europe, the IBM 3480 technology has been adopted while in the United States, especially at Fermila.b, 8mm is being used by the largest experiments u a primary recording media and where possible they are using 8mm for the production, analysis and distribution of data. summary tapes. VHS and Digital Audio tape have recurrently appeared but seem to serve primarily as a back-up storage media.
The reasons for what appear to be a radical departure are many. Economics (media and controllers are inexpensive), form factor (two gigabytes per shirt pocket), and convenience (fewer mounts/dismounts per minute) are dominant among the reasons.
The traditional data media suppliers seem to have been content to evolve the traditional media at their own pace with only modest enhancements primarily in "value engineering" of extant products. Meanwhile, start-up companies providing small system and workstations sought other media both to reduce the price of their offerings and respond to the real need of lower cost back-up for lower cost systems. This happening in a. market context where traditional computer systems vendors were leaving the tape market altogether or shifting to "3480" technology which has certainly created a climate for reconsideration and change. The newest data storage products, in most cases, are not coming from the technologies developed by the computing industry but by the audio and video industry. Just where these flopticals, opticals, 19 mm tape and the new underlying technologies, such as, "digital paper" may fit in the HEP computing requirement picture will be reviewed. What these technologies do for and to HEP will be discussed along with some suggestions for a methodology for tracking and evaluating extant and emerging technologies.
INTRODUCTION
In any discussion of the elements of computing, it is obligatory to set a context. First, the computing in high energy physics hu some distinguishing data characteristics:
a. Large data volume (1.0-lO+TBytes) b. Large record sizes (0.01-1.0MByte) c. Variable computational intensity vs. input/output d. Raw or summary data may have wide distribution for analysis
6-51
2
Second, the Model of Computing in HEP varies from laboratory to laboratory whether university, national or international in character. Understanding the relationship of the laboratory, where the data is recorded, to the collaborators capabilities locally and at their home institution5 is crucial to success in the "Data Experience". Just how much data, how much computation - done where? over what time period? are well known issues, but not always well accounted for in developing the computing model and choosing the media and technology. Understanding the model is crucial to the next aspect -the evaluation model.
The third item in such a discussion must be the choice of an evaluation model and a technical tracking and assessment methodology. Formally or informally, they must exist unless you accept chaos as a default and an acceptable choice. The evaluation model used here is of my own making which has the bias of scars developed over the years and many opportunities to choose(or guess). The elements include:
1. assumptions about the evaluation; context and concept of operation
2. summary of functional requirements 3. throughput analysis - benchmarked if possible 4. capacity - benchmarked if possible 5. data interchange - compatibility, tested 6. robotic opportunities - availability, relevance 7. level of integration (inherent for the 4evice to function in
your environment) 8. robustness - failure and recovery rates 9. price and cost (they aren't the same!) - Look at the life cycle
cost 10. standards - international, national, industry, local 11. standardization - media, form factor 12. source of supply; competition, availability, service
- media - device
13. qualitative issues - quality assurance on media, device 14. distribution channels - how readily available 15. connectivity - industry vs. national ck interpretation
All this would seem to a bit much after all you might say, "I just want to write my data". Though it looks daunting, I contend that using the foregoing model, we can easily qualify a vendor, a device, or a type of media without resorting to hysteria and hyperbole. It won't be as much fun but ....
TECHNOLOGY, CURRENT EXPERIENCE:·
The experience with current technologies, for the most part, is well understood. None the less, each deserves some comment on it's viability and near term future, as well as "packaging" options and the extent to which robotics are employed.
6-52
-------------------
-
-
-
3
NINE TRACK TAPE (1/2" wide x 2400 feet): The mainstay in commercial and scientific computer centers for
more than 20 years this media has evolved from a 2 MB capacity to a capacity of about 160 megabytes in standard format speeds in start/stop m~de of 200 inches/second and transfer rates over one MByte/second . It has improved over the years in reliability, has good archival retention characteristics, and if stored under proper conditions (temperature, humidity and air quality), is good for up to thirty years. However, the basic form factor 10.5 in. reels are cumbersome and bulky and require huge storage facilities at the HEP sites. The 10.5" reel flirted briefly with robotics the most successful of which was the Calcomp (which became in succession, Braegan, TRW, and now Sorbus) Automatic Tape Library which was still being built as late as 1985 and is still installed in a few U.S. National Laboratories including Ferm.ilab. This media will be around for many years to come due to the numbers of these tapes written and their archival characteristics. It is worth noting, however, that, almost no major computer system vendor builds any nine track tape drives having left it to the third party market to provide this capability. The third party market is building drives largely in the middle range of performance - primarily for data exchange tho~gh. high performance drives are still manufactured and available . CARTRIDGE TAPE: mM 3480/3400 (1/2" wide x 600 feet):
"3480" and compatible cartridge tape is replacing the nine track tape in many computing centers. This device has been available for over five years and offers higher capacity than nine track (200 MB or -35%) per unit of media in at least 1/5 the physical storage of nine track tape. For the computation center, it offers advantages in reduced costs of power, cooling and floor space (the critical advantage). This technology was better matched to the requirements for faster data transfer (initially 3.0 and recently up to 4.5 MB/second). The media format is 18 parallel tracks recorded at 3"'40k bits per inch (BPI) on 0.5 in. wide tape in a 4" x 5" cartridge. The form factor (the unit of media) is quite conducive to robotics and Storage Technology Corporation (STK) and Memorex offer robotic devices. The STK device manages the media in units of 5000 /silo (about 1 terabyte) and can be interconnected (cartridges iassed from silo to silo) to a staggering 64 terabytes of "Nearline" (as opposed to on-line or off-line). ·
This 18 track technology recently received a "midlife" kicker when the industry accepted a data compression algorithm which on a sample from the HEP experiments improved capacity up to 1.8. The big customers of this technology eagerly await a double density, double speed (with backward compatible) version which with compression could provide the most reliable lGByte tape available in the industry. It is to be expected that when IBM announces availability STK will follow "within hours". This technology is also available in rack mount versions with DEC and SCSI interfaces. All versions have stackers holding 6-10 cartridges. Not all vendors have implemented· a standard compression algorithm, so compatibility can be an issue.
6-53
At Fermilab, the "3480" technology was used on the Amdahl piece of the computing capability initially as backup and archival of data sets but now as a staging media for multiply accessed data that cannot justify permanent disk storage but is mounted many times a day but for relatively short periods of time. The utility of the media in the VAX cluster is not immediately obvious except for the convenience of exchange and a tribute to consistency. SMM:
The media we hate tp love but is so endearing because it currently haa the best capacity (G Byte/shirtpocket/S ratio) and price -a controller/ drive can · be purchased at half the cost of other more traditional media devices (<SS.Ok). Unlike the serial media discussed so far, the Smm is a very "modular" product built from Sony's 8mm "camcorder engine". The drive mechanism is packaged in the U.S. exclusively by Exabyte Corporation and sold to so-called value add resellers (VAR's) who (in general) add value by enhancing the product with various interfaces (QBUS, Unibus, IBM Channel), features (implementation of ANSI standards, search, controller/ drive commands-search, unload, etc.) package with menu driven software product for backup and provide out of warranty service. They either sell directly or through a distr~butor to the computing public. This presents the owner/operator of these devices with a nearly endless list of possible opportunities for mischief aa the product finds it's way into production usage. If your application requires multiple interfaces (QBUS, Unibus) the odds are high that if different suppliers are involved that the implementation of standards or features are different. Technically, the 8mm uses helical scan record.~n1 aa a series of parallel tracks 2 " long at an a.cute angle to the edge of the tape. The density is somewhat greater Shan "3480" at 43i.: bits/inch and a track density of about 800/inch . Actual transfer rates vary widely and are highly dependent on the V AR's handywork but we haTe in a variety of application seen 80-180 KB/ s. The best speed and therefore, transfer that can be achieved is at the beginning governed by the tape movement and head movement which is current models is 0.5 in./s and 150 in./s respectively. It is clear that any improvement in tape movement in the future haa big gain potential.
. The Exabyte Company haa announced that in the June-July (1990) period a double density (5 GB) double speed version, the EXB-8500 product will be available with full functionality including backward compatibility with the current product by the late fall (1990). Thus, the 8mm achieves the respectable transfer rate of the mid-range 9 track tape drives (300-500 kBS) but with by any standard - an incredible 5 gigabyte capacity. .
A detailed technical aneument of this product is difficult because there is not, beyond Exabyte, a constant standard or single application. The device ha.a been shown to be fairly robust a.a it left Exabyte. Beyond that, there is a separate story (good and bad) for each vendor (VAR) and application that we have installed at Fenriilab. These issues raised here and subsequently show why a. methodology and good bookkeeping are essential.
6-54
-------------------
5
Performance and capacity tests are or can be determined objectively. Data interchange on compatibility between different vendors should also be tested appropriate to the site and other collaborators machines. The functionality needed and supported should be tested. At Fermilab, in May 1989, three vendors claimed DEC BSC and VMS copy compatibility and indeed nearly one year later we could only substantiate one claim. The media itself has become an issue· "Hi-Metal", "Hi-Video", "Video Quality", "Data Quality" - price ranges factor of five, qualitative issues - in some cases zero difference under test conditions. Product information as to stability, performance and shelf life are not obtainable from media suppliers.
The number of modules and nodules that permit this product to function at all is so high that it must receive the Level of Integration Complexity Award. See Figure 1, for a somewhat simplified view of the 8mm device as it moves through the "integration" process.
Robotics are being made available for the Smm devices in the form of carrousels which are deliverable today from Summus - 54 cartridges with two drives and soon from Exabyte with 120 cartridges and four drives. Also to be expected is a stacker product from Exabyte which will handle 10 cassettes is a portable tray. Fermilab has developed a stacker which holds 12 cassettes and can be equipped with a scanner which is under consideration for commercialization. The Smm . products for all the integration complexity have reached all corners of the computing at Fermilab and all the major systems and workstations have some interface supported. Systems currently configured include:
DEC - HSC, QBUS, UNIBUS; Silicon Graphics - SCSI, Amdahl ;. IBM Channel; Sun - SCSI; ACP - UNIBUS and VME
This technology would seem to have a lot going for it. The transfer rate improvement though welcome and long awaited needs another factor of 2-4 improvement to better match the throughput potential of current main-frame class, the newer workstations and servers. VHS:
The VHS cassette and drive& used for data have been available for the past three years as a backup device for personal computer and small system products. It hu not, however, enjoyed the same popularity as the 8mm over the same period. Another product using VHS and targeted for higher capacity and throughput comes from Honeywell. This product known as the Very Large Data Store (VLDS) has a per cusette capacity of 5.2 Giga Bytes and with its SCSI controller, the VLDS supports asynchronous transfers (up to at 1.0 MB/sec sustained), Synchronous (up to 4.0 MB/sec) and high speed data port (up to 10.0 MB/sec burst).
This helical scan device records data at a 6° angle which permits a 4" long path in which 16 KBytes of user data is recorded. Two paths provide a 32 KB fixed recording block. These blocks are assigned a block number which can be used to recall data via a controller and generate a directory. Searches are conducted in a "fast forward mode". There are four horizontal track (parallel to the tape edge) two top and two bottom identified respectively as direct channel, file mark, control and servo pulses. The head rotates at 60 rps for an
6-55
/' 0
effective head to tape speed of just over 450 inches per second. The best known robotics, Honeywell's VLA/VLAS, Very Large Archive/Very Large Archive server provide a capacity of just over 3 TB (600 cassettes) and can be equipped with up to 5 VLDS drives. Access to any cassette and load/unload can in the worst case take 24 seconds. Two rotating drums of 300 casaettes are used to present a stack to the cassette handler, a bar code reader is provided. This product has a high degree of integration and includes capabilities for matching internal and external labels, network file service using TCP /IP and has application support for FTP, RCP and TELNET. Data management services are provided through a relational data base (which has user and system level . queries) which can track 65K physical volumes and 90 million files, permits dead space recovery, and supports importJexport of tiles up to 4 GB. The VLA can appear as a standard node in server networks. To date, Fermilab has not evaluated the product although one Fermilab experiment is using the VLDS in a data acquisition application. Their data is subsequently converted to 8mm. DAT:
Digital audio tape is another technology which employs the helical scan technique but on 4mm tape packaged in a credit card size casaette with capacities up to 1.2 Giga Bytes. Primarily targeted as a backup device, DAT is marketed for personal computer (IBM and Macintosh) and workstations (SUN, DEC) and has interface su9port for SCSI, PERTEC and Qic-02. The recording is at just over 6 relative to the edge with a linear recording density of 60K bpi. The read/write drum rotates at 2000 rpm and the tape moves at just under a third of an inch per second, yielding an eff'ecti~e tape speed of just over 120 ips and a nominal transfer rate of 190 KBS. It's principal advantage over 8mm in backup/restore use is the search speed to recover files. Fermilab has installed one device for evaluation in one of the data center ACP systems for evaluation and production use as a backup device. The results thus far are very good in this application. Fermilab has not yet done timing and transfer speed tests to compare with vendor claims. Neither robotics nor stackers have been announced to date but are in vendor plans. One concern in DAT is the existence of two "standards" for recording: ROAT (supported by DEC, HP, SUN) and DDAT (supported by Apple, Hitachi and Mitsushimi). Double length and double density for a 4 gigabyte capacity is anticipated. This is a prime case for a wait and see before committing wholesale. MAGNETIC DISK:
The magnetic disk technology now over 30 years old has gone from kilobytes to gigabytes and access measured in seconds to ten milleseconds, and provides random access to relatively small blocks of data typically 512 bytes. This is a technology which continues to improve it's areal density and therefore cost, reliability and penormance. Areal densities today exceed 100 million bits/sq. in. Long the mainstay in computing centers this technology is now very affordable for even the low-end workstation system. There are pressures at the high end of the performance curve to provide better immediate access performance for super systems with 10+ MB/sec
6-56
------------
------
- 7
cha.nnels speeds. Th_is technology is well understood, has a very well disciplined approach for improvement in a highly competitive market. The interface standards too are well disciplined. This bodes well for the full range of customer requirements for page/swap, direct access, random access and as intermediate storage such as a staging place for short term use by serial media or a copy point for subsequent file archival. The most recent "innovations" are caching and using the multiple spindles in various geometries including striping to further enhance performance. These enhancements initially the perview of the high-end system are becoming available at the workstation level with SCSI interfaces and transfer rates at the 3-4 MB/sec.
EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES
To say what is an emerging as technology as opposed to the application of a technology to new issues as in high energy physics is problematic. The reader should consider the division as arbitrary but not capricious. OPTICAL DISK TECHNOLOGY:
The optical technologies are often considered as complementary to magnetic disks. They offer higher density and can be accessed in serial or random modes, albeit at lower data transfer rates. Three types of optical technology are: CDROM (compact disk read-only memory) which uses a master to replicate the same data to many disks by an injection molding process. The typical applications are software distribution and data, historical or encyclopaedic in character. Capacity is rated at 600 MB and access times are up to 500 millesconds. Subsystems supporting SCSI are available. WORM: (Write-once, read-many) which has data written by a host computer but ca.nnot be re-written without destroying the original data. The nature of the media, usually plastic encased, makes it ideal for archival applications especially in a hierarchically managed storage systems. Worm drives are available in 3.5 in. to 14 in. form factors with capacities from 0.5 to 2 gigabytes per platter. Sustained transfer rates range from a low 30. (write) to a high of 400 (read) KBS. Juke boxes in the one to three hundred gigabyte capacity are available with a number of standard interfaces supported. A feature of some implementations is the ability to use the devices either in random or serial access modes. ERASABLE OPTICAL: Is the newest in this category and has functional characteristics like magnetic disk but with lower costs for a medium performance removable storage. Computing centers may find this media useful in cyclic applications such as incremental and full backup applications. The trade-off is in lower performance for a very large online data capability. The erasable opticals employ three recording techniques with magneto optical the leading favorite. It has capacities in the 5.25" form factor of nearly 0.6 GB and 1.0 - 2.0 in the 12" form factor. Host interfaces exists for SCSI and support user data transfer of rates at up to 680 KBS. Actual capacity and data rates are dependent upon what density is chosen for blocks per sector. The drives are low cost but the media currently is about $250.
6-57
8
Jukeboxes are available which have two drives and hold 56 platters. The media is reckoned to have a ten year life. It is to be noted that it is very early days for this technology, standards and manufacturing techniques are still undergoing refmement. A dramatic improvement in media cost could make this an attractive option in high volume data applications. SONY DIGITAL INSTRUMENT RECORDER:
The DIR-1000 is the latest product from Sony Corporation and uses 19mm type D-1 broadcast standard tape in large, medium and small cassettes with user data capacities of nearly 100, 40 and 12 Gigabytes respectively. Aside from the drives ability 'to automatically adjust to different sized cassettes, it also has a variable data rate from just over 1 M.B/sec to 32 M.B/sec in one of six selected steps, i.e., 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 M.B/S. Bit error rates (corrected) in the lxlOE-10 are claimed. This device too employs helical scan recording techniques writing a track set nearly 6.7 inches long on a 5.4° angle to the edge. Three control and annotation tracks are written parallel to the tape edge. Currently available, this device has a VME interface and additional interfaces SCSI II and HPPI IBM standard are under development. The commercial list price is S250K in quantity one. To date, one unit has shipped for an imaging application. We will undoubtedly be hearing more about this product aa it haa excellent prospects for high data rate and data volume applications. "DIGITAL PAPER" TECHNOLOGY (OPTICAL TAPE):
In the Spring of 1988, news and papers began appearing heralding the arrival of "digital paper" from ICI a chemical giant in Europe and represented by it's subsidiary ICI Imagedata in the U.S. In late November at Comdex, this worm technology was said to in a "reel of the same proportions as a conventional 10.5 in magnetic tape ... store 600 gigabytes of data". By the following Spring, it is up to a terabyte on a reel of tape and a gigabyte on a floppy diskette. Two companies, BOSCO, a subsidiary of Iomega (the floppy disk) and CREO Products of Canada (a 35mm tape) had begun product development of this write once technology. The so-called "digital paper" is baaed on a polyester substrate (Melinex) with a sputtered layer of metal to make it reflective and then covered with an ICI developed polynier dye formulated to absorb specific wave lengths. The polymer dye is deformed by the head in the writing process. The metal layer dissipates heat from cfhe focus point requiring less laser energy for creating the depression.
By March 1990, the floppy disk is off the table aa IOMEGA has stopped work because, as the article states, the drive technology is complete but the media is not yet available in volume and "th' company 1aw other opportunities for a better return on investment". The same article goes on to 1tat that ICI still intends. to license the technology and feels "we proved the techgology . .. the media is 1till evolving ... there is 1till work to be done."
The optical tape work, however, continues by CREO on their .Model 1003 drive. The data is formatted as 4 byte-wide words (32 bits) in 20KB or 80KB blocks. The tape is nearly 2900 ~eet (880m) in length. Data transfer rates are said to be at 3 MB/S. An end to
6-58
----------------""'
--
-
9
end search would take 60 seconds. Speculation abounds as to the products availability in late 1990. The price ofo the drive and media are expected to be $200K and UOK respectively.
SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
This paper has attempted to survey current and future opportunities of storage devices possibly relevant to HEP (Table 1) and attempts to provide a structure for tracking and evaluating various technologies. There is no intentional attempt to declare winners or losers among a set of technologies but to provide a range of apparent options which could be evaluated for appropriateness in each HEP setting. There are some obvious trends among them. The shortening technical life of products means we will have to retain more of the older technologies to read the data that is not migrated or is incompatable with new technologoes. The level of integration from the media through the application is more di!use and the ownership of and ability to deal with problems by the customer and maintenance organizations is more difficult. Hetrogeneous computing environments will have to develop strategies for compatability across computing platforms and the ubiquity of operating system upgrades. Greater depth and breadth in configuration control and management are required. Finally, one can get into a technology too early - what ever it's potential, the opportunity (with apologies to Pogo) may be insurmountable.
6-59
VAR'S
. . . . .. ;
10
CORP
ARBITRARY INC.
DISTRIBUTORS
CUSTOMER
FIGURE 1.
SMM ENGINE (DECK) SMM TAPE
HOUSING I PACKAGING BASIC ELECTRONICS {LOGIC} .STD'S FIRMWARE WARRANTY SERVICE SMM TAPE (THEIR VERSION} BASIC INTERFACE ROBOTICS
INTERFACES (IBM , QBUS, HSC CUSTOM SOFTWARE CUSTOM FlRMWARE MAINTENANCE, WARRANTY ROBOTICS (THEIR OWN} TAPE (THEIR VERSION}
A LIST OF: WHODIDWHATTOWHOM ANO WHEN
SMM INTEGRATION PROCESS
6-60
-------------------
11
TABLE I
DATA STORAGE TECHNOLOGY (by capacity)
MEDIA CAP A CITY {TYPE) {MB)
NINE TRACK TAPE 160
"3480" 200
CD ROM 600
ERASABLE OPTICAL 600
DAT-4MM 1000
DIGITAL PAPER-FLOPPY 1000
8MM 2500
MAGNETIC DISK (lllGHEND) 2700
OPTICAL DISK 3200
VHS (HONEYWELL) 5200
19MM (SONY) 100,000
DIGITAL PAPER - TAPE 1,000,000
6-61
DATARATE (MB/S)
. 0.3 - 1.5
3.0 - 4.5
0.15
0.6 - 0. "1
0.18 - 0.25
l.1 .08 - 0.25
3.0 - 4.5
0.12 - 0.35
2.0 - 4.0
1.3 - 32.0
3.0
1.
REFERENCES
Digital Storage Technology Handbook, Digital Equipment Corporation, 1989 P. 6-1 Note: Thia is a generally useful and readable book for a general understanding of various computing technologies.
2. Data Sources Hardware, 1st Edition, Vol. 1, Zitt-Davis, N.Y., N.Y. (1990)
3. Digital Storage Technology Handbook P .6-25.
4. "Nearline" is a trademark of Storage Technology Corporation.
5. Digital Storage Technology Handbook, P. 6-11, 12
6. Tom Williama, "Computer Desitm", Vol. 28, NR 1 {April 1, 1989)
7. Brian Deagon, "Electronic News", P. 17 (March 5, 1990)
s. mm
9. Tom Williams, "Computer Design"
10. Doug Chandler, "PC Week", Vol. 5, NR 33 (August 15, 1988)
JOP:bf
6-62
-------------------
USE OF UNIX IN LARGE ONLINE PROCESSOR FARMS
Joseph R. Biel Fermilab, Batavia, Illinois 60510
ABSTRACT
There has been a recent rapid increase in the power of RISC computers running the UNIX operating system. Fermilab has begun to make use of these computers in the next generation of offline computer farms. It is also planning to use such computers in online computer farms. Issues involved in constructing online UNIX farms are discussed.
INTRODUCTION
There is an increasing trend in high energy physics experiments in the direction of using online farms of general purpose computers. "General purpose" as it is used here r~fers to a computer that can be programmed in a high level language (i.e. FORTRAN) with essentially the same ease as an offline analysis computer. These online farms are used as a final filtering step to reduce the rate at which data is written to tape. The purpose of this paper is to discuss some of the issues involved in running the UNIX operating system in these general purpose computers. I will first discuss some reasons for using general purpose computers in online farms. Next I will give t~e reasons for running UNIX on such farms. Finally, I will discuss some recent work performed at Fermilab that relates to online UNIX farms.
ONLINE FARMS OF GENERAL PURPOSE COMPUTERS
The main argument for using general purpose computers online is the ease of use they offer in the preparation of the online program. A general purpose computer allows the use of a well known high level language, such as FORTRAN, for writing the online algorithms. This makes it possible for online algorithms to be discussed with the entire experimental collaboration in terms of FORTRAN code instead of some arcane language, such as microcode.- Online farms are usually targeted to be used as a final filtering step. In this situation, the filtering program running in each online computer has access to the entire set of data for each event. Because the entire event data is available, the online filtering program operates with essentially the same information that the offline analysis program has. If the online computers are general purpose computers, the program they run can be written in a manner similar to that used to write the offline program. The division between what is
6-63
done online verses what is done offline can be made very flexible. An experiment can start its run with little or no event filtering being done online. After filtering algorithms have been fully tested offline, the filtering code can then be moved online. As offline filtering techniques are improved, an improved form of online filtering can be performed. The transfer of code between an offline computer and an online farm is especially easy if the online farms have been built using the same processor chip that is used in the offline analysis computers. This is not a requirement, but it should increase the confidence that any online filtering is executing the same algorithm that has been tested offline.
UNIX ONLINE FARMS
In the above discussion, I have defined a general purpose computer in part as one that can be programmed "with essentially the same ease as an offline analysis computer". A significant contribution to the ease of programming a computer is due _to the operating system environment that the computer provides. In order to meet the goal of an online farm of fully general purpose computers, a full operating system should be provided. In particular, the programs should have the usuaj FORTRAN access to disk files and terminal input/output. This allows program development to be done for an online farm the same way it is done for an offline computer. Initialization data files can be read from ordinary disk files using FORTRAN OPEN and READ statements. Programs can be debugged on the actual farm hardware by running a normal terminal session with a symbolic debug8er. Virtual memory paging should be supported so that an occaisional need for a large amount of memory does not hit a restrictive physical memory limit. If a program crashes, the operating system can make its usual crash dump file. The crash dump file can then be examined later with a crash dump analysis program. The farm hardware and software should allow peripheral connections to be made over a network. Serial connections can be established with a network utility such as Telnet, and disk connections can be established with network mechanisms such as NFS and ftp. For processors that share the same high speed bus (e.g. VME) the network connection can be made directly over that bus. For processors that do not share such a bus, a network connection can be established over Ethernet.
There are some potential disadvantages to running a full operating system on the online processors. First, the processor modules will be som-!what more expensive because they may need more hardware features to run the operating system. These features range from the simple (i.e. perhaps an onboard time-of-day clock chip) to the complex (e.g. a disk controller and Ethernet controller). Second, more memory will be needed to hold the operating system. Third, the booting of the
6-64
------------
------
3
farm is likely to be more complex with a full operating system. Fourth, the operating system itself must be "ported" to the processor board. This includes getting the appropriate license for the operating system.
FERMILAB UNIX WORK
Recently the Fermilab Computer Research and Development Department (formerly the ACP group) has done some work that demonstrates how hard it would be to construct an online farm of RISC computers running UNIX. Most of the work reported below has been done by Computer R&D Department members Mark Fischler and Mike Isely. The work was done in the process of developing support software for a VME computer module that was being developed by the department. This module, called the ACP /R3000, is based on the MIPS Computer Systems R3000 RISC microprocessor. The work done falls into four categories. First, UNIX was ported to the ACP /R3000. Second, interprocessor communication mechanisms were implemented. Third, a special version of UNIX, called "diskless UNIX", was prepared that allows construction of farms of mostly "diskless" ACP /R3000 modules. Fourth, some tools were developed to support online use of UNIX on the ACP/R3000.
UNIX Port; The first step was to port UNIX to the module. This was greatly aided by the fact that a version of UNIX for the R3000 microprocessor had already been developed by MIPS. A source license for that version of UNIX was purchased and the necessary changes made to it. The changes involved were primarily due to the different VME access mechanism used by the ACP /R3000. Changes were made to approximately 40 of the approximately 1000 source files that make up UNIX. This took about six months time for two (very good) people to complete. This included the time for them to learn about UNIX, both from reading books about the subject and from studying the UNIX source files. ·
lnter.proc:essor Communkation; The next step was to implement an interprocessor communication mechanism. This was needed to provide network connections with the processor and as a preliminary step toward the implementation of "diskless" UNIX described below. Interprocessor communication (Figure 1) was implemented first by constructing a device driver that could transfer a block of data to or from a range of VME addresses. Because the memory of each ACP /R3000 is accessible over VME, this device driver allows one processor to read or write the memory of another processor. This device driver was then used to allow "IP" packets (i.e. the lower level part of the TCP /ll' protocol) to be transfered between processors. The result was an implementation of standard network mechanisms over the VME bus between ACP /R3000
6-65
4
modules. Thus, for example, NFS disk references could then be made between processors over VME.
piskless UNIX; The next step was to allow farms of mostly "diskless" processors to be constructed. The idea here was to allow an entire crate of ACP /R3000 modules to boot UNIX from a single disk. Ordinarily, each VME processor module running UNIX would boot from
Disk file read/write
I Ftle
System
I NFS
Telnet Ftp
Interprocessor memory-to-memory
transfer
,-----i-----------~..!~i:,net
UDP TCP
I I I
IP
----------- -----t-J ----------~ r---~~ .....
Disk· device driver
Ethernet device driver
VME device driver
Figure 1. Interprocessor communication paths
its own disk. This would require as many disks as there are processor modules. This is not only expensive but also mostly unnecessary. In a typical use of an online farm, each processor will, in the steady state, run a memory resident program with no need to use a disk file for virtual
6-66
------------
------
5
memory paging or reading disk files. A_ccess to a disk is needed only for booting UNIX and starting up the online application program. This means that the disk 1/0 bandwith needs of each processor are small. It is, therefore, acceptable to have a single disk shared between many processors. At Fermilab, we have achieved this by producing a "diskless" version of UNIX.
This diskless version of UNIX works in the following way. One processor in each VME crate boots UNIX by using a VME disk controller module to read UNIX froni. a disk. This processor, called the "boot server" (Figure 2) also connects with a VME Ethernet controller module when it boots so it has access to all other computers on Ethernet. The boot server then writes a copy of the UNIX kernel into the memory of each of the other processors in the VME crate (which are called "diskless processors"). The boot server then starts each of the diskless nodes running. Each diskless node then uses NFS file reads over VME (which are serviced by the boot server) to complete its UNIX boot. Once a diskless node has complete booting, it is in full network communication to the boot server (over VME) and to any processors on Ethernet (over VME to the boot server which acts as a network gateway). Thus, for example, anyone logged onto a computer attached to Ethernet may Telnet to any of the nodes in the crate and logon. The crate is essentially a network of UNIX processors with VME taking the place of the more common Ethernet network connection. The diskless processors also use the boot server for any virtual memory paging that they require. Of course, there is a potential bottleneck if too many network requests are made by the diskless nodes to the boot server. As long as the steady state online process running in each processor is memory resident and does not read disk files, this is not an issue. If an abnormal condition is detected by an online process, the full power of UNIX (virtual memory paging, disk file references, symbolic debuggers, crash dumps, etc.) are available. If one processor has a problem, it can be probed by logging on to it over the network and this will have minimal impact on the other running processors.
Online Tools; Finally, some tools were constructed to support online use of UNIX on the ACP /R3000. Two important examples of these tools are a set of UNIX system calls for physical memory mapping and the implementation of a fast interrupt service mechanism.
Memory Mappin&: First, a set of UNIX system calls was written that provides a way for an ordinary UNIX process to map a range of its virtual memory space to a fixed range of physical addresses. This mapping will not be changed by UNIX if virtual memory paging or process swapping occurs. A process can establish such a mapping and then communicate its physical address to an event builder. The event builder can then pass a stream of events to the prt"'cess by placing them in the buffer. Because the ACP /R3000 has a window to the VME bus that appears as a range of
6-67
6
physical addresses, a process can also use the system calls to establish a memory mapped window to the VME bus.
Fast Interrupt Service; An issue of great concern to online applications of a processor is the interrupt service time. The version of UNIX for the ACP /R3000 allows implementation of a fast, simple interrupt service routine. This was done by adding a new system call to the the UNIX kernel. By using this call, an interrupt service routine can be
ACP/R3000
• • v • M E
ACP/R3000
Boot server r - - - - - - - - - -, ACP/R3000 I
I
Disk controller Disk
Ethernet controller
Ethernet
Figure 2. Mostly "diskless" UNIX farm
attached to an interrupt. Using this mechanism, the minimum time to service an interrupt is approximately 5 microseconds.
6-68
-------------------
...,. '
CONCLUSIONS
A fully supported general purpose computer has a great many potential advantages for use in an online processor farm. The combination of UNIX with a high performance RISC processor makes an attractive candidate for building online farms. The work that the Fermilab Computer Research and Development Department has done in porting UNIX to its ACP /R3000 VME processor module has explored many of issues involved in constructing a successful online farm.
6-69
COOPERATIVE PROCESSES SOFIW ARE (CPS)
Chip Kaliher Fermi National Accelerator Laboratory
Batavia, IL
ABSTRACT
CPS is a package of software tools for splitting a computational task, called a job, among a set of processes distributed over one or more processors. It is designed to function as a tool for solving computing problems which require many computing cycles per I/0 byte, and is well suited for computing platforms consisting of "farms" of processors, operating in parallel. This paper describes three essential features of CPS: data transfers between cooperating processes, remote subroutine calls, and process queues.
INTRODUCTION
CPS is a software product developed by the Computing R&D Department (formerly known as the ACP Dept) at Fermilab. It is a package of software tools that make it easy to split a computational task, called a job, among a set of processes, operating on one or more processors. Apart from considerations of execution speed, the processes operate identically executing on one single processor, or on multiple processors. Each process executes its own private copy of the user's program. See Figure 1.
CPS is designed to function as a software tool for solving a certain class of computing problems, especially those which require many computing instructions and operations per I/O byte. The software is most useful for problems in which there is a "course granularity" (event parallelism) of the input data, and is well suited for computing platforms consisting of farms of processors, operating in parallel.
Much HEP event reconstruction computing is done using offline RISC-based processor farms, running various flavors of the UNIX operating system. Typically, these problems consist of many independent, uncorrelated physics events, (>200 GB), and often require more raw computing capacity than. is available in a single "box." The necessity of using multiple processors of course implies the use of multiple processes, (at least one process per processor). Multiple processes can be configured independently or can be either loosley or tightly coupled (Figures 2, 3, 4). Topology C often has several advantages over Topology A and/or Topology B. Fewer external media are required. It is considerably easier to manage. It is also faster and more efficient,
6-70
-------------------
-·
-·
2
since there are fewer data moves, and the number of processes in each class can be optimized for each problem. Finally, it is integrated. All the processors function as a single, logical compute server, working together on a problem.
Compute Server
8 • • • 8 c 0 m p Compute Server m r u 0 n t i 0 c c 8 • • • 8 a 0 t 1 • i s • 0 • n
Compute Server
8 • • • 8 Figure 1. CPS Process Distribution
Topology C is often referred to as the cannonical event reconstruction example. There are three classes or ranks of processes. All processes within a class run the same program. The class 1 process gets an input event from some external media (e.g. Smm tape), then dequeues a class 2 process from the ready queue. Next, the class 1 process transfers the event data from its own virtual address space, to the address space of the class 2 process. Finally, the class 1 process issues a remote subroutine call to the class 2 process, causing the latter to perform the computing operations necessary to reconstruct the event. As part of the call, the class 2 process is directed to place itself on the done queue when the remote subroutine call completes.
6-71
Input Tape
Output Tape
Input Tape
Output Tape
•
3
•
Figure 2. Topology A
CPS EXAMPLE
•
Input Tape
Output Tape
The class 1 process repeats this sequence of operations: get an input event, dequeue a class 2 process, transfer the data, call a remote subroutine, until the supply of input events has been exhausted, at which point it will initiate the end-of-job operations (summation, histogramming, etc). If it is unable to dequeue a class 2 process at any point during the job, (the ready queue is empty), the class 1 process simply waits until a class 2 process become available. The class 2 processes receive blocks of eve."\t data, reconstruct the event, then enter the done queue, as directed by the class 1 process. The class 3 process dequeues a class two process from the done queue, then transfers the reconstructed event data from the latter's virtual address space to its own. It re-queues the class 2 process back to the ready queue, then puts the reconstructed event data onto some external output medium (8mm tape). The class 3 process repeats this sequence of operations: dequeue a class 2 process, transfer the data, re-queue the class 2 process, write the output reconstructed event, until it encounters an end-of-queue condition, signalling the end-of-job. At the start of each job, after performing all the required declaration and initialization functions, all the processes in the job synchronize with each other, to establish reliable cooperation.
CPSTOOIS
Each CPS process calls routines for initialization and declaration. A process first calls the acp_init routine, to establish the necessary communication links, initialize local variables, etc. If a process will serve as a source or destination of data for block transfers between cooperating processes, the process must call acp_dedare_block, specifying the address,
6-72
--.J
-------
-------
-- length in bytes, and the block number for each transferrable data block in the process virtual address space. If the process will be placed on process queues, it must call the acp_declare_queue routine, specifying the queue number, and optional queue arguments, for each process queue on which the process may be placed. U the process will function as a server, allowing other processes to issue remote subroutine calls to its local routines, it must call the routine, acp _declare_subroutine, specifying the entry point address, the remote subroutine number, the number of arguments, and their individual byte counts, for each of the process local routines which will be remotely callable. Lastly, each CPS process calls acp_sync, to allow all processes in all job classes to complete their various individual process declarations, before real cooperative processing begins.
A process which will function as the destination of a block transfer could declare the destination of the transfer as follows:
integer•4 destina tion(l 000)
call acp _declare_block(destination,4000,23) .
where 4000 is the length in bytes of the destination block, and 23 is a unique number that another process can use to refer to that block. ·Another process could send a block of data as follows:
integer•4 source(lOOO)
call acp _send(process,source,4000,23,0)
where process is the number of the process to which the data is to be sent, 4000 is the number of bytes to be sent, 23 is the number of the block where the data will be sent, and 0 is the offset within the destination block where the first byte of the transfered data is placed. A server process could place itself on a process queue as follows:
call acp_declare_queue(ACPSTHIS_PROCESS,27)
where X1 is the queue number. A client process could dequeue the server process as follows:
call acp _dequeue_process(process,27)
where process is a return argument which will contain the process number of the dequeued process when the call completes and X1 is the queue number from which the process is to be dequeued. A server process could declare a remote subroutine as follows:
6-73
program server external x
call acp_declare_subroutine(x,73,2, 4,4)
call acp_service_calls end
subroutine x integer•4 a, b
re tum end
where x is the remote subroutine which is declared, 73 is a unique number that another process can use to refer to that subroutine, and there are two arguments, each 4 bytes long. A client process could call the remote subroutine as follows:
call acp_call(process,action,73,a,b)
where process is the process number of the server process, action is wait, no-wait, or a queue number, 73 is the number of the remote subroutine which is called, and a and bare the arguments.
JOB MANAGER
The Job Manager reads the user's job desaiption file (JDF) at the start of the job. This file specifies the number of processes to be created in each job class, the name /location of the program which the processes in each class will run, and the type of processor on which the processes in each class are to be created. The Job Manager starts all the required processes, creates and manages the process queues required by the job, and provides 1/0 services (tape mounts, etc). The Job Manager moniton each process in the job (Figure 5), and stops all the processes at the end of the job.
HARDWARE
CPS is supported on MIPS MSOO and M120 systems, and also on Silicon Graphics SGI 4D/xxx systems. It has been test ported to DEC VAX/VMS, DEC ULTRIX, SUN and Apollo systems.
6-74
---
-----' --------
Class 1
--
cas52
-· -·
Cass3
.....
File
'J
Input Tape
Input Tape
Figure 3. Topology B
6-75
Class 1
Oass2
Oass3
... I
Input Tape
Output Tape
Figure 4. Topology C
6-76
---
--_,_
--
--
--"
-
Oassl
--
Oass2
- Oass3
-
Job Manager Process
• • •
Output Tape
Figure 5. Job Manager
6-77
Fermilab's High Performance Parallel Computer for Lattice Gauge Physics
-ACP~Slntroduction
Quantum Chromodynamics <QCD) is the theory of the strong force that holds nuclei as well as their constituent nucleons together. Understanding the behavior of strongly interacting particles in the QCD theory requires numerical calculations using Monte Carlo methods within a framework known as lattice gauge theory. Lattice gauge calculations are very successfully addressed using explicit parallel computing approaches and goal directed integration of large systems. Fennilab has developed a grid oriented parallel computer that is now running physics at 5 GFlops (peak). This machine, known as ACPMAPS, is presently based on 256 processors using the Weitek XL chip set.
Test versions of a new processor module have been running since early this year. This new module contains two Intel 860s. The plan is to replace the Weitek based modules to produce a 50 GFlop (peak) system this summer. The new machine will support all existing code without change.
The connectabillty of ACl'MAPS (at 20 Mbytes/ channel) is denser than a hypercube. In the Fermilab installation, cross bar switch back plane crates each contain about 8 processors. The crates are connected in fully connected planes of 9 crates. The full system contains 4 planes connected together at each of the 9 points of the plane.
Programming is in C, with explicit parallelism directives supported by CANOPY, a top level language that allows physicists to think in terms of sites, and fields on sites, which are then automatically mapped onto whatever hardware structure is being used. CANOPY has been ported to a large number of platforms and is becoming a lingua franca of lattice gauge physics.
ACl'MAPS is a very high performance computer with potential applications beyond lattice gauge physics calculations to all grid oriented problems. It was designed and built as a joint effort between the Fermilab Computer R&D Department (formerly the Advanced Computer Program> of the Computing Division and the Fennilab Theory Department.
6-78
---
-----....
------
-
Fen:nilab•s High Performance Parallel Computer for Lattice Gauge Physics
ACPMAPS Hardware
ACPMAPS is a multiprocessor computer with hundreds of individual processor modules that can work in parallel on a single problem. It uses an innovative scheme for communication between its constituent processors. The conne_ctivity can be thought of as similar to a modem telephone switching network, but at much higher speeds. Each processor module resides in one of the sixteen slots of a Bus Switch Backplane module <BSB) which takes on a role analogous to a local telephone exchange. The BSB allows a processor in one BSB to make a "point-to-point" connection with a processor in any other BSB slot. Once a connection has been established, the processor that initiated the connection can read and write the memory of the other processor at a rate of 20 megabytes per second. The time to establish a connection is only a few micro seconds.
Up to eight pairs of processors may communicate simultaneously thus providing an aggregate communication of 160 megabytes per second within the crate. An additional module, the Bus Switch Interface Board (BSIB), provides a mechanism for communicating between BSBs. A BSIB in one crate can be connected via twisted-pair cables to a BSIB in another BSB. This provides a 20 megabyte per second link between the two BSB slots like a long distance call. The ACPMAPS computer makes extensive use of BSIB modules -approximately one half of all BSB slots are filled with BSIBs. This patented switch hardware allows systems to be interconnected in a large variety of ways with specific configurations optimized for the type of calculation to be performed. In the Fermilab installation, targeted at lattice gauge, the system is set up as 4 fully connected 3 x 3 planes of crates, as described above.
ACPMAPS also contains a highly parallel 1/0 subsystem. Approximately one half of the BSBs have one of their slots connected to a VME crate which in tum provides a connection to a SCSI bus. Each SCSI bus contains two 676 megabyte disk drives and two Exabyte 8mm tape drives (up to two gigabytes of storage per tape).
ACPMAPS Software
A powerful software environment is an important and innovative part of the system. CANOPY is designed to support computing for grid oriented problems that map onto a "lattice" - a set of "sites", each of which has a set of neighboring sites. For example, a three dimensional grid is a lattice where the set of sites is the set of all points where the grid lines cross. The calculations performed by Fermilab and collaborating physicists make use of a four-dimensional space-time lattice to perform calculations of the Quantum Chromodynamics theory of the strong force. When running lattice gauge software under CANOPY, ACPMAPS typically performs at the high level of about 30~ of its peak GFLOPS rating. All user programming is in C, with certain Canopy kemels in assembler. A computer with the architecture of ACPMAPS is also an effective computing platform for a wider range of scientific problems.
6-79
page 2
...
F~ilab'1 High Performance Parallel Computer for ~ttice Gauge Physics
Summary of Existing ACPMAPS
Aggregate Performance 5 GFLOPS <peak> 2,500 Megabytes of memory 22.000 Megabytes of disk space 64,000 Megabytes of tape drive capadty
Constituent Parts 256 processors (each using the Weitek Xl..8032 three-chip microprocessor) 36 Bus Switch Backplane crates 271 Bus Switch Interface Boards 32 disk drives 32 tape drives
6-80
page 3
Ffl11lilab'1 High Performance Parallel Computer for uttice G•uge Physics
--ACPMAPS Upgrade Progress
A new ACPMAPS processor module has been designed. Each processor module contains two 40 ·MHz Intel 860 microprocessors. The processor has been designed to retain compatibility with the existing BSB/BSIB communications mechanism. The plan is to remove the existing processor modules from ACPMAPS and replace them with new proceuor modules. No changes will need to be made to the body of physics application programs that have already been written for ACPMAPS. The CANOPY software will need a small number of changes to adapt it for the new processor, but these changes will be invisible to the ACPMAPS user community.
The upgraded ACPMAPS will have ten times the computing power of the original ACPMAPS - the ability to perform at a peak rate of SO CFLOPS. Test versions of the new processor have been in operation since January. The upgrade is scheduled for completion this summer.
Summary of Upgraded ACPMAPS
Aggregate Performance 50 CFLOPS <peak> 5,000 MBytes of memory (will be expanded to 20,000 Megabytes) 22,000 Megabytes of disk space 64,000 Megabytes of tape drive capacity
Constituent Parts 306 processors (each containing two 40 Mhz Intel 860 microprocesson) 36 Bus Switch Backplane crates 271 Bus Switch Interface Boards 32 disk drives 32 tape drives
6-81
page 4
l't1'1'URJ: DATA ACQOXSXTXOH AllCllXTEC'.rtnU:S
Vicky White Fe:cm.i National Accelerator Laboratory, Batavia, IL 60510
ABS TRAC'.r
Architecture is an overused and ill-defined term. This paper discusses the architecture of future data acquisition systems in t•%2DS of a Science of buildinq such systems. We examine some of the projects which are in proqress and which may enable us to build data acquisition systems more scientifically. In particular we review work on modellinq and simulation and examine some ideas for Level 2 Triqqerinq and Event buildinq, which are both novel and particularly suitable for comparative studies between simulation and reality. We discuss some of the lessons learned from current data acquisition systems, which can hopefully become architectural principles for future data acquisition systems.
OVERVXEW
This paper will be divided into five main sections. - "Architecture - Art or Science?" will cover a discussion of
what we mean by architecture. We will discuss how systems are traditionally built, takinq into account the requirements and constraints on them. The need to develop tools and techniques to introduce a more scientific approach into the desiqn process will be stressed.
- "Generic Architectures Overview" will cateqorize, at the hiqhest, most abstract level, current, ssc-vorkinq-qroup-proposed and. other possible future data acquisition systems.
- "Modelling and Simulation" will discuss various projects in HEP where system desiqn and simulation tools are beinq tried out.
- "Future Architectures - Software desiqn" will address tools and ideas relevant to software architecture. "Future Architectures - Explorinq the Technoloqy" will examine a few projects where multi-microprocessor desiqn for level 2 triqqerinq and event buildinq are beinq explored, results of which could impact architectural decisions for future data acquisition systems.
All'.r OR SCXDCS?
Archi.t•ctur•: What is it? The word architecture is loosely used in hiqh enerqy physics
today in numerous contexts. Frequently the overall topoloqy of the components of an experiment data acquisition system is incorrectly referred to as the data acquisition architecture. Aspects of the data acquisition process which are illuminated by such an "architecture" description are the actual choice of components, their physical interconnection media, and the flow of data through the main datapath from detector to tape. Althouqh these are indeed important and fundamental to the data acquisition process, they do not constitute an architecture.
6-82
My interpretation of architecture calls for a framework and a set of rules throuqh which the entire data acquisition process can be described abstractly. Such an architectural description provides sufficient information to constrain the hardware components into a specific topoloqy and to describe the data flow. It also provides the qroundrules for monitorinq and control access to the detectors, for construction of any one component (hardware or software), and for inteqration of all components, into a system. What an architectural description must do is brinq out those features which are both necessary and sufficient to define and constrain all the components of the data acquisition system. The architectural description must be the delineator between matters of taste and preference and matters of essence, which if not adhered to, destroy some aspect of the overall data acquisition system. 'l'he havoc caused by components which do not adhere to the architectural description ranqes from simply not functioninq, when put toqether with all the other components in the system, to creatinq an annoyance in software, (for example because the bits in one hardware component are numbered from 1 instead of from 0) .
Architecture: hierarchica1 The data acquisition architecture is clearly then a
heirarchical concept. In the same way as a structured analysis of a system, or process, starts from a simple context diaqram and descends to increasinqly more detailed levels of "bubbles"; architectural descriptions contain key concepts and rules in a heirarchy. As one desc,nds throuqh the levels of description the difference between an architectural constraint, an arbitrary standard to be imposed and the choice of a specific technoloqy becomes blurred. Th• line between architecture and detailed system and component specification becomes difficult to draw. Basic rules about whether components are to be interconnected by point to point links, busses, rinqs or meshes are architectural considerations at the hiqhest level. Specification of the manner in which data is to be passed from one component to another may be made an architectural decision at the hiqhest level. Take, for example, the data flow in the Aleph experiment, where throuqhout the system each data collectinq component riqorously obeys a protocol of collectinq data from subordinate components on demand, then waitinq for data to be collected from it by a superior component C 1 l • Alternatively, the architectural description at the hiqhest level may pei:m.it a variety of data collection protocols to exist, each themselves part of an architectural description at some level. Electing to write all online and data acquisition software in a particular lanquaqe, is clearly not an •architectural• decision at the hiqhest level. However, electinq to design and write all software in the system usinq object oriented techniques could well be described as such.
Architecture: th• essence enough, but not too much.
The architecture of a system is an expression of a heirarchy of characteristics which are enouqh to capture the essential and comnon features, but not normally so detailed and explicit as to restrict component choices, hardware or software, to only one possible solution. As we move into the era of desiqninq experiments for the SSC and LHC it will become essential to
6-83
understand the architectural description of a system. There are an enormous number of questionmarks for future data acquisition systems - the role of busses and which ones, point-to-point links and networks?; what technology will be available?; how much will HEP be able to qet from industry and how much will require HEP specific development?; beinq just a few of them. This is as it should be for an endeavor on the timescale of the year 2000. It will be our ability to extract the essence, or architecture, of our systems, which will enable us to start workinq on the DAO systems in enouqh time to meet the enocnous challenqe of buildinq them, yet to postpone until later decisions on technoloqy. We must also be able to modify our systems, based on our evolvinq understandinq.
Bu~1clinq syst ... : &11 art A larqe number of existinq data acquisition systems have been
put toqether without much architectural consideration. Specific technoloqy and specific components have often driven desiqn decisions. Afterwards (often when a need to upgrade a system emerqes) some key abstract characteristics can be understood and the architecture of the system thus seen.
Webster's dictionary actually defines architecture as "The Art gr Science of building" We have historically treated the buildinq of a data acquisition system as an Art. For the future, we will need to treat it as a Science.
TOWARDS A SCIENCE OF DESIGNING DAQ SYSTEMS
Requ~r ... nt• &Ad Constra~nts: Design of a data acquisition system must take into account a
multitude of requirements for performance and usability. The Physics qoals of the experiments clearly drive the other requirements and dictate such factors as:
o number of channels of data o triqqer rates and reductions o total data throuqhput o total processinq power needed
which couple with other requirements dictated by physical, practical, or socioloqical needs such as:
o ability to partition the system o ability to diaqnose failures o fault tolerance of system or components o radiation hardness requirements o control and calibration needs o component optimization o scalability of the system o adaptability of the system to qrowth/chanqe o system initialization o software usability and maintainability
Which of these requirements are essential, which just important (and how important) are often fouqht over, but rarely quantified in any way.
The common constraints on the desiqn of the data acquisition system. such as cost, complexity, the number of links physically reasonable, the ability to distribute timinq siqnals, the total time to implement the system, the technoloqy available, the feasibility of developinq new technoloqy, the uniformity, the
6-84
amount of software needed to support the hardware, the suitability of alqorit~ for parallelization, etc. are difficult to quantify and apply. Overdesiqn of one component, at considerable cost and complexity is commonplace, only to find the cost and capabilities are wasted since the whole system is limited in some way by underdesiqn of some other component. Such a lack of qlobal balancinq of requirements and constraints on the system can be expensive, even disastrous, for an experiment. However for SSC and LHC experiments a lack of systemwide balance will involve huqe expense or delay. An inability to extract the essence of the system, in terms of architectural decisions, miqht render the system obsolete before it is even built and inoperable once it is built.
Sy•t:- Bnqineerinq: tools and technique• What we can do now, in terms of future data acquisition
architectures, is to develop the tools and techniques which will enable us to use, evaluate, and inteqrate the technoloqy available. Modellinq and simulation tools and techniques can help us both to understand the essence of a data acquisition system desiqn (i.e. the true architecture) and to quantify the process of balancinq requirements and constraints. We will review several projects where work in modellinq and simulation is beinq done. Software enqineerinq tools, use of standards and adoption of particular software desiqn strateqies will also help us in understandinq and usinq an overall software architecture in a system and we will discuss briefly some activities in this area. But first, let us take a look at the very hiqhest level of data acquisition system architecture and see what architectural decisions are thouqht to be understood for SSC/LHC experiments.
G•HRIC "llCBITJ:CTtJUS" OVJ:J\VIEW
Part:it:ioned dataflow (often tr•• structured) Considerinq only the flow of data from the detector to
processinq elements and recordinq media (the primary function of the data acquisition system), at the hiqhest level of abstraction almost all of today's data acquisition systems are architecturally identical to the system shown in Fiqure 1. The event qatherinq element, or network, is frequently a tree structure of connected components throuqh which data is passed to a final event builder component. It may be as simple as a sinqle crate containinq the front-end diqitizinq elements and a crate controller for 'event buildinq'. It may be as complex as a hundred or more crates of fastbus networked toqether in a tree structure.
Fixed subsets of one or more detector channels always pass· alonq the same part of the data flow path. They are collected toqether and pass, either in parallel or sequentially, throuqh an event gatherinq element, from which complete constructed events emerqe in a sinqle stream. From there they may be fanned out into multiple streams, either for processinq or data recordinq. The CDF, (2} Aleph,Cll Delphi (3} and L3 C4J data acquisition systems and almost all Fixed Tarqet experiments at Fermi.lab have a data flow architecture of this type.
6-85
OEIECICRS
Fixea SUOMts ot detector cnannets
e.g. Trn network Qt Fastbus crates
Final Event Builder
Single 1nam ot wtlole evenm to tunl'ler co"""91• events p,_.. MO NCIOl'CI on
tape (fanning out to parallel processors. 11 neceuary)
Fiqu~e 1.
Data Flow: bottlenecks From any view other than the hiqhest level of abstraction, the
data flow architecture differs considerably between experiments, in details of the control of the data flow and in whether data is pushed or pulled from one component (or set of components) to the next. This qeneric partitioned data flow architecture has a built-in bottleneck in the data flow - at the final event builder component. In most cases one finds, however, that the bottlenecks are not related to the data flow architecture, but rather to the technoloqy of individual components in the system. They can be anywhere from the front end diqitizer to the recordinq medium.
Parallel Event Builder: This classic data flow architecture has evolved, for hiqher
throuqhput, into one where parallel streams of subevents emerqe from the event qatherinq element as multiple parallel streams of whole events as shown in Fiqure 2. Each of these parallel streams of whole events may be further processed, and fanned out still more if necessary, before beinq recorded. The Fe.anilab E791 experiment is an example of this type of parallel event builder data flow, as is the OPAL experiment, at least in its desiqn. There is much discussion of what the optimal implementation for the parallel event builder element should be: A switch of some sort, crossbar switch, barrel shifter, heirarchy of switches, shared memory, network or mesh of processors for some mix of triqqerinq and event buildinq? •switches• in use today in experiments (e.q. E791) use shared memory and backplane busses to implement the switch. A barrel shifter is beinq constructed at Fermilab as part of an SSC funded research and development project [SJ [6] ·
6-86
F1xea IUOUIEI :f Clel-Cl'lanne11
PARAU.B..&VENT GAnERING:
e.g. Swilall. 8- Sllilllr.
MierWaly Of - at - 1111119rw si.w....._, w ....... -Trigglr- - ...., 111111
1 1 wnote-1111ur111er P---on ~---'•""'"9 Out Ill Parwlel p--., ot n_..,.,
riqur• 2.
SSC Generic DAQ Architecture: A series of SSC workshops and workinq qroups, held over the
past couple of years, have been considerinq data acquisition architecture for the SSC. The qeneric "architecture" which has emerqed (and has chanqed little over the cast 2 years) is shown in Fiquro 3.
.. ........... 1.
~- ••'-1•'
.......... '
.,._ -Piiier
••• -----
, ... -
ll•tHe . .. , ... ···-· -riqure 3.
6-87
It is almost exactly the parallel event builder architecture described above, at least for the data flow. Other key architectural features include an analoq pipeline buffer for the front ends and a new standard in readout architecture, as illustrated in Figure 4. The role of traditional busses such as Fastbus and VME, and emerqinq busses such as Futurebus+[7] is still unclear, relative to point to point links and interconnects such as the Scalar Coherent Interconnect (SCI) [8 J • There are enormous challenqes in implementinq data acquisition systems with the very demandinq triqqer timinqs and reduction rates envisaqed, which far exceed those of existinq experiments. Great uncertainties still exist in the event rate and event size expected.
Readout Architecture
Old 'Standard' New 'Standard" +
+ .._ -o ....... Oll'tilM
·-· ..... c- -- ·- ·-
CAMACNME/FASTBUS
rJ.gur• 4.
Radica1 Data F1ov Architectures: Little thouqht appears to have been qiven, as yet, to treating
these extremely hiqh rate, hiqh luminosity experiments totally differently (in te~ of their data acquisition system), to any of the above.
Replicated DAQ systems: Cominq out of LHC/ECFA workinq qroup discussions I have at least seen mentioned the possibility of multiple replicated data acquisition systems. Instead of a fixed subset of detector channels always passinq alonq the same part of the data path, data from. an individual detector channel may follow one of many data paths, each data path beinq input to a complete data acquisition system. See Fiqure S for a simple-minded illustration of this. Each of the OAQ systems would then only have to be clocked at a rate more comparable with today's systems.
Dynamic Routinq Networked DAO systems: Our whole concept of triqqerinq and "events" may yet have to be revisited. The taqqed data (timestamped, or RF taqqed) could be dynamically routed throuqh a network of switches and processors say, never actually beinq assembled into a "complete" event, as we now know it.
6-88
Instead, the appropriately tagged data would be processed by trigger processors throughout the network, with data rejection then ta.king place and an eventual database of relevant tagged data objects being recorded, for further analysi~.
DETECTORS
lndividuaJ detectar channels go to each of the DAO systems
l'iqure 5.
I.eaaona we have learned: The SSC DAQ working group has also tried to extract some
general principles, based on our experiences with today's data acquisition systems. Amongst these are : 1) Control of the data flow should be separate from the data flow. 2) The amount and location of data buffers must be considered
systemwide as well as as part of each individual component or layer.
3) We must pay attention to the partitioning of the system and the ability to commission and test individual detectors and subsystems independently.
4) Much greater parallelism is needed in systems than in the past. Also needed is the ability to scale up the system.
5) A system which contains many and different types of processors and busses is a big software effort.
6) No-one has paid sufficient attention to fault diagnosis in complex systems. We need to build diagnostics into the design from the beginning and also consider fault tolerance.
7) Special purpose processors, with microcode level programming are a great pain. High level languages on all processors are highly desirable.
8) Slow control and monitoring should have a separate path to the main data flow.
Many of these general principles may become guiding architectural principles in SSC/LHC experiment data acquisition design. They will doubtless become extended and refined somewhat in this process.
6-89
MODBLLJ:NG AND Sl:MOLA'l'l:ON
The need for behavioral modellinq of both system and components for SSC and LHC experiment data acquisition systems has been recoqnized by many. Several institutions have chosen a tool called VERILOG-XL, from Gateway systems C 91 (at least until the VHDL standard (101, or somethinq better, is available). Usinq this product, a behavioral description and model of the whole system, from the hiqhest level components down to the qate level, can be written. Simulation of components and systems can also be done. However the tool is not yet well inteqrated with CAE or CASE tools or qraphical human interfaces. Some work on inteqration is beinq done at Fermilab (see below) and further work on this is part of an SSC proposal and project also described below.
Fiqure 6 illustrates the difference (for a hardware, board level, desiqn) between the traditional desiqn process and a desiqn process which uses behavioral description and loqic synthesis. Althouqh VERILOG has an electronics orientation, this does not appear to be a limitation for system level desiqn.
Traditional top-down design flow Design flow using b_ehavioural description and logic synthesis
(I) VERILOG PROJECTS
Cl:D SPARC Co-processor Harchioro, Letheren. was probably the first HEP project usinq VERILOG. A sinqle chip Fastbus Master co-processor to a SPARC processor is beinq desiqned C 11 J • This project has been qoinq for more than a year, and has produced a complete behavioral model of a SPARC processor. The entire system, as shown in Fiqure 7, into which fits the Master module containinq the co-processor chip, is
6-90
described by 11, 000 lines of VERILOG code. VERILOG code is similar to C code and is a formal language for defining parameters and specifying components and their behavior.
Using Verilog to simulate the coprocessor design embedded i11 the sys1e111
Artdll.ary Logic
FASTIUS SEGMEN"f
Muter Module
SPAIC IU
Figure 7
Slave M1Nl11lc
l'BNCIUB Bar sot ti, Booth, Bowden et . al . are simulatinq (and buildinq) a Barrel Shifter Event Builder and the Scalable Open Parallel Architecture into which it fits. They are also workinq on inteqration of VERILOG with other software tools, in particular the Dataviews (12] packaqe for the SUN, and NEXPERT (13) • an expert system, for fault diaqnosis. tJRIVBllSITY 01' ILLINOIS + others (SSC proposal)
Thaler et • al • have plans for system simulations and for the integration of various tools, (CAE, Databases, Hypercard, Loqic synthesis) with VERILOG. (14] A subqroup has successfully simulated the CDF Muon triqqer and data acquisition. Work is proceeding on translatinq models between description and specification lanquaqes. csmt - Van der Bi j, McLaren are simulatinq source and data modules of the Hiqh Performance Parallel Interface (HPPI),ClS] a 100 to 200 MB/Sec point to point link (formerly known as HSC), with a planned fiber extension. In simulating the source and data modules they manaqed to discover inconsistencies in the HPPI specification, which they were able to brinq to the attention of the HPPI standards development qroup. They are also lookinq at the applicability, or adaptability, of commercial HPPI switches, such as those marketed by NSC, CP*, or ANCOR; and are simulating the possibilities. CSBAI' Watson, Jastrsemhski have done behavioral simulations of some elements of their data acquisition system. They have simulated a trigger supervisor
6-91
module, including its interface with the "user" triggers and readout controllers in the system. They have simulated an 8 by 8 array of FIFOs and through this studied the interaction between various data flow control mechanisms and the deadtime and data throughput of the system. They have also performed a single crate data acquisition system simulation in order to study the system buffering needs and effects.
(II) OTHER SYSTEM SIMULATION PROJECTS
I.APP, Annecy Chomel, Perret-Gallix have developed a tool, based on the ADA lanquaqe, to help write system simulations at a functional level, in ADA. This is called PASSADE - Parallel Acquisition System Simulation Aided OEs ign. C 161 It has been used to simulate the L3 data acquisition system. Dlt - Watase et . al . have used an older tool GPSS for data acquisition and electronics design work. They are working with the ENDOT simulation software, from ZYCAD Inc, on a SUN. This is another tool, like VERILOG, which goes from a high level behavioral model through to gate level logic analysis. ZBUS Collaboration are engaged in Trigger, Event Builder and System simulations; mainly using the natural lanquage of the transputer (which is used throughout the ZEUS data acquisition system) OCCAM for the simulation. A paper presented at this conference described work which has been done to make a general tool for simulation, using OCCAM.[17) University of Utrecht Durr, Lourens have developed a simulation and animation environment for designing VMEbus data acquisition systemsC18J. The attempt at abstraction and the use of object oriented design is particularly interesting to note. Smalltalk-SO [19) was used for the implementation. The complex graphical representation (for the animation part) utili~es the object-controller-view model in Smalltalk-SO.
(III) COMPUTER SCIENCE
All of the above are specific examples where HEP or Nuclear science is just starting to look at the tools available for system specification and simulation. There are doubtless other examples which I have missed, but by and large depth and breadth of experience in this field does not exist. A computer science book which I have on my shelf, and have been struggling with·, contains eighteen pages of references (more than 300 citations) related to system design and simulation. Which of the many paradigms and languages may be applicable and useful for studying and specifying data acquisition architecture will take considerable effort and time to discover. It needs to be done nevertheless, rather than having all HEP embrace and settle on the first tool which shows promise. It is for this reason that I have included the small, but different, Ada based simulation project from Annecy.
6-92
I could not include the eighteen pages of citations,· merely the pointer to them. [20]
FtJTtnlE ARCHITECTtnlES SOl'TWARZ DESIGN
(I) C.A.S.E. TOOLS
Just as behavioral modelling and simulation tools can help us to extract and understand the essence, or architecture, of our data acquisition systems, so C.A.S.E tools can help us define the architecture of the data acquisition system's software. Some C .A. S. E. tools allow us to deal hierarchically in abstract concepts, couplinqs and functionality (behavioral description) before descendinq eventually to the level of specific implementation details. C.A.S.E. tools such as lanquaqe sensitive editors, code and module manaqement systems and sophisticated debuqqinq and performance analysis aids are now widely accepted and used in our field, for both online and offline software desiqn and development. Hiqher level tools for software desiqn, however, are only just startinq to be adopted seriously, and then only one particular methodoloqy: that of Structured Analysis, Structured Desiqn (SASD) plus Entity Relation Diaqrams appears to have found favor within HEP. Several institutions and collaborations have used, with varyinq levels of success, the Teamwork product from CADRE Technoloqies • Amonqst users of this tool are the LEP experiments (ALEPH in particular), the DO experiment, the Fermilab Computinq division for its PAN-DA development. Another similar product - Software thru Pictures, from IDE - has started to be adopted in HEP, in the ZEUS collaboration in particular. The latest versions of both of these analysis and desiqn tools include code synthesis ability for lanquaqes such as ADA and c. Because of the tendency in the market for companies in the C.A.S.E and C.A.E. arena to either merqe, takeover or form alliances, there is hope for integration of the above tools with modellinq, simulation, documentation and database tools.
What should be remembered is that SASD is but one particular methodoloqy for helpinq to understand and desiqn software systems. There are many others and HEP would do well to expend some time and enerqy on understandinq what other formalisms may be applicable to its problems. At the last conference in this series there was considerable emphasis on software enqineerinq, formal methods, and the role of computer science in solvinq some of the challenqes of HEP. Below are listed, just as a reminder, a couple of other methodoloqies or notations, which are embodied in commercial software products.
(II) SPECIFICATION LANGUAGES
SDL runctionai Speci~ication and Description L&DCJU&CJ•
The LHC/ECFA workinq qroup is lookinq into possible applications of this description lanquaqe. It is a European standard used in the telecommunications industry. SOL [ 211 provides a lanquage (qraphical and textual) for unambiquous specification and description of the behavior of
6-93
telecommunications systems. For example, it deals with such concepts as
o call processing in switching systems o maintenance and fault treatment o system control o data communication protocols
A tool, ASA-GEODE, is marketed in Europe by a French company call Verilog (no connection to the VERILOG product discussed above). The tool itself provides not only a language for specification, but editing, validation, simulation, cataloging and finally code generation.
TASK MAPS Notation and Siau.lation too.l A totally different notation is that provided by Task Maps,
from Ready Systems Corporation. C 22 l It is a graphic formalism, where Task Maps symbols correspond directly to software elements and operating ·system kernel services, which have well defined behavior. Using this formalism, realtime software can be described and simulated. The Task Maps graphic representation is captured using the CARDtools real-time CASE tools package. A task timing simulation models the timing behavior of Task Maps, based on the behavior of the VRTX32 kernel and its Ada-augmented derivative, ARTX.
(III) PROTECTING THE SOFTWARE INVESTMENT
Now let us suppose that the architecture of the data acquisition system is understood. The fundamental guiding principles (which constitute the architecture) for the software desiqn have been dete~ed and the limitations of technoloqy (or the predicted limitations of technoloqy) and other constraints have been scientifically folded into the architectural decisions. Software can be desiqned, coded, even tested perhaps. What can be done with this software to protect the investment made against the inevitable changes in either the requirements or constraints (and therefore perhaps even the architecture) and the unexpected turns in technoloqy? There are several strategies, which are perhaps relevant to architectural decisions in system software desiqn.
Standards: Following known standards and guessing (correctly) at
future standards is perhaps one of the surest ways to protect th• software investment. Operating system standards (UNIX,POSIX?), Realtime kernel standards (OIUCID), user interface standards CX-windows, MOTIF, Nextstep??) and communications standards all have a role to play. Pro9ramain9 1anqua9e choice:
It is not clear how much the choice of appropriate proqramminq languaqes will help to protect the investment. There is much talk recently of object oriented design and programming. These, if adopted, will certainly help to truly modularize the system and effectively isolate parts of the system one from another. Languages such as C++, objective C and Eiffel are just beginning to enter the consciousness of the HEP community.
6-94
Design explicitly for growth and chanqe: Certain software architectural decisions can be made, which by
their nature plan for and expect growth and chanqe to take place. Remote procedure calls are commonly used and provide
intrinsically for software to be spread across multiple processors, probably of quite different vendor types. CE!Uf (RPC) [23], FERMILAB (RPX) [241 and SUN remote procedure calls are just a few of the implementations already available.
Software developments, such as the PAN-DA system developed at Ferm.ilab, are desiqned explicitly to run on a heteroqenous system of processors. PAN-DA provides software tools aimed at the inteqration of the heteregenous processors into a coherent system. [251
The Software Bus concept is also an attempt at developinq a software architecture, usinq object oriented programm.inq.[26]
EXPLORING TD TZCBHOLOGY
The first and second level ·triqqers are probably those parts of an SSC or LHC experiment data acquisition system which hold the greatest challenges. They may require the qreatest innovation and as such may drive many of the systemwide architectural decisions. We need to look closely outside of HEP to determine what other branches of science or industry have tackled similar problmM and found relevant solutions.
(I) TRANSPUTER NETWORKS FOR LEVEL 2 TRIGGER/EVENT BUILDER
The ZEUS collaboration have made a major investment in the T800 Transputer for many parts of their data acquisition system. The Transputer is a microprocessor, which has four built-in communications links. Systems of connected Transputers may be programmed in the native lanquaqe OCCAM. Although other languages may be used to produce code which runs on a Transputer, OCCAM supports the inherently connected multi-microprocessors. Transputers are frequently criticized for their poor performance (approx l.S-3.0 MIP processor) and low bandwidth interconnections (1. 7MB/sec). However, much hiqher performance Transputers are beinq developed, with more extensive automatic routing capabilities between microprocessors. What is most interestinq, I believe, is the exercise of desiqninq and buildinq Triqqer and Event Builder subsystems which consist of multiple interconnected microprocessors. The hiqhest level architectural description of the data flow and triqqer data flow is shown in Fiqure 8. Readout controllers (ROCs), each Level 2 triqqer network and each event buildinq network all contain multiple interconnected microprocessors. The details of the number and arranqement of microprocessors may vary from subsystem to subsystem. ZEUS have discussed, in some papers, usinq the triqqer network to form a triqqer pipeline. However, I have most often seen presented tree structured networks of transputers. Simulation of parts of this system is beinq undertaken, usinq the tool described in another paper at this conference [171.
6-95
CE IS:: ICR!i
All ciomoon- T800 11aMO
Glollal
Lft9I 2 Trigger
1 Fiqure 8
The UA6 collaboration are also buildinq a level 2 triqqer of multiple interconnected transputers. This is beinq added on to an existinq data acquisition system, by interposinq a 2 transputer readout controller to both feed the triqqer analysis network and control the data flow for event building. The triqqer network for each detector subsystem varies in number of transputers and exact configuration of the interconnections. Again this is a suitable candidate for simulation.
Since transputers are remarkable only for their native interconnection properties, and not for their processinq power, it is natural to try to combine them with other processors particularly for use in readout controllers. ZEUS have done this. One other such development, which combines an AT&T DSP32C diqital signal processor with a T800 transputer has been done at CERN. The resultinq module is named the Fast Diqital Parallel Processinq module (FDPP).(27] One of the four transputer links is used for interconnection of the TSOO with the DSP, via a mailbox, leavinq the other three links available for interconnection with other transputer-based components.
(II) MESH OF i860 PROCESSORS FOR LEVEL 2 TRIGGER/EVENT BUILDER
Intel has several initiatives, in collaboration with others, to combine their 80 MFLOP i860 microprocessor into networks of processinq elements. Hypercube arranqements of i860 processors can be purchased commercially and used effectively as parallel processors. The DARPA Touchstone project (28] aims to connect up to 4000 nodes toqether, usinq a mesh router and what is called woz:mhole routinq, to foJ:m a massive parallel supercomputer.
6-96
A Penn-Princeton-Intel collaboration, funded by a qeneric SSC research and development qrant, is proposinq a mesh of i8 60 processors for level 2 triqqerinq and event processinq, possibly event · buildinq. Two different models for event buildinq and processinq have been discussed. The first, an "Injector Event Builder" model consists of a mesh of processinq and I/O nodes. The processinq nodes assemble and process individual events, while the I/O nodes record and share event histories. At the periphery of the mesh are injector nodes, which interface the data acquisition data pipeline into the mesh. The other "Distributed Event Builder" model consists of a mesh of the same types of nodes, but with the peripheral processor/injector nodes distributed throuqhout the mesh and providinq routinq of events to other processor nodes. At present the collaboration is merely benchmarkinq codes and developinq suitable track and vertex reconstruction alqorithms, in the BCD Level 2 triqqer. Intentions are to look at further alqorithms for trackf indinq and to do some extensive simulations of the different confiqurations.
COHCLOSIOHS
we do not know enouqh yet to make sensible and bindinq architectural decisions about data acquisitions systems for SSC and LHC experiments. Architectural decisions need to be those which constrain and define the components and subsystems sufficiently to ensure a coherent, functioninq, robust and performant overall system, but which allow for technoloqical qrowth and innovation. We need to take steps towards developinq a science of desiqninq and buildinq data acquisition systems.
Selected technoloqy research, in collaboration with industry and computer science must be pursued in order to qain a real understandinq of the parameters of the components available. Standards in busses, links, operatinq systems and the user interface may be the key to keepinq some parameters invariant and maintaininq the option to buy as much as possible of our data acquisition systems.
A much qreater emphasis must be placed on searchinq out and usinq desiqn methods and tools. Hiqh level description lanquaqes and simulation tools must be adopted and inteqrated (by HEP, even if not done commercially) with other C.A.E. and C.A.S.E. tools and methodoloqies, includinq code and loqic synthesis. Only in this way will we be confident of a systemwide understandinq, both at the desiqn staqe, and later when the inevitable chanqes must be applied and the effects of those chanqes need to be deeply understood.
AClalOWLBDGBMBHTS
I would like to thank many members of all the projects referred in this paper for helpful discussions and correspondence.
Thanks also to Serqio Cittolin, Irwin Gaines, Ruth Pordes and David Berq for their input and help.
RBl'BRBHCBS
l) W. von Ruden, "The Aleph data acquisition system", IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science, Vol 36, No 5, 1444. (1989) 2) CDF, Oxford conf
6-97
3) Delphi 4) B. Bertucci, S. Falciano, D. Linnhofer, "The L3 Fastbus Data Acquisition system", elsewhere in these proceedinqs. 5) E. Barsotti, W. Booth, M. Bowden, "New Approaches to Event Buildinq", elsewhere in these proceedinqs. 6) E. Barsotti, et al., "A New Data Acquisition System Architecture for FeJ:milab's proposed BCD Detector and the SSC", IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science, NSS Jan 1990 proceedinqs, to be published. 7) IEEE 896.2 Futurebus+ Workinq qroup specification. 8) o. Gustavson, "Applications for the Scalable Coherent Interface", elsewhere in these proceedinqs. 9) VERILOG-XL, Cadence (Gateway), Lowell, Massachusetts 10) VHDL
11) M. Letheren and A. Marchioro, "Simulation of a macro-pipelined multi-CPU event processor for use in FASTBUS", IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science, Vol 36, No 5, 1597.(1989) 12) DataViews, V.I. Corporation, Amherst, Massachusetts. 13) Nexpert, Neuron Data, Inc., Palo Alto, California. 14) Thaler - oxford conference 15) HPPI (HSC) American National Standard X3T9.3. 16) PASSADE 17) P. Hallam-Baker, C.H. Ginqrich, I. McAuthor, "A Simulation Facility for Asynchronous Parallel Systems", elsewhere in these proceedinqs 18) E. Durr, Ir. W.W. Lourens, "A Simulation and Animation Environment for Oesiqninq VMEbus Data Acquisition systems", proceedinqs of International Workshop on Software Enqineerinq, Artificial Intelliqence and Expert Systems for Hiqh Enerqy and Nuclear Physics, March 1990, to be published. 19) A. Goldl:>erq and o. P.obson, 11Smalltalk-80: the Lanquaqe and its implementation• and "Smalltalk-SO: the Interactive proqramminq environment 11 , Xerox Palo Alto Research Center, Addison-Wesley, 1985. 20) w. Kreutzer, "System Simulation", Addison-Wesley, 1986. 21) SOL, Functional Specification and Description Lanquaqe, CCITT red book Vol VI.10-11. 22) o. Kalinsky and o. Borovoy, "Performance Analysis of Real-Time software desiqns", IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science, NSS Jan 1990 proceedinqs, to be published. 23) CERN RPC, OD Document 24) our RPX 25) R. Pordes et al., 11PAN-DA, an Inteqrated Distributed data acquisition system•, elsewhere in these proceedings. 26) W. Greiman, D. Hall, D. Balaban, C. Day, "Experience usinq a software bus to build reusable scientific software", elsewhere in these proceedinqs. 27) D. Crosetto, R. w. Oobinson and B. Martin, 11Fast Diqital Parallel processinq module - the FDPP 11 , private communication. 28) G. Anthes, "Intel Lands DARPA Super Award". Federal Computer Week, Vol.3, No. 15, 1989.
6-98
PAN-DA
AN INTF.<lRATED DISTRIBllTED DATA ACQUJSMON SYSTEM
D. Berg. E. BamaD. P. Coasauua-Fanomak:i.s. T. Donies. M. Haire. u. Joshi. B. Mackinnon. C. Moore. T. Nic:inski. G. Oleynik. D. Peaavick. R. Ponies. G. Sergey.
D. Slimmer, J. Saeets. M. Vocava. V. Whie Da1a Acquisilion Suppan Depanment
M. Vittone Physics Depanmcnt
Fermi Nllioaal Acceleraror Labarar.ory*
P.O.BoxSOO Batavia. n 60s10
Tel: 708-840-3936
• Spommed by DOE conaact No. DE-AC0276CH03000
Absrracr PAN-DA is the ovaall name pven to lbe new ~
dala acquiailioa sysrem being developed for ~ts ~ Fcrmilab by die Da1a Acqaisilion Support Depaanen&. This Syslml bU been desiped to allow easy sappoll for new spec:ific madalel llld i*GCUIDl!I, flaible mipalioa to new front end ladDal conaallas llld event bailden. new cwnt filter proc:eaor bolrds llld dala acqaisiliaa bases. ud imegnlion of hctaogeneOu.t bar~~ computr.r sysirms for dara acquisilion C<lllaol and manuonng.
L SYS'IEM OVERVJEW
A. lntl'oduaion nae new inrepad. dislribated mabi-proccssor and
multi-opendng system dala ~lion ~ syaem PAN-DA is now being med in apenmmlS Ill Familal!· . ~ camplcfe syllllD is c:ammly pedormial the da ~ for die fixed caqet experiment E687, a pbotoproducuon expaimcDL 1bcir requiremcDCS arc to collect dala al 10,000 evems per 20 9CC:Olld accelemDr spill wilb each cwnt being about 3 kbyta in size. This requires an overall data acquisieioD ra1e of 1.5 Mbytelsec. llld a loging ra1e of .S Mb)1elscc. PAN-DA provides for high droagbpulacquisilian of data from FASTBUS. CAMAC and VME. software filtering ud manitarinl of &be data in parallel in VME proceaar aodcs. loaiDI of dlla from VME to 9 net cape or s mm cape casscae. IDd disuibulion of dala from VME lO bacbad VMS and/or UNIX sysrems over E&berneL Data d1roqbpl& of owr 1 Mbytelsec logging onto paiallcl 8mm
6-99
c.apcs can be susmincd in parallel witb dimibulian of dara w bartend c:ompwas of up to 100-200 Kbyta/sCc.
The software provides c:enaalizcd repaning and logging Of cnon from all processan in &be system, display of die dara acquisition swus. and comrol of lhc whole sysrem from a single or multiple host computers. In the initial implemClllllica. MOUllOJa 68IC series proccaan housed in FASTBUS and VME arc med for dala acqaililion IDd coaaol.
The FASTBUS readout and VME conaol processors arc running under the pSOS kernel operaling sysrem. As VME filtering proc:esron, botb the Fcrmilab ACP 68020 VME bolrds and lhc new ACP-R3000 RISC processor boards have been used. The PAN-DA soflWarc package is suucmred sacb dial it is euily ponable ta new pnx:eaan for nmaing the fibaing and monitoring progaaaa. • well u to UNIX bo111S fcr eq>erimeal moniroring and c:oaaoL
Fuan plans include adding suppan for fuu:r and mare powerful processors for dala readout and event building; providing access ao more powerful proceuon far software lrigering and dala maaiaing; and incmpc:nllint support for new higher speed recarding devices. dala acquisicicm buses and networks in order to increase the tbrougbpul. flexibility and power of lhc sysaem.
B. Objectives
Several new experiments proposed far Fermilab aim al providing front end dala acquisician mes many rimes faslcr than tbose of cxis&ing experiments, witb massive amounts of proc:cssing being done in the dala pipeline in order to reduce tbe amount of data wriuen ta tape. It is clear that as
experiments -upgrade their data acquisition sysicms. they cannot afford to lhrow out the software dl8l experimencers went to considerable lengths to devek>p. Any upgrade must be able to accommodare the best of the existing system while replacing-only those elements dual are in need of upgrading.
We think dual PAN-DA can meet these objectives. The system is a configamion of hardware and software prodac&s providing a high quality dislribured online envUonment dial has the following feamra:
o Provides coordinacion between the FASTBUS, VME, UNIX llld VMS environmems to facilitare bigb speed dlla acquisition, maaitoring llld logins. while providing easy to use menu inrafaces for nm canaol,
o New modules, buses, and processors can be easily supponr:d.
o Allows far the flexible mipa&ioo to new front end readout comrollers llld evml buildcn,
o Heterogeneous backend online computer systems for conaol llld mmilDring can be easily inrepmed.
Although arigimlly designed only for larger med tarpt experimencs at Fennilab, V AXONLINE (1), (the previous VAX/VMS and PDP-11 based data acquisition system developed by our poup), is now in use in whole or in pan a ow:r IS e:xpcrimeall IDCl test mads ll tbe lab.
We have applied the lessons learned from oar m•ntnWll• IDCl support of dlil IClftwase ID die desip llld implemenwion of PAN-DA. PAN-DA is mean& to be •plalform independent• in design llld (as muc:b as can be allowed) in implementalioa. Each bosl software package is designed to be able co nm equally well in a number of opeming sysum en¥itomnents (i.e. VMS, UNIX.~ CllC...) with only small. layered changes. In addilioo, each data acquisition applicalioa wu designed in keeping with our "modular" pbilolopby to facilitate easy repllCemeat of individml tpplk:atiom.
At eac11-.. ill the dlla pipeline well defiml uamce. llld frwwadm .. paorided far die apaimelller co inc11lde tbeir own experiment specific IOftwm9 ud/al bani--. PAN-DA bll baill ill..,. boats in event baildillg, proc:eaing and mlysil .... allow far die ... .diriaa of expaiment specific mbi0111ines Ewm co• 11••i11 mililies place_. supplied sabeveal headers where reqaeaed. ... amt dlta inlD lllpO blocks far logins mini 9 net and/Cir 8mm lllpC dmes.
ne systmD allows for the inclasion of on line fllrering alpidulll in the daaa pipeline. After reconsll'DC'lio evems can be .. hoisted• to backend comparers where users can analyzB and bimpmn eftlllS. For wlclirionaJ OD line analysis. access ID a VMS daa pool is allD .. ovided.
Recow:ry from mos& error saues can be accamplisbod lbraugb a series of c:ammand pruc:eduaes lOClted in die PAN· DA sysrem mem. The PAN-DA lllCIDilaring softwme provides for auUJm•ric VAX sange of system llld ase:r mrimcs dual
can be displayed when requested. PAN-DA can be easily configured to a wide variety of system parameters without recompiling or relinking. A series of coinmand procedures has been provided for automalic, one terminal system SWt up. while system error reponing can be set up to user specifications. Experimenters can configure their error reporting ro aUow emJI' messages co be sent to either multiple tc:rminals for wide sprad dis-ninarion. or co a single screen.
Our experieac:c with the suppon of data acquisition sysrans, and V AXONLINE in panicular. bas made us realise the paramount importance of sys&em monitoring and diagnoetic tools. PAN-DA includes IO!twa'e facilities to allow posanonem llld live debugging and diagnostics.
C. First lmplemauanon
Tile followin1 bardwme modales are currently being suppamd with the first implementation of PAN-DA. and are being Uled as pan of E687:
o Moaola MVME133A JllOCOSSDI' board. This is a 68020 based CPU board and includes a real time clock. VME slave and masrer iDllcrface. and suppon for VME interrupts.
o The FASTBUS General Purpose Master (GPM), a 68000 based radout conaoller developed at CERN [2). The GPM includes a FASTBUS DMA CClllll'Oller-
o The FASTBUS Smart Care Coall'OUer (PSCC), a 68020 n:adoal c:aaaoUer deftJaped at Familab [3]. 1'be FSCC includes a FASTBUS DMA c:aacroller, Ethernet interface and pmallel OUlpUl pan.
o ACP 68020 based processor board with 2 or 6 MBytes of RAM (4). The board includes a VME master/slave inrerfacc (used only as a slave in PAN-DA).
Reading out of multiple data streams into concarenated eWll&I ii cloDe by the GPM. 1be dD is pusbed co buffers on Fermilab ACP proc:ellDI' bolnll residing in VME. 1be event dlla is opliaaally recorded ID 9 net a.po Cll' pmallel output ...... IO mulliple 8 mm Exabytes in pmallel lhraugb VME SCSI a&llptar bmnls [SJ (see fipns 1).
Evems me disuibated to monitaring camparen through Elbcmct from the VME baffc;n, or over a higher speed point ro poinl OMA padl IO Unibus or Qbas V AXcs. 1be E&hemct pMll suppciru a rot.al tbraqbpat of about 200 Kbytes/sec. The acaual dislribmioo me is detamined by the CPU needs of the aec:eiving pqram. IDCl the system lmd.
The data acqaisitioa system, consiaillg of the event builder, VME "boss• c:oordinaror (the "'ZOOICEEPER" board), VME buffer processor boards. and a backend VAX local area clasrcr, is conaolled in an integrated way through programs nmning OD VAX/VMS. The SlalllS of the sys&em is
6-100
moniuxed-and displayed by a program on the VAX. Error · and swus messages from each pan of the system are
displayed and logged an a ccmral console (sec figure 2).
D. AV An.ABLE SOFIW ARE COMPONENTS
The complete existing PAN·DA system consisu of 3S sepante •software prodacts". Some products must be purchucd commercially (i.e. compilers. linken. communicalions software cu:) Many of these plCkagcs can be med independmdy from die odlcn. Far eumple. much of the incerproc:ess commanic:ation software ~ be. used indepcndeady &am lbe rest of die sysr.em. Diagnosacs are included far all the VO and processor boards independem of die dalll ICqUisilioa softwme.
The softnre we cunendy support u psi of PAN-DA can be divided into:
o Operlling sysrems. language IDOis and cxteDSions.
o hdl:qlraccuar caaummnionl and intepllian piClcqes.
0 Dara acquisicion funaians.
o Dara acquisidan comrol and moniUJring.
o Module di•gnoain.
o Systa11 diagnostic toals.
A. OperlJtinB Sysrems, Language Tools And Extensions
The pSOS kernel openling system is used on the 68k processor boards (in FASTBUS and VME). We use the Microlee Cross Compiler toals on VAX/VMS far compi_ling and linking 68t appliclrions. We have developed ex~ ID die pSOS kernel and its companion~ (pROBE) m support of the l/O boards and dala ICqUlSIUOll programs WC have developed (6].
On die ACP 68020 Event Processor bolrds we me tbe Fermilab Advanced Computer Project supported .1:l!NI debagpr. Commanicatioa between the dala acqlliSIUOD applicalion in die bamds and the. v ~~ bast is provided by PAN-DA spec:iflC communaaon rouanes.
On the ACP R3000 Event Processor boards we are canently running Fornn applic:alians using the on baud Prom Monitor. As sappan far UNIX on the bmrds bec:cl•• more sr.able. we will evalua118 using this is conjunction with the rest of the exisdng PAN-DA 1YS1em (7).
We have developed full software support for the VME CMC Ethernet conuoller bo8ld (ENP 10). for the event disuibution and dalll acquisition conaol pa&h (8].
6-101
B. Interprocessor Communications And Inregrarion Packages
To provide a uniform communications interface for processors. operating systems and communications media, nearly all communications within PAN-DA are based on our implcmenwion of a Rcmocc Proc:edwe eXecution package (RPX) [9]. This allows application UISks on VMS, pSOS and UNIX ID communicate in a s&andard way. The"subroutinc level communications interface" provided by remote procedure call techniques leads to a flaible open syswns enviranment far writing and testing applicalioas.
Our implemcnwion of RPX suppons communications through sockets over TCP/IP between VAX/VMS and pSOS. and VMS and UNIX, and over RS232 beaNcn VMS and pSOS.
An ~pie applicalion using RPX is die message handler and display propam. V AXONLINE included a VMS based facility far tbe CCDb'alilcd logging and display of messages. Any application, through a single subrou&ine call. can log messages to this system, for display on any number of terminal screens. PAN-DA includes a Message Reporter to which any pSOS or UNIX applicllion can make an RPX call for message display. Multiple versions of the message reporter can co-exist. and can be linked to COURIER to allow integration of PAN-DA messages with other V AXONLINE applications.
C. Dara Acquisition Functions In the first implemenwion of PAN-DA the daaa readout
and event building code resides on a FASTBUS Event Builder (GPM or FSCC or shon.ly the CHI[lO]). All but the actual readout code bu been paNd to die MVME133A.
The direct communication channel between FASTBUS and VME is through the FASTBUS ID Branch Bus InrerUce. Branch Bus and VME. This is a FASTBUS Slave and VME mutier. Pan of the PAN-DA softwn suppons the protDCOl far the VME proc:eaan (ID which event buffers are to be writlm) ID rcll lbe FASTBUS event builder (which builds &be ewnt buffers flam the front end modules) when and what buffcn are available (free). Additionally. the software provides a prolOCOI whereby tbe FASTBUS Event Bailder can inform the VME pmc:essan when a tiuffer has been filled.
Across a single dalll acquisition bKkplane. conuol of data flow is coordina&ed by the ZOOKEEPER board. While allowing parallel daaa paths, concentraling this conaol gives us flexibility in extending the system to include new event processor bouds, l/O controllers and data flow paths (sec figure 3). Buffer handling is provided by underlying PAN· DA Buffer Services (PBS) software. which provides a conduit through which any PAN-DA applicalion can send information about dala buffers (of wharcver conccnt) IO anadler arbiaary PAN-DA applicalion. These Buffer Services
Cunmdy the PBS Services supporu:d by PAN-DA are:
o GPM buffer cammaniorim ~
0 9 lnClc llrpe loging,
o 8 mm logins to malliplc Eubyte snams in pnllel,
o Parallel event disaibution over Ethernet to multiple VMS m UNIX ewnt recei¥ers.
o Event disuibulicm cmr Brucbbus to mulliple VMS ewnt rec:eMn,
o Catchall or discard server (to accept and repon ~pm:lmll).
lbe 9 anct llld Eubyte loging applicalioas support multiple LO saams. malliple nm elm lapCS, IDd logiDg of USCI' supplied ra:ords.
The event disaibu&or disaibates evencs over Ethernet and Bnnchbus. 1be pen:en1qe of da&a to be disuibm.ed is confipable a run lime, and can be adjusted to not ina:rfere with the dD llking ...
D. Data Acquisition Control And Monitoring
om ICqaisiliaa coaaa1 anc1 maaitoring is provided by facilities on VAX/VMS. 1bis software provides fm die swldard DA coaaol fanccions ID allow mning and stopping of clD .cq11isiriorl T1uaagb die me of RPX calls to eacb c1D acquisilioa applic•rim it prorides iDdepmdcnt conaol of eacb. lbus, fm example, PAN-DA suppoa1S loging of da to 9 lnCk iapo act Eubyte capea at the same time, with inoitpel .. aJIUIOI of wbea dMa tlkiDs is slll1IDCl and~ in eacb mnli•ee
Plallel Joaial ii ... by E6l7 for quick .... ,. ... ammd cm a panim al lbeir dMa by placiDa .-rt of a nm.., 9 net D1JO while CD•i•nins ID las die maiD da&a flow ID Eubyle. The elm 1'118 is not compramiled by peralle1 toging
PAN-DA includes software to monitor the swe and receive 11aristic;s from CICb processor bomd and data acquisilicm applic:alioD. 1be rare of sending is ran time coafiganblo llld, in lddicioa, &be system sappons lhe decJara&icm of a "sipific:mr event• to stimW. die ..mg of the infonurim.
E. M""6U Diagnostics
-Diagnostic packages or programs are provided for the """
following processor and I/O c:onuoller boanb:
o FASTBUS Modules. GPM, FSCC, LeCroy 1892, FBBC.
o VME ·modules. CMC Ethernet conuoller. Ciprico Tapemuaer 9 lnCk tape adaptor, Ciprico RIMPIRE SCSI adlptm' Ind ExabytB drives
o Commanicariou paths. VMS to pSOS over Elhemet: VMS to LUNI applicaliaas cmr Brancbbus: VMS to pSOS over RS232.; and FASTBUS to VME over FBBCIBnincbbus.
F. System Diagnostic Tools
Cunmtly used bmdwll'e syaan di•pnsric tools include a VMEbus analyser, Brancbbas analyser, FASTBUS display module SCSI bas analyzer, llld Ethernet analYICf. We have developed software to "uplold" whole baud images to the VAX for lau:r analysis. In lbe case of pSOS images, these can be n:surrectcd using the Micror.ec XRA Y emularor software. All VAX processes generate process dumps on abnormal exit. allowing use al me VMS debuger fm resunec:lion of the programs. All applications keep and disseminate state and Slllislic:s infonnarion, and sends lbem to the hast VMS system •
IV. EXP£RIENCES wrrH RUNNING PAN-DA
lnallarim of tbe PAN-DA symm ll the fin& experiment 6687 bas been succeasfuL Inilial commissioning ID selalivcly smoodl running c:ondilioal Im llken abou16 weeks. Much of tbis wu due to pnerally expected problems with a large expaiment data acquisition sysrem (i.e. problems with the from ends, timing signals. software bugs, and errors by inexpelienc:ed opaam).
While the inilial sys11em loged only to 9 net tape ll a maim._ duou1hpm of 5SO Kbytealtec., &be paraUe1 8 mm 1cJaial fUllClicm .... bem naady ..... Cammillioning ol Ibis was done wilbiD 48 boml ol die inaoclac1iaa of the new IOftwme ID die aperimeaL A log:ins rare of 700 ICbymllec (3 x 230 ~) to 3 Exabyfe drives bu been ldlieved.
This is limited by the E687's data liking rare. We are c:oafident tbal wilb enoagb parallel 1/0 devices logpng at men 111111 1 Mbylelsec can be suslliDed widl the existing sySMm. Without loams. data throughput of about 3 Mbyla/sec from tbe GPM CID be achieved from the five pnllel subevem sueams (figure 4).
-
-...
--...
------
Events are disaibated from the VME buffers to • wodalalions on tbe E687 Local Alea VAX clUSler at a r.- of up to 100 lcbyleslsec. Conversion of die event receiver from VMS ro a MIPS R120 running UNIX took less rhan a -
6-102 -
......
-·
-·
-
-
,-
EFFECTS OF VARIOUS EVENT BUILDING TECHNIQUES ON DATA ACQmsmoN SYSTEM ARCHITECTURES
Ed Barsotti, Aleunder Booth & Mark Bowden Fermilab
P.O. Boz 500, Batavia, IL 60510
April 1990
6-103
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ABSTRACT__ -----------------1 ™'1'RODUcrION. -------·-----··-··----·--··-·----·--··-1 EVENT BUILDING OVERVIEW - --- .2 EVENT BUILDING & INTERCONNECTION NETWORKS_________ --2
Interconnection Network Terminology_,.._ .... ----------.. ----- ___ 3 Time-Shared Bus Architee:ture&---------------------------4 Multiple Bus Interconnection Networks--.......... -.. - ........... -----.... -..... ---6 Multiport Memory -- - ....... __ -- -----·8 Cl"088bar and Other Switch-Based Int.erconnectio Networka. ................................................. 9 Integrated Processor Interconnection Networks _ ............ -- -13 Communication Netwmka Applied t.o Event Bnilding .... --·-·-·--·-· ..... - ..... ·-·---·--·-·--·---13
ARCHITECTURAL CONSIDERATIONS ----···-......... -............ --15 ADDING FAULT TOLERANCE TO INTERCONNECTION NETWORKS -16 SELF-ROUTING TECHNIQUES--..... ----------- ........ __ 17 INPUT AND OUTPUT QUEUEING IN AN INTERCONNECTION
NETWORK ----· 19 A FUTURE DATA ACQUISmON SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE & SOME
FUTURE TECHN'OLOGIES ___ -·--.. .... ------... -...... mw ,.._. 20 Front-End Architecture -22 Pre-Processing------------------------------23 Data Links - -------............. ___ 24 Parallel Event Builders ---- ----------- ----· 25 Online Proceaaor Arrays -- . . ----- --· 25
FERMILAB'S DATA ACQUISmON SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE & PARALLEL EVENT BUILDER PROTOTYPE PROJECT 26
Switch-Based Parallel Event Builder Operation -- --27 N-Input & M-Output Barrel Shift Interconnectifln Network _ _ 29 Input & Output Time Slot lnterc:ha.ngers __________________ 29 Switch-Based Parallel Event Builder Integration--------·----------------29 Control Modes Of Operation-... -·--· ..... ----------------------- 31 Behavioral Modeling & Simulations Of The Architecture---------------- 32 System Design Methodology ------------33 ~ ---.. ·-·--·--·--34 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS____ -------- ....... ·------35 REFERENCES .. ---· ... ______ , ... -----.35
6-104
-------------------
-
-
..........
EFFECTS OF VARIOUS EVENT BUILDING TECHNIQUES ON DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEMARCBITECI'URES
Ed Barsotti, Alezander Booth & Mark Bowden Fermilab*
P.O. Box 500, Batavia, IL 60510
ABSTRAcr The preliminary specifications for various new detectors throughout the world including those at the Superconducting Super Collider (SSC) already make it clear that aisting event building techniques will be inadequate for the high trigger and data rates anticipated for these detectors. In the world of high-energy physics many approaches have been taken to solving the problem of reading out data from a whole detector and presenting a complete event to the physicist, while simultaneously keeping deadtime to a minimum. Thia paper includes a review of multiproceuor and telecommunications interconnection networks and how these networks relate to event building in general, illustrating advantages and disadvantages or the various approaches. It preaenta a more detailed study of recent research into new event building techniques which incorporate much greater parallelism to better accommodate high !fata rates. The future in areas such as front-end electronics architectures, high-speed data links, event building and online proceuor arrays is also examined. Finally, details of a acalable parallel data acquisition 11)'9tem architecture being developed at Fermilab an giwn.
INTRODUCTION
The demands on data acquisition systems for high-energy physics ezperiments are increasing at a rapid rate due to the higher luminosities and interaction rates. From the early days of high-energy physics to most present-day aperiments, when readout of a physics event is initiated, triggering on subsequent events is disabled until readout is complete. Other factors in an experiment contribute to this experiment •deadtime" but readout time is the dominating factor. Typically •deadtime", measured as a percentage, is held to less than 10% and is approximately equal to the ratio between event readout time and trigger rate times 100%. Now, with very high interaction rates and consequently very high trigger rates, readout time is an even larger fraction of the time between triggers. ·
New techniques for physics event readout ("event building•) are now essential if we are to minimize deadtime. Several events worth of data must be buffered on or near the detector during triggering, such that when an acceptable trigger occurs, the buffered data for that event may be readout quickly, and without disabling the trigger.
Event builders, the devices used to readout event data, have evolved from simple single channel 'funnels' through a minicomputer bus, to multiple parallel channels (each with their own 'funnel' or bottleneck characteristics) feeding arrays (farms) of processors. More and more experiments are implementing event builders with increased parallelism for higher throughput. When one considers particle beam crossing times of 16 nanoseconds and subsequent very high trigger rates, it is clear that SSC detector data acquisition systems will require the use of totally parallel event builders with no inherent bottlenecks in addition to much larger amounts of pre-event builder buffering in order to achieve minimal deadtime experiments.
• Operat.ed by Universities Research Association under contract to the U.S. Department of Energy
6-105
Eyent Buildinr Techniques
Thia paper will give a brief overview of event building in general, followed by a more detailed study of recent event building techniques and how these techniques affect data acquisition system architectures and performance. Analogies between various multiprocessor interconnection and telecommunications awit.c:hing networks such as shared busses, croaabars, hypercubes, etc. and event building techniques will be det.ailed. Performance iasues such 88 timin1 (synchronous or asynchronous), control (centralized or decentralized, data driven or data read), coupling (tight or loose) and buffering methods (store and forward or direct link) will also be det.ailed. Future techniques for event building such as opto-electronic or totally optical interconnection networks will be diacusaed. The paper will conclude with a brief look at future system requirements and a proposed new data acquisition system architecture being developed at Fermilab.
EVENT BUILDING OVERVIEW
Only a small fraction of the total data from each event is available for use in the initial triaer decision. The remaining data is scattered over many front-end buffers and muat be collected in one place for detailed analysis. An •event builder• is the device in a data acquisition syst.em which provides a physical connection between the individual. data sources (detector front-end electronics) and the ~ta destinations (high-level event processors or online data storage).
Regardless of the implementation, all event builders function as simple data multiplexers. If data rates are low, this multiplexing operation can take place over a single time-shared bus using software controlled selection of source and destination. This is the t«bnique used in the majority of data acquisition syst.ems to date. High-speed event builders have not been necessary because the data rates which could be supported by the aoun:ea and destinations were Umited. This situation is changing rapidly. The ability to acquire, digitize and buft'er data using VLSI front-end circuitry has increased allowable triaer rates by a factor of at least 1000. Similarly, the performance of hilh-level processors and the density of on-line data storage have both improved by a factor of almost 1000 over the last fifteen years. Unfortunately, the speeds of standard busses used for event building have improved by only a factor of ten in the same time period. The event builder has become the bottleneck.
'l1iere are two possible solutions to this problem. Either the trigger efficiency can be inc:reaaed, limiting data rates to the bandwidth of the event builder, or the event builder bandwidth can be increased. Techniques for improving trigger efficiency are dependent on the ezperiment. Techniques for improving event builder bandwidth can be considered independently, 88 in the following comparisons.
EVENT BUILDING a: INTERCONNECTION NETWORKS
Figure 1 ab.owe a generic Interconnection Network (IN) used in multiprocessor and teleeommunications systems. In high energy physics, the data source (S) is typically a deteetor aubaystem and the destination (D) is a programmable proceuor. The IN and its aasoc:iat.ed control is refeITed to 88 an •event builder•. Because the pattern of data flow is well defined (unidiredional and evenly distributed), a general-purpose IN can often be simplified for use 88 an event builder. An enormous advantage is gained for high energy physics if we are able to draw from both the computer and telecommunications industries when designing data acquisition systems requiring parallel event builders.
6-106
------------------
......
-·
-·
-·
-· .....
-
--
Data Source•
Interconnection Network
(IN)
Eyent Buildinr Technigues
Data Deetlnatlone
Figure 1: Generic Interconnection Network
To better understand how both multiprocessor and telephone switching system interconnection network theory and technology can be applied to event building in high energy physics experiments, the following explains classifications of various interconnection networks [l]. An Interconnection Network is a set of busses, switches and/or data links that permit connection between two or more devices. In a multiprocessor environment, processors are usually connected to memory components and other processors. The method of interconnection can be classified by three distinct characteristics; timing, transfer and control mode. The effect of each of these characteristics on IN performance will be discussed in individual IN architecture subaections.
A network is either •blocking• or •non-blocking•. Blocking occurs when information cannot be transmitted through the network due to competition for the same internal or external datapath. "Output" blocking occurs when two sources attempt to simultaneously transmit to the same destination. -internal• blocking occurs when two sources are transmitting to dift'erent destinations (or the same destination), but the messages must cross the same internal node of the network. ·For effective use as a parallel event builder, a network should have little or no blocking. Many networks which are inherently blocking can be made non-blocking by correctly time-ordering or · distributing data which enters the network. This is difficult in a general-purpose network with random traffic, but is much less difficult in event building where the connection patterns are well defined.
There are two types of timing modes in an IN, synchronous and asynchronous. In a synchronous IN, a global or master clock exists and is used to lock-step actions within the IN. Asynchronous INs operate without a global clock. Communications occur via interlocked hand shaking. Asynchronous INs are more easily expandable and have the potential for higher throughput than synchronous INs but are more difficult to build and maintain.
There are two types of message transfer modes in an IN, packet-switched and circuit-switched. In a packet-switched IN, messages are broken up into smaller "packet.I" which are transmitted through a network in a "store and forward" mode. No complete link through the network is made prior to transmission of the first packet. The only requirement is that the next stage in the IN be ready to receive a packet. When a stage has received or "stored" a packet and a succeeding stage is ready to receive a packet, the first stage transmits or "forwards" the packet to this next IN stage. This action occurs until the message has reached its final destination. Most packet switching INs are "self routing" in that there is no pre-selected path for the packet. Its "route" depends on header words in the packet. In a circuit-switched IN, a complete physical
6-107
Event Building Technigues
path from source to destination is established before the message is transmitted. Circuit-switched INs are usually more suitable for long messages whereas packet-switched INs are usually more suitable for short messages. Combinations of these two techniques are possible (circuit switching oi data packets).
There are also two modes for controlling the flow of messages through an IN, centralized and decentralized control All message flow control signals originate from a single source in a centralized control IN, quite often creating a funnel or bottleneck to message flow and adversely affecting the performance of the IN. This source of control must necessarily be complex to allow good system performance and still maintain centralized control The understanding of the IN and its maintenance are usually simplified when centralized control is implemented. In a decentralized control IN, each component performs its own control Multistage interconnection networks CMINs) are almost always decentralized control INs and are quite often also self-routing INs. Crossbar switch INs are typically centralized control INs. Multiple bus INs can be either centralized or decentralized INs.
Defining an IN by timing, transfer and control modes leads to eight possible classifications of networks. For eumple, a CSD interconnection network establishes a link from source to destination and then transmits the entire message (circuit-switched), · operates with a global clock (synchronous) and has no central message flow control component (decentralized).
The shared bus, shown in Figure 2, is the most common method of interconnecting multiple sourcea and destinations. Bus bandwidths of several t.ens of Megabytes/second can be supported during block transfers, but the average data rate is usually much less due to the overhead of processor setup and bus acceu protocols.
A single shared bus has the advantages of simple control and low cost. It also provides bidirectional transfer capability for download and initialization. With repeaters it can scale indefinitely, although the total bandwidth does not increase and will usually decrease. The main cost element is the need for high-speed interface circuitry, which must be designed to support the full transfer rate of the bus even if each module is connected for only a small fraction of the total readout time. Failure of the bus itself will disable the entire system, but failure of an individual module is usually not eritical.
In most cases, data readout is controlled entirely by the processors. A processor will arbitrate for the bus and then read event data from each of the front-end buffers before releasing the bus to the next ready processor. In more complicated systems, an intermediate event builder will read the front-end buffers and then write data directly into the memory of a selected processor. In some architectures several independent busses may operate in a parallel tree structure to reduce deadtime at the front.end. However, without intermediate data compression, the net bandwidth in a tree structured system is always equal to that of a single bus.
6-108
-------------------
·-
Event Builcline- Techniques
Figure 2: Shared Bus Interconnection Network
Great eff'ort has gone into the development of both general-purpose and specialized busses for high energy physics· applications. CAMAC (2], with bus transfer rates up to three Megabytes/second, has been in use since the early 1970s. FASI'BUS (3], with bus transfer rates up to fifty Megabytes/second, has been in use since 1979. The industry standard VMEbus [ 4], with bus transfer rates up to thirty Megabytes/second, is also found in many systems, but mainly at the higher levels where commercial modules are available. Designers of the next generation Futurebus expect to exceed one Gigabyte/second with a very wide bus and self"'.timed data transfers. This is not likely to be realized in practice.
In commercial multiprocessor systems, most of the "low-end" machines (Silicon Graphics [5], Solbourne [6], etc.) use a shared bus architecture. Local cache memory on each processor module limit.a the need for continuous bus activity. The same effect applies to data acquisition systems where the time to read out an event is usually much shorter than the processing time.
One example of a shared bus system in high-energy physics is the event building and online processor farm sections of the data acquisition system for the Collider Detector at Fermilab (CDF) [7], as shown in Figure 3. The Event Builder reads out the front-end. scanners,which have already read out ADC and TDC ·data, over two F ASTBUS Cable Segments. After reformatting, the data is written over a single F ASTBUS backplane to a VMEbus· interface to a Level 3 online processor farm. Once a processor in the farm has processed the event by applying some filtering algorithm, it sets an attention flag which is read by a VAX [8] computer via FASTBUS and VMEbus. If the event is to be analyzed online, it is read out of the processor memory over VMEbus, then over FASTBUS and into one of the Consumer V AXB.
One of the inherent bottlenecks of the CDF data acquisition system is the mixture of data and control over the same busses. The FASTBUS network is shared between many devices, some sending control messages to initiate readout of the "next" event from the front-end electronics, others reading and writing data, others polling devices to see if they have com.plet.ed a set task, et.c.
The VMEbus in the Level 3 online processor farm is also shared by devices which write data, read data, and poll processors. This sharing is facilitated in both F ASTBUS and VMEbus by arbitration mechanisms, but this sharing does bring with it signi1icant implications in terms of reduced bandwidth and bottlenecks.
6-109
11111111
/ ShaNd bua (FASTBUS) '
Consumer VAX's
Eyent Buildine- Technigues
Level 3 FARM
Flpre 3: CDF Data Acquisition System
The inherent bandwidth of the bus ia not a limiting factor for many existing 8)'8t.ema. Inatead, the int.erfacea and bufrera at the aource and destination modules create much of the bottleneck. Recognizing that the coat and error rate of electronics increases aponentially with the operating speed, a better solution t.o the bandwidth limitation ia paralleliam. Parallelism relies on multiple, lower-speed connections or components in place of a single, le1&-reliable, high-speed path. Paralleliam does not neceaaarily imply more hardware. A system built using many low performance components will often cost leas and occupy less apace than a single, complicated high-performance device.
·Many standard bus apecificationa and multiprocessor implementations define a second or third bus (Figure 4) which can operate in parallel with the main system bus. Additional bandwidth ia gained only if processors do not contend for the same global resources. Exam.plea include the VSB bus in VMEbus systems and the iLBX bus in Multibua (9) aystema. Thia approach ia usually limited t.o one or two additional bWIM8 by the physical packaging constraints of standardized systems. A multiple bus architecture can be very reliable since failure of any single bus haa no adverse effect other than a reduction in total system bandwidth.
6-110
-----
-------------
-·
-
cs -D) - o) cs - -- -cs. D)
cs ol - -
Figure 4: Multiple Bus Interconnection Network
With multiple busses, several events can be read out simultaneously. If events are assigned to specific buffers, then simple bus arbitration can be used to control readout sequences. Otherwise, a small amount of centralized control is necessary. As in any parallel system, the front-end buffers must be able to hold more than one complete event.
An example of a Multiple Bus Interconnect is the Heidelberg/Darmstadt Crystal Ball detector data acquisition system (10] shown in Figure 5 and consisting ofFASTBUS and CAMAC front-end electronics, the Heidelberg POLYP multiprocessor system and an online VAX computer. The POLYP multiprocessor system consists of thirty Motorola 68000 microprocessors which are used to process the event data stream. The processors have their own local bus which is connected by bus switches to a the global POL YBUS. The data flows from the detector through the F ASTBUS and CAMAC front-end electronics into a set of POLYP input processors which also buffer the event data. From here the data is transferred to the POLYP online filt.er processor's over the POLYBUS. Events which pass the filtering stage are again transferred over the POLYBUS to a POLYP 110 processor, where the data is read by the host interface and written to tape.
POLYP llO ~
POI.VP !hr .,,_
Figure 5: Heidelberg/Darmst.adt Crystal Ball Dat.a Acquisition System
6-111
Multioort Memory
Both the data sources and destinations in the multiple bus architecture are multi.port.ed, but the same bandwidth can be obtained with multiple ports on only one side of the interconnect as shown in Figure 6. Reliability is reduced because there is only one path from a particular source t.o a particular destination. Arbitration is handled by the multi port module rather than the bus.
s s s s
Fiaure 8: Multi.port Memory Interconnection Network
Thia approach is still limited by the number of physical ports which can be supported by a module. To allow greater expansion, multi.port memories can be further subdivided int.a an array of independent dual-port buffers as shown in Figure 7. Dual-port memory is easier t.o implement since it is available in the form of commercial integrated circuit.a (dual-port static RAMs, FIFOs or video DRAMs).
Figure "I: Dual-Port Memory Interconnection Network
With dual-port memory, the limitation now becomes the t.otal number of buffers required in a larger system instead of the number of connections per buffer. The number of buff'ers can be reduced by using higher speed output busses, (allowing a rectangular instead of square array) or possibly by implementing some kind of multistage memory architecture (see references to Clos networks later).
In the dual-port memory architecture~ the fragment.a of a given event are transmitted in parallel from the front.-end subsystems t.o buffers in a selected row. These fragment.a are then read out sequentially by a processor while the next event is being transmitted t.o another row of buffers.
An example of a Multiport Memory Interconnection Network is the DO data acquisition system at Fermilab as shown in Figure 8. DO is really the reverse of the system described in Figure 6; each of N sources is connected t.o each of N destinations. Event building consists of bringing t.ogether the data from the Level 1 Trigger subsystem
6-112
-----
-------------
--
-
-
Event Buildinfl Techniques
and seven detector readout subsystems housed in VMEbus into one of several MicroVAX [8] computers. Data flows from VMEbus-based front-end electronics over eight cables which are in turn bussed to multiport memories in each MicroVAX computer of the online processor farm. In this ezperiment, the online processor farm is called the Level 2 subayst.em. If an event is accepted after a Level 2 filtering algorithm. it is paaaed to a "host• VAX comput.er over another input/output (VO) cable. A apecial feature of the DO multiple bus system is the use of multiport memories, which eliminate the overhead aaaociated with unnecessary copying of data within the system. Events arriving at one port of each of eight multiport memories in each MicroVAX computer are copied to internal memory using the computer's internal bus. This multi-port memory architecture allows events to be transmitted in parallel to the MicroVAX computers. However, the bottleneck is likely to be the three Megabytes/second transfer capability of the internal bus in the MicroVAX.
Figure 8: DO Data Acquisition Syst:em
• • •
The dual-port memory architecture in Figure 7 is actually a form of buffered crossbar switch. A crossbar switch provides a complete, non-blocking interconnection between all inputs and outputs. It is an ideal interconnection network in terms of bandwidth efficiency. Crossbars used in packet-switching networks can be classified by the location of the buffering (input, output or embedded) with respect to the switching matrix. If the buffers are moved to the inputs or outputs (Figure 9), the switching matrix itself can be confined to a very small 81'8$, usually inside a few VLSI circuits. As an added advantage, only 2N large dual-port buffers are required if the buffers are positioned at the inputs and outputs, whereas N2 smaller buffers are required if they are em.bedded in the switching matrix. The total amount of memory required is the same regardless of where it is positioned, but as a practical matter it is easier and less expensive to implement a small number of large dual-port buffers compared to a large number of small dual-port buffers.
6-113
Eyent Building Technigues
Figure 9: VO Buffered Crossbar Interconnection Network
The full crossbar requires N2 crosspoint.a, which may be impractical for larger ayst.em.e, even in VLSI. A three st.age Clos network, shown in Figure 10, is an aample of a Multistage Interconnection Network (MIN). For ayat.ems with twenty or more data channels, a multistage network can provide essentially the same nonblocking characteristics as the crossbar &wit.ch, using fewer c:rosspoints. •
Figure 10: Three Stage Clos Interconnection Network
The number of the center stage switches is calculated to provide at least one more path than would be used if all inputs to a first stage switch and all outputs to a third stage switch (except the selected input and output) were busy. For an N channel system, the optimum switch sizes are n x k for the first stage, N/n x N/n for the second st.age and k x n for the third stage, where n is appromnately .J(N/2) and k is 2n-l. In the example of Figure 10, N=8, n=2 and k=3. This yields a total of96 crosspoint.a, which is actually more than the 64 required for a single stage crossbar. For a 512 channel system however, the three stage Clos network requires only one fourth as many crosspoint& as the single stage crossbar.
In a large network, a centralized controller is often used to determine the best network configuration for a given interconnection pattern. For a random combination of sources and destinations, the time required to calculate this optimum switch configuration could far exceed the actual data tranafer time. Fortunately, this level of control is not necessary in event building applications. Event readout follows a fixed access sequence which makes simple arbitration schemes very effective. At startup for example, all sources will contain a fraction of the data from the first event and will all arbitrate for the same output channel and processor. Only one is successtul in transmitting its data, while the others are blocked. As the second event is read out, the source that was successful on the first arbitration now sends its portion of the second event to a different processor, while the remaining sources contend again for the first
6-114
---------------
---
-·
Eyent Buildine- Technigyes
output channel and processor. If events are nearly equal in size, the system will automatically converge to a state where each source is accessing a different output channel and there is very little contention. In fact, because this arbitration sequence is known beforehand, there is no real need to place arbitration circuitry in the network. The sources can be programmed to simply delay transmission by one time-slot with respect to the acijacent input, thereby avoiding contention altocether.
Because of this predictable access pattem, configuration control of a crossbar switch can be greatly simplified. In general, a complete random interconnect capability is not necessary as long as all inputs can be connected to all outputs at least once during the transmission of each event. A •barrel shifter• is a device which provides this simple rotating interconnection pattern using a single control input. The data multiplexing logic of an N x N barrel shifter is identical to that of a unidirectional N x N crossbar switch but with far fewer possible configurations (N versus NN). Barrel shifters are often used as the •space division• stage (physical circuit switching stage) of a time-division multiplexed (TDM) switching system. A crossbar switch can be operated as a barrel shifter by simply restricting the set of possible control inputs. This limited subset of available configurations is all that is necessary for event building, as illustrated in Figure 11. Here the events are assumed to be equal in length and evenly distributed. Non-uniform distributions of event data can be handled by the addition of Time-Slot Interchange (TS!) buffers on either side of the barrel shifter. TSI operation is explained in more detail lat.er. This architecture closely resembles a typical telephone switching system (e.g., AT&T 4ESS or 5F.SS [11]).
Figure 11 illustrates an idealized example of a four-input, four-output barrel shift switch where the size of all the input event data fragments (e.g., event number 1, fragments 1A, lB, lC and lD) are not only equal but are equal to the packet length. Data passes through the switch in fixed-length packets with each input channel delayed by one packet time slot relative to the adjacent channel With the switch control set to logic state 00, the first data packet (lA) passes directly through the switch along with three empty packets. The switch control is then incremented by one to logic state 01 and packets lB and 2A are transmitted through the switch. During the next time slot (switch control set to logic state 10), packets lC, 2B and SA are transmitted. Finally, with the switch control set to logic state 11, packets lD, 2C, SB and 4A are transmitted. After one rotation of the switch control, the system reaches a steady-state condition. Parallel event fragments are converted to assembled event streams with no loss of bandwidth. Four packets of data from four different events cross the switch during each packet interval The bandwidth of data flowing through the event builder matches the bandwidth of data from the detector.
The example given in Figure 11 is not only an idealized situation but shows the switch-based (barrel shift) parallel event builder IN working in a open-loop control mode whereby events are transmitted to sequential outputs. Final event destinations (processors in an online array of processors) are assumed to be ready to accept the next event. This mode of control for the barrel shift IN, along with three other modes of control, will be described in more detail later.
The simplicity of operation of this particular IN is possible only because of the nature of physics event building. Messages are unidirectional with predefined destinations. The control of the barrel shift switch requires only a counter, whereas dynamic calculation and loading of switch routing information during switch operation is required with a generalized crossbar. A final point in favor of the barrel shift interconnect involves the expansion capability. For example, a 1024 x 1024 barrel shift IN using currently available 64 x 64 integrated circuits would require only S2 ICs compared to 256 ICs for the equivalent crossbar.
6-115
Eyent Buildini Technig.ues
00 10
-@ -@ Gi)@) -® -® 00 -© -® 00 -® -® ®O Event 1 Event 3
01 11
-® @) -® ©®@ -® 0 -@ 000 -® 0 -© ®00 -® 0 -@ ®®O Event 2 l!vent 4
Figarell: Barrel Shiftlnterconnection Network
Banyan or Delta networks are the basis of many self-routing packet networks. Under cert.am conditions, the t.otal bandwidth of a Banyan network (Figure 12) matChes that of a crossbar or Clos network, without the need for a centralized control mechanism. Each node of the network is a simple 2 X 2 switch designed for self-routing of data packet.a based on a destination header. To avoid blocking, this network is preceded by a sorting network or stage of time-slot inte:rchangers which order the data packet.a in such a way that no contention for intemal or external datapaths will occur.
Because there is active circuitry in each node of the switch, data rates are generally lower. Without internode buffers, the entire network must be bit and packet synchronous. ~ type of network will probably find use in future telephone switching applications as represented by the AT&T Starlite project (12], and could provide a commercial alternative t.o spec:ially designed eTent builders.
Figure 12: Banyan Interconnection Network
6-116
-------------
-----
-·
Event Buildine- Technigues
The mesh interconnection network (Figure 13) is popular in the construction of large multiprocessor systems (Intel Touchst.one [13], Connection machine [14], Meiko transputer array [15]). These IN a are formed by overlaying an array of processors on the dual-port memory array of the buffered crossbar swit.ch. Some cost reduction may be possible with this approach. The mesh also allows direct processor to processor communication, not normally a requirement in event building but potentially useful in analysis of overlapping events or methods of event building which divide the analysis aohare into stages with each stage resident in different processors. Reliability can be higher for a mesh interconnect since there are multiple paths for each packet transfer. In practice though, the control complexity and possibility of message deadlock allows only orthogonal routing. Otherwise a packet may inadvertently be routed into a circular path and lost or delayed. Intelligent buffered routers are necessary for event builder applications because there is nearly continuous traffic on all links in the network. If the proce8sors managed the intern.ode communication directly, there would be little time left for processing the data.
The BCD detector collaboration at the SSC is investigating combining both the event building and online processor farm event reconstruction functions using a mesh interconnection network. It is hoped that by breaking down event reconstruction into a set of small functions, each of these functions can reside in the processors' cache memory thereby increasing the power of each processor. A high-speed mesh interconnection network would be used to transfer results from one processor to the next processor until the event has been both built and reconstruct.ed.
Figure 13: Mesh Interconnection Network
A star coupler is a device used to connect computers and computer peripherals to one another. In the past the communication path has been over relatively slow data links such 88 Ethernet. With the advent of fiber optic technology and emerging fiber data link standards such 88 the 125 Megabit/second Fiber Distributed Data Interface [16] standard (FDDI), the one Gigabyte per second High Performance Parallel Interconnect standard (HPPI; formerly "High Speed Channel"} [17], and the one Gigabyte per second fiber channel of the Scalable Coherent Interface [18] standard (SCI ), star couplers are being developed with throughputs which will allow them to be used for many high energy physics experiments.
An example of a commercially available star coupler is the Ultra Network Technologies, Inc. (19) UltraNet 1000 Hub. Because fiber data link standards have not yet been finalized and integrated circuit support for these data link standards is not yet available, this company developed its own proprietary fiber data link and a modular 44 110 channel device to get an early lead in the high performance, high throughput star
6-117
Eyent BuildinEr Technigues
coupler market. This product, with its fifty Megabytes/second per I/O port effective throughput, is the highest performance commercially available star coupler network today. The performance is attained by putting software intensive communication's. protocols into silicon. The product is a packet-baaed multiple but not parallel bus interconnection network with little buffering (i.e., non store and forward mode operation). As shown in Figure 14, the UltraNet 1000 Hub has a single, one Gigabit/aecond primary bus and multiple, one Gigabit per second local busaea (one f'or each quad 110 port module). At the local bus level, each 110 port module supports two simultaneous input to output links each capable of' fifty Megabytes/second throughput. Thus, the mHjmum effective throughput of' this star coupler is 1.1 Gigabytes/second (i.e., {50 Mesabyteslaecond X 2) X 11 quad 110 port m.odules1.
r - -,, -, r ~ 100 ......... eecand ........, ... llnka
I 11 1--·1 ~ .. ,,_ ... _ L _JL _J L
Loallu.:
" , Glpblt/9eoond
~lu.: . ,.......,.__. Fipre 14: UltraNet 1000 Network Hub
Figme 15 illustrates the use of'the UltraNet 1000 Hub as an event builder in a high energy physics experiment. Since each detector data source must pass through the Star Coupler to an online f'arm processor, the 1.1 Gigabyt.efsecond effective throughput is not realizable. As shown in the Figure, given an uperiment with f'orty data sources and two output links to online processors, in this case Silicon Graphics, Inc. workstations [5], the limiting factor in effective throughput is that event data from each data source must paaa through the primary one Gigabitlaecond backplane. Including various overheads (e.g., communications protocols, arbitration times, etc.), the effective throughput through this star coupler when all inessages must pass over the primary bus is approximately 50 to 80 Megabytes/second ( -50% of 118 Gigabytes/second).
Fipre 15: Data Acquisition System Us~ a Star Coupler as an Event Builder
The main point in mentioning this technology for possible event builder applications in high energy physics applications is not necessarily the tens of Megabytes/second effective throughput realj.zable today with a commercial product but the explosive growth potential of this marketplace and the use of standard industry supported data links f'or the transmission of data. Using a switch-based interconnection network or
6-118
-------------------
-·
-·
Eyent Buildine- Tes:hnigues
multiple primary backplanes instead of a single primary backplane and using Gigabitlsecond or even faster standard data links, within five to ten years a large, commercially-available Star Coupler might have an effective throughput approaching the few Gigabytes per second needed for some SSC data acquisition systems.
ARCBfi'ECTURAL CONSIDERATIONS
Several architectU:ral considerations are common to all systems:
Mixed Control/Data Paths: This has become an obvious weak point in many uisting systems. Very few high bandwidth data acquisition architectures would now consider mixing control and data on the same physical network.
·Push/Pull Data Transmission: A •pull• architecture implies a bidirectional datapath and some limited mixing of control and data. A •push" architecture implies greater intelligence at the source and increased buffering at the destination. However, it also allows the use of high bandwidth, unidirectional data channels (e.g., fiber-optics) and a loosely coupled control structure. At high data rates and greater source/destination distances, "pull" architectures are not practical.
Centralized/Decentralized Control: There is always at least some centralized control in any data acquisition system. In particular, distribution of the low level triggers must be centralized to avoid moving unwanted data off the detector. Beyond the front-end, the need for centralized control is minimal. A global trigger rate control for the entire system or for individual output channels is sufficient, and does not seriously affect system throughput. All common control points should be located in one logical device (an obvious choice is the Level 2 trigger system). There is no need for separate centralized controllers at the detector, event builder and processing farm.
The ideal event builder architecture is one that proVides the high bandwidth capabilities of a large IN, but without the complicated control mechanisms. Much of the complication in general-purpose INs result from the need to support random message traffic. A sophisticated controller is required, either centralized or distributed through the network, to avoid contention. In event building, much of this control cari be eliminated by partitioning the system so that the average data rate between any combination of source and destination is nearly constant. This is simUar to the advantage gained in designing a parallel processor interconnect when the processors are running a fixed algorithm with known interprocessor communication requirements.
A shared bus provides a very simple control mechanism, but must be eliminated because of low bandwidth. Expanding to a multiple bus or multiple port memory architecture is physically awkward for more than three to eight channels.
The dual-port memory array {crossbar with embedded buffers) is a good choice for systems with up to 32 channels, after which it becomes large and somewhat expensive. Moving the buffers to the inputs and outputs of the crossbar allows the system to expand linearly, but requires some additional control Restricting the interconnection pattern (e.g., barrel shift instead of full crossbar) reduces the size of the switching network. Multistage networks are more efficient, in terms of number of crosspoints, but also more difficult to configure. The availability of VLSI crossbars and the limitations on data acquisition system size (typically less than 256 channels) make multistage networks unnecessary.
6-119
yyen1 pUllUlllJi 1 Q;11IUHUS::t?
Some of the self-routing packet networks now being investigated for telecommunications use are overly complicated for event builder needs. ·This additional complication may be offset by the advantages of buying a standalone commercial product.
ADDING FAULT TOLERANCE TO INTERCONNECTION NETWORKS
A fault tolerant interconnection network is one that provides service. in at least some cases, even when it contains a faulty component or components. A network is •single-fault tolerant" if it can function 88 specified by its fault-t.olerance criterion despite any single fault conforming t.o its fault mode1[20]. A network is ·i-fault tolerant" if any set of "i" faults can be tolerated. A network that can tolerate some instances of ·r faults is •robust" although not "i-fault tolerant".
Two method.a used to add fault tolerance (redundancy) to interconnection networks are dilation and replication [21l Dilation, 88 ab.own in Figure 16a, apands .or "dilates" an IN stage or stage subaection. If one path through an IN stage subsection fails. an alternate path through the same stage subsection is used. Replication, 88 shown in Figure 16b. does not alter the IN stage subsection but adds identical or •replica" stage subsections. Additional stage·subaections are used when their duplicate stage subaections fail. Both dilation and replication improve system performance (by reducing the probability of bloclring) and reliability at a coat of increased price and complexity. A meaaage arriving at any input of a 4 x 4 switch in Figure 16a or a 2 x 2 switch in Figure 16b can be switched to any output. In both figures. normal message paths are shown in bold.
Fipn18a: Dilation Redundancy
Fipre18b: Replication Redundancy
Another leas obvious method for adding fault tolerance is by using an "extra stage cube" network (24:1 aa shown in Figure 17. For each 2 x 2 switch, messages arriving at port "a" or port "b• can be aent to either port •c• or port •d• or to both port& •c• and "d" simultaneously (i.e., broadcast). The first Oeftmost) and fourth (rightmost) stages can be enabled or bypassed. The first stage is enabled when it is being used and not •bypassed" by the multiplezers shown after each first-stage 2 x 2 switch. The fourth stage is enabled when it is being used and not "bypassed" by the demultiplexers shown before each fourth-stage 2 x 2 switch.. Normal operation of the IN is with the first stage enabled and the fourth stage bypassed. Ha fault occurs in the fourth stage, no reconfiguration of the IN is necessary. Ha fault occurs in the first stage, it is disabled and the fourth stage is enabled.
6-120
-------------------
Eyent Buildini: Techniques
If a fault occurs either in a link or in either of the inner stages, both the first and fourth stages are enabled. Multiple-fault tolerance i$ enhanced by individually enabling and disabling the first and fourth stage multiplexers and demultiplexers, respectively. This network is said to be "single-fault tolerant" and "robust" in the presence of multiple faults.
. . In a specific application in high-energy physics, a decision whether to use either of
these methods of fault tolerance would have to be based on the ease with which failures are diagnosed and repaired in a system without fault tolerance versus the added price and complexity of implementing and maintaining a system with fault tolerance.
0
7
Demultiplexers 1'
Figure 1'7: Extra Stage Cube 8 x 8 Fault Tolerant Interconnection Network
SELF-ROUTING TECHNIQUES
Routing tags placed in message headers are used to describe a path through a self-routing network. In a fault-tolerant self-routing network, these tags specify a functioning path. There are three methods for sources to generate routing tags that specify a fault-free path. With "non-adaptive" routing, a source is notified of a malfunctioning path when a message it has initiated reaches a faulty component. Thia approach requires little hardware but usually has poor performance. There are two forms of "adaptive routing". With "notification on demand" adaptive routing, a source maintains a table of faults it has encountered while attempting to establish paths. Thia table is used to derive routing tags for subsequent messages. With "broadcast notification" adaptive routing, each source is notified of any fault encountered by any message attempting to establish a path. With another method or routing, "dynamic routing", routing tags are "dynamically" altered as messages pass through a network and faults
6-121
t.tyenJ; pw1u11u;;: + s;i.;1uuy ut;;a
are encountered. This routing method will not be discussed any further in this paper. A few techniques for self-routing are discussed below.
With circuit-switched INs, a complete path from source to destination is established prior to the initiation of message transmission. No buffers are required in any internal IN stages. With packet-switched INs, packets of med or variable sizes with routing tag headers are sent to and buffered in each succeeding stage a message passes through in the IN. Only links between two switches of two adjacent st.ages need to be established at any one time. Messages are •stored and forwarded• from (switch) stage to (switch) stage until reaching their destination.
Wormhole routing diff'ers from packet;..switched routing in that only one word of a packet is forwarded to the next switch after the current switch has received and latched the next word of a message. Less buffering is required than in a packet-switched IN. Message tranamiuion is halt.eel if a dOWDBtream switch is busy paging another message. Messages are thus "pipelined• through the IN.
VU"tual cut-through routing is similar to wormhole routing except that when a message gets blocked at a busy switch, the remainder of the message is transmitted to and buffered in the busy switch. More buffering than in wormhole routing is required but effective throughput is increased by not keeping all upstream switches in a blocked message busy until the message is no longer blocked. ·
Figure 18, an 8 x 8 Multistage Cube IN, will be used to describe three methods for defining routing tags in this self-routing IN. In all the examples, the message source ID is binary six (110) and the destination ID is binary three (011). Each 2 x 2 switch has four operating modes as shown at the bottom of the figure. Broadcast modes will not be discusaed..
With the first method, the routing tag is the destination (011). N. each stage, the switch receiving the message examines its component of the routing tag (i.e., stage 2 examines the 22 bit, stage 1 the 21 bit, etc.) to determine how to route the message. In a 2 x 2 switch, the upper input port is port 0 and the lower input port is port 1. Routing is determined as follows. It the switch's component of the routing tag is logic "A" and the input port receiving the message is port "A", the switch operates in the "straight" mode as shown in the figure; if the port receiving the message is port "not A", the switch operates in the "exchange" mode.
The second method uses ·the rule that, with a 2 x 2 switch, the upper port is port 0 and the lower port is port 1. The switch simply uses its component of the routing tag, the destination as in the first method, as a pointer to output port 0 or output port 1. Both this and the previous method allow verification by the destination that it was supposed to receive the message (ie., destination m equals routing tag).
With the third method of routing, the routing tag is the logical bitwise "exclusive or" of the source and det¢ination. It an input port of a 2 x 2 switch receives a message and its component of the routing tag is logic 0, the switch operates in the •straight" mode; if logic 1, the switch operates in the "mcc:hange" mode. The disadvantage of this self-routing technique is that the routing tag is more difficult to compute. The advantage is that a destination can derive the source of a message by doing an "exclusive or" of its address, the destination, and the routing tag.
Combinations of the above self-routing techniques, along with error detecting and possibly correcting codes on the routing tag and even the data, allow the destination not only to identify the source of the message and to determine if it was supposed to receive the message but also guarantee data and message integrity.
6-122
-------------------
Eyent Buildin~ Tes:hnigues
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 4 4 2 2 1 1
2 3 0 I
N u T p p u 4 u T T 5
I
7 7 7 7 7 7 7
STAGE 2 . 1 0
H =B _g N STRAIGHl EXCHANGE LOWER UPPER
BROADCAST BROADCASl
Fipre18: Multi.st.age Cube Interconnection Network
INPUT AND OUTPUT QUEUEING IN AN INTERCONNECI'ION NETWORK
Packet switching networks often employ input or output queues to regulate data tlow in the network [22]. Most methods of queueing assume that packets are fixed.-length and that each packet has an equal probability (ie., 1/number of outputs) of being addressed to any given output. Input and output queueing implies FIFOs at the IN inputs and outputs, respectively.
With input queueing, the number of message packets with the saine destination sent through the IN during any one time slot is controlled. Potential bottlenecks at the IN outputs are minimized and throughput is actually increased even though the tramm>i•sion of some message packets is delayed. The disadvantage is that some packet.a which could have been transmitted to an idle output are blocked by a preceding packet which is waiting for a dift'erent, busy output.
With output queueing, it is assumed that the intemal network links can operate at a much higher bandwidth than the input or output channels. Packets arriving simultaneously at the same output are queued until the output is ready. Output queueing is more efficient than input queueing because there is no blocking within the network it.self. However, the assumption that the network links can operate at N times the single channel 110 bandwidth is not very realistic.
6-123
Eyent Building Technigues
Time Slot lnterchangers provide the advantages of output queuing while being physically located at the input of the IN. They act t.o resequence the input data so that no packet is blocked by preceding packets. This is equivalent t.o the input queueing model with a separate FIFO for each destination. Various other combinations of input, output and int.emal queueing (not mentioned in this paper) are also poeaible.
A FUTURE DATA ACQUJSITION SYSTEM ARCwTECTURE & SOME FUTURE TECHNOLOGIES
Specified event building data rates for some of today's eziating, under development and proposed high eneray physics experiments are pven in Table 1. Note the two t.o three orders of magnitude increase in data rates in two of the proposed Superconducting Super Collider (SSC) detectors from present-day aperimenta. This is due to expected particle interaction rates of 108 and 107 per second, respectively, for the Solenoid and BCD detectors. It is obvious that new techniques of event building, most likely entirely parallel, need t.o be developed.
Emo;h11ent ALEPH (CERN) DELPHI (CERN)
L3 (CERN) CDF CFermilab) DO (Fermilab) Solenoid (SSC)
BCD(SSC) ·
hmtBuildimDataBate 1 Megabyte/second 2 Megabytes/second 8 Megabytes/second
15 Megabytes/second 27 Megabytes/second 1-10 Gigabytesleec:on.d
10-100 Gigabytea/second
Table 1: Present and Future Event Building Data Rates
Figure 19 illustrates data acquisition and triggering data flow requirements for the proposed large solenoid detect.or at the SSC. 60 MHz beam crossings and 100 MHz interaction rates are reduced to trigger rates of 1 KHz after two levels of triggering. Substantial intermediate event data buffering during triggering is required. With average event sizes of one Megabyte, event data must pass &om the intermediate buft'ers through a parallel event builder int.o an online processor farm (L3 Farm) at an average rate of one Megabyte every one mmisecond, 1000 eventalsecond or one Gigabyte /second. Deaiping the data acquisition system with a factor oft.en higher throughput capability for future growth and possible higher trigger rates and larger event sizes, requires a ten Gigabyte/second average throughput parallel event builder.
6-124
-------------------
-
o.dllll9: c ,.
.. 'Mr. '-3 pwm; • 1 911**1 (10 Gals Clll*ilyl caw.-o'a bt....._d>
• 10 ...._...,._Id IDMHz..___,._
100 HI 10 1 !CHI
1ete1•eNRla'WollC
..... ......
Eyent Building Techniques
,... ..... ;~.s=..:: ..... , llejecllen:
1IC101•
LmL1 10_..._iO"( ..... )
10•111-i...,, .,.....-i ..... I llljocllGn:
18to100
•1K~ld ....... ,, ........... ....,, ..... ' llljocllGn: ,. .. , .
Figure 19: Trigger & Data Acquisition Dataflow for the SSC Solenoid Det.ect.or
Figure 20 illustrates a proposed new data acquisition system archit.ecture for the two SSC det.ect.ors. Two levels of triggers are proposed for the Solenoid detector; only one level of triggers is proposed for the BCD detector. The central component of the archit.ecture is a parallel event builder or inte.TI:onnection network. Extensive system simulations are needed to define the parallel event builder to be used on these detector data acquisition systems. The brief introduction to interconnection networks and various technologies described in this paper should aid in cb.oosing·an implementation method for the parallel event builder.
6-125
Eyent Build.in~ Technigpes
,---- --1 I .............. -I------1 I
~ c-, • .-11
' -----------------------------------------Flpre 20: Proposed Data Acquisition System Architecture
-
To achieve the needed high data rates through a parallel event builder in an SSC e~riment, much of the front-end electronics needs not only to be mounted on the detector but needs to contain buft'ers for several events. Data and triggers must be pipelined to e1iminate deadtime. Front-end electronics will contain mostly analog pipelined bulfers to store data for a few microseconds at the sixteen nanosecond crossing rate of the detector during Level 1 triggers. Data will be stored for several tens of microseconds in analog or digital buft'ers during Level 2 triggers. A possible front-end and near detector architecture is shown in Figure 21. Standard readout ICs, Data Collection ICs, would also be mounted on the detector and would be used to read data from all front-end subsystems. For most and possibly all subayst.ems, event data will be stored in front-end I Cs until after Level 2 triggers. Because of the extremely high event rates and widely varying distributions of data for a particular event within various front-end ICs, all of one event's data will not necessarily be received at the Data Ordering logic before the data from events .occuring later in time. Thus, the Data Ordering logic is a temporary bulfer for several events. A parallel event builder operates most efficiently when approzimately equal amounts of data arrive at each of its inputs averaged over several events. Data Balancing logic is used to help equalize the distribution of data being transmitted to each input of the parallel event builder. High-speed fiber data links are used to transmit data to the parallel event builder.
Another approach to event building involves sending individual fragments of event data through a multistage interconnection network as they are read by the Data Collection ICs, without waiting until all local data for a specific event is collected. Both this technique and others described above need extensive simulation before the proper design can be decided upon.
6-126
-----
-------------
,....,
Optical Driver• & Logic Dlita 881.nclng
& Ordering Logic
Twisted-Pair Copper --... or (future) Low-Power Optical
r-- 1 I I l ___ .J
Detector Detector Subsystem 1 Subsystem 2
To Parallel Event Builder
Near 1 Detector
ln•lde. 0n I Detector f
-1 ,--- 1 I I I 1-1 I l---.J I I
Detector 1 1 Subsystem 3 I I 1 _______ .J
Detector Subsystem N
Figure 21: Possible Future Front-End & Near Detector Architecture
A major new t.echnology for interconnecting multiple IC wafers with veey large numbers of interconnections is "3-D" packaging (being developed by Hughes Aircraft [23] and others). As shown in Figure 22, the technology stacks several silicon wafers separated by spacers, interconnects the wafers by thermally dissolving molten droplet.a of aluminum such that they "eat" through a wafer, and connects the wafers to the out.side via conventional flat cable. A 32-input, 32-output five-wafer stack, having well over 4000 feedthrough interconnections between the wafers, and able to withstand shock test.a needed for militaey use has been successfully tested by Hughes. Each feedthrough has approximately twenty ohms of resistance. Present development plans include a "3-D computer" consisting of a 128-input, 128-output 15-wafer stack with nearly 250,000 interconnections operational in 1990 and another consisting of a 512-input, 512-output 25-wafer stack with over 1,000,000 interconnections operational in 1994.
Data presently is fed into the wafer stacks in a digital serial format at relatively few tens of Megabit.a/second. The physical properties of the flat cable will limit the data rates on the 110 cables. In time, dift'erent cabling technologies will be used, both increasing I/O data rates and allowing analog and digital 1/0. Wafer stacks under development presently contain only digital circuitry but there is no reason ·totally analog or combined analog/digital wafers couldn't be used.
6-127
Fipre 22: Three-Dimensional Integrated Circuit Packaging
In high-energy physics, these wafer stacks have several applications such as track segment finding, silicon pizel preprocessing, combined preprocessing (ie, calibrations) and event building, et.c. Their compactness make them ideal for installation right on detectors. Their interconnectability makes them very suitable for interconnection networks and preprocessing at various stages of a data acquisition system. For example, top wafers could be partially processing physics event data while lower layers are receiving data on the flat cables to further process this data with the results of the top wafer stages of processing.
DafaLmlg
The tnmaf'er of high-speed serial data e>Ver wire and/or ftberoptic cable will be required in many future data acquisition system architectures. Several commercially available VLSI chips such as the Advanced Micro Devices TAXI [241 and Gazelle HOT ROD (25] integrated circuits appear to be useful for these applications. Future Local Area Network (LAN) and data link standarda such as FDDI, HPPI and SCI must be studied t.o determine if they are appropriate t.o the proposed DAQ architectures. The major cost item in a fiberoptic data link operating at 250 Megabits/second or higher is the optical driver and receiver. The development of low-cost, high-speed (500 to 1000
6-128
-------------------
-
Megabits/second) optical components represents a major effort. Thus far, the telecommunications industry has only concentrated on high-power optical components capable of signal transmission without repeaters over distances of miles.
Research on optical or opto-electronic switching systems can be directly applied to parallel event builder design. A very good overview of current work is presented in (26]. The use of AT&Ts recently developed self-electrooptic effect device (SEED) in high-speed switching networks, along with general information on optical switching is covered in [27] and [281
Figure 23 illustrates two approaches to optical switching, using optical shutters and waveguides to form crossbar switches. Switches of this type have been proposed or implemented with up to 32 channels. Although a fully optical dat.apath would seem to have advantages over a system which convert.a from optical to electronic and back, there is the potential problem of resynchronizing the optical receivers for each change in transmitters. A more likely candidate for larger switches is opto-electronic integrated circuitry (OEIC) where the inputs and outputs are optical fiber, but the actual switching loeic is conventional GaAs. Some decoupling of the inputs and outputs could t.ake place in the electronic part of the switch so that the individual links remain synchronized.
0
1
2
3
1
4 X 4 PLZT Croubllr 8 X 8 LINbC\ Croubar
Figure 23: Optical Switching
To be cost-effective, future general-pur.pose processors must be highly integrated. Several major semiconductor manufacturers predict the availability of 50-100 million transistor ICs by the year 2000 [291. Figure 24 shows an example or the type or general-purpose architectures which will be made possible by this level or integration. Since most on-line physics applications fit easily into an eight Megabyte memory space, a single IC multiprocessor is ideal for use in a high level processor farm. Even with conservative specifications (80 nanosecond DRAM, 50 MHz clock), an eight processor IC could deliver 250 MIPS at less than $5/MIP. This is the target cost/performance range which would
6-129
allow the use of general-purpose processors in a "million VAX-equivalent" processor farm.
The Intel Touchstone project [13] is an eumple of near-term technology in processor farms. This system is expected to deliver approximately 200,000 VAX-equivalents (floating-point) in a 2048 node configuration by 1992 and should be scalable to the "million VAX-equivalent" range by the late 19908. The Touchstone architecture uses a mesh interconnect, but allows direct routing between any two nodes without atore-and-forward buffering. The network could be used for event building, as well as processing, if it were preceded by a stage of TSls. Without TSls, a significant portion of the processor local memory and 110 bandwidth may be needed for store-and-forward bu1fering since all input messages are contending for the same destination.
100 Megabyte/UC 1 Gigabyte/UC Block Tranafer Internal Bua External Bua (128 Byte C.che Une Size)
"' "' Bua IU Controller each• FPU
each• IU
FPU 14 Megabit 1024 I I DRAM
(8 MegabytH)
each• IU
FPU
Fipre M: Integrat.ed General-Purpose Multiprocessor
FERMILAB'S DATAACQUISlUON SYSTEMARCB:rrECTURE A PARALLEL EVENT BUILDER PROTOTYPE PROJECI'
A new data acquisition system architecture called the Scalable Parallel Open Architecture Data Acquisition Sy&tem [30), is being developed at Fermilab. The goal of the project is to build a prototype system whose central component is a &wit.ch-based self. routing parallel event builder [31]. In order to test the system, a crate of test modules representing physics event data sources will be used to provide high speed parallel inputs to the swit.ch, while at the outputs of the &Wit.ch a crate of electronics representing an online processor farm will receive high speed "built" events in parallel. Extensive behavioral modeling and simulation experiments are presently being undertaken with the goal of understanding not only individual components of the architecture but also how they interact in the system. The architecture is scalable, firstly, in so much 88 it is well suited for data acquisition aystema in low to high-rate experiments, test beams and all SSC detectors. Secondly, 88 both technology and physics needs change, the architecture "scales" for higher throughput (by adding more channels and/or processors) without modifying the fundamental structure of the system. This last feature is also implied in the "Open Architecture" part of the project's name. "Open architecture" means that new technologies (e.g .• new online processors from several companies, newer and faster data links, etc.) can be added to the system (or replace existing elements) with little extra system development required. The prototype system at Fermilab will contain · up to 64 channels, each operating at a nominal twenty Megabytes/second rate for a
6-130
-------------------
combined throughput of approximately one Gigabyte per second. The parallel event builder is implemented using a barrel shift switch packaged in a single 9U Eurocard VMEbus crate and is expandable for higher data rate or additional data source requirements. The detector and processor farm are both emulated by test modules which transmit and receive simulat.ed event data at full bandwidth.
The main component in this new data acquisition system architecture is the barrel shift; switch, parallel event builder interconnection network (IN). It can be classified as a packet-switched, synchronous, centralized three-stage IN. The input of the first stage and output of the third stage operate in an asynchronous mode in that data are stored at the input of the IN at random intervals using FIFOs and totally assembled events are transmitt.ed from the outputs of the IN asynchronous to the functioning of the switch component of the IN. Event fragments are synchronously transmitted in packets through the switch or middle stage of the IN by centralized control electronics. This parallel event builder can operat.e in either self-routing or non-self-routing modes. In the self-routing mode, input event fragments are received, then "tagged" with their final (processor) destination address. In the non-self-routing mode, input event fragments pass through the switch stage of the IN in the order they were received with no processor "t.ag". Totally built events are transmitted to successive banks of processors and are lost if no processor in a bank is ready to accept an event. More will be said about these and other modes of control lat.er.
The operation of the barrel shift event builder IN can be best explained by describing the logical operation of the network. Figure 25 is an illustration of a four-input, four-output (4 x 4) parallel event builder. Tagged event data fragments arrive at each of the four inputs and are placed into iogical" FIFO buffers in the first stage of the IN, the Input Time Slot Int.erchangers [32]. There is one Input TSI for each input data source. One iogical" FIFO buffer exists for each output of the barrel shift; switch. Each event data fragment ent.ering the IN is placed into the FIFO buffer corresponding to the output port from which the particular event will be forwarded to a processor. Thus, if the IN is a 4 x 2 network, each Input TSI will contain two "logical" FIFO buffers, one for each IN output. The third stage of the parallel event builder IN, the Output Time Slot Interchangers, consist again of "logical" FIFO buffers, one for each input of the IN. The middle stage of the IN, the barrel shift; switch, is depicted in this figure as parallel connections of Input TSis to Output TSis. Each FIFO buffer of each Input TSI has a single connection to a "mirror image" FIFO buffer in each of the Output TSia.
Figure 26 is a simplified illustration of the physical implementation of the parallel event builder IN being developed at Fermi.lab. The "logical" Input and Output TSI FIFO buffers are being implement.eel using dual-ported video dynamic RAMs logically divided into N circular buffers. At the Output TSI, a full event is assembled by concatenating one event fragment from each of the N buffers as the data is transmitt.ed to a processor. The barrel shift; switch is implement.ed using a programmable crossbar configured as one or more independent barrel shifters to allow system partitioning. A small PrograJnmable Array Logic device (PAL) could have been used.
6-131
Input TSI
Source 0
Source 1
Source 2
Source 3
FIFO Buffers Output TSI
Figure 25: Barrel Shill; IN Logical Operation
The barrel shifter rotates through its N possible states, connecting every logical input buft'er to every logical output buft'er once during a full rotation. In this way, the 32 logical buft'ers (four per TSI) and the sixteen logical int:erconneetions shown in Figure 25 are emulat.ed by a single physical buft'er in each TSI and a four channel barrel shifter as shown in Figure 26. For a four channel system, the saTinp are not significant. But in a fully connected 1024 channel system, two million independent buffers and one million cables (plus connectors, etc) would be required. Using a switch-based architecture reduces this to 2048 buft'ers and 2048 cables.
Source 1
Source 3
Video DRAM
/' Time-Multiplexed Switch (Barrel shifter)
Destination 0
Destination 1
Destination 2
Destination 3
Fipre 26: Barrel Shift IN Physical Implementation
6-132
-------------------
Eyent Buildini Techniques
Data crosses the switch in synchronous fixed-length packets. A single packet may consist of data from several events or a small part of a single event. There is no correlation between event and packet boundaries. The system emulates the logical operation of Figure 25 by moving small "time-slices" of data from the appropriate Input TSI buft'ers to Output TSI buft'ers based on the current interconnection provided by the barrel shifter.
N-Inwt & M-Output BaJTel Sbjft Intgm>nnediinn Network
As mentioned previously, the barrel shift switch interconnection network is not limited to N x N operation. A N-input,M-output (N x M) barrel shia switch IN differs from that of an N x N switch only in the number of "logical" buft'ers assigned (either dynamically or at system initialization time) to each Input and Output TSI. For the N x M switch, each Input TSI is assigned M "logical" buffers and each Output TSI is assigned N "logical" buft'ers.
The Input Time-Slot Interchanger packetizes the incoming data (event fragments) and rearranges these packets such that, for any configuration of the switch, each packet has a unique destination. This guarantees non-blocking operation of the switch and also serves to average the data rate on the input and output data links for better efficiency. The Output TSI concatenates event fragments to form a complete event for output to the processors. A single dual-port video DRAM is used in each TSI channel and is partitioned (through software pointers) into any number of logical buffers. The Input TSI can also direct incoming data to a speci.tic output buffer based on a packet header. This provides the self-routing capability of the network.
The input and output TSis are basically "mirror-images" of each other and reside on either side of the barrel shift. switch which is implemented on a common backplane (Figure 27).
DSP
Input TSI Shift Matrix Output TSI
Fipre 27: Time-Slot Interchanger&
Swit&:h-Base:cf PpraJJeJ Eygnt BuiJder Intttnttjm
Figures 28 and 29 illustrate how the barrel shift switch parallel event builder IN integrates into existing and new systems, respectively. In Figure 28, Input and Output TSis are integrated with the switch stage of the IN. Asynchronous, non-packeted data are sent to the IN over fiber cables from detector event data sources and asynchronous, non-packeted data are transmitted to an existing array of processors. In Figure 29,
6-133
Eyent Building Techniques
Input and Output TSis are near the detector event data sources and the array of processors, respectively. Data packets are sent from remote Input TSis to the switch stage of the IN and transmitted from the swit.ch to remote Output TSis over fiber and copper cables. respectively. Figure 30 illustrates what the future holds when using switch-based parallel event builders for high-energy physics experiments. Both the computer and telecommunications industries are developing opto-electronic integrated circuit (OEIC) switches or totally optical switches that should be usable in high-energy physics parallel event building applications.
Detector
Data Tranamltter
Proceaaor I terface
Fipre 28: Int.egration Into Emting Syat.ems
I
Input TSI & Dat. T anamltter
Detector Barrel
........• , • • •
Output TSI & Proce r Interface
Proceaaora
Figure 29: Integration Into New Systems
6-134
---
---------------
............................ .,, . • • • : Detector ! Component : A • • :----"' • • • • • • • • • • • • • :----• • : Detector i Component : N • • • • • \.: .................... J
1 Gigabillsac Optical Links (10 Gigabytel9ec Total Bandwidll)
/ '-121 x 121 OEIC
Switch
Eyent Buildin~ Technigues
Proce••or•
Proce••or•
Figure 30: Possible Future Parallel Event Builder Configuration
Contml Mndn OfOperation
Four possible modes of operation of the barrel shift; switch parallel event builder IN are being investigated, two open and two closed loop modes. Refer to Figure 31 to aid in understanding the four modes of control.
D•t• Input Tr•n•mltter TSI
Detector
Trigger Sy•tem
Output TSI
Procea•or lnterf•ce
Proceaaor•
Event Requeat Link
Fiaure 31: Event Request Link & Trigger System Interface
The first control mode, Open Loop Sequential, does not use the Event Request Link and automatically assigns events to the next sequential destination (i.e., output of the event builder). If a processor. is not ready to accept an event, the event is lost. Accepted events can be delivered td the first available processor or to a specific processor designated by the event header.
The second control mode, Open Loop Non-Sequential, again does not use the Event Request Link and automatically assigns events to destinations based on stored
6-135
Eyent Buildjng Technjgues
distributions of processors or strings of processors and processing power loaded into the Trigger System Interface at system initialization time.
The third control mode, Closed Loop Sequential, uses the Event Request Link to indicate whether a destination processor ia ready. The Trigger System Interface assigns events to the next sequential ready destination. Event triggers are disabled if there ia no ready processor connected to the next sequential output of the IN.
The fourth and last control mode being investigated, Closed Loop Non-Sequential, also uses the Event Request Link to indicate whether a destination processor ia ready. The Trigger System Interface assigns events of specific trigger types to the next ready processor interested in that particular type of event, and again does not generate a trigger accept if there ia no available processor.
The principle distinction between open and closed loop control ia the point in the system where events are discarded when all processors are busy. In cloaed loop mode, events can be discarded at the front-end by not iasuinl a trigger accept or they can be redireeted to a channel with a free processor. In open-loop mode, the data ia transmitted but is not written to a processor.
Bebayjgral MgdpJing & SjmuJations Qf1be An;bitec;ture
The purpose of modelling and simulating the switch-based Scalable Parallel Open Architecture Data Acquisition System ia to provide a learning vehicle whereby the system designers can experiment with different architectures and control mechanisms to enable them to better understand the design. Thia better understanding will simplify decisions such as which operation mode provides for highest throughput, what extra electnmics and software should be implemented to more efficiently diagnose failures and m problems, etc. Modeling and system simulations assist system designers in determining throughput for different configurations, identif'ying potential bottlenecks, interfacing to -Physics data• simulations, identifYU4 busiest channels, selecting proper bufl'er sizes, determining the number of processors and processing power required, determining data rates, etc.
With the ever-increasing complexity of detectors and their associated data acquisition systems, it is important to bring together a set of tools to enable system designers, both hardware and software, to understand the whole system including the behavioral aspects and the interaction of different functional units within the system. For complex systems. human intuition is inadequate since there are simply too many variables for system designers to begin to predict how varying any subset of them affects the total system. On the other hand, uact analysis, even to the utent of investing in disposable hardware prototypes, ia much too time consuming and costly. Simulation bridges the gap between physical intuition and euct analysis by providing a learning vehicle in which the affects of varying many parameters can be analyzed and understood. In this way much time can be saved in the design process and one has aignificantly increased the probability of understanding not only the system as a whole but also the interaction of different sub-systems.
The following ia a partial list of simulations which are being undertaken as this data acquisition system architecture is being developed. Simulations are divided into normal system operation simulations (i.e., no errors) and system simulations with errors. Effects of variations in the number of detector channels, event size, event distribution, front-end buffer size, number of data links, data link transfer rate, packet lengths, routing algorithms, number of processors, average processing time, processing time distributions,
6-136
-------------------
Eyent Building Techniaues
processor and other system buffer sizes, event request delays, etc. will be investigated. Architecture improvements resulting from these simulations will be made. The effects of intentionally-induced errors in the system such as data errors, header errors, routing errors, buffer overflows, source failures, processor failures, switch failures, etc. will then be investigated. Architecture improvements resulting from the diagnostic simulations will then be made.
Monte Carlo data will be used in both simulations of the architecture and actual tests of the prototype system under development. A report of all simulations and hardware tests should be completed early in 1991.
Simulations are being performed using a Solbourne [6] UNIX workstation (SUN-4. compatible) running the Data Views [33] real-time graphical interface package. Links to an apert system (Nexpert [34]) for diagnostics are also being investigated. The architecture will be extensively modelled and simulated.using Verilog-XL [35]. The system will have the ability to switch between simulations and the prototype hardware from a common user interface. This development technique should result in a substantial part of the runtime sofiware needed to control an aperiment using this architecture being written and tested as part of the simulations and testing of the prototype system.
From the outset of the project the goal has been to provide an integrated systems engineering environment in which hardware and software development can proceed in parallel and actually complement one another. To achieve this, it was first necessary to bring together a set of tools to not only allow atensive aploration of all upects of the deaip, but also provide building blocks that would encourage the close interaction of software and hardware engineers. This approach has had the very positive advantage that valuable information is constantly being communicated between hardware and software groups during the development process. The powerful tools which were set in place included a Computer Hardware Description Language (CHDL) and simulator, a high-speed graphics package and a knowledge-based expert inference system, all running on a very powerful work station. Although each of these is very useful when used alone, when they are combined with appropriate Hnking software the effects are even more powerful and versatile. For example, in order to configure, download, monitor and diagnose the •model" of the data acquisition system, a user interface is being developed which best accommodates these functions. The requirements of this interface are identical to those of the actual physics experiment. If the model is an accurate representation of the actual system, then everything that a user would like to do tO his system, he would also like to do to his model. Therefore, as the model is developed, the actual software used to run the experiment is also being developed in parallel in an integrated fashion.
Another example of integrated systems engineering is the development of system diagnostics and their integration into the hardware designs during the simulation process. Good systems diagnostics are cruci8.l to minimizing downtime in a running experiment. In order to diagnose something, it helps to understand it. Before any hardware is actually built, diagnostic strategies are evolving and being teated on the "model". At the same time, one should not require hardware engineers to learn the syntax of a rule-based expert system, but one can choose a medium, such as decision trees, as the common base for storing problem-solving knowledge. It is fairly trivial for hardware engineers to represent their problem-solving knowledge in the form of decision trees, just as it is fairly trivial for programmers to translate from decision trees
6-137
Eyent Buildine- Technigues
to "rules" in a knowledge-based or expert system. When the programmer tests these rules, he interacts with the model and the hardware engineer to verify their operation and eft'ect.
In the Scalable Parallel Open Architecture Data Acquisition Syst.em at Fermilab, we have already linked together the CHDL package, graphics package and knowledge-based package such that the user is now presented with an elegant •windowed" user runtime interface, in which he can select either simulated or real data taking. With the simulation mode, the user can start and stop runs, inject faults ·and observe their effect, and invoke diagnostic procedures to find the problem. The current technology is such that just •clicking• on a window invokes another process (e.g., simulation task), and causes rules to •me• in the upert system, which in turn cause new •windows• or new •viewgraphs" to appear in the user runtime interface. Thia interface can be very conducive to narrowing down a problem, or. piding a technician or operator th.rough problems.
SUMMARY
In the early 1980s, when data acquisition systems for many of the current generation of high-energy physics experiments were designed, bandwidths greater than ten Megabytes/second were not economically practical. The detector electronics could not generate data, and high-level processors,if they mated, could not process data at those rates. Recent improvements in technology have allowed almost a thousand-fold increaae in th.rough.put for virtually every component of data acquisition systems. VLSI front-end logic now supports synchronous readout and triggering at detector interaction rates. Processors are now typically 100 times faster and 1000 times more cost eft'ecti.ve (compared to the original PDP-11 class machines), and can be apected to improve by another factor of ten before the end of th.is decade. While the inherent banJwidth of copper cable has not increased, parallel switching techniques and high-speed serial interconnects based on fiber-optic technology now make data ttansniission and event building at rates of 1-10 Gigabytes/second practical.
Although the performance of these systems has increased by several orders of magnitude, they are still apensive. Wherever possible, a common architecture which can be used in many dift'erent aperiments and for many difi'erent triggers with.in an experiment is strongly preferred. The low-level triggers and much of the detector electronics are auumed t.o be system dependent, but beyond this point the data acquisition system should be designed for general-purpose use. General-purpose architectures do not preclude the use of special-purpose processors, which may still be more cost-eft'ective in many cases. If possible however, both types of processing should be interchangeable.
A major goal in developing a very high-bandwidth event builder is to reduce the need for fast inline processing. After an event is fully assembled, the •real-time" restrictions on processing throughput and time-ordering of events are mostly eHminated. Trigger decisions can be more reliable when a proceasor has acceas to all of the event data, with.out serious processing time limitations and with the ability to easily modify the trigger algorithms. For this reason, squeezing the highest possible rejection factor from the low-level trigger log.ic is not always the best approach.
6-138
------------
------
Eyent Bujldimt Tecbnigues
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors wish to express their appreciation to members of the Data Acquisition Electronics Department of the Computing Division and Guatavo Cancelo of the Physics Department at Fermilab for their efforts on the project deac:ribed in the paper, and especially to Carl Swoboda and Hector Gonzalez for their contributions to the paper.
REFERENCES
1 Bhuyan,L.N.et al,Performance of Multiprocessor Interconnection Networks, Computer, 1989.
2 Modular Instrumentation and Digital Interface System (CAMAC) ANSI/IEE Std. 583-1982.
3 IEEE Standard F ASTBUS Modular High-Speed Data Acquisition and Control System, ANSI/IEE Std. 960-1986.
4 VMEbus Specification Manual, Motorola, Inc.,1985. 5 Silicon Graphics Inc., Mountain View, California. 6 Solbourne Computer, Inc., Longmont, Colorado. 7 Barsotti,E.J. et al, Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research A629,82-
92, 1988. 8 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard MA 9 Multibus II Bus Architecture Specification Handbook, Intel Inc., 1984. lOEnder,C., et al ,Multiprocessor Data Acquisition System for High Event Rates at the
Heidelberg/Darmstadt Crystal Ball, IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science,Vol36,No.5,1989.
11 Andrewa,F., et al, No. 5 ESS ·Overview, ISS 81, Vol. 3, 1-6. 12 Huang, A., et al, Starlite: A Wideband Digital Switch, GLOBECOM '84 Proceedings , 1984. 13 Anthea,G., Intel Lands DARPA Super Award, Federal Computer Week, Vol.3,No. 15, 1989. 14 Tucker, L., Architectures and Applications of the Connection Machine, Computer, August 1988,
Vol. 21, No. 8, p. 26-38. . 15 Meiko Ltd., UK. 16 Fiber Distributed Data Interface CFDDI), Draft Proposed National Standard, FDDI Token Ring
Media Access Control (MAC), ANCS X3T9.5, Feb. 28, 1986. 17 HPPI (HSC) American National Standard X3T9.3. 18 Scalable Coherent Int.erface (SCD Propoeed Standard IEEE P1596. 19 UltraNetwork Technologies,Inc., San Joee, California. 20 Adam.a,G.B.Ill et al, Fault-Tolerant Multistage Interconnection Networb, Computer, June 1987,
pp.14-27. 21 Siegel, Howard Jay, et al, Using the Multistage Cube Network Topology in Parallel
Supercomputers, Proceedings of the IEEE, Vol. 77, No.12, December 1989, p. 1932-1953. 22 Karol, Mark J. et al, Input Versus Output Queueing on a Space-Division Packet Switch, IEEE
Transactions On Communications, Vol. Com-35, No. 12, December 1987, papa 1347-1356. Zi Hughes Aircraft Corporation, Irvine, California. 2' Advanced Micro Devices, Sunnyvale, California.; Transparent Asynchronous
Transmitter/Receiver Interface (TAXI) Technical Manual Preliminary Rev. 1.1 25 Gazelle Microcircuits, Inc., Santa Clara, California, Company Publication regarding Gazelle Hot
Rod set of integrated cin:uits. a; Berra, P.Bruce., Optics and Supercomputing, Proceedings of the IEEE, Vol. 77, No. 12, December
1989, p.1797. 'Z1 Hinton, ff.Scott, Architectural Considerations for Photonic Switching Networks, IEEE Journal on
Selected Areas in Communications, Vol. 6, No. 7, August 1988, p. 1209. 28 Murdocca,M. et al, Optical Design of a Digital Switch, Applied Optics, Vol. 28, No. 13, July 1989,
p. 2505. 29 Gelsinger,P.,et al.,Microprocessors - circa 2000, IEEE Spectrum, 43-47,0ctober,1989.
6-139
Eyent Buildini Tecbnig,ues
3> Barsotti, E.J.,et al,A Proposed Scalable Parallel Open Architecture Data Acquisition System for Low to High Rate Experiments, Test Beams, and All SSC Detectors, IEEE Transactions in Nuclear Science, to be published in the June, 1990 issue.
31 Bowden,M.,et al, A High-Throughput Data Acquisition Architecture Based on Serial Interconnects,IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science,Vol.36,No.1,February 1989, p 760-764.
32 Briley, B., Introduction To Telephone Switchiq, p. 71-77, Adc:Uon-Wesley, 1983. m DataViews, V.I. Corporation, Amherst, Massachmetts. 3' Nerpert, Neuron Data, Inc., Palo Alto, CalifomiL 35 VERILOG-XL, Cadence (Gateway), Lowell, Mauachusetts.
6-i40
-------------------
Fermilab & Networking
Introduction
High energy physics is often characterized by large experimental collaborations of tens to hundreds of scientists and engineers whose home institutions may include national laboratories and universities across the United States and the world. Data collected in a large experiment sometimes amounts to tens of terabytes per year, which must be reconstructed, analyzed, useful physics extracted, and the results published. Researchers need to work collaboratively to develop designs for these experiments, develop the software for taking and analyzing data, analyze and refine the dat from experiments, hold technical meetings, and write papers and reports disseminating their discoveries.
Computer networks are one way in which the challenge of tying together far-flung collaborations has been met. The high energy physics laboratories have long taken a leading role in providing computer networks, beginning with the first links between laboratories installed over a decade ago. Since then, computer networks have played an increasingly important and integral role in high energy physics research.
Because collaborators are spread across the nation and beyond, extensive travel is required that is costly in time and money. computer networks and more recently remote conferencing are helping to reduce these costs. Electronic mail is used widely and in many ways: as a way to avoid "telephone tag"; as a faster and (perhaps) more reliable alternative to paper mail; and, most significantly, as a general forum for discussion of ideas. Other capabilities of computer networks allow transfer or sharing of files containing data or programs or allow computers at remote locations to be used. High energy physics often provides the forefront of these capabilities. More recently, the costs of video and other forms of remote conferencing have dramatically declined, and an experimental project has demonstrated that video conferences among collaborators at FNAL, SSC, and LBL can be an effective aid to research. Plans are underway to expand this latter capability to include other laboratories and universities.
Future Computing & Networking
Howeve.r, all is not rosy. Because collaborators are spread across organizations and nations, dissimilar computers, operating systems, and networks exist which impose impediments to getting work done. Moreover networking, computing technology, and the ways of doing computing over networks are evolving rapidly with the result that an experimental collaboration,m which often lasts for years, may see several generations of networking or computing paradigms. Old networks, computers, and paradigms deny an experiment access to advanced technology, reducing productivity and increasing costs.
Packet switched wide area and local area networks are providing ever increasing connectivity and at rates and helping standardize interoperability among dissimilar computing systems. At Fermilab, Ethernet local area networks will be supplemented by fiber optic interconnections based on the FDDI standard, which provides an order-of-magnatude increase in data rate. Wide area networks like HEPnet and ESnet are able to take advantage of new telephone company offerings which provide very significant increase in performance at reasonable cost. Costly dedicated direct links are being replaced by lower cost shared regional and nation-wide networks, often with increased performance.
6-141
Discussions conducted over the past year by the Computing Division have led to the development of a new model of computing for physics analysis at Fermilab. The model -emphasizes the UNIX operating system and TCP/IP network protocols as de facto stand~rds for achieving vendor independence, allowing Fermilab to rapidly take advantage of new hi~hperformance computing and networking technologies, while at the same time leveraging -support across different hardware platforms. The model also emphasizes a distributed architecture, known as "workgroup computing", in which local clusters of physicists' workstations are connected with high-speed networks to resources such as analysis farms or -file servers. The model will place significant new demands on network and system performance, support requirements, and application and system software design. -National HEPnet Management (NHM)
The National HEPnet Management organization was formed in September 1991 with the -intention of addressing the present and future networking needs of high eri.e.L·6 y and nuclear physics and focusing on the problems attendant to dissimilar networks, computers, and paradigms. Its work program includes: orderly migration from dedicated communications -facilities to shared networks; a network information center specifically for the high energy and nuclear physics communities; the modeling of high energy and nuclear physics networking needs both for migration toward shared networks and defining future networks -based upon anticipated needs; facilitating international communications for HEP purposes; studying methods by which dissimilar computer systems and paradigms can interoperate across networks; and the applications of future networking paradigms to experimental -collaborations.
-Future
Technology and need are forcing moves toward networking and distributed computing -approaches that will entirely transform computer interconnection before the end of the decade. Proprietary computer architectures are rapidly disappearing along with the tight linkages between computing and networking that couple a vendor's computer systems and _ applications to their own proprietary networks. Replacing them will be multivendor, multiprotocol "networks of networks" with global reach that will meet a broad spectrum of user requirements and applications and to which almost all vendors will adhere. -Bit rates are increasing and costs are decreasing. Local area networks (LANs) such as Ethernet that currently run at 10 Mbps will gradually be replaced by Fiber Distributed Data Interface CFDDI) running at 100 Mbps and spanning much larger distances. By the end of -the decade, FDDI will begin to be replaced with LANs having bit rates of a Gigabit per second or more. Wide area network links that are now moving from 56 kbps to 1.5 Mbps will move, by the decade's end, to 44 Mbps or more at little or no increase in cost. Moreover these bit -rates, which are dedicated now will be available on an "on demand" basis, thus reducing the cost even more. Delays across all these networks will decrease to the point where the limiting factor in many cases will be the speed of light. -
--
6-142 --
KEK
~- a FNAL Tail Circuils
0 ESnel Backbone Circuils Sao Paulo
Brazil
DFN CERN Swiz.
INl'N llaly
.ft.
.__. Section 7
Technical Support Section
--,....
.....: DOE ANNUAL PROGRAM REVIEW
Technical Support Section
February 1DD1
,,.....
Contents f.w 1. The Role of the Technical Support Section 1
2. Organization. Staffing and Space 1
3. Budget Survey 6
4. Achievements 4.1 SSC Magnet Development at Fermilab 6 4.2 Tevatron Low-Beta Systems Fabrication and Testing 11 4.3 Main Injector Magnet Development and Testing 13 4.4 Linac Upgrade Component Fabrication 19 4.5 Tevatron Maintenance Activities 19 4.6 Support for D9 and CDF Detectors 20 4.7 Technical Support Facility Upgrades 20
....... t 4.8 Environment, Safety and Health Programs 21 4.9 Educational Activities 21
5. Future Directions 22
6. Technical Support Publication List 22 .. _
....
-
-
1. THE ROLE OF THE TECHNICAL SUPPORT SECTION
Frontier research in high-energy physics depends on access to unique facilities capable of building specially designed components for accelerators. beam transport and experiments. The Fermilab Technical Support Section was organized more than a decade ago to build over a thousand superconducting magnets required for the Tevatron. Later a similar number of conventional magnets were built for the antiproton source for the Tevatron Collider (Tevatron I) and for the higher energy beam lines for the fixed-target experimental areas (Tevatron 11). More recently participation in the SSC magnet program included the design of the collider dipole cryostat, development of the dipole coil assembly with associated tooling and the testing of completed magnets. Over the past several years Technical Support has also built numerous components for experiments.
There is a common thread in all these projects. The leading edge technology needed to meet project requirements is not readily available in industry. Strong engineering design and development capability as well as advanced fabrication resources are needed to effectively confront these projects. At Fermilab the Technical Support Section fills these needs.
Projects undertaken by Technical Support typically require basic R&D, engineering design, materials development, fabrication and performance testing. In some cases the development and design originate elsewhere in the Laboratory or, in the case of experimental equipment, from universities. As a project's design and development advances, prototypes are made to ensure that the viability of the design and its fabrication are thoroughly understood. The subsystems are then analyzed to decide what parts are best made in industry and which, because of special requirements, should be made at Fermilab. Final assembly is often done at the Laboratory to control quality and precision crucial to performance.
During the past year three major projects were under way in Technical Support: The SSC Dipole Development program. Low-Beta Quadrupole Magnet program and the start of the Main Injector program. There remain the ongoing maintenance activities for the Linac, Booster, Main Ring, Antiproton Source and Tevatron Ring.
2. ORGANIZATION, STAFFING AND SPACE
The organization of the Technical Support Section is shown in Figure 2-1. The Section has six support groups whose tasks are described in Figure 2-2. Also shown on the organizational chart is the project structure. Table 2-1 shows the types of manpower within each group. Total staff levels for the past ten years are exhibited in Figure 2-3.
The major change during the past year has been an increase in the level of SSC magnet work. In particular, Fermilab was asked to revise the magnet design and associated tooling to accommodate a change from 40 mm to 50 mm aperture. A total of 12 magnets will be made primarily to transfer magnet fabrication technology to industry. The SSC magnet effort was reorganized to reflect the increased scope of this work and to ensure close coupling to the SSC Laboratory.
By the time that the SSC magnet work is completed in April of 1992, focus will have shifted to Main Injector magnet work. The work force now used on the SSC program, including 30 term employees, will be shifted to the Main Injector.
7.1
Figure 2·1
Technical
Support Functions Supppn Section Pro)e Head-P. Mantach Deputy-F. Turkot
I I
I ...... SSC M19nt11
'-I . N Engineering Machine
Project Manager E. G. Pewitt
and JbAa - Project Phyalclat Dt1lgn
C. Matthewa J. Strait T. Nlool Project Engineer Magnet
J. car1on Project EnglnMr Cryoatat
sug:rcinduct1n4 Conventlonal T. Nlcol ••o t Jbrlc1t n lllDDll EllldallllD
J. Clraon -- N. Cheater Main Injector
M1an111 :. llif lf:aterlal -ontrpl Project Engln .. r P. Muur -- G. Kobll1ka N. Cheater
Superconducting
''"'' LQW:Btll Ou1druDOlt1
MISIDtl BID Project Phy1lclat - S. Gourl1y J. Strait D. Au1tln
I I I I I I I I I I I I I
eta
SSCL • • 1111 Pmaram M1••'
..
R. Coombe• (Acting)
lnduatry
Main lnJ1ctpr
Project Manager S. Holl'llM
Low-8111 Program Project M•n•o•r
D. Flnlty
I I I
-
· SUPPORT GROUP TASKS
MAGNET FACILITY
Fabrication of conventional and superconducting magnets for the Fermilab accelerator complex, the SSC and for experiments
MAGNET TEST FACILITY
Testing of superconducting and conventional magnets
ADVANCED MAGNET R&D
Development of superconducting magnets
ENGINEERING
Mechanical engineering support
Drafting and design
Materials development
MATERIAL CONTROL
Parts procurement
Parts inspection and quality control
Material handling and storage
SHOPS
Machine shop services
Welding services
Figure 2-2
7.3
-Table 2-1: TECHNICAL SUPPORT SECTION GROUPS COMPOSITION -
p E EP c T T H N NH 0 E 0 -y G GY M c T s I I S p H A ,... I N NI u N L c E EC 'l' I I E EI I c -s R RS N A
T T G L -Advanced Magnet R&D 7 1 3 1 8 21
Engineer and Design 0 6 3 4 49 64 -Superconducting Magnet Fab. 0 4 0 0 92 99 -Magnet Test Facility 4 2 3 6 23 39
Conventional Magnet Fab. 0 2 0 0 33 37 -Material Control 0 0 0 1 19 23 -Machine Shop 0 0 0 0 92 93 -ES&H 0 1 0 0 3 4
Headquarters 3 0 0 1 0 6 -Total 14 16 9 13 319 386 -
----
7.4 -
{· . ) \ ) l I.
Technical Support Staffing Level 600
CJ SSCL Visitors CXJ f'ennilob Employees
500
400
300
200
100
1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991
Figure 2-S
Space for Technical Support projects must be carefully managed to accommodate requirements. For the remainder of the SSC program. Industrial Building 3 (IB3) and Industrial Center Building (ICB) will be devoted to dipole magnet development and fabrication. Lab D has been refurbished to accept receiving and inspection for SSC magnet parts. Some time during the next year receiving and inspection will move to Industrial Building 4. now occupied by D' and CDF. In mid-1992 the SSC work will be finished. Superconducting magnet work. mostly repairs of Tevatron magnets will revert to Industrial Building 3. Industrial Building 2 and Industrial Center Building will be used for Main Injector magnet assembly. Industrial Building 4 will be used for receiving. inspection. storage and staging of parts for the Main Injector.
By mid-1992 superconducting magnet work consisting primarily of repairs for Tevatron magnets will retract to Industrial Building 3. The Industrial Center Building and Industrial Building 2 will be devoted to the fabrication of the thousand magnets required for the Main Injector program. Industrial Building 4 will serve as the incoming parts receiving. inspection. storage and staging area.
3. BUDGET SURVEY
Technical Support Section funding can be separated into two parts: a) that which comes directly from the Laboratory budget and .b) that which comes indirectly in return for services rendered or products built by the Technical Support Section. The latter part stems from three general sources: major new projects undertaken by the Laboratnry. maintenance and upgrades of existing facilities at the Laboratory and services and products provided to parties external to the Laboratory. In Table 3-1 we show the two parts (referred to as ·Direct• and ·Project Funding•) along with the dollar amounts. In terms of the Organization Chart. Figure 2-1, Magnet Fabrication, Machine Shop, Material Control and the Design part of Engineering-and-Design are funded almost entirely from Project Funding. For the groups listed at top of Table 3-1, their total funding consists of the direct budget listed plus some additional funds from Project Funding. As can be seen from the numbers in Table 3-1, funding for FY90 and FY91 is dominated by the SSCL project.
4. ACHIEVEMENTS
4.1 SSC MAGNET DEVELOPMENT AT FERMILAB
When the SSC research and development program began in earnest in 1985, Fermilab was assigned the task of developing a suitable cryostat for the coil/cold mass assembly to be built at Brookhav"ln. Fermilab was to assemble the cryostat around the cold mass. Fermilab successfully completed the first generation cryostat in time for the first cold mass to arrive from BNL in the summer of 1986. The very low-heat leak cryostat design features a folded post support using glass and carbon fiber composites, an effective radiant heat shield system, and a simple and continuous magnet-to-magnet innerconnection. In 1988 a second-generation cryostat of simpler construction and improved performance was successfully tested. The cryostats have performed successfully on every magnet built to date.
7.6
-------
-
---
--
-
Table 3-1: TSS Budiet Survey
Direct
- l'Y1990 J"Yl990 J"Y1990 l'Y1991 Salary M&:S Total Buqet
($K)
Headquarters $794.2 $1.066.2 $1.860.4 $2.371.0 Advanced Magnet R&D 464.7 477.7 942.4 476.0 Engineering Group 1.098.6 338.5 1.437.1 939.0 Magnet Test Facility 1,158.0 487.5 1.645.5 1.746.0 Other 136.0 47.7 183.7 468.0
Total $3.651.5 $2.417.6 $6.069.1 $6.000.0 ......
Project Fun~
l'Y1990 J"Y1990 IT1990 J"Y1991 Labor M&:S Total Budget
($M)
SSCL Funding $5.1 $11.5 $16.6 $25.0 TeVLowBeta $3.8 Main Injector. Unac
Upgrade and TeV Maintenance $3.3
·-
7.7
During the past three years Fermilab has also been developing and building magnet coil assemblies and the associated tooling. In particular, an effort was undertaken to develop a second set of full-length tooling based on designs proven for the Tevatron. The tooling consists of full-length curing and collaring presses and a full-length press for applying the yoke and helium containment skin. The emphasis of the tooling design is on production efficiency for coils of precision size and uniformity.
Fermilab has developed a number of improvements to the basic magnet design from BNL. These improvements are primarily to improve reliability and manufacturability. These design changes are again based on the Tevatron experience.
The Fermilab design improvements are shown in Figure 4.1-1. The main difference between the SSC and Tevatron coils is the beam aperture. Although the difficulty of fabrication the body of the coil does not depend strongly on the aperture, the end design for the smaller coil is more difficult. Since the turns are of smaller radius and subject to damage in winding Fermilab developed a simplified end in which the trajectories of the turns were carefully selected to minimize the internal stress of the cable. A new collet type support was developed to constrain the end turns.
· The design objective is to eliminate shims from the body of the coil to reduce complexity and make a more reliable assembly. Without shims the collar cavity defines the coil geometry and the quality of the field.
The precision and uniformity of the coils is ensured by the use of full-length continuous molds. The coil cavity and molded coil size is adjusted to give adequate and uniform preload through cool down and powering of the magnet.
A yoke system with a vertical split was developed to ensure positive support of the c~llared coil under powering and a uniform return flux path.
· Many lessons were learned in the production of the thousand dipoles for the Tevatron. Features designed to make production faster and more reliable have been designed into the Fermilab/SSC tooling. All of these design and tooling features have been successfully proven in building both long and short 40 mm aperture magnets.
In March, 1990, the decision was made to increase the aperture from 4 cm to 5 cm. The new task was to redesign the magnet coil assembly, the cryostat and the associated tooling to accommodate the new aperture. The objective was to have a short model magnet completed by December 1990 and the winding of full-length magnets under way by April 1991. To support this new task, the SSC Laboratory augmented the Fermilab staff by about 30 e~gineers. designers and other support personnel. While the redesign of magnet and tooling was under way, work on the original 40 mm aperture magnets continued to further shake down both the tooling and assembly pro,· edures. The conversion of the tooling proceeded according to plan and the first model was finished at the end of 1990 and successfully tested during the first week in January 1991.
The major effort of the SSC magnet program at Fermilab has been the redesign of the tooling associated with the fabrication of these magnets. The 40 mm program has been continued, but it has been diminished as the major effort has been transferred to the 50 mm activities. Over the past year. we have completed and tested seven 40 mm short model
7.8
----,...
-----
---
----
- SSC MAGNET PROGRAM AT FNAL
DESIGN IMPROVEMENTS
• Magnetic Design: SSCL/BNL.
• Minimum stress blocked end design.
• No "shims," collar cavity and coil mold defmes coil shape.
• A:dequate and uniform preload.
• Precision coils using precision molds.
• Vertically split yoke.
• Production oriented tooling.
Figure 4:.1-1
7.9
Figure 4.1-2
First Short 50mm SSC Model Dipole DSA321
Quench Performance 9000-----------------------------~
' 8000" • • • • • • • '
.. 7000.. • ~ ......................... ~ ........................................ ...
j eooo· ' Operating Cunt• .c 5()00•
J ' 40QI•
' 4.a°K 3()()1•
2000" '
1000• ~
0 . I . . I
0 I • ••
7.10
---
-----.....
---
----
. ...:_ ..
-
-
-
-
.....
-
magnets. We have completed the assembly of one 40 mm long magnet which is undergoing test and the second 40 mm magnet will be ready for cryostating shortly. A major milestone of our program has been to build a 50 mm short prototype by the end of December 1990. This milestone was established in March 1990. Another milestone that we established was to start winding the long 50 mm magnets by April 1991. Within the past three months, our scope has been increased such that we are to build thirteen magnets and have these tested by June 1992. A very important element of this objective is that we will host General Dynamics and assist them in the assembly of seven of these thirteen magnets.
In regard to the progress that has been made within the last year, the Fermilab/SSC effort has been reorganized. As stated earlier, we have been assisted by more than thirty SSC personnel on-site at Fermilab. There has been excellent cooperation between the SSC Laboratory and Fermilab in carrying out this task. The tooling redesign for 50 mm magnets is complete and assembly is well under way. The changeover to the 50 mm tooling is complete for the winding and changeover for collaring is in process.
When the change was made to the 50 mm magnet, the design features discussed above were incorporated and dramatically demonstrated in the successful test of the first short 50 mm magnet in January of 1991. The quench performance of this magnet is seen in Figure 4.1-2.
4.2 TEVATRON LOW-BETA SYSTEMS FABRICATION AND TESTING
The conceptual design for the matched, Low-Beta insertions for DO and BO was accomplished in 1987: the goal was to achieve beta*'• of less than 50 cm at both interaction regions. The first high:-gradient (1.4 T /m), prototype quadrupole was tested in 1988 and production of the final components began in earnest in the middle of 1989. Table 4.2-1 gives the total number of high-gradient quadrupoles and correction element systems (•spools·) required for the two Low-Beta insertions along with the number of components fabricated and tested for the year covered by this review. At this time the fabrication of 24 out of 25 main quadrupoles is complete and 31 of the 32 spools is complete.
Table 4.'91: LOW-BETA PROJECT COMPONENT COl1NT8
Mala Quads
u• La.&'Jl 1309 2309
Prqjec\ N...S l+I I + I 4 + l
Compldecl 10 ' 4 2/to - 2/91
TJpe L/F M/N J/K.
Project Need 1+2 12 +' '+ 2
Compldecl a 18 I 2/'lO - 2/91
7 .11
-----'~
I a c --• !I!
~
!~ i~
... -
c:. •
J
.. I: ...
-~ Sire -
--
g I; -------
7.12
-
-
--~
.,,.
Figure 4.2-1 shows the fabrication process for spools, indicating the multiple intermediate magnetic field measurements made along with the ultimate measurements on the total device. Table 4.2-2 summarizes the statistics of the measurements made both at MTF and at Lab 2 in order to complete and verify the Low-Beta components listed in Table 4.2-1.
Table 4.t-i: NUMBER or LOW-BETA MAGNETIC DEVICE MEASUREMENTS PEU'OllMED
Loq Quads Spool Compoaeatl
MT1 (295-X) SI n MT1 (4.o-AJ • 17
Lab, (4.e9K) 0 • + 17
The BO insertion, consisting of 10 quadrupoles and 12 spools, was installed in September • October of 1990 and successfully operated at a beta• = 50 cm with 900 GeV protons in December. We anticipate that all Low-Beta components will be made and verified by April: installation of the DO insertion is scheduled for the Fall of this year.
•.3 MAIN INJECTOR MAGNET DEVELOPMENT AND TESTING
Technical Support Section efforts on the Main Injector Project were concentrated in the following areas:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Design of the main 20' dipole magnet; design and acquisition of the tooling required to build prototype dipoles .
Fabrication of the first prototype 20' dipole magnet. Figure 4.3-1 gives the cross section design of the magnet.
Development of a detailed plan and resource needs for fabricating magnets for the entire project: Table 4.3-1 gives a concise summary of the total magnet requirements.
Extensive measurements of the body field of the prototype dipole.
Design and development work on a new precision magnetic field measurement system 1Uitable for production measuring.
The first 20', 21-ton, prototype dipole was finished on schedule in early October and has undergone four months of intensive measurement of the shape of the body magnetic field over the full range of DC excitation. Measurements were made with three different types of probes. Figure 4.3-2 displays the variation of the main field component in the median plane as a function of transverse position as measured with two different probes over the full range of beam momentum. Figure 4.3-3 shows the injection field shape data along with the prediction of the model calculation. The results are quite satisfying and have led the designers to adopt this lamination shape as the final dipole design. Measurements to determine the shape of the end fields are just beginning.
7.13
---I ....
·-11
i • ,,
I -
Ii
I I u
ral ... 1
1 ...
~
!i fo
0
&
~ -
~
• 1 ~
.... "O -~ ~
i ·-
fiit
i 0 r.l
t s:I
.... g
·; •
~
~ I
-1
•• i
... I
I ..
I •
~ ~
I -
I :
i &,
I ·-
! lir4 ----
7.14
-
-
-
---
-
Table 4:.S-1: MAIN INJECTOR MAGNETS
TOTAL MAGNETS REQUffiED - 1,141 NEW -
6M/4M DIPOLES 344 29%
98" /112" QUADS 80 7%
SEXTUPOLES 116 10%
MORE (OF PREVIOUS MADE TYPES)
60" /120" DIPOLES 26
17" QUADS
137" C-MAGNETS 2
TRIM DIPOLES 29
REWORK (OF EXISTING MAGNETS)
INCLUDES: DIPOLES QUADS LAMBERTSON 519 C-MAGNETS SEXTUPOLES
7.15
I
....... . ...... °'
I I I
.-------------------------·--·· ·-·----l'igme ,.s-i
xl!2tAEf;i;;;;;;~:(B,(:::x):-:B,(:O~))~/~:(~O)~w;:x;;~;;;:iiiii~--,
-0.05 D
-0.1 1200.V
-0.15
-0.2
-0.25 1500.V
-0.3 Harmonics Probe
-0.35 A 0 0 Flatcoil Probe
-0.4 -2 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 >e, inches A
A
• ' I I I I I ~ ' I f ' I I I
-0.02
" . .......
" -0.04
-0.06
-0.08
-0.1 -2
Pigue 4.S-1
(Br(x)-B.(0))/8,(0) vs x ot 8 GeV
Harmonics Probe
················ PE20Colc
• Flotcoil Probe
-1.5 _, -0.5 0 0.5 1
x. inches
\
\ • \ • i : • \ ..
I • i • . i • I
" . . 1.5 2
MT~ Main Injector Magnet Measurements VME I Unix Systems for Prototypes
S1Ul 4/260
Databa•• Server
SUD SPARC
-teru
Deve1opmant I Data Analyaia
current Monitoring Rack
Concurrent 6400
VME
VXI
X-Termlnal
Meuurement Control and Data Acquiaition
Bruce C. Brown
----·--
-----....
--
Figure 4.1-' 7 March 1991 -
-7.18
-
-
-
-
-
Substantial progress has been made on the new production magnetic measurement system. The data acquisition system is based on a computer made by Concurrent, which employs a real-time UNIX operating system; the front end hardware makes full use of commercial VME and VXI modules. A block diagram of the new system is seen in Figure 4.3-4. A comprehensive measurement database utilizing the program SYBASE has been designed and is being implemented. The plan is to incorporate elements of the final system into the prototype measurement effort as they become available.
4.4 LINAC UPGRADE PROJECT COMPONENT FABRICATION
The Technical Support Section is involved in two aspects_ of the upgrade of the Linac beam energy from 200 to 400 MeV:.
1. Precision machining of 476 OFC copper cavities ("' 12" diameter) which go together in groups of 16 to form the 28 tanks which make up the 805 MHZ accelerator structure. Production machining operations began in July 1990 and are now approaching 50% completion. The CNC machine tools of the Technical Support Section Village Machine Shop and the expertise of the staff in their use have played an important role in this activity.
2. A small quadrupole, to be operated in pulsed mode, has been designed and a prototype fabricated. Magnetic measurements by the Linac Group indicate that the magnet meets specifications: a production run of 32 magnets is just getting under way.
4.5 TEVATRON ACCELERATOR COMPLEX MAINTENANCE AND UPGRADES
The highest priority activity at Technical Support Section is given to maintenance of the various accelerators that make up the Tevatron Accelerator Complex; it is standard practice for Technical Support Section to provide the Accelerator Division with skilled technical manpower to assist in tunnel repair and installation work during accelerator shutdown periods. Listing by accelerator:
Tevatron: 1. Assistance in tunnel installation of new Low-Beta components at BO and DO.
2. Repair and modification of eight spool pieces.
3. Assistance in the fabrication of electrostatic separators.
Main Ring: 1. Fabrication of two 20' overpass B3 dipoles (the tail end of a production run of eight
magnets that started in the previous year).
2. Magnetic measurements on eight B3 dipoles.
3. Rebuilding of two 20' B2 dipoles and magnetic measurements of the same.
Antiproton Source:
1. Modification of six microwave tanks for the Debuncher ring.
2. Fabrication of a 35" bump magnet.
7.19
4.6 SUPPORT FOR Dfl AND CDF DETECTORS
The Engineering Group of Technical Support Section provides design and drafting services to other areas in the Laboratory. The CDF Group continues to utilize this service to carry out the mechanical design of sundry systems, such as their new silicon vertex detector. the detector muon upgrade and their test beam facility.
Recognizing the substantial number of skilled technicians working in Technical Support. we are frequently asked to supply technician ma~power to other areas in order to meet Laboratory priorities. This was the case during the past year when as many as eight technicians were on loan to assist the CDF and DO i.>etector Groups in preparing for the upcoming Collider run. They were engaged in PC board work, chamber construction, calorimeter fabrication and cable installation.
4.7 TECHNICAL SUPPORT SECTION FACILITY UPGRADES
The program to enhance the capability of the Technical Support Section to carry out forefront magnet R&D and high technology device fabrication continued this past year. In the following, we list according to the Technical Support Section Groups, the more notable upgrades that have occurred throughout the Section.
Engineering Group:
1. Commissioning of a cryogenic calorimeter system for production calibration of thermometers and strain gauges over the temperature range from 1.8 to 300 degree K.
2. Commissioning of a system to study the friction properties of various materials at low temperature {down to 80 degree K) in vacuum: this information is needed in the design of mechanical suspension systems for long cryogenic magnets which must cope with differential contraction.
3. Commissioning of a system to evaluate the mechanical characteristics of cryostat suspension systems to be used in SSC dipoles. Load testing of thin-walled tubes made with composites is one capability.
4. Fabrication of a shuttle system for moving various probes through the bore tube of an SSC dipole.
Superconducting Magnet R&D Group:
1. Development of HAL2, a computer-based (Concurrent computer) system for measuring harmonics of magnetic fields with rotating coil probes that rotate at six Hz. Not limited to Morgan coil type probes.
2. Development of a low temperature precision ammeter to be utilized in a new facility for short sample testing of superconducting cable.
7.20
------... --..
---------
-
-
-
Magnet Test Facility:
1. Development of MIMMS. a system for the production measurement of Main Injector magnets (see Section 4.3 above).
2. Addition of a cold He gas pump to the cryogenic circuit of Test Stand No. 6. This allows magnets to be tested at temperatures as low as 3.5 degree K. (previous capability 4.6 degrees). This enhancement was used in evaluating the lower-temperature performance of the new Low-Beta quadrupoles.
•.8 ENVIRONMENT, SAFETY AND HEALTH PROGRAM
Technical Support Section was examined by Team 4 of the Fermilab Internal Assessment Group during the August - November, '90 period; their draft report was issued November 28. This report acknowledged the "high quality and motivation of the Technical Support Section Safety Group (since relabeled as the "ES&H Group") but judged that the formal structure of the ES&H program of the Section was inadequate and that sufficient ES&H awareness had not reached the technician level. In order to address these concerns the Technical Support Section has taken the measures enumerated below.
1. Established an ES&H Policies and Procedures Committee charged with creating an ES&H Manual that specifies how the Laboratory ES&H program is to be implemented in the Technical Support Section. The goal is to produce a first draft by July 1991.
2. Appointment of a section-wide ES&H Committee (patterned after the lab-wide Committee) whose function is to advise the Section Head on all matters of ES&H.
3. All first-line supervisors (22 people) have taken a 16 week (48 hour) training course in OSHA regulations taught by the National Safety Council.
4. Appointed eight Internal ES&H Inspection Teams (one for each group on the Technical Support Section Organization Chart: see Figure 2-1) utilizing the OSHA trained supervisors of Measure 3. above. These teams will do periodic inspections of all Technical support Section areas; the first cycle of inspections has been completed and the findings compiled on paper.
5. Set up a task force to create a computer-based database for ES&H findings. This distributed input system is designed to serve the functions of: recording initial finding data in a uniform manner. informing Group Leaders. assigning responsibility for abatement, setting abatement dates, auditing abatement and providing a viable base for reporting and trend analysis. Version I of the program is complete and we have started entering findings data of Measure 4 above.
6. The ES&H Group at Technical Support Section is being augmented from four to six people.
•.9 EDUCATIONAL ACTIVITIES
Technical Support Section has a long-standing involvement in the Fermilab education program at the high school, undergraduate and science teacher levels. Most of this activity takes place during the summer; for this past year the number of students and teachers that we worked with reads as follows:
7.21
High school students - 5
Undergraduates - 19
Science teachers - 3
Ten of the 24 students were part of minority programs. In the industrial training area. the Machine Shop Group is about to begin a five year machinist apprenticeship training program that will teach both traditional machining and the newer technology of CNC machining (computer numerical control).
5. FUTURE DIRECTIONS
Concerning future projects and technologies that might be pursued by the Technical Support Section: there have been preliminary considerations of the following:
1. Particle detector calorimetry. a) CDF upgrade b) SOC for SSC
2. Superconducting R.F. cavities for possible use in the Tevatron or a future Linear collider.
3. Cryogenic electrical power leads employing high Tc superconductors. A possible means of reaching Tevatron collider operation of 1 Te V and above.
6. TECHNICAL SUPPORT PUBLICATION LIST (2/00 TO 2/01)
1) W. N. Boroski et al., Self-Propelled In-Tube Shuttle and Control System for Automated Measurements of Magnetic Field Alignment, TM-1654, March 1900.
2) R. C. Bossert et al., SSC 40 mm Short Model Construction Experience, Fermilab-Conf-00/66, April 1990.
3) R. C. Bossert et al., Mechanical Support of Superconducting Coils, TM-167 4, July 1990.
4) B. C. Brown, Accelerator Magnet Designs Using Superconducting Magnetic Shields, TM-1686, January 1900.
5) B. C. Brown et al., Table of Tables - A Database Design Tool for SYBASE, TM-1707, January 1991.
6) J. A. Carson et al., A Technique for Epoxy Free Winding and Assembly of COS S Coils for Accelerator Magnets, TM-1658, September 1986.
7) J. A. Carson et al., A Device for Precision Dimensional Measurement of Superconducting Cable, TM-1659, May 1986.
7.22
-----------
-------
--
-
--
8) S. A. Gourlay et al., Degradation Studies of Fermilab Low Beta Quadrupole Cable, TM-1687, October 1990.
9) M. Kuchnir, Longitudinal Periodicity in Superconducting Dipole Magnets, TM-1712, January 1991.
10) M. Kuchnir et al., Superconducting Current Transducer, TM-1688, October 1990.
11) M. J. Lamm et al., Measurement of Time Dependent Fields in High Gradient Superconducting Quadrupoles for the Tevatron, TM-1689, October 1990.
12) A. Lipski et al., SSC Dipole Magnet Measurement and Alignment Using Laser Technology, TM-1671, June 1990.
13) F. W. Markley et al., Investigation of the Mechanical Properties of Superconducting Coils, TM-1660, March 1990.
14) A. D. Mcinturff' et al., Ternary Superconductor "NbTiTa" for High Field Superfluid Magnets, TM-1672, June 1990.
15) T. H. Nicol et al., Con·ceptual Design for the SSC High Energy Booster, TM-1653, March 1990.
16) T. H. Nicol, Cryostat Design for the Superconducting Super Collider, TM-1684, September 1990.
17) T. H. Nicol, Cryostat Design for the Superconducting Super Collider 50 mm Aperture Dipole Magnet, TM-1683, September 1990.
18) J. Strait et al., Experimental Evaluation of Vertically Versus Horizontally Split Yokes for SSC Dipole Magnets, TM-1669, May 1990.
7.23
.:M:.
._, Section 8
G&A Departments
-
-
BUSINESS SERVICES SECTION
During FY90, the Business Services Section placed special emphasis on upgrading key administrative data processing systems, expeditiously addressing environmental protection concerns and continuance of the program to assess and improve our maintenance of Laboratory facilities. In FY91, the Section plans to further intensify its focus and efforts on life safety, environment, and facility maintenance issues.
The organization of the Section will remain the same in FY91 as it ended FY90. Activities making up the Section consisted of the Sectional Headquarters Group; Legal Office; Environment, Safety and Health (ES&H); Material; Facilities Management; Accounting; Emergency Services; and Information Systems Departments. Functionally, the mission of the Section remains the provision of all business and facility /site related services to the Laboratory and its research community. The Environment, Safety and Health Department in FY90 continued to address Business Services Section environmental, health, occupational safety, and industrial safety issues. These issues and activities included underground storage tank tests, remediation management, management of the removal of fuel oil tanks in Village housing and laboratories, Lab-wide crane inspections, coordination of Lab-wide municipal permitting for industrial waste water discharges, Business Services Hazard Communication Compliance Program, life safety inspections of major Business Services Section areas including Wilson Hall, Laboratory's Drinking Water Collection Analysis Program, and the complete review and revision of the Emergency Preparedness Program to comply with DOE Order 5500.3A. Major goals for FY91 include increased training for managers and supervisors in safety hazard recognition, hazard communication training of all Business Services employees, resolution of CUB regeneration system concerns and placing the system into operation, Lab-wide Cross Connection Control Device Survey, consultation and assistance with UST removal at CUB, consultant on the building of a new fuel dispensing facility, and implementation of programs for new regulations and DOE Orders including confined space entry. The department will also continue to coordinate the Business Services Section Radiation Program with increased monitoring and labeling at CUB and Railhead, Waste Accumulation and Waste Minimization Program, Lab-wide Drinking Water Program, and inspection of all major Business Services areas including construction projects. The Legal Office continued its active support in the areas of technology transfer, procurement (including SSC magnets), education (science and math), DOE rulemaking, ES&H, and security. The prime contract modification implementing the new technology transfer statute was successfully negotiated. The Office is monitoring DOE rulemaking in regard to the Major Fraud Act of 1988, the Price-Anderson Amendments Act of 1988, Contractor Employee Protection ("Whistleblower"), and others. The number of cases of litigation was reduced to zero for the first time in years.
8.0-1
The Material Department is composed of the Procurement (Purchasing, Subcontracts) and Support Services Groups (Shipping and Receiving, Property Control, Stores Inventories, Warehousing, Distribution, Traffic, and Vehicle Maintenance).
During FY90, the Procurement Department processed 28,481 procurement actions valued at $86.8 Million.
Support Services' activities during FY90 showed an increase over the previous fiscal year. The Receiving and Materials Distribution Groups processed 87,340 line items on 49,233 Receiving Reports, delivered 124,698 packages, transported 36,160 taxi passengers, and handled 28,637 compressed gas cylinders. The Storerooms processed 196,167 transactions and successfully implemented a new bar code issue system at the service counters. The vehicle fleet logged 1,687, 775 miles. Property Management made 1,180 excess or disposal actions and took in $125,160 from scrap metal sales. The Traffic function realized approximately $553,287 in savings: $237 ,153 through freight discount programs, pre-audit savings, and damage claim recovery, and $296,134 on customs duties from the Duty-Free Entry Program.
In FY91, it is anticipated that construction will begin on a new fueling station. Support Services will participate with Information Systems in revisions to the Property System and automation of the Shipping System. Dispatch and Distribution continue with training to assist drivers with the new commercial driver's license requirements and hazardous materials transportation training.
The Facilities Management Department administered $6.7 Million of T&M construction activities in FY90. The Facilities Management Building construction was completed, extensive repairs were made to Aspen East and several other Laboratory structures.
Design was completed and bids solicited for storm windows in Wilson Hall. Specifications and a Request for Proposal was prepared for the purchase of a new telephone switch.
Arbor Day planting was conducted at the Feynman Computer Center site and A-1 Road.
Plans for FY91 include the installation of Wilson Hall storm windows and the installation of a Supervisor Control And Data Acquisition System for monitoring the electrical distribution network. We also will repair the Village sanitary lines, correct the cathodic protection on the natural gas distribution system, and repair the erosion damage to two of our lakes.
The Accounting Department maintained all financial records for the Laboratory in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and in compliance with DOE and/or other government regulations. All required DOE financial reporting was accomplished in a timely manner and year-end schedules were completed ahead of time.
8.0-2
-----------------
-
During the summer of 1990, the long awaited Accounts Payable Module of "PARS" was put into production. After submitting to the usual "new system bugs", the automated system is now processing "'90% of the Laboratory's vendor invoices automatically. The system, virtually "paperless" except for the vendor's invoices, automatically matches the Laboratory's Purchase Order, Receiving Report, and vendor invoice, then schedules the payment in conformance to DOE's cash management objectives.
In FY91, it is expected that the final component of "PARS" -- namely, the "Shipping Module" -- will be put into production. With this item completed, PARS will be totally operational.
This is the year that preliminary system design should begin on a new General Ledger/Cost Accounting System. It is hoped that a new system could be put into production sometime during FY92.
The Emergency Services Department is composed of the Emergency Coordinator's Office, Security Department, Fire Department, and the Communications Center. Emergency Services staffing is supplemented by a contract security force of approximately 30-35 persons. It supports the High Energy Physics (HEP) Program through the provision of professional services to assure the protection of U. S. Government property, life safety of all persons involved in the operation of the facility, and continuity of operations in times of emergency. In FY90 and early FY91, Emergency Services implemented the new Key Management System, established an improved Quality Assurance Program, published and updated the Emergency Services Policy and Procedure Manual, updated and distributed the annual SSP update, purchased a new 1500 gpm Emergency One Pumper, purchased a 1991 Chevrolet grass fire truck, instituted a physical fitness program for all Fire Department members, replaced all station wear with fire-retardant clothing, provided and installed an operator training on the Key and ID System, installed an ID verification station in the ComCenter, and increased and continued training on networking and database on Macintosh System.
The Information Systems Department has the responsibility for the designing, programming, and on-going support of business computer systems which are intended to assist the Business Services Section, the Laboratory Services Section, and -- to a limited degree -- the Environment, Safety and Health (ES&H) Section in the performance and decision-making responsibilities associated with their administrative functions.
During FY90, a number of significant projects were completed. A list of those accomplishments follows; the list includes software systems and related hardware projects.
Accounts Payable System. An interactive on-line menu-driven system that directly interfaces with the Receiving and mainframe PARS Systems. The system also interactively interfaces with the General Accounting and Vendor Systems. This system was internally developed (with the assistance of consultants) utilizing a network of personal computers.
8.0-3
Integrated Stores System. The dependency on punched cards as transaction media was removed from this system. The objective of this project was the replacement of punch cards with bar code technology as the primary source of data capture and system input and the incorporation of menu-driven on-line interactive processing.
ID Card System. A new system was designed and installed to replace the ID Cards previously issued by the Laboratory. The resultant system uses the most technically advanced features of digital imaging, data storage and access, and bar code technology available.
Printer Driver. A utility package developed to provide mainframe business applications users the ability to automatically spool their printed output to any mainframe connected printer. This feature allows large and sensitive reports to be routed to more controlled printers.
Bar Code. After extensive research, bar code equipment that addresses our varied needs was found and has become a standard. This equipment is more versatile, reliable, and less costly to operate than the equipment previously used.
Human Resources System. The Payroll Module of this system was installed and operational in FY89. A History Module was installed in FY90. With this module operational, the system is now a complete Human Resources System.
Planned major items for FY91 are as follows:
Shipping System. A basic Shipping System will be developed for Support Services to aid in tracking the flow of material from the Laboratory. The system will also help automate the documentation and monitoring requirements of the function.
Property System. The existing Property System will be replaced with a redesigned system to allow authorized user updating and general reporting capability. This redesign will standardize databases and eliminate the need for Information Systems to support a third database. It will give the Property Department exclusive authority to update their files and reduce the number of routinely generated reports now used for periodic review of specific property items.
PARS Requisition System. The PARS Requisition System will be modified to address the changing needs of the Laboratory, user community, and industry.
ISS. The data entry stations and software, first operational in FY90, will be enhanced to include networking to all stockroom locations.
PARS Network: Standardize Network Technology. Move from customized LAN (Local Area Network) to industry accepted Token Ring. This will be for file servers only. Existing workstations will continue to operate with Lab-supported Broad Band Architecture.
8.0-4
----
-------
--
---
PARS Procurement/Receiving Interface. Remove 24-hour restriction on passing validated purchase orders to Receiving. Plans are to update Receiving files hourly with validated purchase orders. This will accelerate receiving and distribution activities.
Reduction of Paper. Design and program a utility to display reports on-line rather than generate a paper copy. This utility will assist in the reduction of paper while giving the report user the option of printing, if required. It will also allow the report, or portions of the report, to print at user selected printers. ID Card System. Network and transmit ID Card information to key verification stations in the Laboratory main complex.
8.0-5
,....
-
-
-
ENVIRONMENT, SAFETY I& HEAL TH (ES&H) SECTION (formerly Safety Section)
Don Cossairt
Summary
During 1990, the ES&H Section continued to be heavily Involved with the improvements of the Laboratory's program for environment, safety and health. During the year, many new DOE Initiatives arose in the agency's efforts to improve its performance In this area. These well-motivated efforts have required, In response, a significant effort on the area of Internal policy development. This effort has been particularly significant with respect to the DOE Five Year Plan for Environmental Restoration and Waste Management and also in response to the ever-changing array of laws and regulations in the area of environmental protection. Another major effort occurred in response to the new occurrence reporting scheme implemented by DOE. A final major component of the Section's activities was Its participation as "technical advisors" in the internal assessment in ES&H sponsored by the Directorate. These additional efforts have largely been superimposed on our normal assignments within the Laboratory's program. In January 1991, the name of the Safety Section was changed to that of the Environment, Safety and Health Section in recognition ,of the obvious importance of environmental protection. During 1990, employment in the ES&H Section increased by 4 people to help meet these requirements.
The ES&H Section is charged with performing internal safety appraisals of the Laboratory and act as Baison in DOE safety appraisals. Internal appraisals concerned the maintenance and testing of fire protection systems, division/section safety program literature, drinking water, the labeling of radioactive materials and the hazardous waste handUng activities of all divisions/sections. In addition, the ES&H Section conducted a number of quality assurance audits of its own operations and procedures. DOE safety appraisals were conducted in the areas of environmental protection, industrial safety and fire protection, and industrial hygiene and occupational medicine. We were graded as "good" In all areas except fire protection, where we were rated •marginal.•
Health and Safety Group
Major activities in the Health and Safety Group involved industrial hygiene surveys, the collection of data for a site-wide chemical inventory, the supervision of asbestos removal operations, and investigations of accidents and injuries. This group continues to grow in Its level of competence and was enhanced this year by the addition of an Industrial hygienist.
Many of the industrial hygiene surveys were conducted as a result of requests from division/section safety officers and concerned individuals. This is as it should be in a mature safety program where the Laboratory's safety professionals cooperate to achieve the desired results regardless of the organization chart! Site-wide surveys were also conducted for microwave oven safety, local exhaust ventilation and carbon monoxide in residences. A revision of the sitewide chemical inventory was done. Asbestos removal continues to be done on division/section request by a cadre of technicians In the ES&H Section who have received special training. We are quite fortunate that Fermilab is sufficiently new that asbestos was not installed "wholesale" all over the site, but is confined to a relatively small number of places.
8.1-1
our investigations of accidents and injuries, in addition to being a regulatory requirement, is beneficial from the standpoint of identifying trends and, hopefully, aiding prevention. Accordingly, Figure 1 shows the number of days of lmited duty, days off and cases over the past several years. As one can see, the trend over the past two years has been a leveling off in the number of cases, a slight rise in the number of days of limited duty and a mild reduction in number of days off. Figure 2 shows the distribution of injuries by parts of the body for the injuries recorded in 1990. As one can see, back injuries and injuries to the lower extremities continue to dominate our record in this area. Continued emphasis on reducing injuries, especially back injuries, is indicated.
Radiation physics Staff Group
The DOE Laboratory Accreditation Program (DOELAP) for personnel dosimetry has not yet fully accredited the commercial service that supplies our film badges, although the new neutron badges, to which we changed at the start of this year, appear to be "passing.• The testing program toward accreditation is continuing, not only with the current vendor but with a second one as well. At the same time a program for in-house evaluation of film badges was started this year. Film badges are tested quarterly in a variety of known radiation fields and sent to the vendor for readout.
A major effort has been expended during the year to •port• both the muon and hadron versions of the Monte Carlo program CASIM to the AMDAHL with the hope to improve tum-around time from that on the VAX cluster. In this process a number of problems associated with a random-number generator on the AMDAHL were uncovered and fixed. The changeover along with higher priority status has helped to improve tum around on a series of calculations concerned with the Laboratory-wide shielding assessment, done in collaboration with AD and RD. In preparation for the purchase of a work station dedicated to caleulations related to radiation safety issues CASIM was also successfully tested on an existing work station.
During the 1990 fixed-target run both muon and neutron radiation fields were investigated at various locations around the site and at the site boundary. Muon dose equivalent, measured by the use of plastic scintillators in the Mobile Environmental Radiation Lab (MERL), was largest for those muons associated with the MW beam line. On the road in back of MW9 dose rates were 1.5-2.0 mremlh under normal operation. Although larger than we would like, these values are nonetheless in compliance with the provisions of the Fermilab Radiation Guide for minimally occupied areas. Measurements made at Route 38, (and the results extrapolated back to the true site boundary which is in a open field about 0.6 miles closer to Wilson Hall), gave an annual dose equivalent well below the 100 mremlyear limit allowed for any member of the general public, but larger than the Laboratory Director's goal to limit such off-site exposure to 1/10th of the above value.
Neutron spectral measurements made at a number of experimental enclosures (by use of moderating spheres, 6UI scintillators and a computer-based MCA system) continue our efforts at the characterization in terms of energy of the small neutron radiation fields that exist outside of shielding, berms and large experimental apparatus. Such measurements provide the area Radiation Safety Officers with needed information to evaluate the adequacy of personnel protection and the development of safe beam Une running conditions. Such measurements, moreover, can provide benchmarks for testing Monte Carlo cascade and transport codes used for shielding calculations. A graduate student in Health Physics is working with us on a Ph.D project in connection with these studies.
8 .1-2
------------
------
·-
,.. ..... ,
The Activation Analysis Lab (AAL), formerty called the Nuclear Counting Lab, analyzed over 300 samples - both solid and &quid - from around the Laboratory for accelerator-produced isotopes during 1990. The total sample volume that passes through the AAL Includes, In addition to the above, a large oomber of environmental samples, samples for QA purposes, and activated foils used to detemine the number of aborted Booster, MR, and TEVATRON protons, and for SEM calibrations.
Annual whole body exposures for the Laboratory for this year was 36 person-rem. This number represents an Increase over the 27 person-rem for 1989, during which time only the collider portion of the physics program was in operation. It Is lower than the 43 person-rem recorded for the 1988 fixed target run. The total beta dose, largely due to DO/E740 depleted uranium activities, remained constant at 11-12 person-rem as in 1989.
Radiation physics Technlcal Suppon Group
The group this year has given guidance and assistance to other labs such as Brookhaven, CEBAF, SLAC and SSC for both radiation instrumentation and personal oxygen monitors. 1000 mR dosimeters have been taken out of the stock system and replaced with a more reliable 500 mR dosimeter. Eventually, all except emergency dosimeters will be 500 mR.
The first computerized OOH training program was put into use for the Lab. ES&H played a major role in this project by writing and deve19ping the computer program. Also, in the way of training or education to visitors and employees alike is the radiation display in the atrium. This display, which was built by the Section, has been in operation for three years now and still receives about 1000 cycles per week. This represents 200 to 300 people receiving education in naturally caused radiation. The design has been completed and construction started on the Radiation Physics Calibration Facility. This building will replace and be an improvement over the old facility at Site 68. CaUbration of radation measuring instruments will be the primary activity carried out In the new building. A new Mobile Environmental Radiation Laboratory has been designed and is being built. It will replace our 20 year old vehicle. The· MERL is used to make radiation measurements around the site. The radiation data collection system has recently undergone upgrades to improve the reliability of ·MuX" stations. These upgrades include ·rodent exclusion devices• to keep vermin out of the chassis and a program of replacing power supplies before they fail. These upgrades have proven to be effective in reducing the downtime of the system.
The group has recently undertaken a program for improving the QA of our radiation calibration facilities. this includes acquisition, calibration and characterization of our sources, facilities and specialized instrumentation. This will lead to a better understanding of the radiation monitoring instruments used at the Lab.
This group also contains radiation contains radiation control technicians whose principal function Is to handle our radioactive waste and prepare it for shipment to the disposal site. We have continued our program of screening radioactive waste in barrels, boxes and bags in an effort to reduce the volumes shipped tor disposal at ever-increasing costs. The effort to construct shielding out of low-level waste is being continued and still serves to reduce the cost of radioactive waste disposal. This resulted again in only one truckload of radioactive waste being shipped in 1990. Preparations are currently being made to ship the waste from the Wide Band Laboratory fire in addition to the radioactive salt generated by the CUB for disposal. This material is considered mixed waste and we have just received permission to dispose of it.
8 .1-3
Enylrpnmental protection Group
The efforts during 1990 ranged from our routine environmental monitoring program to detailed
budgetary work. As usual, many environmental samples were collected and analyzed for both
radioactive and nonradioactive potential pollutants. These are doaJmented in detail in our annual Site
Environmental Report. The results continue to Indicate that Fennilab Is a very benign facility in terms
of its environmental impact. This effort was strengthened this year through the addition of two
additional technicians. These people were required due to increased workload In environmental
monitoring and waste handling activities and the need to document our sampling procedures in an
effort to Improve quality assurance and meet more stringent regulatory requirements. The expertise
of this group has been called upon to provide help for a number of special projects throughout the
year which have involved special sampling activities, more detailed attention to documentation and
responses to frequent DOE inquiries. Many of these activities have been done on very short notice!
In addition, the normal activities involving the collection, storage and disposal of regulated chemical
waste are a large effort in this g!'QUp. New regulatory requirements, many of which are associated with
our status as the operators of a hazardous storage facility, created a very large workload for this group.
This routine program is a very important one and must be managed according to very specific and
detailed regulations.
The Department of Energy, during 1990, strengthened its program for Implementation of the
National Environmental Policy Act. The new review procedures required the Laboratory as a whole to
implement a program for reviewing all activities for the significance of their environmental impact under
this federal law. The ES&H Section was central to the Laboratory program which eventually·resulted.
The Section was also a major source of support to the major effort of conducting an environmental
assessment for the Fermilab Main Injector.
A major environmental protection effort dealt with the DOE Five Year Plan for Environmental
Restoration and Waste Management. This Plan is an attempt to collect budgetary information on a
DOE-wide basis concerning methods, schedules and costs for mitigating identified environmental
protection problems. The 1987 DOE Environmental Survey identified several long-term problems
which are incorporated in this Plan. A great deal of effort in 1990 was expended in doing costs
estimates and generating prose to go into the DOE Plan. The major projects at issue are an
assessment of small PCB spills around the accelerator ring road and the potentially significant
associated cleanup projects, remediation of spills from two leaking underground storage tanks and
mitigation of the tile field in the center of the accelerator ring which, at one point in the past, received
chromates from the regeneration process. A number of assessments of these problems were
completed this year and are in various stages of the corresponding review processes. Other major
items in this program concern the financing of our ongoing programs in disposal of radioactive and
hazardous wastes. Many individuals throughout the Laboratory comrrunity continue to work on the
details of these important projects. A number of the action items from the 1987 Environmental Survey
have been completed.
8.1-4
-------------------
-
N u M B E R
-
Figure 1
1200
1000
800
600
400
200 ------~------~------~------~------~
0---------------t 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990
YEAR
8.1-5
• DAYS LIMITED
·O DAYS OFF
+CASES
Figure 2
FERMI LAB 1990 OCCUPATIONAL INJURY COSTS
UPPER EXTREMITY
19%
8.1-6
BACK&NECK 50%
-------------------
-
-
LABORATORY SERVICES
Laboratory Services is responsible for the human resource support activities of the organization. The specific activities of the associated offices are quite varied and include housing, education. food services, recreation. library services. visual media services. medical. employment. personnel administration, equal opportunity, information services and user support.
The Education Office continued its active program and plans were completed for an education center building. The structure should be ready for occupancy in late 1991. In addition to providing classroom space, the building will house a teacher's resource center and hands-on science demonstrations.
Our average occupancy rate for on site housing remained close to 90% which corresponds to the high level of accelerator activity. Year end employment reflects a net increase of 80 persons from the close of last year. The increase gave the Laboratory its highest all time year end employment total. Campus recruiting was active and productive. Overall, there were .329 regular hires and an additional 307 summer appointments. Employee training sessions for all personnel were conducted .to increase awareness of the Laboratory's drug free workplace commitment. Labor agreements concluding during the year were settled without work stoppages. The automation of our library catalog system went on-line and is in active use. An automated human resource data base and reporting system was also activated.
We had a typical level of ·press interest and there was a new edition of the video "Welcome to Fermilab" produced. General public visits to the site reflect a high level of community interest and our tour program for student groups continued with a full calendar. The Fermi Highlights brochure was replaced by a more current edition. · Other ongoing responsibilities continued as support to the scientific work of the Laboratory.
8.2-1
PERSONNEL SERVICES
Users Office
The Users Office provides information and services to the user community. It is the official point of entry to the Lab. Approximately 1100 User identHication cards are authorized each year. At the time of registration, materials regarding policies, procedures, and facilities are given to each person. In addition, the staff of this office provide an on-going source of information and referral, maintain a communications center as needed (man and phone messages), and provide secretarial and administrative assistance to the Users Executive Committee. The office provides a copy machine which is available for users at all times.
Gyest Office
Persc ~31 assistance to new users and their families is provided by the Guest Office Representative. This includes general information regarding the United States, the local community, and the Laboratory with particular emphasis on information which would be helpful to our foreign users and their families, for example, school information, details about English as a Second Language classes, and a weekly Cultural Calendar. Coffees for spouses of foreign users and occasional social events for all foreign guests are also sponsored. This office serves as a point of contact to provide "trouble-shooting and assistance" for all miscellaneous personal concems of users and their families.
INFORMATION SERVICES
Seminars. Colloquia. and Meetings
Regularly scheduled seminars, colloquia and meetings are open to experimenters. These Include All Exoerimenters Meetings, Theoretical Physics Seminars, Physics Colloquium, Accelerator Division Seminars and Joint Experimental and Theoretical Seminars.
publlcatlons Office
The Publications Office is a clearinghouse for publications and provides duplicating and mailing services for Technical Memos, Physics Notes and Preprints. The staff counsels users on procedures required, journal style, and printing facilities. The staff also prepares a Monthly Update List of all technical reports prepared and will help in searches for papers available from SPIRES (database at SLAC).
Library
Fermilab's Library holds 12,000 volumes, 200 journals and periodicals, and receives 150 preprints per months from high energy physics worldwide. The primary concentration of the holdings Is high energy physics, particle physics, accelerator physics, with holdings also In astrophysics, nuclear physics, mathematics, engineering, and computer science. The on-line catalog may be accessed from terminals in the library and over the network; interlibrary loan is available also. Approximately forty per cent of the circulation activity is generated by the user community.
public Information Office
The Public Information Office provides information about Fermilab and the community which may be helpful to users at their home institutions. It is also the official clearing agent for press releases and information issued to the press regarding research results and other information from the Laboratory.
8.2-2
-------------------
-VISUAL MEDIA SERVICES
Visual Media Services provides still photographic and video production as well as copy capability for print materials, photos, slides and overheads. The staff provides studio or on-site production involving people and/or equipment and apparatus. They will also provide consultation and advice to users regarding their needs. From ten to fifteen per cent of the activity of Visual Media Services is for users.
ACCOMMOQATIONS OFFICE
The Accommodations Office provides administrative support and management to three separate departments: Housing, Day Care and Food Services.
In addition, a lab-wide scheduling and coordination of support functions for all meetings, tours, conferences, etc., is performed here.
HOUSING OFFICE
The Housing Office provides on-site housing for approximately 300 guests (primarily Users and their families) in 95 Dormitory Rooms and 61 Houses.
In addition to our on-site housing operation, in a typical year our off-site Housing operation assists approximately 300 individuals or groups in securing apartments or rental houses in the surrounding communities.
Assistance is provided off-site users in negotiating either long or short term leases, utility hook-up and billing procedures between the property owners and the Laboratory whereby all off-site housing costs can be billed to the Users budget code at the Laboratory.
In addition, complete household equipment packages, furniture, pots, pans, linen, etc., are made available on a rental basis for users living off-site.
All on-site housing facilities are completely furnished with all household equipment and linen service once a week.
Weekly maid service at an additional cost can be provided and is required for all experimental groups (non-family) renting a house or apartment.
Laundry facilities for on-site residents are provided at three separate locations. Resident Identification cards are provided to families to permit after hours access to the site.
Emergency procedures are furnished to residents in several foreign languages, and guests are assisted upon request with household maintenance, snow removal, car starts, shopping for groceries, arrangements for enrollment of school age children and a variety of other services required by our Foreign Visitors/Users.
PAY CABE
The Children's Center currently provides for the Day Care needs of approximately 90 full and part-time children of users and employees. The Center opens at 6:45AM and closes at 5:30PM. The children are divided into 3 groups consisting of an Infant Care for children 6 weeks to 15 months, Toddler Care for children 15 months to 3 years, and Day Care for children 3 years to 6 years. The curriculum for each group varies depending on the abilities of the children in each group. Besides meeting the basic needs for each child, teachers strive to meet social, academic and emotional needs
8.2-3
-of the students. We presently have a staff of 15 full and part-time teachers. Each group is staffed to meet state and federal regulations regarding teacher-student ratios. -
In addition, a Kindergarten Program is offered for parents who have difficulty meeting the after school care needs of children who only attend school 2 hours.
This unit is Intentionally not a •playgroup• or babysitting service, but operate as a Day Care Center with an emphasis on education. We have 2 computers available for 3-6 year old children to have daily access to and have tried to provide a strong •hands-on" science program to pre-schoolers. Each group works on age-appropriate academic skills.
FOOD SERVICES
Cafeteria/Food Service is provided in Wilson Hall for users and employees with breakfast/lunch/dinner provided Monday through Friday, and breakfast and lunch on weekends.
Approximately 1200 meals are served daily over extended hours to accommodate the needs of users, in addition to special meals and coffee services for conferences and various users meetings at the Laboratory.
In addition to service in Wilson Hall food, is provided at approximately twenty vending sites in various locations on-site.
ACTIVITIES RECREATION
The Fennilab Activities Office manages recreation programs and facilities to benefit users and employees. It oversees the Users Center, Chez Leon, a gymnasium, a swimming pool, and outdoor courts for basketball, tennis, soccer and baseball. Programs Include aerobics, karate, sporting leagues, swim/scuba lessons, childrens' day camp, as wen as a variety of special interest clubs. The Users Center serves as a community center providing a lounge, a music room, a game room with pool tables, a ping-pong table and shuffle board game, a TV room with big screen and VCR, and a small library-reading room. NALREC, a volunteer organization open to users, sponsors monthly socials, trips to sporting events/theater, and all-laboratory events such as the Christmas dance and children's Easter egg hunt.
There are pick-up or league games in basketball, tennis or volleyball. Membership in the Gym, which is accessible 24 hours a day, also entitles one to use the weight room, or a free-exercise room. There is also a racquetbalVsquash court located in the Anderson Bam.
During the summer months activities Include swimming in the outdoor pool, and team sports on the basketball and tennis courts, the soccer and baSeball fields. There is also a supervised day camp for ctuldren ages 7 through 12. Chez Leon, a gourmet restaurant in the Users Center, serves lunch on Wednesdays and dinner on Thursdays.
CULTURAL ACTIVITIES
In Ramsey Auditorium of Wilson Hall, Fermilab sponsors the following cultural activities: Art Series- a monthly performance of professional dance, theater, comedy, chamber music, jazz and folk music ensembles; Science and Human Values Lecture Series - distinguished guests in science and humanities; International Film Series -weekly; and the Art Gallery - bimonthly exhibits of cultural arts displayed In the Second Floor Lounge of Wilson Hall.
8.2-4
-----------------
--
-
TRAVEL
Fermilab's Travel Office makes reservations for air travel, car rental, and limousine service for the user community. Approximately fifty per cent of the activity of this office is for users.
MEDICAL
The Medical Office provides emergency medical care for the user community.
EMPLOYMENT
On-call (temporary) employees will be engaged for experimenters by the Employment Office upon the receipt of an authorized purchase ·requisition from the spokesperson.
8.2-5
i =
4
2 ==
• •
~ d
II I 11
4 a
~ ~
..... 5
I p..
I ;) =-
~
~ -~
IE =
"' -
; I II i g
~~
•• ......
ii QE
-~~ ze 0 ..... ~
I I
~
-•
§ ~
• •
-!
I I
• I • g
-8.3-1
HISTORY OF LABORATORY EMPLOYMENT
()) . VJ I
N
2111
, ...
Utt
....
Ht
0
As of December Each Year
NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES*
Ut4
JUI UH U1t 1'11 1'72 ltU 1'14 1'15 1'16 1'11 1'11 1'7' Ult Ull 1'12 UIJ 1'14 JUS ltU 1'17 JUI UU 1''8
YEAR *Part-time employees count as 1 employee
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
00 .
1
FERMILAB ANNUAL EMPLOYMENT TURNOVER RATE
PERCENT 14.--~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~---,
12
10
8
l 6
4
2 ~./'""/'"~
0 ~~/?'"'"~~~~<'"""? 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990
YEAR
~ ~ Section 9
Outreach Programs
-
r
OUTREACH PROGRAMS
Fermilab Precollege Education Programs ..................................... 9.0-1
Technology Transfer at Fermilab ................................................. 9.1-1
FERMILAB PRECOLLEGE EDUCATION PROGRAMS
The Fermilab Science Education Office was established on October 1, 1989 to administer precollege science and mathematics education programs. The office opened with three FTE and 13 active programs inherited from Friends of Fennilab. On October 1. 1990 the office had six FTE and 26 active programs. Friends of Fermilab continued to support many of these programs. In addition to the programs administered through the Education Office eight Fermilab precollege programs were administered elsewhere. Information on the FY90 programs is given In Table 1.
High School Programs
In FY90 Fermilab offered nine programs for high school or post secondary students. Fermilab participated with other Department of Energy laboratories In The DOE High School Honors Research Program. Students from each state, Puerto Rico, ·the District of Columbia and from some of the six Economic Summit countries attended the two-week program. In the mornings the students attended seminars with Fermilab scientists who presented a modified version of the Saturday Morning Physics curriculum. In the afternoon small groups of students were assigned to current experiments where they worked alongside graduate students and scientists. Each experimental group presented a paper on their work. Fermilab collaborated with Educational Assistance Ltd. (EAL) to provide a pilot program, Ferrnllab·EAL Science Experience, for 12 economically disadvantaged students involved In the EAL College Opportunity Program. The students spent one-week at the laboratory attending classes, visiting laboratory facilities and meeting with personnel to discuss career opportunities. Saturday Morning Physics, a ten-week lecture series, was offered to 100 students three times last year. Each Saturday students heard a lecture by a Fennllab physicist, participated In small group discussions With post-doctoral students and toured part of the laboratory. Students who attended seven of the lectures received a "diploma" at a ceremony attended by their parents. Target: Science and Engineering was a six-week summer apprentice program for gifted minority students. Half of their time was spent on the job and half was spent in the classroom conducting an individual science project. Students presented a research paper to their colleagues, parents and supervisors at the end of the summer. Fermilab has a special relationship with the llllnols Science and Mathematics Academy (IMSA,) founded by Leon M. Lederman, Fermilab Director Emeritus. Although a formal adopt-a-school agreement has not been established, Fermilab continued to provides support for IMSA. For exarilple scientists gave lectures at the school and mentored student research projects. In addition to Public Information Office Guided Tours, three other programs were available for high school and vocational post secondary students. Summer Youth Employment Training Program placed three participants per year In a work situation. In addition, 14 students worked In a federally funded work/study program with the DeVry Institute. Students were available 20 to 25 hours per week. Fermilab also sponsored an Explorer's Computing Post.
Eight programs were offered for high school teachers; The Summer Institute for Science and Mathematics Teachers at Fermllab is the original program sponsored by Friends of Fermilab. The four-week program was offered for 45 high school science teachers In biology, chemistry and physics and 15 mathematics teachers. Morning lectures by research scientists and mathematicians were presented In the four disciplines and In plenary sessions. Afte1 noon sessions included computer, laboratory and mathematics sessions with master teachers. Four follow-up sessions were scheduled during the academic year. Partieipants received a stipend and earned graduate credit for successfully completing the program. In 1990 the program was funded by NSF. A special three-week session of the Summer Institute for Chicago Teachers was held in 1990 at Chicago State University. This program targeted Chicago Public School teachers and offered a
9.0-1
program based on the Summer Institute described above. The six high school physics teachers who make up the Topics In Modem Physics (TMP) staff revised the TMP Teacher Resource Manual and completed this curriculum development and teacher lnservice program funded by NSF. The staff has organized a mini-course format to share the materials with other teachers. 6 Physics Mini-Courses In particle physics and cosmology were given in Georgia, IUlnols, Texas and Wisconsin. In collaboration with the American Physical Society's Division of Particles and Fields (OPF,) the mini-course staff worked with the local organizing committee of the DPF Annual Meeting In Houston to plan and conduct sessions for Texas high school teachers and students using the mini-course format and materials. Twenty-six teachers were assigned to work with a scientist or engineer on a research project during the summer 1990. Nine were new teachers who participated through the DOE Teacher Research Associates Program (TRAC.) The other teachers returned through the TRAC Graduate Program. Chemistry West and Physics West are teacher networks that each held monthly meetings during the school year for participants to share skills, teaching strategies and materials for high school science classrooms.
K-8 Programs
Five programs brought elementary and middle school students with their parents and teachers to Fermilab: Beauty and Charm at Fermllab, a hands-on curriculum unit, continued to provide a basis for teacher inservice workshops and student tours. Classes in grades six to eight who have studied the particle physics unit may tour Fermilab and visit with a scientist. After attending a half-day Down to Earth at Fermllab inservice workshop, middle school teachers may schedule a visit for their classes to three designated earth science study sites. At two sites students learned about the geology of the area and conduc:Jed simple rock Identification. At the third site using a life-sized sundial students determined local time and traced the path of the sun for the first days of the season. Waking and bus Ecology Tours of the Fermilab Prairie/Savannah were led by a Fermilab volunteer naturalist. The 1.5 to 2 hour tour included the Margaret Pearson Interpretive Trail, waterfowl resting areas and the Bison Herd Farmslte. Subject matter varied depending on the season, weather, migration patterns and teacher preferences. Special preview tours for teacher groups were also arranged. The Wonders and Magic of Science, a science show for outstanding area science students in the third to sixth grades, was held during National Science and Technology Week. The program included two shows with a combined audience of some 1200 students, selected by their schools, and their parents. In conjunction with Wonders and Magic of Science, Classes for Kids offered eight hours of hands-on science Instruction for students in grades three through six. For third grade the program was called "Swinging Rhythms"; for grades four through six, "Good Vibrations." Registration·was handled through the College of Ou Page's Kids on Campus Program. In addition to these existing programs, Fermilab began working with a group of teachers to develop Instructional materials to extend the educational impact of Yellowstone, a videotape In "The New Explorers• series. Elementary students will be able to participate in interesting science activities, talk with scientists, go on a prairie field trip and leam about science careers. The effort is part of the Chicago Science Explorers, a program initiated by Argonne in collaboration with many Chicago area science Institutions.
Three programs new In FY90 targeted K-8 teachers. The Summer Science Project, a three-week institute for forty-five middle/junior high school teachers, included workshops with hands-on activities, lectures, tours and seminars. School year follow-up activitif. J include quarterly meetings and inservice programs presented by the participants to transfer the program to their colleagues. Participants received a ~nd and eamed graduate credit for their participation. The program was funded by NSF through a three-year cooperative program with four other DOE laboratories. Also, we began a three-year project to introduce Teaching Integrated Mathematics and Science (TIMS) aurlculum materials in area school districts. During the first year 39 elementary and junior high
9 .. 0-2
-------------------
school teachers participated in a two-week summer institute and are Implementing the program in their own classrooms during the 1990-91 school year. Quarterly follow-up meetings are scheduled during the school year to assist implementation. Teachers received a stipend and earned graduate credit for their participation. TIMS was developed under a NSF grant to the University of Illinois at Chicago. The program at Fermilab was funded by an Illinois State Department of Education Science Literacy Grant. In cooperation with Argonne National Laboratory and the DuPage-Kane Educational Service Center #4, Fermilab supported the Mldlevel Science Network. Beginning with the 1990-91 school year the group met on a monthly basis to share skills, teaching strategies and materials for the junior high/middle school science classroom.
Hands-on-Science Is a traveling collection of interactive exhibits with accompanying teaching materials. The collection was available for loan to elementary schools. A workshop was ottered so that a lead teacher from each school would be familiar with the materials before they arrived at the school. Th.ree sets of the exhibits were made so that the program could be expanded in the 1990-91 school year.
K-12 Programs
Two presentations have been developed to model effective teaching methods and offer successful classroom demonstrations: Weird Science, a chemistry program, and the Cryogenic Magic Show, a physics program, were scheduled as inservice programs for teachers and as classroom demonstrations for students. Also a variety of classroom materials have been developed in conjunction with precollege education programs. These were made available free of charge or at cost to teachers. Included were Beauty and Charm kits, Topics in Modern Physics Resource Books, videotapes, and posters. Some of these materials have been translated into Spanish and were made available to Latin American scientists and teachers. Resources for the Science Classroom, a computer database and resource book of over 150 listings of people, programs, tours, materials and give-aways was available free of charge.
Science Education Center
In addition to developing and conducting the above programs, work is underway for the new building dedicated to precollege science and mathematics education. The building Is expected to be completed in Fall 1991. The Teacher Resource Center (TRC) will be the hub of an education network, generating a stimulating atmosphere for science education by providing materials and services to schools. The TRC, a clearing-house for ideas, materials and resources, will house educational materials for inspection and evaluation by teaching professionals. A hotline will connect teachers to a resource database of professional scientists, teachers and others with expertise in science. Outreach activities, particularly at the elementary school level, will offer opportunities to teachers who might not otherwise have contact with Fermilab. The Center's Informal science offerings will include interactive exhibits, environmental exhibits, audio-visual materials, computers and a science playground. The primary collection of Informal hands-on science activities, From Quarks to Quasars, will encourage creative investigation and thoughtful questions that lead to a better understanding of particle physics, its applications and Implications. These Interactive exhibits will be developed in four areas: accelerators, detectors, scattering experiments and the powers of ten.
9.0-3
FERMILAS PRECOLLEGE EDUCATION PROGRAMS Table 1 -!llHllJlm t:llDll g1:11sa11 !1dlGl111a&1 Duni&llla Bea&iy and a.m Tours 6·9 1,900S Hal day after up to two weeks clauraom -
40T Beauty and Chsm Workshop 6-9 40T Weekand • lhlMtilm a yes ChemislryW..a 9·12 450T Once. manlh far 9 manlhs -Chicago Science Explorers Workshop 9·12 2T 8W881cs a.a. far IClds 3·6 21 s 8 hours: once a week far 4 weeks ~ ........ K·12 NA NA -Cryogeni: Magic Show K·12 1,000$ 1 hour 0.Vry Wolk S1&ldy 13·14 14$ 25 hours per week tor 52 weeks DOE High Sdmal Honors 9·12 58$ 2waelca -
Reeaan::h Pigg1wn DOE Teacher Reeource Associates 6·12 9T 8·10W881cs Down to Earth at Fennilab Workshop 6·8 8 Hal day -Down to Earth Field Experience 6-8 Hal day. al day EmbgyTours K·12 Hal day -Explarer Scouls 9·12 32$ 2 ton per week for 36 weeks Fermilai>EAL Science Experience 9·12 14S 1 W8lk Guided Tours 9·14 2.709$ Hal day -254T Hands-on Science K-6 1,500$ Two weeks per school for 15 schools
60T -Hands-on Science Wortcshop K·6 60T Hal day Illinois Mathematics & Science Acaderr 9·12 NA NA MidkMll Sciance Network 6·8 75T Once. manlh tor 9 manlhs -Physics Mini Courses 9·14 150$ Hal day. 2 days
2DOT Physics West. 9· 12 150T Once a month for 9 months -Resources for the Science Classroom K· 12 NA NA Saturday Moming Physics at Fermilab 9·12 300$ 1 o Sat. mornings • 3 sessions Summer lnstll.U for Chicago 9·12 60T 4 weeks and 4 follow-up days -
Science and Mathematics Te.:hers Swnmer lnslilut8 far 9·12 60T 4 weeks and 1 follow.up day
Science and Mathematics Teachers -Summer Science Ptoiect 6·8 .aiT 3 weeks and 4 follow-up days Summer Youth Employmn 9·12 3$ 8W881cs
Tnlini1g Prqpwn -Target: Science and Engineering 9·12 25$ &Wiiies T-=hing lrMgnlt8d K-8 39T 2 weelca and 4 follow-up days
Malhemmlicl and Science -Topics in Modern Physics 9·12 25T u..-d8Y81apmr1t TRAC Gradullfae 6·12 17T 8-14waaks Weid Science K·12 1,000$ 1 ·2hcus -
400T Wonders & Magic cf Science 3·6 470$ Hal day -
9.0-4 --
TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER AT FERMILAB
Jntrodyctjon:
"Technology transfer!" These are words to brighten people's souls and make America competitive again. In this glowing picture great networks link industry, universities, and government labs in a vast exchange of problems and solutions. Often the realities are far more problematical. Not Invented Here Is almost as central to American thinking as Not in My Back Yard.
Here at Fermilab technology transfer has taken on real meaning. Like the man who discovered he could speak in prose Fermilab entered into technology transter long before we knew the meaning of the words. Superconducting wire developed for the Tevatron became a cornerstone of the greatest business opportunity to emerge out of DOE work, the billion dollar a year magnetic resonance imaging industry. The same wire is the technological springboard for the SSC. In 1990 the Loma Linda University Medical Center Proton Synchrotron designed and built by Fermilab treated its first patients. In years to come thousands of patients will use the machine. Patented cerium fluoride technology developed for particle physics detectors at Fermilab may one day emerge as an important adjunct for positron emission tomography.
Links for Technology Cooperation:
The Laboratory has forged a powerful net of connections to foster technology transfer. The centerpiece is the EermHab Industrial Affiliates. This has become more than just the thirty core industrial members. (A list of the Affiliates is attached.) Through newsletters and meetings the Affiliates program reaches out to thousands of companies. Connections are a1$0 stimulated by a network of Technology Centers at Fermilab, Argonne, and Illinois universities established by the State of Illinois' Department of Commerce and Community Affairs. Now the laboratory is using these connections to look for more opportunities to find industrial partners tor exchanges and cooperatjye .B&Il. Through recent federal legislation URA has become the proud possessor of a growing portfolio of patents. A licensjng office at the Laboratory, working with students from the University of Illinois at Chicago and Northern Illinois University markets these technologies. A few licenses are now in place. So far none are pretentious. Hints are building that some URA/Fermilab patents may be important. A small company populated with former Fermilab employees is developing superconducting technology that may have a quite significant market. Supporting all these activities is the Eerroilab Application Assessment system that has now evaluated nearly six hundred and fifty Fermilab technologies.
The Future:
For the nineties, Fermilab Ill looms ahead as the Laboratory's next technology cow. New technology is required for both the detectors and the Main Injector. High speed, low noise electronic systems operating at power dissipation levels reduced by factors of a hundred compared to existing systems are needed. An enormous number of detector elements must be crammed into a small space and still operate extremely reliably. The electronics systems need to be radiation-hardened. Detectors will have to process one trillion analog signals per second, roughly equivalent to the capacity of one tenth of the US telephone system. A Fermilab Ill detector may need computing power equivalent to one hundred thousand to a million of the VAX computers that were the standard fare several years ago. New approaches are needed to solve all these problems.
Because the Main Injector is called on to serve multiple roles, a sophisticated "four terminal" design has been adopted for the fast cycling, extremely uniform dipole magnets. This doubles the voltage between adjacent wire turns in the magnet wires which in turn makes new demands on magnet insulation. The Main Injector magnets also require high quality magnet steel. Industry has already been able to supply steel with a coercive force of 0.6 oersted. The next challenge will be to provide
9.1-1
hundreds of tons of this material. Other technical challenges for the Main Injector include RF power and exploiting new advances in beam monitors.
All of these technologies are needed. Industrial experience and cooperation should be able to help. Several of these Fermilab Ill technologies may find important applications outside physics research. Just as Important, experience indicates that other technologies will develop along the way. If they yield as much as the superconducting technology for the Tevatron they will easily offset the entire cost of the Main Injector project.
9.1-2
-----------
---
--
FERMILAB INDUSTRIAL AFFILIATES
AMP Incorporated Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.
Allied-Signal Engineered Materials Research Center Babcock & Wilcox
Commonwealth Edison Company CVI, Incorporated
Digital Equipment Corporation E.I. DuPont de Nemours & Company (Inc.)
General Dynamics General Electric Company
W.W. Grainger, Inc. Grumman Space Systems
Harza Engineering Company Hewlett-Packard Company
State of Illinois Inland Steel Company
lntermagnetics General Corporation Lecroy Corporation
Major Tool & Machine, Inc. NALCO Chemical Company
New England Electric Wire Corporation NYCB Real-Time Computing, Inc.
Omnibyte Corporation Oxford Superconducting Technology Plainfield Tool and Engineering, Inc.
Science Applications International Corporation Sulzer Brothers, Inc.
Swagelok Companies TradeWind Scientific
Westinghouse Electric Corp.
9.1-3